Home

Programming Manual Measuring cycles HMI sl

1. CYCLE998 Workpiece measurements _TMV REAL _TNAME STRING ols _TNUM INT _TUL REAL REAL _TSA REAL Safe area angle _TZL REAL _VMS REAL Variable measuring velocity gt 0 for _VMS 0 150 mm min if FA 1 300 mm min if _FA gt 1 Result parameters calibration CYCLE 971 982 973 976 GUD5 Data type Meaning _OVR 0 REAL a yesan lees as _OVR 1 REAL daaa lasis aaea ei _OVR 2 REAL Bot AEA ea as _OVR 3 REAL a aa eg tee _OVR 4 REAL Actual value Probe ball diameter OVR 5 REAL Difference Probe ball diameter _OVR 6 REAL Center of hole Abscissa OVR 7 REAL Center of hole Ordinate _OVR 8 REAL Trigger point Minus Direction Actual Abscissa value _OVR 9 REAL Trigger point Minus Direction Difference Abscissa _OVR 10 REAL Trigger point Plus Direction Actual Abscissa value _OVR 11 REAL Trigger point Plus Direction Difference Abscissa _OVR 12 REAL Trigger point Minus Direction Actual Ordinate value _OVR 13 REAL Trigger point Minus Direction Difference Ordinate _OVR 14 REAL Trigger point Plus Direction Actual Ordinate value OVR 15 REAL Trigger point Plus Direction Difference Ordinate _OVR 16 REAL Trigger point Minus Direction Actual Applicate
2. GUD5 Type Meaning CYCLE961 CYCLE997 CYCLE998 1 angle 2 angle _OVR 2 REAL Setpoint Center point coordinates for ordinate 1st sphere _OVR 3 REAL Setpoint Center point coordinates for applicate 1st sphere OVR 4 REAL Actual value Angle with Sphere diameter Angle Angle about abscissa axis 1st sphere abscissa WCS OVR 5 REAL Actual value Corner point in Center point coordinates Angle about abscissa WCS for abscissa 1st sphere ordinate _OVR 6 REAL Actual value Corner point in Center point coordinates ordinate WCS for ordinate 1st sphere OVR 7 REAL Actual value Center point coordinates for applicate 1st sphere _OVR 8 REAL Difference Sphere diameter 1st sphere _OVR 9 REAL Difference Center point coordinates for abscissa 1st sphere A a _OVR 10 REAL Difference Center point coordinates for ordinate 1st sphere _OVR 11 REAL Difference Center point coordinates for applicate 1st sphere _OVR 12 REAL Actual value Sphere diameter 2nd sphere _OVR 13 REAL Actual value Center point coordinates for abscissa 2nd sphere _OVR 14 REAL Actual value Center point coordinates for ordinate 2nd sphere _OVR 15 REAL Actual value Center point coordinates for applicate 2nd sphere _OVR 16 REA
3. Parameter Data type Meaning _MVAR 106 2 angle measurement and ZO determination intermediate positioning at an angle 1001106 2 angle measurement and ZO determination intermediate positioning paraxially _SETVAL REAL gt 0 Setpoint axis position Expected position on workpiece surface in measuring point P1 in the applicate for MVAR 106 only _STAL REAL Setpoint angle about 1st axis of the plane _INCA REAL Setpoint angle about 2nd axis of the plane _MD 0 1 0 positive measuring direction 1 negative measuring direction for MVAR 100106 only _1D REAL gt 0 Distance between measuring points P1 and P2 in the 1st axis of the plane abscissa _SETV 0 REAL gt 0 Distance between measuring points P1 and P3 in the 2nd axis of the plane ordinate _KNUM 0 gt 0 0 without automatic ZO correction gt 0 with automatic ZO correction Individual values see Parameter description section Description of the most important defining parameters Parameter KNUM The following additional parameters are also valid _VMS CORA _TSA _FA _PRNUM _EVNUM and _NMSP _CORA only relevant for monodirectional probe With _ TSA the difference of the angle is monitored and this value is additionally traversed to _STA1 with intermediate positioning at an angle TSA has the dimension unit degrees in this case Measuring cycles 202 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0
4. 9 2 Cycle data Channel specific data Data type Meaning _EVMVNUM 2 20 20 INTEGER Number of empirical values and mean values e 20 memories for empirical values e 20 memories for mean values _SPEEDf 4 REAL Traversing velocities for intermediate positioning 50 1000 1000 900 e 50 rapid traverse velocity e positioning feedrate in the plane 1000 mm min e positioning feedrate in infeed axis 1000 mm min e fast measurement feedrate 900 mm min _CHBIT 30 BOOL Values 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Measuring input 1 for connecting a workpiece probe 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 ae 0 1 1 Measuring input 2 for connecting a tool probe 2 1 Collision monitoring active for traversing blocks generated by measuring cycles 3 0 Tool data are entered into the geometry memory when the tool is measured 4 0 No mean value storage 5 0 The empirical value is subtracted from the measured actual value 6 0 When measuring workpieces with automatic tool offset an additive offset correction is made in the wear memory 7 0 CYCLE994 uses the trigger values for offset 8 0 When measuring workpieces with automatic tool offset an additive offset is made in the total offset 9 0 Internal data item 10 0 No measurement result display 11 0 Measurement result display is deselected at the end of cycle 12 0 Internal data item 13 0 No coupling of the spindle position with coordinate rotation in
5. _TP Array for tool probes machine related Min input limit Max input limit Changes valid after value assignment Protection level Units Data type REAL Applies as of SW SW 3 2 Significance Index k stands for the number of the current data field _PRNUM 1 Preset default Assignment for milling _TP k 0 Trigger point in minus direction X 1st geometry axis 0 _TP k 1 Trigger point in plus direction X 1st geometry axis 0 _TP k 2 Trigger point in minus direction Y 2nd geometry axis 0 _TP k 3 Trigger point in plus direction Y 2nd geometry axis 0 _TP k 4 Trigger point in minus direction Z 3rd geometry axis 0 _TP k 5 Trigger point in plus direction Z 3rd geometry axis 0 _TP k 6 Edge length disk diameter 0 _TP k 7 Axes and directions for automatic calibration 133 _TP k 8 Probe type 0 Cube 0 101 disk in XY 201 disk in ZX 301 disk in YZ _TP k 9 Distance between upper edge of tool probe and lower edge 2 of tool probe depth of calibration depth of measuring for milling cutter radius Assignment for turning probe type primarily cube _TP k 0 Trigger point in minus direction of abscissa 0 _TPIk 1 Trigger point in plus direction of abscissa 0 _TP k 2 Trigger point in minus direction of ordinate 0 _TP k 3 Trigger point in plus direction of ordinate 0 _TP k 4 to irrelevant 0 _TP k 9 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 383 Data
6. The measuring cycle data are stored in blocks GUD5 and GUD6 11602 ASUP_START_MASK Ignore stop conditions for ASUB 3 0 1 3 BitO 1 11604 ASUP_START_PRIO_LEVEL Priority for ASUP_START_MASK_ 64H 0 From 1 to effective 64H 20110 RESET_MODE_MASK Define control default setting after O7FFFH 0 min power up and RESET 4045H BitO 2 6 14 1 20112 START_MODE_MASK Define control default setting after O7FFFH 400H 400H part program start Bit6 0 Cycle data Central values Block Identifier Description As delivered value _TP Tool probe machine related Assignment for milling GUD6 _TP k 0 Trigger point in minus direction X 1st geometry axis 0 GUD6 _TP k 1 Trigger point in plus direction X 1st geometry axis 0 GUD6 _TP k 2 Trigger point in minus direction Y 2nd geometry axis 0 GUD6 _TP k 3 Trigger point in plus direction Y 2nd geometry axis 0 GUD6 _TP k 4 Trigger point in minus direction Z 3rd geometry axis 0 GUD6 _TP k 5 Trigger point in plus direction Z 3rd geometry axis 0 GUD6 _TP k 6 Edge length disk diameter 0 GUD6 _TP k 7 Assigned internally 133 GUD6 _TP k 8 Probe type 0 0 Cube 101 Disk in XY 201 Disk in ZX 301 disk in YZ GUD6 _TP k 9 Distance between upper edge of tool probe and lower 2 edge of tool Assignment for turning GUD6 _TP k 0 Trigger point in minus direction abscissa 0 GUD6 _TP k 1 Trigger point in
7. CYCLE971 Tool measurement of milling tools on milling machines Parameter Type Possible axes GUDS Abscissa _MA 1 ordinate _MA 2 applicate _MA 3 for G17 X 1 Y 2 Z 3 for G18 Z 1 X 2 Y 3 for G19 Y 1 Z 2 X 3 Calibrating tool probe Measuring tool Machine related Workpiece related Machine related Workpiece related _CALNUM INT aes WER sete Secs _ CORA REAL seve ae wee eee _CPA REAL _CPO REAL _EVNUM INT Empirical value memory number number of data field GUD5 _EV _EVNUM 1 _FA REAL Measurement path in mm gt 0 For incremental calibration the direction of travel is specified by the sign of _FA ID REAL Normally 0 on multiple cutters the offset between gt 0 the highest point of the cutting edge and the length for radius measurement or the radius for length measurement _ INCA REAL wean sees _K INT _KNUM INT Ee eens mete ENEN _MA INT Measuring axis 1 3 1 calibration in direction in 1 abscissa 1 Meas of radius in direction 1 abscissa 2 calibration in direction in 2 ordinate 2 Meas of radius in direction 2 ordinate 3 calibration in direction in 3 applicate 3 Meas of length at center point of the tool Also possible for calibration in plane probe 102 103 Meas of the length offset about radius 1 a Calculation of center in 1 abscissa abscissa b Calibrate in 2 ordinate 203 Meas of the l
8. NVx Length 1 L1 must refer to the center of the probe ball _CBIT 14 0 as for calibration Careful when positioning Radius R in length L1 is ignored Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 195 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 7 CYCLE998 workpiece Angle measurement and ZO determination N ANGLEMEAS MPF N10 G54 G17 G90 T9 D1 7Select T No probe N20 M6 Insert probe as tool yactivate offset N30 GO CO Position rotary table at 0 N40 X 20 Y 40 Position probe in X Y plane opposite measuring point N50 Z40 7 Z axis at measurement height N60 _PRNUM 1 _VMS 0 _NMSP 1 _EVNUM 0 Set parameters for measuring cycle call N61 MVAR 105 _SETVAL 18 _MA 102 ID 40 _RA 4 KNUM 1 STA1 0 _TSA 5 ZEAR 8 N70 CYCLE998 Measuring cycle for angle measurement N80 GO Z160 Traverse up Z axis N90 G54 CO Repeat call of ZO G54 The changes thereby take effect Position rotary table at 0 edge is now setup N100 M2 jEnd of program Explanation of example 196 Measurement is performed in the Y direction offset is in X direction intermediate position at an angle The cycle determines the measuring direction from the actual position in the Y direction and _SETVAL Automatic correction is performed in G54 offset in the C axis 4th channel axis with the calculated angle _STA1 0 In block N90 the corrected ZO G54 is activated and the C axis is moved from
9. value OVR 17 REAL Trigger point Minus Direction Difference Applicate _OVR 18 REAL Trigger point Plus Direction Actual Applicate value _OVR 19 REAL Trigger point Plus Direction Difference Applicate OVR 20 REAL Positional deviation Abscissa OVR 21 REAL Positional deviation Ordinate _OVR 22 REAL Probe length of the workpiece probe OVR 23 REAL ane meen anes mene Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 443 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters Result parameters calibration CYCLE 971 982 973 976 GUD5 Data type Meaning _OVR 24 REAL Angle at which the trigger points were determined gee ee e _OVR 25 REAL fae pene fo pate _OVR 26 REAL E ea rl tate hl aoa _OVR 27 REAL Zero offset area _OVR 28 REAL Safe area _OVR 29 REAL aa Me aaaea _OVI 0 INT woes wes pene i _OVI 1 INT Pome ia Za meen OVI 2 INT Measuring cycle number _OvT 3 INT Measurement variant wm ee _OVI 4 INT OVI gt INT Probe number _OVI 6 INT ee Mees aer 9 OVI 7 INT aan ae mene aire _OVI 8 INT an ee emer ree _OVI 9 INT Alarm number Result parameters measurement turning machines GUD5 Data type Mean
10. Tool type DP 1 580 z Cutting edge position DP2 7 i Length 1 geometry DP3 L1 40 123 z RNI Length 2 geometry DP4 L2 100 456 L2 Radius geometry DP6 3 000 ZZA _SETVAL a Outer diameter 45 0 01 0 015 Inner diameter 35 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 5 CYCLE9 4 workpiece 1 point measurement N ONE POINT MEAS MPF N10 G54 G18 G90 T9 D1 DIAMON 7Call ZO tool probe N20 GO 230 X90 Preposition probe N25 _CHBIT 4 1 With mean value calculation N30 _TZL 0 002 _TMV 0 005 _TDIF 0 04 TSA 0 5 Parameters for cycle call _PRNUM 1 _VMS 0 _NMSP 1 _FA 1 N31 MVAR 0 _SETVAL 45 TUL 0 _TLL 0 01 TNUM 7 _KNUM 1 _EVNUM 13 _K 2 MA 2 N40 CYCLE974 Measurement on the outside diameter N50 GO Z60 Place probe facing P2 N60 X0 N70 240 N80 _SETVAL 35 _TUL 0 015 _TLL 0 _TNUM 8 _EVNUM 14 E 7 E N90 CYCLE974 Measurement on the inside diameter N100 GO Z110 Retraction in Z N110 X90 Retraction in X N200 M2 7End of program Explanation of example Measurement of outside diameter and offset T7 The difference calculated from the actual value and setpoint is compensated for by the empirical value in the empirical value memory _EV 12 and compared with the tolerance parameter e If itis more than 0 5 mm _TSA alarm Safe area violated is output and program execution cannot be
11. Workpiece probe Tool probe Measuring directions multi directional 3 D Multidirectional Bidirectional Monodirectional multi probe mono probe primarily 3 D for milling machines G as for turning machines a a ad a S A E The probe type is defined by a parameter _ PRNUM in measuring cycles see Section 2 10 Monodirectional probe This type of probe can only be used if the spindle can be positioned with NC function SPOS and the switching signal of the probe can be transmitted through 360 to the receiving station at the machine column The probe must be mechanically aligned in the spindle to permit measurements in the following directions at the 0 degree position of the spindle X Y plane G17 Positive X direction Z X plane G18 Positive Z direction Y Z plane G19 Positive Y direction Measuring cycles 22 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 General 7 6 Probes that can be used NOTICE e The measurement takes longer with mono probes since the spindle must be positioned in the cycle several times by means of SPOS e In workpiece measurement a bidirectional probe is treated like a mono probe e The mono and bi directional probe should only be used for minor precision requirements Table 1 1 Probe assignment Probe type Turning machines Tool measurements Workpiece measurements Milling and machining centers Workpiece
12. This sequence applies to _TP _PRNUM 1 7 133 or _TPW _PRNUM 1 7 133 probe in Z axis can only be calibrated in minus direction X Y in both directions Value _TP k 7 or _TPW k 7 133 is the default value If some axes or axis directions on the probe cannot be approached the value must be changed Significance Decimal point ones 1 geometry axis X tens 2 geometry axis Y hundreds 3 geometry axis Z Value 0 axis not possible 1 only minus direction possible 2 only plus direction possible 3 both directions possible Example _TP k 7 123 X in both directions Y only in plus direction Z can only be calibrated in minus direction It must always be possible to approach the tool axis applicate for example Z axis for G17 in the minus direction Otherwise automatic calibration is not possible The sequence described above changes according to the value of _TP k 7 or _TPWJk 7 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 109 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 2 CYCLE971 tool Measuring milling tools drills Position after end of measuring cycle On successful completion of the calibration process the calibration tool is positioned distance _FA above the center of the probe 5 2 5 Measuring tool 5 2 5 1 Measurement Function The cycle determines the new tool length or the new tool radius and checks whether the difference can be correct
13. Point interval within total measuring route Selection of corner with position of P1 to P4 v1 y 2 _FA Y 4 ordinate Actual workpiece External corner P1 lt a ij Ww 7 X o PI P2 outermost position P2 had M Example G17 points P1 P2 X1 Internal corner Ww Example G17 abscissa X The position of the corner is selected with all 4 points So for a rectangle for example different corners can be selected as the zero point depending on whether measuring variant internal or external corner is applied The individual points or _FA must be selected such that the contour is reached within a Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 221 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 8 CYCLE961 workpiece Setup inside and outside corner Total measuring path 2 _FA in mm is reached Otherwise no measurement will be performed A minimum total measurement path of 2 20 mm is produced within a cycle Position before measuring cycle call Positioning height and depth of measurement _ID Example G17 F LENNA z applicate i Starting resto gh A Positioning height Depth of measurement The probe is above the workpiece at positioning height It must be possible to reach all points without collision The measuring cycle generates the traversing blocks and performs the measurements at the measuring points from points P1 to
14. Setpoit Aa Workpiece probe data are corrected Workpiece probe data unchanged 42 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 General 7 10 Parameters for checking the measurement result and offset e For tool probe calibration Interrupt Safe area violated _TSA Safe area Tool probe data are corrected AZE _ Zero offset lower limit x Setpoint SY Tool probe data unchanged Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 43 General 1 11 Effect of empirical value mean value and tolerance parameters 1 11 Effect of empirical value mean value and tolerance parameters The following flowchart shows the effect of empirical value mean value and tolerance parameters on workpiece measurement with automatic tool offset Measuring cycle Measurement Calculate actual set difference Difference minus empirical value No Difference gt safe Yes area_TSA No Difference gt Yes i dimensional difference Display check_TDIF Safe area exceeded No Difference gt tol of Yes Display workpiece _TUL _TLL Permissible dimensional difference exceeded Display Oversize or undersize O_O No Yes _CHBIT 4 1 No Difference gt 2 3 tol Yes Diffe
15. In that case convert the measurement distance to mm _FA mm _FA inch 25 4 Note In previous measuring cycle versions _FA was the name for multiplication factor of measurement distance Its task and function remain the same _FA is now directly assigned mm as the unit of measurement Probe type probe number _PRNUM e The data for the workpiece probes are stored in the data block GUD6 in array _WPI workpiece probe e The data for the tool probes are stored in relation to machine in the data block GUD6 in array _TP tool probe e The data for the tool probes is stored specifically for each machine in the data block GUD6 in array _TPWT tool probe in any workpiece coordinate system Arrays are available for up to 99 probes In the default setting there are arrays for three probes each _PRNUM states the number of the probe This number is used as the index for the probe s array Array type WP _TP or _TPW is selected in the cycle via the measuring variant and measuring task workpiece or tool measurement Note Which measuring input 1 or 2 is used for workpiece measurement and which is used for tool measurement is defined in _CHBIT 0 and _CHBIT 1 see chapter Data description cycle data The arrays are configured by the machine manufacturer during installation see Chapter Data description Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 79 Parame
16. PATH _N_WKS_DIR _N_ HEAD_BC_WPD Measure kinematics Starting positions for HEAD BC swivel head Calibration ball D 25mm 7PLe cers rotary axis 1 P4 P6 rotary axis 2 P1 P4 kinematics initial state DEF REAL _P1 5 SET 27 5 184 5 22 5 0 0 P1l1 xyz 1 RA 2 RA DEF REAL _P2 5 SET 83 108 22 5 45 0 P2 xyz 1 RA 2 RA DEF REAL _P3 5 SET 65 200 22 5 45 0 P3 xyz 1 RA 2 RA DEF REAL _P4 5 SET 27 5 184 5 22 5 0 0 P4 xyz 1 RA 2 RA DEF REAL _P5 5 SET 124 184 5 17 0 45 P5 xyz 1 RA 2 RA DEF REAL P6 5 SET 68 8 184 5 17 0 45 P6 xyz 1 RA 2 RA T99 D1 3D probe G500 CYCLE800 TRAFOOF IF NOT P_SEARCH 7If no block search _OVR 40 0 reset measurement counter to ENDIF zero POSS aS aS aR aa eee 1 measurement of rotary axis 1 GO 2100 Safely retract axis Z BB _P1 3 Cc _P1 4 kinematics initial state X _P1 0 Y _P1 1 Z P1 2 _MVAR 10010091 _TNUM 1 _SETVAL 25 000 _FA 3 000 TSA 6 000 _VMS 500 000 _PRNUM 1 _SETV 3 0 000 _SETV 4 0 000 CYCLE996 MO Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 259 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 10 CYCLE996 workpiece Measure kinematics PTSSSS HSS SSR S SSS SST SS 2 measurement of GO Z100 BB _P2 3 CC _P2 4 X _P2 0 Y _P2 1 Z P2 2 _MVAR 10092 _TNUM 1 _SETVAL 25 000 _SETV 3 0 000 _SETV 4 0 000 CYCLE996 MO 3 measurement of GO Z100 BB P3 3 X _P3 0 Y _P3 1 cC _P3 4 Z _P
17. _TZL 0 001 zero offset area _TDIF 3 dimension difference check _TSA 3 safe area _FA 3 measurement path e Remeasure the tool _TZL 0 001 zero offset area _TDIF 0 3 dimension difference check _TSA 1 safe area _FA 1 measurement path 276 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools 6 3 1 Function overview Function Programming Cycle CYCLE982 permits calibration of a tool probe measurement of tool lengths L1 and L2 for turning tools with cutting edge positions 1 to 8 the tool lengths for milling tools and drills on turning machines the radius for milling tools NC software of at least SW 5 is needed for measuring milling cutters drills CYCLE982 Note Tolerance parameters _TSA TDIF and _TZL must be entered taking into account machine data MD 20360 TOOL_PARAMETER_DEF_MASK bit0 and bit1 in conjunction with the offset target geometry and wear The following measurement and calibration tasks are supported by CYCLE982 Measuring cycles Calibrate as preparation for measurement automatic measurement The 4 switching positions of the probe are Calibrate roughly known and entered in the array of per the associated tool probe Positioning of ea ae the calibration tool with respect to the P tie probe is
18. e If itis more than 0 06 mm _TDIF no compensation is performed and alarm Permissible dimensional difference exceeded is output and the program continues e f 0 03 mm _TUL _TLL is exceeded the radius in T20 D1 is compensated 100 by this difference 2 e Alarm Oversize or Undersize is displayed and the program is continued e If 0 02 mm _TMV is exceeded the radius in T20 D1 is compensated 100 by this difference 2 e If itis less than 0 02 mm _TMV the mean value is calculated from the mean value in mean value memory _MV 9 and inclusion of weighting factor _K 3 only for _CHBIT 4 1 with mean value memory Ifthe mean value obtained is gt 0 01 _TZL the reduced compensation of the radius for T20 D1 is the mean value 2 and the mean value is deleted in _MV 9 Ifthe mean value is lt 0 01 _TZL the radius in T20 D1 is not compensated but is stored in mean value memory _MV 9 The results are entered in result array OVR The wear of the radius of T20 D1 is included if a change is necessary Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 4 CYCLE9 7 workpiece Measure hole shafl groove web rectangle parallel to axes 5 4 4 Measurement and ZO determination 5 4 4 1 General information Function Using this measuring cycle and the _MVAR x1xx measuring variant a hole shaft groove a web or a rectangle can be measur
19. gt the tool with internal T number 13 is corrected In the case of replacement tools the tool that was last used is corrected However it is necessary that only one tool in a group be active at any one time Otherwise the internal tool number of the tool used must be determined and assigned to _TNUM via the system variable P_TOOLNO during processing Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Parameter description 2 3 Description of the most important defining parameters 2 3 4 Offset number KNUM Parameter With measuring variant MVAR you can select whether automatic tool offset will be used or a zero offset will be corrected in a workpiece measuring cycle Parameter _KNUM contains the tool offset memory number D number ora e code for the zero offset to be corrected Values of _KNUM 20 integer 1 Specification _KNUM for tool offset 7 digits _KNUM can accept values with up to 7 digits for special MD settings even 9 digit values _KNUM 0 no automatic tool offset 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 D number 0 1 Automatic correction of the length effective in the measuring axis or set up and or additive correction as of measuring cycles SW 6 3 2 Automatic radius correction or set up and or additive correction as of measuring cycles SW 6 3 Normal inverted correction prefix wrong 0 normal inverted prefix wrong Correction relates to 4th position C
20. General information Page 91 Overview of the auxiliary programs required Page 261 General information Page 378 Overview of measuring cycle parameters Page 421 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Appendix A 4 A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters Overview of measuring cycle parameters Parameter definition Illustration in the table cell Meaning Parameter must be defined and or the parameter s definition depends on the measuring variant other parameters or the machine configuration Parameter is not used in the cycle The measuring cycle data are defined in the data blocks e GUDS DEF e GUD6 DEF Note As of HMI sl software version 2 6 The GUD parameters are stored in the machine or setting data A correspondence assignment list of the measuring cycle GUD parameters GUD modules and measuring programs used until now compared to the new machine and setting data is included in appendices A1 A2 and A3 Overview CYCLE961 Workpiece measurements Parameter Type Automatic setup of inside and outside corner GUD5 for G17 in XY plane for G18 in ZX plane for G19 in YZ plane Specifying distances and angles Specifying 4 points Corner Corner Corner Corner Corner inside Corner outside inside outside inside outside 3 measuring points 4 measuring points _CALNUM INT oe dee meee eons sran
21. Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 8 CYCLE961 workpiece Setup inside and outside corner 5 8 2 Setting up a corner with definition of distances and angles 5 8 2 1 General information Function Using this measuring cycle and the MVAR 105 MVAR 106 measuring variants the internal and external corner of a rectangle can be measured and set up while using the _MVAR 107 _MVAR 108 measuring variants the internal and external corner of an unknown workpiece geometry can be measured and set up Measuring principle for rectangle Measure in turned WCS Example Internal corner _MVAR 105 Ordinate W Abscissa M Example G17 x1 Measuring principle for unknown geometry Example External corner MVAR 108 Ordinate Abscissa The cycle approaches either 3 for a rectangle or 4 measuring points if workpiece geometry is not known and calculates the point of intersection of the resulting straight lines and the angle of rotation to the positive abscissa axis of the current plane If the workpiece geometry is known rectangle the corner to be calculated can be offset The result the position of the corner is stored as an absolute value in the specified ZO offset and rotation and in the result parameters _OVR Measuring cycles 212 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 8 CYCLE967 workpiece Setup inside and
22. Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 73 Parameter description 2 3 Description of the most important defining parameters 2 3 7 Parameter 2 3 8 Correcting the tool of a stored tool environment _TENV As from NCK SW 6 3 you can save the operating environment of a particular tool you are using This is to allow you to correct the tool used to measure a workpiece taking into account the operating conditions environment e g plane length assignment You then no longer have to specify the T D DL number in the offset explicitly These are included in the stored tool environment The name of a tool environment can have up to 32 characters References PGA Programming Guide Advanced Parameter _TENV is used in measuring cycles for workpiece measurement with automatic tool offset to define the tool environment _TENV is type string 32 _TENV is only considered if the corresponding digit is programmed in parameter KNUM Note _TENV can only be used if function TOOLENV NAME has already been programmed by the user in the workpiece machining program This sets up the tool environment The number tool environments that can be created in the SINUMERIK control is set in MD 18116 MM_NUM_TOOL_ENV A tool offset used in conjunction with a tool environment offers many possibilities These will be shown in more detail using examples in the next Section Example of automatic tool off
23. The values of the workpiece tolerance parameters _TUL TLL were selected asymmetrically in the example The result is then made symmetrical see Section Tolerance parameters _TZL TMV _TUL TLL _TDIF and __TSA Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 345 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 6 CYCLE 994 workpiece 2 point measurement 6 6 CYCLE994 workpiece 2 point measurement 6 6 1 Function overview 6 6 1 1 General information Function This measuring cycle can be used to determine workpiece dimensions in 2 point measurements with various measuring variants Automatic tool offsetis also possible The measuring cycle determines the actual value of the workpiece with respect to the workpiece zero in the selected measuring axis _MA and calculates the difference from a defined setpoint setpoint actual value An empirical value stored in data block GUD5 can be included It is also possible to calculate a mean value over several parts The cycle checks that a set tolerance range for the measured deviation is not violated and automatically corrects the tool offset memory selected in _KNUM If KNUM 0 there is no offset Measurement Setpoint SSETVAL and external protection zone _SZA _SZO for ext measurement x1 X ordinate LMVAR 2 MA 2 _SZA Protection zone Measurement M internal ZI Z x abscissa Se NZ 2 d Example G18 DIAMON Measurin
24. 3 _MD INT Measuring direction 0 positive 1 negative _MVAR INT Measuring variant gt 0 xxx13 0 54321 i Area tak LL 13 Reference groove ltd 0 Not incl probe ball in calculation 1 Including probe ball in calculation 1 for calibration in groove only LW 1 1 axis direction specify measur l ing axis and axis direction l 2 2 axis directions specify measuring axis 0 Without position calculation 1 With position calibration for calibration in groove only _NMSP INT Number of measurements at the same location gt 0 _PRNUM INT Tool probe number gt 0 number of the data field assigned to the tool probe GUD6 _TP _PRNUM 1 _TPLPRNUM 1 i _TPWLPRNUM 1 i _TPLPRNUM 1 i _TPWLPRNUM 1 i _RA INT _RF REAL _SETVAL REAL ee zak _SETV 8 REAL Calibration setpoint Measuring cycles 426 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters CYCLE973 Workpiece measurements _STAL REAL _SZA REAL _SZO REAL _TDIF REAL E _TMV REAL _TNAME STRING 32 _TNUM INT _TUL REAL REAL _TSA REAL Safe area _T2L REAL Zero offset area _VMS REAL Variable measuring velocity gt 0 for VMS 0 150 mm min if _FA 1 300 mm min if _FA gt 1 CYCLE974 Workp
25. 378 The general global and channel specific measuring cycle data are configured in the GUD6 DEF data block This block is supplied with the measuring cycles in its standard configuration and must be adapted to the specific requirements of the machine by the machine manufacturer In the as delivered state the following settings are active Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Data description 9 2 Cycle data Global data Data type Meaning _TP 3 10 REAL 3 arrays for tool probes machine related _WPJ3 11 REAL 3 arrays for workpiece probes _KB 3 7 REAL 3 arrays for gauging blocks _TPW 3 10 REAL 3 data arrays for tool probes machine related _CM 9 100 1000 1 REAL Only active if _CBIT 12 0 0 005 20 4 10 0 0 5 Monitoring data for tool measurement with rotating spindle and cyclic calculation with CYCLE971 e max peripheral speed 100 m min e max speed 1000 rev min e Fmin 1mm min e measuring accuracy 0 005 mm e Fmax for probing 20 mm min e direction of rotation M4 e probing twice with feed factor 10 on first probing _CM 8 only active if _CBIT 7 1 Tolerance parameter for tool measurement with orientational tool carriers 90 multiples of the tool positions with CYCLE982 e Field for tolerance parameter of rotary axis positions deviation 0 5 degrees _MFS 6 REAL Only active if CBIT 12 1 Speed and feed set by user during tool measurement with rotating spindle
26. 6 2 CYCLE982 Tool Measure turning tools 274 The lengths for the tool to be measured T3 D1 are known remeasurement in wear Tool type DP 1 500 Cutting edge length DP2 3 Length 1 geometry DP3 L1 100 654 Length 2 geometry DP4 L2 60 321 Radius DP6 R 2 000 Length 1 wear DP12 0 Length 2 wear DP13 0 N_T3 MEAS MPF Calibration N10 GO G18 G94 G90 DIAMOF N20 T7 D1 N30 SUPA Z240 X420 N40 _TZL 0 001 _PRNUM 1 _VMS 0 _NMSP 1 N50 MVAR 0 FA 1 TSA 1 MA 2 N60 CYCLE982 N70 GO SUPA Z240 N80 _MA 1 N90 CYCLE982 00 GO SUPA X350 10_MA 2 20 CYCLE982 30 GO SUPA Z170 40 _MA 1 50 CYCLE982 4244222 2 42 24 60 GO SUPA X350 N170 SUPA Z520 N180 SUPA X420 7 Measurement N200 T3 D1 N210 GO SUPA Z240 X420 N220 MVAR 1 MA 2 TDIF 0 8 Length measurement of turning tool 4 ue SL 3 machine related i _TP 0 2 _TP 0 3 12 L1 X1 Z _TP O 1 _TP 0 0 7 Call calibration tool Starting position for calibration Parameter definition 7 Calibration in minus X direction New starting position Set other measuring axis Z Calibration in minus Z direction New starting position Set other measuring axis X Calibration in plus X direction New starting position Set other measuring axis Z Calibration in plus Z direction 7Go to tool change position in each axis Traverse Selection of the tool to be measured
27. 7Retract probe in X axis and Z axis rapid traverse Calibration in Calibration in the X axis minus X direction Retract from probe in Z axis rapid traverse In X axis move calibration in possible Calibration in Traverse up in Calibration in Calibration in 7 End of program to position from which the plus direction is plus X direction infeed axis the Z axis on G17 minus Z direction The new trigger values in X X Y Y and Z are stored in the global data of tool probe 1 _PRNUM 1 _TP 0 0 4 if they deviate by more than 0 005 mm _TZL 0 005 from the old values Deviations of up to 5 mm _TSA 5 are permissible Programming example 2 Calibrate tool probe in minus X workpiece related 102 Values of the calibration tool T7 D1 Tool type DP1 120 Length 1 geometry DP3 L1 20 000 Radius geometry DP6 R 5 000 Values of the settable ZO for G54 Displacement X 60 Y 15 Z 30 Rotation around X 0 Y 0 Z 18 degrees Values of the tool probe 1 in data block GUD6 approximate values before calibration begins workpiece related _TPW 0 0 50 _TPW 0 1 28 _TPW 0 2 42 _TPW 0 3 20 _TPW 0 4 80 _TPWI O0 9 4 Example G17 calibrate workpiece related _MVAR 10 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 2 CYCLE971 tool Measuring mill
28. After this measurement the applicate is positioned to safety height height as beginning of the cycle When 3 spheres are measured the abscissa ordinate are positioned toward the set center point of the next sphere Procedure continues as above No sphere fixture or other obstacle must be located in this entire traversing range It may be necessary to select this measuring variant with intermediate positioning on a circular path _MVAR xx1109 The position and number of measuring points is then variable Next process for measuring variant Measurement at an angle _MVAR x11x9 Z applicate Z1 Hl Sphere actual Sphere setpoint X abscissa _INCA 1 SSETVAL Setpoint sphere diameter Example G17 With _STA1 starting angle the angle position of P1 is defined with _INCA the incremental angle after P2 and then after P3 If the measuring variant is selected with 4 measuring points on a circle MVAR 1x1109 _INCA is also valid from P3 to P4 Measuring cycles 232 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 9 CYCLE997 workpiece Measuring a sphere and ZO determination The measuring points are approached at distance _FA from the sphere lateral surface setpoint sphere diameter Measuring point P1 is approached first After joint positioning of abscissa and ordinate the applicate is lowered to the height of the ce
29. Bp a distance to start position Pak i i Measurements P1 to P4 Start position of tool at start of cycle to the left of the measuring probe X1 Measuring point P a distance to start position Zi Measurements P1 to P4 Start positions of cutting miller at start of cycle and different axial positions 4 xt E eo Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 301 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools 302 Measuring variant Example 6 Radial position R 0 Measuring without reversal 4 measurements necessary _MVAR 14002 Direction of measurement for determining length L1 opposite to traversing direction measuring procedure as for _MVAR x13002 but with different traversing motion Notes Length measurements for L1 P3 P4 are performed here at the same measuring point without rotating the spindle by 180 degrees The same cutting edge is always measured starting angle _STA1 The width of the milling tool must be considered when selecting the starting position or dimension a Specified geometry L1 L2 R Offset applied in L1 L2 R L1 P3x P4x 2 L2 P1z P2z 2 R ABS P3z P4z 2
30. REAL Position value of rotary axis 1 manual or semi automatic _SETV 4 REAL Position value of rotary axis 2 manual or semi automatic _SETV 5 REAL Position value for normalizing rotary axis 1 _SETV 6 REAL Position value for normalizing rotary axis 2 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 439 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters CYCLE996 Workpiece measurements _SETV 7 REAL Tolerance value of offset vectors 11 14 _SETV 8 REAL TA Tolerance value of rotary axis vectors V1 V2 CYCLE997 Workpiece measurements Parameter Type Possible measurements GUD5 G17 X Y plane G18 Z X plane G19 Y Z plane Measuring with automatic ZO correction 1 sphere 1 sphere _FA REAL Measurement path in mm gt 0 _INCA REAL Incremental angle for _MVAR xx1109 only measuring at an angle _KNUM INT without with automatic offset of the ZO memory 0 without offset 1 99 1 99 automatic offset in ZO automatic offset in ZO G54 G57 G54 G57 G505 G599 G505 G599 1000 1000 automatic offset in basic frame automatic offset in basic frame G500 G500 1011 1026 1011 1026 automatic ZO correction in 1st to 16th channel automatic ZO correction in 1st to 16th basic frame channel basic frame 2000 1051 1066 automatic ZO correction in system frame automatic ZO correction in 1st to 16th global 9999
31. Starting position for measurement Change of parameter definition for measurement otherwise calibration Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 2 CYCLE982 Tool Measure turning tools N230 _CHBIT 3 1 Offset in wear remeasuring N240 CYCLE982 Tool measurement in minus X direction L1 N250 GO SUPA Z240 New starting position N260 _MA 1 7Set other measuring axis Z N270 CYCLE982 Tool measurement in minus Z direction L2 N280 GO SUPA X420 Retraction axis by axis N290 SUPA 2520 N300 M2 Explanation N10 to N180 calibrate The tip of the calibration tool T7 is positioned in measuring axis X from the starting position at distance _FA 1 mm dimension gt with reference to the radius before the probe In axis Z the probe tip center is centered with respect to the probe The measuring process is initiated in the negative X direction _MA 2 starting position with measuring velocity 150 mm min _VMS 0 _FA 1 The switching signal is expected by the probe 1 _PRNUM within a distance of 2 _FA 2 mm Otherwise an alarm will be triggered Measurement is performed once _NMSP 1 After successful measurement the tip of T7 is _FA 1 mm in front of the probe in the X direction The calculated probe value is entered in _TP 0 2 Calibration with the measuring process has been completed in minus X Calibration is then performed i
32. ZO G54 NVx NVy Arrays for workpiece probe 3 _WP 2 already contains approximate values N CALIBRATE IN XY MPF N10 G54 G90 G17 T9 D1 N20 M6 N30 GO X100 000 Y80 000 N40 210 N50 CBIT 14 0 N60 TSA 1 _PRNUM 3 _VMS 0 _NMSP 1 _FA 1 _TZL 0 N61 MVAR 010101 _SETVAL 110 246 N70 CYCLE976 N80 240 N100 M2 Explanation of example 5 3 CYCLE9 6 calibrate workpiece probe Z1 Calibrate in known hole Z 4 applicate lt 4 gt Y ordinate G17 abscissa X 7ZO selection Length 1 relative Set parameter for 74 axis directions Measuring cycle call select probe as tool and operating plane Insert probe and activate tool offset Position probe at center of hole Position probe in hole at calibration height to probe ball center calibration cycle Calibrate probe 3 in with calculation of positional deviation and calculation of effective diameter of probe ball calibrate paraxially Position probe above workpiece jEnd of program The new trigger values in X X Y and Y are stored in the global data of measuring probe 3 __WP 2 1 4 The positional deviation calculated in the X and Y direction is stored in _WP 2 7 _WP 2 8 the active probe ball diameter in _WP 2 0 125 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 3 CYCLE9 6 calibrate workpiece probe 5 3 2 3 Operational sequence Position before me
33. _MVAR xxx001 with x 0 or 1 no other values Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 287 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools Prerequisite parameters See also 288 The tool probe must be calibrated The approximate tool dimensions must be entered in the tool offset data Tool type cutting edge position on turning tools radius length 1 length 2 The tool to be measured must be active with its tool offset values when the cycle is called For a milling cutter the setting data SD 42950 TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE 2 must be set length calculation as for turning tool For milling tools the tool spindle must be declared the master spindle For a drill SD 42950 TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE 0 is also possible refer to Chapter Measuring drills special applications parameters Value data type Description _MVAR 1 or xxx01 Measure tool machine related 11 or xxx11 Measure tool workpiece related More precise parameterization for milling tools is entered in the 3rd to 5th digits of _MVAR _MA 1 2 Measuring axis _STAL REAL For milling tools Start angle _CORA REAL For milling tools Correction angle setting after reversal for measurement with reversal only MVAR xx1x1 Additional parameters VMS TZL _NMSP also apply TDIF TSA _FA _PRNUM _EVNUM and Defining parameters Page 63 Result parameters
34. applicate MA 3 for G17 X 1 Y 2 Z 3 for G18 Z 1 X 2 Y 3 for G19 Y 1 Z 2 X 3 Calibrating workpiece probes Hole with Hole with Area known center unknown center _CALNUM INT cone as sesa _CORA REAL Offset angular position only active if mono probe _CPA REAL si _CPO REAL aut ae uk _EVNUM INT La EEPE Ses _FA REAL Measurement path in mm gt 0 _ID REAL heii saa en _INCA REAL ae au nea _K INT aa ae _KNUM INT ae e aos _MA INT Measuring axis _MD INT Measuring direction 0 positive 1 negative _MVAR INT gt 0 Measuring variant xxxx0 1 xxxx08 x0000 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 429 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters CYCLE976 Workpiece measurements Calibrate ini theplane Calibration on surface 654321 MVAR 0 TTTTTTL_ 1 Calibrate in hole with unknown center Tali 8 Calibrate in hole with unknown center Calibration on surface IIIIL _MVAR 10000 LII calibration on surface with LIII 0 Not including probe ball in calculation calculation of the probe length ri 1 Including probe ball in calculation ae f 3 It eae only permissible with _MA 3 LE __ 0 4 axis directions Il 1 axis direction specify measuring axis ll and axis direction i 2 2 axis directions specify measuring axis l 0 Without position calculatio
35. compensation value angle at 1st axis of level of measuring cycle CYCLE998 Measure angle e g to swivel cycle Cycle800 In accordance with MD MN_INT_INCR_PER_DEG the calculation resolution 1000 _OVR 21 0 000345 IF ABS _OVR 21 MN_INT_INCR_PER_DEG lt 1 _OVR 21 0 ENDIF Explanation If the value of parameter _OVR 21 is less than the programmed calculation resolution it is rounded down to zero Measuring cycles 66 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Parameter description 2 3 Description of the most important defining parameters 2 3 Description of the most important defining parameters 2 3 1 Measurement variant MVAR Parameter The measuring variant of each individual cycle is defined in parameter MVAR MVAR can be assigned certain positive integer values Please refer to the individual cycle descriptions Note Validity The value in _MVAR is plausibility checked by the cycle If it does not have a defined value alarm 61307 is output Incorrect measuring variant The cycle must be interrupted by an NC RESET _MVAR must be corrected 2 3 2 Number of the measuring axis MA Parameter In some cycles or measuring variants number 1 2 or 3 must be specified in _MA for the measuring axis This might by axis X Y or Z in the workpiece coordinate system depending on whether G17 G18 or G19 is active This always results in Measuring axis _MA 1 absciss
36. e The following measuring variants are permitted if CHBIT 20 1 suppression of the starting angle position with _STA1 on a milling tool xxx0x1 with x 0 or 1 no other values e A measuring variant can also be impermissible if it cannot be performed with the specified measuring axis _MA e g determining the milling cutter radius However with this position of the milling cutter it is not in the measuring axis Result parameters The measuring cycle CYCLE982 returns the following values in the data block GUD5 for the measuring variant calibration Parameter Data type Result _OVR 8 REAL Trigger point in minus direction actual value abscissa _OVR 10 REAL Trigger point in plus direction actual value abscissa _OVR 12 REAL Trigger point in minus direction actual value ordinate _OVR 14 REAL Trigger point in plus direction actual value ordinate _OVR 9 REAL Trigger point in minus direction difference abscissa OVR 11 REAL Trigger point in plus direction difference abscissa _OVR 13 REAL Trigger point in minus direction difference ordinate OVR 15 REAL Trigger point in plus direction difference ordinate OVR 27 REAL Zero offset area _OVR 28 REAL Safe area _OVI 2 INTEGER Measuring cycle number _OvVT 3 INTEGER Measuring variant OVI 5 INTEGER Probe number _OVI 9 INTEGER Alarm number Measuring cycle CYCLE982 returns the following values in
37. 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 139 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 4 CYCLE9 7 workpiece Measure hole shaft groove web rectangle parallel to axes Result parameters Depending on the mea suring variant MVAR xxx1 to MVAR xxx4 measuring cycle CYCLE977 supplies the following values as results in data block GUD5 not for rectangle measurement see next table for this Parameters Datatype Result _OVR 0 REAL Setpoint diameter width hole shaft groove web _OVR 1 REAL Setpoint center point center hole shaft groove web in abscissa _OVR 2 REAL Setpoint center point center hole shaft groove web in ordinate _OVR 4 REAL Actual value diameter width hole shaft groove web _OVR 5 REAL Actual value center point center hole shaft groove web in abscissa _OVR 6 REAL Actual value center point center hole shaft groove web in ordinate _OVR 8 REAL Upper tolerance limit for diameter width hole shaft groove web _OVR 12 REAL Lower tolerance limit for diameter width hole shaft groove web _OVR 16 REAL Difference diameter width hole shaft groove web _OVR 17 REAL Difference center point center hole shaft groove web in abscissa _OVR 18 REAL Difference center point center hole shaft groove web in ordinate _OVR 20 REAL Compensation value _OVR 27 REAL Zero offset area _OVR 28 R
38. 346 A Automatic tool measurement 296 Auxiliary parameters 64 C Calculation of center point and radius of a circle 85 Calculation of the deceleration path 33 Calibrate tool probe machine related 265 Calibrate workpiece probe in hole 121 Calibrating groove pair 389 aa Calibrating in the reference groove 325 Calibrating tool 24 30 o Calibrating tool probes 99 284 Calibrating tool probes automatically 106 Calibrating workpiece probes 119 322 Calibration of a workpiece probe on a surface 131 Calibration on surface 328 o Channel oriented bits 401 Compensation strategy 96 compensation value calculation 36 Cycle data 378 CYCLE116 85 CYCLE119 235 CYCLE198 87 CYCLE199 87 CYCLE961 209 CYCLE971 93 CYCLE973 322 CYCLE974 332 CYCLE976 119 CYCLE977 138 CYCLE978 160 CYCLE979 17 CYCLE982 277 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 CYCLE997 223 CYCLE998 189 D Data block for the measuring cycles 378 Determining dimensions of calibration 270 Dimension difference check 40 B5 Dimensional deviations 36 E Effect of empirical value mean value and tolerance parameters 44 Example of tool measurement 356 G Gauging block 24 Incremental calibration 303 Incremental measurement 307 Input parameters 63 M Mandatory parameters Measuring cycles 63 65 Mean value 36 aie Mean value calculation 36 Measure groove 1
39. GUD7 E_MESS_MS_IN Measurement input 1 for workpiece measurement 0 GUD7 E_MESS_MT_IN Measurement input 2 for tool measurement 1 GUD7 E_ MESS_D Internal data item 5 GUD7 E MESS_D_M Measuring path for manual measuring mm in front of 50 and behind meas point GUD7 E MESS_D_L Measuring path for length measurement mm in front 2 of and behind the measuring point for tool measurement GUD7 E MESS_D_R Measuring path for radius measurement mm in front 1 of and behind the measuring point for tool measurement GUD7 E MESS_FM Measuring feed mm rev 300 GUD7 E MESS_F Plane feedrate for collision monitoring mm min 2000 GUD7 E MESS_FZ Infeed feedrate for collision monitoring mm min 2000 GUD7 E_MESS_CAL_D Diameter calibration ring 0 GUD7 E_MESS_CAL_L Calibration dimension in the feed axis referred to WCS 0 GUD7 E_ MESS_MAX_V Max peripheral speed for measuring with rotating 100 spindle m min GUD7 E MESS_MAX_S Max spindle speed for measuring with rotating spindle 1000 rpm GUD7 E MESS_MAX_F Max feedrate for measuring with rotating spindle 20 mm min Measuring cycles 456 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters Channel specific values for measuring in JOG GUD7_MC Block Identifier Description As delivered value GUD7 E_MESS_MIN_F Min feed for measuring with rotating spindle for the ist 1
40. General infOrmatiOn eccecscssacienvavetraxidinsevssnhde A e i a E a a a O EE T31 Programming example set rcs tecne scissile diated ncn niania keie tkanine kian a EET a RaR Sisar aaia ei 132 Operational SEQUENCE ccccccesccssececesecssecssecseesecssesaescaessecuaessscsasseeaecsscsaccaucsacsaccascseecaeesaeeseeaee 134 Calibrating a workpiece probe in the applicate determining probe length ceeeees 134 Gernerall information sceneto aaia aa a aa a sii cast sbacueaa sanstuuerseacateeds 134 Programming example sii cps cca ach ise nla ed cathe ad aed eah casa es 136 Operational SEQUENCE cccccccsccssecssesecssecssecsecsecusesaecsesuecusessacsasssecaecsscsaccsecsacsaccascseecaeesseeseeaes 137 CYCLE977 workpiece Measure hole shaft groove web rectangle parallel to axes 138 Function OVervV eW cccccccescesecssecsseecssesssecesessecssessessessesuaecssscsaseuscsecsaccascaeceecsascasssseeascaseaeessenaes 138 Measuring contour SVN ES osu ss chess card cede aa dn cena badecucea da ae taagut ada cua Sade ia rann vented eckeieen 142 General information score catia cra asduasoas Seasnecdie sn dds ain Seneca in entnsiad tadiavnie waaay eaniel adedalsie mi caateaee 142 Programming example i ceric acaba calendars 145 Operational SEQUENCE cscccscassesscessasscasccascesccsssssssssadssecasseecsasvadccasssiaascadsaaesateaccsadaasnsaaieaeas 147 Measuring and tool Sessa tes ect denne chcecesazsenatat etuactzacias
41. Page 65 Variable measuring velocity _VMS Page 76 Tolerance parameters TZL TMV _TUL _TLL _TDIF and _TSA Page 77 Measurement path _FA Page 78 Probe type probe number _PRNUM Page 79 Empirical value mean value EVNUM Page 80 Multiple measurement at the same location _NMSP Page 81 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines Sequence Measuring cycles 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools Position before measuring cycle call Before the cycle is called the tool must be Measure turning tool with different cutting edge moved to the starting position as shown in positions and suitable starting positions the diagram for turning tools The measuring f r both axes cycle then calculates the approach position SL 4 SL 3 automatically This position determines the measuring direction in the measuring axis _MA For milling tools the measuring point on the tool is determined by entered lengths 1 and 2 please note SD 42950 TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE If the radius value is not equal to zero this is also a determining factor The measuring point is then located on the side which the measuring probe faces R or R The axial or radial position of the tool must be specified _MVAR This starting position must ensure collision free approach In the case of milling tools length and radius can be selected as an al
42. Page 76 Offset angle position CORA Page 76 Tolerance parameters _TZL TMV TUL TLL _TDIF and _TSA Page 77 Measurement path _FA Page 78 Probe type probe number _PRNUM Page 79 Empirical value mean value _EVNUM Page 80 Multiple measurement at the same location _NMSP Page 81 5 7 2 2 Programming example 1 angle measurement with CYCLE998 Measuring cycles A rectangular workpiece 60 x 40 mm is clamped in the G17 plane on a rotary table The intention is to orient it with its edges running parallel with axes X and Y An angular deviation detected is to be compensated automatically through additive ZO compensation of the rotary axes The maximum possible angular deviation is taken as _TSA 5 The measuring path is programmed as _FA 8 mm max total measurement path 16 mm The measuring points should be 40 mm apart Intermediate positioning is to be at an angle The rotary table is the 4th axis in the channel C axis Clamping for workpiece Zero offset with settable ZO G54 NVx NVy NVz NVc Workpiece probe 1 used as tool T9 D1 is Correction of angle for turning table C axis to be used Measuring axis Y offset axis X The probe is already calibrated Arrays for workpiece probe 1 _WP 0 The following is entered under T9 D1 in the tool offset memory Tool type DP 710 Length 1 geometry DP3 L1 50 000 Radius geometry DP6 R 3 000 Angle oblique position
43. Position probe facing P2 Define parameters for measurement in another axis Measure P2 Position probe opposite P3 7 Change parameters for measurement Measure P3 Position probe opposite P4 Change parameters for measurement Measure P4 Retraction in Z Retraction in X 7 End of program 357 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 7 Complex example for tool measurement Measuring cycles 358 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Miscellaneous functions T 7 1 Log measurement results Note As of HMI sl software version 2 6 The Log function is not available in SINUMERIK HMI sl SW 2 6 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 359 Miscellaneous functions 7 2 Measuring cycle support in the program editor 7 2 Measuring cycle support in the program editor The program editor offers extended measuring cycle support for inserting measuring cycle calls into the program Prerequisite Hardware TCU or PCU Function This measuring cycle support provides the following functionality e Measuring cycle selection via softkeys e Input screen forms for parameter assignment with help displays e Retranslatable program code is generated from the individual screen forms Measuring cycles 360 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Miscellaneous functions 7 2 Measuring cycle support in the program editor 7 2 1 Menus explanation
44. Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 175 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 6 CYCLE979 workpiece Measure hole shaft groove rib at an angle Measuring principle for groove or web The measuring cycle measures points P1 and P2 inside the groove and outside the web Measure groove web at an angle Example G17 The actual value of the groove width and web width and the position of the groove center and web center in relation to workpiece zero are calculated from the measured values Supplementary functions for hole and shaft diameter groove or web width and tool compensation e An empirical value from data block GUD5 can be included with the correct sign e A mean value can be derived from several workpieces measurement calls Prerequisite The probe must be called as a tool with a tool length offset Tool type preferably 710 When using the cycle on a turning machine set type 5xy and _CBIT 14 0 The probe must have been calibrated with Determine active probe ball diameter Calibration with an additional Determine position deviation of the workpiece probe improves the measuring precision NOTICE Precise measurement is only possible with a probe calibrated under the measurement conditions i e working plane orientation of the spindle in the plane and measuring velocity are the same for both measurement and calibration Deviations can cause additional mea
45. REAL _ OVR 27 REAL Zero offset area 1 1 1 1 _OVR 28 REAL Safe area 1 _OVR 29 REAL Permissible dimensional 1 1 1 1 difference _OVR 30 REAL Empirical value 1 1 1 OVR 31 REAL Mean value 1 1 1 1 OVI 0 INT D no ZO no OVI 1 INT _ OVI 2 INT Measuring cycle number OVI 3 INT Measuring variant _OVI 4 INT Weighting factor 1 1 1 1 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 449 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters Result parameters measurement milling and machining centers CYCLE977 CYCLE978 CYCLE979 OVI 5 INT Probe number OVI 6 INT Mean value memory 1 1 1 1 number OVI 7 INT Empirical value memory 1 1 1 no _OVI 8 INT Tool number OVI 9 INT Alarm number OVI 11 INT Status offset request for ZO compensation only _OVI12 INT _OV1I13 INT DL number 1 1 1 1 from measuring cycles SW 6 3 1 for workpiece measurement with tool offset only Result parameters measurement milling and machining centers CYCLE996 GUD5 Type Meaning _OVR 0 REAL irae _OVR 1 REAL Offset vector 11 TC_CARR1 n X component _OVR 2 REAL Offset vector 11 TC_CARR2 n Y compone
46. The results are entered in result array _OVR Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 7 CYCLE998 workpiece Angle measurement and ZO determination 5 7 CYCLE998 workpiece Angle measurement and ZO determination 5 7 1 Function overview Function This measuring cycle enables you to determine the angular position of surfaces of a workpiece This can be used to close the workpiece clamping and correct the ZO as regards angular position With 1 angle measurement 1 angle measurement Example Turning table as C axis Measuring plane X Y UOC e When a workpiece is clamped rotated in the plane The angular offset is applied in the rotation component of the geometry axis that is perpendicular to the measurement plane e If a workpiece is on a rotary table The angular offset is applied additively in the translation component of the rotary axis table axis Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 189 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 7 CYCLE998 workpiece Angle measurement and ZO determination With 2 angle measurement 2 angle measurement Measuring a plane that is oblique in space Example G17 e lf aworkpiece has a plane that is inclined in space The angular offsets are applied in the rotation part of the geometry axes The a
47. Therefore _TSA gt probe ball radius must be programmed to avoid alarm Safe area violated Parameter Data type Meaning _MVAR 10000 Calibration in applicate with length calculation _SETVAL REAL Calibration setpoint position of surface _MA 3 Measuring axis only tool axis applicate possible _MD 0 positive axis direction Measuring direction 1 negative axis direction _PRNUM gt 0 Probe number The following additional parameters are also valid _VMS _CORA TZL _TSA _FAand_NMSP _CORA only relevant for monodirectional probe _ TSA is only evaluated with reference to the trigger value not with reference to the tool length Variable measuring velocity VMS Page 76 Offset angle position CCORA Page 76 Tolerance parameters _TZL TMV _TUL _TLL TDIF and _TSA Page 77 Measurement path _FA Page 78 Multiple measurement at the same location _NMSP Page 81 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 135 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 3 CYCLE9 6 calibrate workpiece probe 5 3 5 2 Programming example Calibration of a workpiece probe in the Z axis on the workpiece with length calculation 136 Workpiece probe 1 is to be calibrated in the Z axis on the surface at position Z 20 000 mm of a clamped workpiece Determine trigger value in minus direction _WP 0 5 and length 1 L1 Clamping for workpiece Zero offse
48. _OVR 25 REAL Difference Center point coordinates for abscissa 3rd sphere _OVR 26 REAL Difference Center point coordinates a for ordinate 3rd sphere _OVR 27 REAL Difference Center point coordinates for applicate 3rd sphere _OVR 28 REAL Safe area _OVR 30 REAL Empirical value _OVR 31 REAL Mean value _OVI 0 INT ZO number _OVI 1 INT gads pane St dan OVI 2 INT Measuring cycle number OVI 3 INT Measuring variant za n _OVI 4 INT Weighting factor _OVI 5 INT Probe no OVI 6 INT mean value memory number OVI 7 INT Empirical value memory number _OVI 8 INT Tool number 2 s Za s OVI 9 INT Alarm number _OVI 10 ve OVI 11 INT Status offset request _OV1I12 INT internal error no Internal measurement evaluation 1 for measuring variants _MVAR x1x109 only measure 3 spheres Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 447 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters Result parameters measurement milling and machining centers GUD5 Type Meaning CYCLE977 CYCLE978 CYCLE979 MVAR xxx1 MVAR
49. _TDIF and _TSA Page 77 Measurement path _FA Page 78 Probe type probe number _PRNUM Page 79 Multiple measurement at the same location _NMSP Page 81 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 157 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 4 CYCLE9 7 workpiece Measure hole shatt groove web rectangle parallel to axes 5 4 4 2 Programming example ZO determination on a rectangle with CYCLE977 158 In the G17 plane an outside rectangle web is to be measured with setpoint lengths width in X 100 000 and in Y 200 00 mm The settable ZO G54 is to be corrected in such a way that the center of the rectangle is at X 150 000 and Y 170 000 mm Measurement is also performed at G54 After measurement is complete the changed ZO is activated The maximum possible deviation of the center is taken as 2 mm the maximum possible variance in lengths is 3 mm To obtain a minimum measuring path of 1 mm the measuring path is programmed as _FA 2 3 1 6 mm max measuring path _FA 12 mm A measured deviation of the center of the rectangle from the setpoint of gt 1 8 mm is however not permitted in either axis Height of rectangle and measuring height in Z see Fig Clamping for workpiece Zero offset with settable ZO G54 NVx NVy values when measuring Workpiece probe 1 used as tool T9 D1 is Measure a rectangle to be used Z1 external CTT The following is entered under T9
50. _VMS _CORA _TZL TSA _FAand_NMSP _CORA only relevant for monodirectional probe Variable measuring velocity VMS Page 76 Offset angle position CORA Page 76 Tolerance parameters TZL TMV _TUL _TLL TDIF and _TSA Page 77 Measurement path _FA Page 78 Multiple measurement at the same location NMSP Page 81 Programming example Calibrating a workpiece probe in the X Y plane known hole center point 124 Workpiece probe 3 used as tool T9 D1 is to be recalibrated in a known hole with MPx 100 000 MPy 80 000 D 110 246 mm in axes X and Y in both axis directions with G17 and paraxially to redetermine trigger values _WPIi 1 to _WP i 4 The positional deviation skew _WP i 7 _WP i 8 and precise ball diameter _WP i 0 of the probe is also to be ascertained Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 The radius of the probe ball and length 1 must be entered in the tool offset memory under T9 D1 before the cycle is called Tool type DP 710 Length 1 geometry DP3 L41 50 000 Radius geometry DP6 R 3 000 Length 1 L1 must refer to the center of the probe ball _CBIT 14 0 Careful when positioning Radius R in length L1 is ignored But the desired calibration height can be entered directly Zero offset with settable
51. alarms are output Values are corrected without empirical values _EVNUM 0 5 2 5 4 Operational sequence Position before measuring cycle call Before cycle call a starting position must be taken up from which approach to the probe is possible without collision The measuring cycle calculates the continued approach path and generates the necessary travel blocks Position after end of measuring cycle On completion of the cycle the tool nose or tool radius is positioned facing the measuring surface at a distance corresponding to _FA Measuring cycles 118 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 3 5 3 1 Function Measuring cycles Programming Ma CYCLE976 calibrate workpiece probe Function overview 5 3 CYCLE9 6 calibrate workpiece probe With milling machines and machining centers the probe is usually loaded into the spindle from a tool magazine This may result in errors when further measurements are taken on account of probe clamping tolerances in the spindle Workpiece probe in calibration ring or calibrate drill hole Example G17 a a yY Pa a oor Z Calibration on surface Io N 4y a Example G17 The probe trigger points must be determined in the axis directions that are dependent on e the probe ball diameter e the mechanical design of the probe speed at which the probe hits an o
52. drills machine related _MVAR xxx11 Milling tools drills workpiece related Workpiece related or machine related measurement require an appropriately calibrated tool probe see section Calibrating tool probes or Calibrating tool probes machine related These measuring variants can only determine offset values that are in the measurement axis _MA The cycle determines the new tool length L1 or L2 for milling tools the radius too and checks whether the difference from the old tool length can be corrected within a defined tolerance range Upper limits Safe area __TSA and dimensional deviation check _TDIF Lower limit Zero offset range _TZL If this range is not violated the new tool length is accepted otherwise an alarm is output Violation of the lower limit is not corrected Compensation strategy The tool measuring cycle is provided for various applications e Initial measurement of a tool _CHBIT 3 0 The tool offset values in geometry and wear are replaced The offset is applied in the geometry component of the length The wear component is deleted e Remeasurement of a tool _CHBIT 3 1 The resulting difference is calculated into the wear component radius or length Empirical values may optionally be included The mean value is not calculated If CHBIT 20 1 positioning of the milling spindle at the value of SSTA1 can be suppressed That is possible with the following milling cutter measuring variants
53. eX mple iecerei ieii iawn AE EEEE AEA TERA EEA 344 6 6 CYCLE994 workpiece 2 point MeasureMent cccccecceceeeeeeeceeaeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeseseeieeeeeeeeteees 346 6 6 1 FUNCTION OvVervieW snieni neninn a ar E dedi a aii 346 6 6 1 1 General informatio Meen pmen erena aa a a OE TAa aE a aa Ai a iatha 346 6 6 1 2 Programming examples cccisssc cecesssseidesssacccatesabiadesseocceatsauecacs sbienasvbsaaecatsadestsuucdaasanedasaaaanentadecss 352 6 6 1 3 Operational Se Quen Oe asc saseieincicssscisnsisn sta ovate sdcuetimubastsesacimndsuaanaibe iad anes dud aden ahasnssaaiciaiunssl sacl 354 6 7 Complex example for tool measurement ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeceaeeeeeeeeceneaeceeeeestsnneaeeeeeeteeea 356 7 Miscellaneous fUNCTIONS ccecceceseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeesaeeeeesaaeeeeeaaeeeeesaaeeeeesaaeesesaaeesesaaeesessaeeeeeseesseaeeeeesaeeess 359 7 1 Log measurement results o oo ee cece ee eeee eee eeeeee eee eeteeeeeeeseeeeeesaeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeeseeeaeaaeees 359 7 2 Measuring cycle support in the program CCitOl ee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeenaeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaes 360 7 2 1 Menus explanation of the CYCIOS cccccccesccessessecseesecsscsaecsecsecusecaecssecescsecsacsascseesecacsaeessaeeaee 3671 T211 General itorimation 2i ci 2 0ch vessel ses scedsecadsussvsvessetesdesd S A elias ives Reeviedicesees 36T T212 SOUS bars f r TUNG ita ctiesa cents ter daad es eae ded sented a a anea i a 362 Mea
54. length L1 is ignored p N WEB MEASURE MPF N10 G54 G17 G90 T9 D1 N20 M6 N30 GO X220 Y130 N40 Z101 N60 TSA 1 2 PRNUM 1 VMS 0 _NMSP 1 FA 4 N61 MVAR 104 _SETVAL 132 MA 1 _ID 40 _KNUM 0 N70 CYCLE977 N80 GO 2160 N100 M2 5 4 CYCLE9 7 workpiece Measure hole shatt groove web rectangle parallel to axes Measure a web Zi Start position for cycle applicate ner s D n of measurement Actual center X abscissa X Setpoint center X1 Z0 select tool as probe Insert probe yactivate tool offset Position probe in X Y plane at setpoint web center position in X and measurement position Y Position Z axis above web Set parameter for measuring cycle call with ZO and without tool compensation note negative prefix for _ID Probe lowered in Z axis Measuring variant with ZO calculation has been selected MVAR X1xxx because web center with TSA without running zis to be monitored 7but KNUM 0 the ZO calculation and ZO compensation 7Call measuring cycle Traverse up Z axis 7End of program Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 4 CYCLE9 7 workpiece Measure hole shafY groove web rectangle parallel to axes Explanation of example The measuring results of web width web center in X and associated differences are entered in result a
55. probing mm min GUD7 E_ MESS_MIN_F_FAK1 On tool measurement with rotating spindle traversal 10 with 10 times measuring feed is performed in the 1st probing limitation by E MESS_MAX_F mm min GUD7 E_MESS_MIN_F_FAK2 For tool measurement with rotating spindle 2nd probing 0 is performed with measuring feed There is no 3rd probing mm min GUD7 E_ MESS_MIN_D Measuring accuracy for measuring with rotating spindle 0 01 mm min GUD7 E_MESS_MS_MONO Probe is treated as multi probe 0 GUD7 E_MESS_MS_SOUTH Probe is used with reference to the probe sphere end 1 GUD7 E MESS_MT_TYP 3 Type of tool probe 0 GUD7 E_ MESS_MT_AX 3 Permissible axis directions for tool probe 133 GUD7 E_MESS_MT_DLJ 3 Diameter of tool probe for length measurement 0 GUD7 E_MESS_MT_DR 3 Diameter of tool probe for radius measurement 0 GUD7 E_ MESS_MT_DZ 3 Infeed for measurement tool probe diameter 2 GUD7 E MESS_MT_DIR 3 Approach direction in the plane tool probe 1 GUD7 E_MESS_MT_D Calibrate measurement path for tool probe and tool 10 measurement with motionless spindle before and after expected switching position GUD7 E_MESS_MT_FM Calibrate measuring feed for tool probe and tool 100 measurement with motionless spindle GUD7 E_MESS_MT_CF No tool probe make manufacturer specified 0 GUD7 E_MESS_MT_COMP No offset of the measurement result on tool 0 measurement with rotating spindle GUD7 E_MESS 3 Internal data item GUD7 E MEAS Internal data item GUD7 E MESS_RETT Int
56. start position Axis sequence axis direction sequence e Paraxial Calibration always starts in the positive axis direction first in the abscissa then in the ordinate e Atan angle The axes always travel in combination acc to starting angle STA1 STA1 180 degrees _STA1 90 degrees and _STA1 270 degrees Otherwise the same principle as for paraxial applies Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 3 CYCLE9 6 calibrate workpiece probe 2 measuring runs one with spindle reversal The cycle performs two measurement operations to determine the positional deviance of the probe and the center point of the hole 1 Spindle positioned 180 degrees from initial position with SPOS and all axis directions traversed 2 Spindle positioned at initial position and all axis directions traversed again Position after end of measuring cycle When calibration is complete the probe is again positioned at calibration height in the center of the hole Note Repeating calibration using the determined hole center is advisable if the starting position at the beginning is severely eccentric or measuring accuracy demands are high 5 3 4 Calibration of a workpiece probe on a surface 5 3 4 1 General information Function Measuring cycles Using this measuring cycle and the MMVAR 0 measuring variant a workpiece probe can be calib
57. this position without collision using linear interpolation Recommended distance from contour gt _FA Procedure for hole shaft Example Hole G17 plane 3 point measurement with _STA1 INCA gt 0 _STA1 a i Cor Ceres Y Start point example x gt Note When measuring circle segments of lt 90 grd it should be noted that mathematically speaking measuring points that deviate from the circular shape exert a particularly great influence on the accuracy of the results center point diameter For this reason an especially high degree of care should be taken when measuring small circle segments Good results can be attained if the following procedures are used The circle segment to be measured should be e Free from production deposits e Have as exact a circular form as possible as guaranteed by the production technology used e Have as smooth a surface as possible as guaranteed by the production technology used e Be measured with high quality probes i e the shape of the probe ball is as homogeneous as possible e Be measured with the 4 point measurement measuring variant _PRNUM 1xxx e Be measured with a recently calibrated probe The intermediate positions of the measuring points are approached along a circular path G2 G3 The distance between the probe ball ball circumference and the hole or shaft is _FA The travel direction G2 or G3 is derived from the sign of _INCA G3 is angle is
58. traversing range etc NCU Numerical Control Unit NCK hardware unit ZO Zero point offset PCIN Name of the SW for data exchange with the control PG Programming device PLC Programmable Logic Control Controller Software Software TO Tool Offset Tool offset TOA Tool Offset Active Identifier file type for tool offsets SR Subprogram V 24 Serial interface definition of the exchange lines between DTE and DCE WCS Workpiece coordinate system TO Tool offset Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 461 List of abbreviations Measuring cycles 462 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Parameter List of input output variables for cycles Name Meaning in English Meaning in German _CALNUM Calibration groove number Number of the gauging block _CBIT 30 Central Bits Field for NCK global bits _CHBIT 16 Channel Bits Field for channel specific bits _M 8 Field Monitoring functions for tool measurement with rotating spindle each with eight elements _CORA Correction angle position Offset angle position _CPA Center point abscissa Center point of abscissa _CPO Center point ordinate Center point of ordinate _CVAL 4 Field Number of elements each with e elements _DIGIT Number of decimal places _DLNUM DL number for setup or additive offset _EV 20 20 empirical value memories _EVMVNUM 2 Number of empirical values and mean val
59. 1 L1 must refer to the center of the probe ball _CBIT 14 0 as for calibration Careful when positioning Radius R in length L1 is ignored N CORNER SETUP MPF N10 G500 G17 G90 T9 D1 Select probe offset active N20 _PRNUM 1 _VMS 0 _NMSP 1 The probe is in the start position N21 MVAR 108 FA 20 KNUM 2 STA1 35 Set parameters e g by moving in JOG _INCA 80 _ID 30 _SETV 0 100 7CYCLEIG1 _SETV 1 100 N30 CYCLE961 N40 G55 7 Call corrected ZO G55 N100 M2 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 215 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 8 CYCLE961 workpiece Setup inside and outside corner 5 8 2 3 Operational sequence Defining distances and angles Definition of distances and angles o position before measuring cycle call X oF Example G17 unknown geometry Y1 g external corner 1 iS Ordinate i gt i a s a yo U gt i 9S 2 a 1 EA wv pod A INCA E A Estimated angle values a f Abscissa X1 x M gt i ee O _ _STA1 Example Starting point i Negative value recommended cea 4 sen TVIo 73 Travel he Y Li 9 STAI 19 o Ww b Position before measuring cycle call 216 The probe is positioned at measuring depth opposite the corner to be measured It must be possible to approach the measuring points from here without collision The measuring points are derived from the programmed distanc
60. 10 CYCLE996 workpiece Measure kinematics Tolerance lin Tolerance value of offset vectors 11 to 14 The tolerance parameters should enable the user to make a good or bad assessment when the kinematics are measured The prerequisite for this is that kinematics vectors have already been correctly entered The tolerance values and the extensive normalizing associated with them must be specified by the machine manufacturer Parameter SETV 7 Tolerance red Tolerance value of rotary axis vectors V1 V2 Parameter SETV 8 Effect of the tolerance parameters 1 Tolerance value 0 gt no effect 2 Tolerance value lt gt 0 and tolerance exceeded gt Cancel alarm 62430 62431 with display of the 1st value and parameter TC_CARR1 etc that has been exceeded If the result bit is active the fields are displayed in which the tolerance value was found to be exceeded on comparison of the TC_CARR parameter and the _OVR result parameter Observe the machine manufacturer s instructions Protocol file Protocol file for the calculated kinematics vectors Selection e No e yes e Yes TRAORI 1 The protocol file is saved in the current NC data path or workpiece in which the measurement program is running The file name of the protocol file is generated from the name of the swivel data record and a counting index gt e g swivel data name generated from TC_TCARR x SWIVEL Name of protocol file SCHWENK_M1 MPF If
61. 129 107054 Offset vector 13 2 596116 4 451905 26 992587 Rotary axis vector Y2 0 000899 0 001697 0 999998 Offset vector 14 2 596116 4 451905 26 992587 Lin toler 0 002000 Switch to insert mode to edit INSERT key If the tolerance parameters lt gt 0 the relevant fields are displayed in red when they are exceeded comparison from TC_CARR1 with _OVR 1 The calculated measured _OVR Parameter are always displayed in the result bit 5 10 7 Programming using parameters 5 10 7 1 Programming using parameters CYCLE996 programming with 1st 2nd 3rd measurement MVAR _TNUM SETVAL FA TSA VMS PRNUM _SETV 3 _SETV 4 CYCLE996 CYCLE997 is called internally within CYCLE996 for the purpose of measuring the calibration ball Parameters _SETVAL FA TSA CYCLE996 programming with Calculate kinematics _MVAR _TNUM _SETV 5 _SETV 6 CYCLE996 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 _S VMS and _PRNUM feed CYCLE997 ETV 7 _SETV 8 253 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 10 CYCLE996 workpiece Measure kinematics Basic kinematics data The functionality of CYCLE996 requires the NCK function Tool carrier with orientation capability TCARR see also Programming Manual Cycles CYCLE800 The number of tool carriers with orientation capability must be entered in machine data MD 18088 MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER If
62. 2 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 283 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools 6 3 2 Function parameters 284 Calibrating tool probes e Calibrating tool probes machine related Measuring variant _MVAR 0 permits machine related calibration of a tool probe with a calibrating tool This variant is already described in detail section Calibrate tool probe automatically machine related e Calibrate tool probe workpiece related Measuring variant _MVAR 10 permits calibration of a tool probe relative to the calibration tool relative to the workpiece The switching positions of the tool probe refer to the workpiece zero The data field for the tool probe _PRNUM is used _TPW PRNUM 1 Calibrate possible starting positions in X Example workpiece related _MVAR 10 _MA 2 Measuring direct DR i _FA Recommended minimum distance ARTA Unauthorized area y X V FA Measuring direct 7 _MA 2 O Transformations can be activated in workpiece related measurement calibration The requirements and procedures are as for machine related calibration see Calibrate tool probe automatically machine related parameters Value data type Description _MVAR 0 Calibrate tool probe machine related with calibration tool Calibra
63. 2BA0 Calibrate tool probe 1 incrementally P1 negative Z direction _MA 1 _MD 1 P1 to P4 Possible points for calibration X1 ordinate Calibrating tool dimensions known always SL 3 L2 40 amp F os 10 Lal v Example machine related abscissa Z1 _TP 0 1 _TP 0 0 Calibrate tool probe 1 incrementally P2 negative X direction _MA 2 _MD 1 X1 ordinate L2 40 a2 Fl i af 1 Calibrating tool dimensions known always SL 3 _TP 0 1 abscissa Za _TP 0 0 Calibrate tool probe 1 incrementally P3 positive X direction _MA 2 _MD 0 X1 ordinate Calibrating tool dimensions known always SL 3 M abscissa Z1 305 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools Comments A special tool is used as the calibration tool and is entered as a turning tool 5xy with cutting edge Calibration is possible with cutting edge positions SL1 SL2 SL3 or SL4 It is usually shaped bent such that it is also possible to approach point P4 for calibration _MA 1 _MD 0 Calibration tool See section Calibrate tool probe machine related However it is not necessary to calibrate all 4 sides for incremental measurement The side that is used for incremental measurement is sufficient That does
64. 397 Data description 9 2 Cycle data _MT_EC_RJ6 5 Offset table for measurement result offset for tool radius measurement with rotating spindle CYCLE971 only Min input limit Max input limit Changes valid after value assignment Protection level Units mm Data type REAL Significance Measurement result offset for tool measurement with rotating spindle CYCLE971 only Preset default MT_EC_R 0 1 _MT_EC_R 0 4 4 tool radii from small to large are specified MT_EC_R 1 0 _MT_EC_R 5 0 5 peripheral velocities from low to high are specified _MT_EC_RIi k where i 1 5 k 1 4 20 offset values When _MT_COMP z2 actual radius measured radius _MT_EC_R i k when i 1 5 next lowest table value for circumference speed and K 1 4 next lowest table value for tool radius _MT_ EC_L 6 5 Offset table for measurement result offset for tool length measurement with rotating spindle CYCLE971 only Min input limit Max input limit Changes valid after value assignment Protection level Units mm Data type REAL Significance Measurement result offset for tool measurement with rotating spindle Preset default CYCLE971 only MT_EC_L 0 1 _ MT_EC_L 0 4 4 tool lengths from small to large are specified MT_EC_L 1 0 _MT_EC_L 5 0 5 peripheral velocities from low to high are specified _MT_EC_LIi k
65. 5 Peripheral 5 Peripheral speed speed speed speed Units mm or inch for tool radius and compensation value m min or ft min for peripheral speed Function and notes In the as delivered state of the measuring cycles the default setting of the of the arrays is 0 The radii and peripheral speeds must be entered in ascending order 98 These arrays are only accessed in automatic mode when _MT_COMP 2 When tool measuring with a rotating spindle the tool radius of the tool being measured is used to calculate a compensation value from these tables The value for the next lowest table peripheral speed and the next lowest table radius are always the values used In radius measurement the corresponding compensation value in array MT_EC_R n m is subtracted from the measured tool radius In length measurement the corresponding compensation value in array MT_EC_L n m is subtracted from the measured tool length Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 2 CYCLE971 tool Measuring milling tools drills 5 2 3 Calibrating tool probes 5 2 3 1 Calibration Function Prerequisite Measuring cycles The cycle uses the calibration tool to ascertain the current distance dimensions between machine zero machine related calibration and workpiece zero workpiece relatedcalibration and the tool probe trigger points and automatically l
66. CHBIT 10 0 default setting the measurement result displays are now shown Depending on the setting in _CHBIT 11 and _CHBIT 18 e the measurement result displays are automatically deselected at the end of measuring cycle _CHBIT 11 0 _CHBIT 18 0 or e the measurement result displays must be acknowledged with the NC start key _CHBIT 11 1 _CHBIT 18 0 In this case the measuring cycle outputs the message Please acknowledge measurement result screen with NC start or e The measurement result displays are retained until the next measuring cycle call _CHBIT 11 0 _CHBIT 18 1 The measuring cycles can display different measuring result screens depending on the measuring variant e Calibrating tool probes e Measuring the tool e Calibrating workpiece probes e Workpiece measurement Display result displays The result displays contain the following data Calibrating tool probes e Measuring cycle and measuring variant e Trigger values of axis directions and differences e Probe number e Safe area Measuring the tool e Measuring cycle and measuring variant e Actual values and differences for tool offsets e Safe area and permissible dimensional difference e T D number Calibrating workpiece probes e Measuring cycle and measuring variant e Trigger values of axis directions and differences Measuring cycles 370 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Miscellaneous functions 7 3 Measuring resul
67. Chapter the following programs must be stored in the part program memory of the control Note As of HMI sl software version 2 6 The GUD parameters are stored in the machine or setting data A correspondence assignment list of the measuring cycle GUD parameters GUD modules and measuring programs used up to and including measuring cycles version 7 5 compared to the machine and setting data as of measuring cycles version 2 6 is included in appendices A1 A2 and A3 6 1 2 Overview of measuring cycles Cycle Function CYCLE973 Calibrate workpiece probe in the reference groove or on surface CYCLE974 1 point measurement with automatic tool offset or ZO determination CYCLE982 Calibrate tool probe measure turning and milling tools CYCLE994 2 point measurement on diameter with automatic tool offset 6 1 3 Overview of the auxiliary programs required Cycle Function CYCLE102 Measurement result display selection CYCLE1O9 Internal subroutine Data transfer CYCLE110 Internal subroutine Plausibility checks CYCLE1I1 Internal subroutine Measuring functions CYCLE114 Internal subroutine tool offset CYCLE115 Internal subroutine ZO compensation CYCLE117 Internal subroutine Measuring functions CYCLE118 Format real values Log Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 261 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 1 General prerequi
68. D1 in Z applicate ie the tool offset memory z E Tool type DP1 710 Length 1 geometry DP3 L1 50 000 Radius geometry DP6 R 3 000 m Depth of measure ment Length 1 L1 must refer to the center of the probe ball _CBIT 14 0 as for calibration Careful when positioning Radius R in length L1 is ignored abscissa X Setpoint center X 150 Ww A Actual center X Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 4 CYCLE9 7 workpiece Measure hole shaf groove web rectangle parallel to axes N ZO RECTANGLE MPF 10 G54 G17 G90 T9 D1 7Z0 select tool as probe ZB 20 M6 Insert probe yactivate tool offset N30 GO X150 Y170 Position probe in X Y plane to rectangle center setpoint position N40 2120 Position Z axis above rectangle N60 _KNUM 1 _TSA 1 8 _PRNUM 1 _VMS 0 7Set parameters for measuring cycle call _NMSP 1 _FA 6 N61 MVAR 106 _SETV 0 100 Measuring height lowered by 30 mm in Z _SETV 1 200 _ID 30 N70 CYCLE977 Call measuring cycle N80 G54 7Repeat call of ZO G54 The changed ZO correction is therefore effective N90 GO 2160 Traverse up Z axis N100 M2 7End of program Explanation of example Measuring cycles Automatic compensation is performed in G54 translation in axes X and Y by the calculated difference between actual value and setpoint of the rectangle
69. Data abbreviated to GUD They are located in the battery backed memory of the control These values are therefore not lost when the control is switched off and on Data block The global user data is kept in data blocks e GUD5 DEF e GUD6 DEF and e GUD 7 DEF for measuring in JOG Note A correspondence assignment list of the measuring cycle GUD parameters GUD modules and measuring programs used until now compared to the new machine and setting data is included in appendices A1 A2 and A3 Delivery of the measuring cycles On delivery these data have default settings see Section Parameter overview These must be adapted by the user or machine manufacturer on installation see chapter Data description Value assignments The defining parameters must be assigned values before the measuring cycle is called e Either in the program or e Operator input in the measuring cycle support Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 61 Parameter description 2 1 Parameter concept of the measuring cycles Data display The data in the operating area Parameters can be displayed by means of User data Global user data GUD or Channel specific user data GUD As an alternative parameters that are not assigned values in the program or in the measuring cycles support can be assigned values directly by experts Internal parameters Measuring cycles also require internal paramet
70. Example G17 MA 102 Measuring axis Yy4 Offset axis X The probe is positioned with respect to the surface to be measured in such a way that during traversal of the measuring axis MA specified in the direction of the setpoint _SETVALmeasuring point 1 on the surface will be reached Recommended distance from SETVAL gt _FA The measuring operation then starts with the measuring feed at distance _FA in front of SETVAL The absolute value of the positional deviation from the setpoint must not be greater than the measuring path FA Otherwise no measurement will be performed In the other two axes the positions are retained for the measurement in measuring point 1 at the beginning of a cycle Intermediate positioning at an angle The starting point for measurement 2 is approached at an angle The angle comprises STA1 and TSA _TSA contains the value for a permissible angle deviation and leads away from the setpoint Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 199 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 7 CYCLE998 workpiece Angle measurement and ZO determination Procedure with MVAR 10x105 paraxial intermediate positioning Position before measuring cycle call Intermediate positioning paraxially Y1 Actual workpiece Positive measuring direction in Y _MD 0 Start position Outermost start position Example G17 MA 102 M
71. G18 G40 G90 G94 DIAMOF N20 _CHBIT 3 1 Offset in wear N30 T10 D1 Selection of the tool to be measured N40 Z200 X200 Starting position for alignment N50 CYCLE800 07T TURNT 300 57 0 0 0 0 Align tool 90 0 0 0 0 1 N60 Z200 X200 Starting position for measurement N70 MVAR 11 _ID 0 _PRNUM 1 FA 3 _TSA 3 TDIF 2 TZL 0 _VMS 0 _NMSP 1 _EVNUM 0 N80 CYCLE982 7Measure tool Ll N90 M30 Explanation of example Measuring cycles After approaching the starting position for alignment the tool is aligned with CYCLE800 see Programming Manual Cycles function Tool alignment The tool is aligned from the radial tool position when the tool carrier is in its basic position to an axial position Following alignment the starting position for measurement is approached The measuring procedure and the offset strategy that follow are the same as for the measuring variants when the tool carrier is in its basic position Note The following measuring variants are not supported when using an orientational tool carrier e Automatic measurement of milling tools particularly of the upper cutting edge _MVAR x3xx2 and _MVAR x4xx2 When this measuring variant is used alarm 61307 Incorrect measuring variant is output Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 321 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 4 CYCLE973 Calibrating workpiece probes 6 4 CYCLE973 Calibrating workpiece probes 6 4 1 Fun
72. G71 G710 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 15 General 7 3 Behavior on block search dry run program testing simulation 1 3 Function Simulation 16 Behavior on block search dry run program testing simulation The measuring cycles are skipped during execution if one of the following execution modes is active e Trial run P_DRYRUN 1 e Program test P_ISTEST 1 e Block search P_SEARCH 1 only if A_PROTO 0 On HMI Advanced P_SIM 1 The measuring cycle programs are executed when Simulation is selected on the HMI e On Jobshop products P_SEARCH 1 and A_PROTO 1 The measurements are simulated No selected tool or zero offset is applied Active functions such as measuring result display travel with collision monitoring measuring cycle logging are not executed Suppression of simulation execution Execution of the measuring cycles in simulation can be suppressed in simulation by resetting the variable MC_SIMSIM 0 in data block GUD6 The measuring cycles are then skipped Specifying differences for simulation The variable MC_SIMDIFF of data type REAL permits specification of simulated measurement deviations at measuring points The value is a dimension in the basic system of the control Excessive values of MC_SIMDIFF with corresponding value assignment of the defining parameters cause cycle alarms to be output Note It is not ensured
73. Gees eetteade se eee eeotedas 3 1 T 11 1 f E A Pe eTE Ter Meroe r TERT E freer ererere et E A A eer err ere 13 1 1 BASICS mocinno aa aaan exashauaawecacehanaaachacwapnauaataaaceatsebcgad eae eaaa aa guarsensnat enue aA aaa 13 1 2 Generali prereguisite San asdheccuada aca aaa aa aa a aai aa ai iaaea E aa adea AE aaa aaia 15 1 3 Behavior on block search dry run program testing simulation sseseeesseeeeeseeeserreserrerernssees 16 1 4 Reference points on the machine and WorkpieCe 0 cccceceeeceeeeeeceeeeeceneaeeeeeeseceeeaeeeeeeeeteenaees 17 1 5 Definition of the planes tool types ceccccccceccceeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeseceacaeeeeeesecsaeaeeeeeesesecsaaeeeeeneeeeeeess 19 1 6 Probes that Can be used cccccccceeeeeeeeeeecee ceeeeeeeeeecaeaeeeeeeeeesecaaeeeeeeeesecaaeceeeeeeesecsueeeeesaeeeeeeeess 22 1 7 Probe calibration body calibration tOOI ccccccceeeeeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeaeceeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeseeecsaaeeeeeneeeeeeess 24 1 7 1 Measuring workpieces on milling machines machining centers c ce ceeeeeeeteeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeaes 24 1 7 2 Measuring tools on milling machines Machining centers 2 0 0 eeeeee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeeeeaas 25 1 7 3 Measuring workpieces at the turning MACHINES ec eeeeee cece ee eeeeeeeecenaeeeeeeaaeeeeeateeeeenaeeeseaaes 27 1 7 4 Measuring tools at lati aesan an EE aA E A Uaia SSSAAA 29 1 8 Measurement P NGI lE ssnin a a a a r a a a N 31 1 9 Measuring strate
74. L1 must refer to the center of the probe ball _CBIT 14 0 as for calibration Careful when positioning Radius R in length L1 is ignored N ONE POINT MEASURE MPF N10 G54 G17 G90 T9 D1 N20 M6 N30 GO G90 X120 Y150 N40 Z40 N50 CHBIT 4 1 N60 TUL 0 03 TLL 0 03 _TNUM 20 _EVNUM 20 _K 3 _TZL 0 01 _TMV 0 02 _TDIF 0 06 TSA 1 _PRNUM 1 _VMS 0 _NMSP 1 _FA 2 N61 MVAR 0 _SETVAL 100 _MA 1 _KNUM 2001 N70 CYCLE978 N80 GO 2160 N100 M2 Measure surface in X axis Zi X X1 abscissa Actual value 7Z0 select tool as probe Insert probe activate tool offset Position probe in X Y plane in front of measuring surface Position probe at measuring height with mean value calculation Set parameters for measuring cycle call Measuring cycle for 1 point measurement in 7X axis Traverse up Z axis 7 End of program Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 5 CYCLE978 workpiece Measuring a surface parallel to the axis Explanation of example Measuring cycles The difference calculated from the actual and setpoint value position of surface is compensated for by the empirical value in the empirical value memory _EV 19 and compared with the tolerance parameter e If itis more than 1mm _TSA alarm Safe area violated is output and program execution cannot be continued e If
75. L2 Milling tools drills X1 Drill tool type 2xy Measuring point Z Example Radial position R 0 Measuring without reversal calculate length only _MVAR 10001 _MA 2 L1 L2 R 0 L1 X1 Drill tool type 2xy 4 Measuring point e Example Axial position R 0 Measuring without reversal calculate length only _MVAR 1 _MA 1 L15 L2 L2 Milling cutter tool type 1xy Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 291 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools Measuring variant Specified Offset applied in Milling tools drills geometry Example L1 L1 Radial position L2 R 0 R F Measuring without 2 reversal calculate length only _MVAR 10001 MA 2 Measuring point Example L1 R Axial position L2 R ABS P L1 R0 R measuring with x1 L2 reversal O i Measurin F calculate radius only Sy 1 fo _MVAR 1101 Pe p a _MA 2 Measuring point 1 x L1 must be known Example L1 L2 Radial position L2 L2 P R F R 0 R Or other A O u measuring with measuring x1 12 reversal direction E H calculate length
76. Machines 6 2 CYCLE982 Tool Measure turning tools Result parameters The CYCLE982 measuring cycles return the following values in the data block GUD5 for the measurement variant calibration Parameter Data type Result _OVR 8 REAL Trigger point in minus direction actual value abscissa _OVR 10 REAL Trigger point in plus direction actual value abscissa _OVR 12 REAL Trigger point in minus direction actual value ordinate _OVR 14 REAL Trigger point in plus direction actual value ordinate _OVR 9 REAL Trigger point in minus direction difference abscissa _OVR I1 REAL Trigger point in plus direction difference abscissa _OVR 13 REAL Trigger point in minus direction difference ordinate _OVR 15 REAL Trigger point in plus direction difference ordinate _OVR 27 REAL Zero offset area _OVR 28 REAL Safe area OVI 2 INTEGER _ Measuring cycle number _OvT 3 INTEGER _ Measuring variant OVI gt INTEGER __ Probe number OVI 9 INTEGER _ Alarm number The CYCLE982 measuring cycles return the following values in the data block GUD5 for the measurement variant tool measurement Parameter Data type Result _OVR 8 REAL Actual value length L1 _OVR 9 REAL Difference length L1 _OVR 10 REAL Actual value length L2 _OVR 11 REAL Difference length L2 _OVR 27 REAL Zero offset area _OVR 28 REAL
77. Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers See also 5 7 CYCLE998 workpiece Angle measurement and ZO determination Variable measuring velocity VMS Page 76 Offset angle position CORA Page 76 Tolerance parameters _TZL TMV TUL TLL _TDIF and _TSA Page 77 Measurement path _FA Page 78 Empirical value mean value EVNUM Page 80 Multiple measurement at the same location NMSP Page 81 5 7 3 2 Programming example 1 2 angle measurement with CYCLE998 Measuring cycles determining an oblique plane in space The task is to check the angular position of a machined oblique surface on a workpiece The result is taken from the result parameters _OVR for evaluation A measuring point 1 P1 must be selected where P2 in the ordinate with G17 Y axis has the same value as P1 and the abscissa value _ID is positive P3 must still have the same value in the abscissa X axis in G17 as P1 The ordinate value _SETV 0 must be positive Positioning in the applicate must be performed as far as possible parallel with the oblique plane set angle The machined oblique plane has set angle about Y 12 degrees _INCA and about X 8 degrees _STA1 maximum deviation _TSA 5 degrees Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 203 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 7 CYCLE998 workpiece Angle measurement and ZO determination Workpiece probe 1 used as tool T9 D1 is t
78. Milling tools Start position of tool at start of cycle to the right of the measuring probe x1 E Pi Measuring point I M Measurements P1 to P4 Z1 Start position of tool X1 L1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 I at start of cycle to the left of the measuring probe Measuring point R S eE i l i a distance to start position lt p344p4 ia 1 ae M Measurements P1 to P4 Fd Start positions of cutting miller at start of cycle and different radial positions Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools 6 3 5 Incremental calibration Function Prerequisite Measuring cycles A tool probe can be calibrated with measuring variant _MVAR 100000 machine related or _MVAR 100010 workpiece related incrementally with a calibration tool The switching positions of the probe are not known The values entered in the array of the probe are not evaluated The calibration tool must have been positioned in front of the probe manually in JOG mode before the cycle is called The cycle uses the calibration tool to ascertain the current distance dimensions between the zero and the probe trigger point and automati
79. Monitoring functions _CM k 0 to _CM k 7 only active if _CBIT 12 0 _CM k 8 only active if CBIT 7 1 GUD6 _CM k 0 Max permissible peripheral speed m min feet min 60 GUD6 _CM k 1 Max permissible speed rpm 2000 GUD6 _CM k 2 Minimum feedrate for probing mm min 1 GUD6 _CM k 3 Required measuring accuracy mm 0 005 GUD6 _CM k 4 Max permissible feedrate for probing 20 GUD6 _CM k 5 Direction of spindle rotation 4 GUD6 _CM k 6 Feed factor 1 10 GUD6 _CM k 7 Feed factor 2 0 GUDS6 _CM k 8 Field for tolerance parameter of rotary axis positions 0 5 _MFS Speed and feedrate _CBIT 12 1 GUD6 _MFSIk 0 Speed 1st probing 0 GUD6 _MFSjIk 1 Feed 1st probing 0 GUD6 _MFS k 2 Speed 2nd probing 0 GUD6 _MFS k 3 Feed 2nd probing 0 GUD6 _MFS k 4 Speed 3rd probing 0 GUD6 _MFS k 5 Feed 3rd probing 0 Central bits Block Identifier Description As delivered value _CBIT Central bits GUD6 _CBIT 0 Measurement repetition after violation of dimensional difference and safe 0 area 0 no measurement repeat 1 measurement repeat up to 4 GUD6 _CBIT 1 Alarm and MO for measurement repeat with _CBIT 0 1 0 0 no alarm no MO generated 1 MO and an alarm are generated before each repeat Measuring cycles 454 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters Central bits Block GUD6 Identifier _CBIT 2 Description MO for tolerance alarms oversize undersi
80. Negative value in clockwise direction e Positive value in counterclockwise direction ID REAL Incremental retraction of applicate when measuring external corner used to travel around the corner especially _ID 0 The corner is traveled around not passed over _SETV 0 REAL gt 0 Distance between starting point and measuring point 2 in direction _STA1 P1 is at _SETV 0 2 _SETV 1 REAL gt 0 Distance between starting point and measuring point 4 in direction STA1 INCA P3 is at SETV 1 2 For measuring variants 105 and 106 only rectangle _SETV 2 REAL Offset of zero offset WCS corrected in abscissa _SETV 3 REAL Offset of zero offset WCS corrected in ordinate Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 213 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 8 CYCLE9671 workpiece Setup inside and outside corner Parameter Data type Meaning E REAL Selection of offset Values 1 Measured corner entered as zero point 2 Measured corner is entered as zero point in abscissa offset by _SETV 2 3 Measured corner is entered as zero point in both axes offset by _SETV 2 abscissa and _SETV 3 ordinate 4 Measured corner is entered as zero point in ordinate offset by _SETV 3 1 Transformation deactivated otherwise basic coordinate system The following additional parameters are also valid _VMS _PRNUM and _NMSP See al
81. Result e Actual dimension Diameter length e Deviation Tool offset Measuring cycles 58 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 General 1 13 Overview of measuring cycle functions for turning technology 1 13 4 Measuring workpieces at lathes 2 point measurement CYCLE994 is used to determine the actual value of the workpiece in the selected measuring axis with reference to the workpiece zero with 2 point measurement This is done automatically by approaching two opposite measuring points on the diameter 2 point measurement on diameter outside or inside Measure N external Measure gt internal Dad x gt UW Le a 7 NO Result e Actual dimension Diameter e Deviation Tool offset Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 59 General 7 13 Overview of measuring cycle functions for turning technology Measuring cycles 60 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Parameter description 2 2 1 Parameter concept of the measuring cycles General Measuring cycles are general subroutines designed to solve specific measurement tasks which are suitably adapted to the problem at hand with parameter settings They can be adapted for this purpose via defining parameters The measuring cycles also return data such as measuring results They are stored in result parameters These measuring cycle parameters are called Global User
82. Safe area _OVR 29 REAL Permissible dimensional difference _OVR 30 REAL Empirical value OVI 0 INTEGER D number OVI 2 INTEGER Measuring cycle number OVI 3 INTEGER Measuring variant OVI gt INTEGER Probe number OVI 7 INTEGER Empirical value memory number OVI 8 INTEGER Tool number OVI 9 INTEGER _ Alarm number Measuring cycles 264 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 2 CYCLE982 Tool Measure turning tools 6 2 2 Calibrate tool probe machine related Function Requirement Measuring cycles The cycle uses the calibration tool to ascertain the current distance dimensions between the machine zero and the probe trigger point and automatically loads them into the appropriate data area in data block GUD6 _TP fields Values are corrected without empirical and mean values Note If no special calibration tool is available a turning tool can be used instead for calibration of 2 sides of the probe see Chapter Determining dimensions of calibration Calibrate tool probe Se Tool probe with calibration tool Calibrate with turning tool Since no specific tool type is available for the calibration tool the 8th digit of IMVAR indicates whether a calibration or turning tool is to be used for calibration see CYCLE982 measuring variants Lengths 1 and 2 and the radius of the calibration turning
83. ShopMill e number of array for workpiece probe is 1 e number of array for tool probe is 1 e working plane for measurement in JOG is G17 e active ZO number on measurement in JOG is 0 G500 _JM_B 10 BOOL BOOL value field for JOG measurement 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 e offset in geometry on tool measurement e 1 measurement attempt e retraction from meas point at same velocity as intermediate positioning e no fast measurement feed _MC_MTL 3 INTEGER Probe offset during sphere measuring 33 3 33 3 33 3 only relevant in CYCLE997 for the measurement variant with determining the sphere diameter Ratio between the tracer length pin sphere ball radius TC_DP6 Pre assignment default for 3 measuring probes 100 3 If this variable is not available then the trigger values are not corrected Array index PPRNUM 1 _MC_SIMSIM 1 INTEGER 0 Skip measuring cycles during simulation 1 Run measuring cycles during simulation _MC_SIMDIFF 0 REAL Value for simulated measuring difference 9 2 2 Data adjustment to a specific machine For adapting the data to a specific machine see the following References Commissioning Manual SINUMERIK 840D sl base software and HMI sl Book HMI sl IM9 chapter on measuring cycles 382 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Data description 9 2 Cycle data 9 2 3 Central values Data block GUD6 DEF
84. TAL j Zero offset lower limit Interrupt Permitted measure ment difference exceeded Correction of current undersize deviation Interrupt Oversize Correction of current deviation V Mean value formation EVNUM _K and correction by mean value Setpoint Mean value calculation is saved Note In measuring cycles the workpiece setpoint dimension is placed in the middle of the permitted tolerance limit for reasons associated with symmetry See Subsection 2 3 11 Tolerance parameters Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 41 General 7 10 Parameters for checking the measurement result and offset e For tool measurement _TSA _TDIF IAL _ Safe area Dimension difference check gt Interrupt Safe area violated Interrupt Permitted measure ment difference exceeded Zero offset lower limit X NE N Setpoint Tool memory is corrected Tool memory unchanged e For workpiece measurement with zero offset _TSA Safe area Interrupt Safe area violated Setpoint Correction of NV memory e For workpiece probe calibration _TSA WAL Safe area Interrupt Safe area violated _ Zero offset lower limit SS
85. TLL _SETVAL Note The values of the workpiece tolerance parameters _TUL TLL were selected asymmetrically in the example The result is then made symmetrical see Section Tolerance parameters _TZL TMV _TUL TLL _TDIF and _TSA 6 5 3 3 Operational sequence Position before measuring cycle call The probe must be positioned opposite the surface to be measured Position after end of measuring cycle On completion of measurement the probe is positioned facing the measuring surface at distance _FA NOTICE Precise measurement is only possible with a probe calibrated under the measurement conditions i e working plane and measuring velocity are the same for both measurement and calibration If the probe is used in the spindle for a powered tool the spindle orientation must also be considered Deviations can cause additional measuring errors Example Outside measurement Z Z1 Setpoint SETVAL in diameter measurement in the case of facing axis X and diameter programming Measuring cycles 342 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 5 4 6 5 4 1 Function Parameter Measuring cycles 6 5 CYCLE9 4 workpiece 1 point measurement 1 point measurement with reversal and tool offset General information With this measuring cycle and the _MVAR 1000 measuring variant the workpiece actual value is ascertained with r
86. TSA _FA and NMSP also apply NOTICE The first time calibration is performed the default setting in the array of the probe is still 0 For that reason _TSA gt probe ball radius must be programmed to avoid alarm Safe area violated Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 329 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 4 CYCLE973 Calibrating workpiece probes See also 6 4 3 2 Defining parameters Page 63 Result parameters Page 65 Variable measuring velocity VMS Page 76 Tolerance parameters TZL TMV _TUL _TLL _TDIF and _TSA Page 77 Measurement path FA Page 78 Multiple measurement at the same location _NMSP Page 81 Programming example Calibration of probe 1 on a surface 330 Workpiece probe 1 with cutting edge position SL 7 is to be calibrated on surface Z 18 mm in direction minus Z The probe is inserted as tool T9 D1 Probe lengths L1 and L2 always refer to the probe ball center and must be entered in the tool offset memory before the measuring cycle is called T9 D1 Tool type DP1 580 oo Calibrate workpiece probe on surface Cutting edge position DP2 7 Example SL 7 in minus Z direction Length 1 geometry DP3 L1 40 123 i Length 2 geometry DP4 L2 100 456 Radius geometry DP6 3 000 NVz SS ZEN HZ gt Zero offset with settable ZO G54 NVz N CALIBRATE IN Z MPF N10 G54 G90 GO X66 290 T
87. The trigger values calculated in this way relative to ball center is then entered in the corresponding array _WP of array GUD6 DEF for the associated probe _PRNUM _WP _LPRNUM 1 For a complete description of the array _WP of a workpiece probe refer to Chapter Data description Central values Programming CYCLE973 Measuring variants Measuring cycle CYCLE973 permits the following calibration variants which are specified via parameter _MVAR Digit Significance 5 14 3 2 Calibration on surface workpiece related Calibrate in groove machine related Without determining position deviation of probe With determining position deviation of probe 1 axis direction specify meas axis _MA and axis direction _MD 2 axis directions specify measuring axis _MA Without determining diameter of probe ball oa oa2 42 42 5 wj jjv ovv joj Determining diameter of probe ball Note When _MVAR x1x13 calibration is only performed in one direction It is not possible to determine position deviation or calculate probe ball Tolerance parameters _TSA and _TZL must be entered taking into account machine data e MD 20360 TOOL_PARAMETER_DEF_MASK bit0 and bit1 in conjunction with the offset target e geometry and wear Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 323 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 4 CYCL
88. Trigger point in minus direction ordinate 0 GUD6 _TPW k 3 Trigger point in plus direction ordinate 0 GUD6 _TPW k 4 irrelevant 0 to GUD6 _TPWIk 9 irrelevant 0 _WP Workpiece probe GUD6 _WPIk 0 Ball diameter 6 GUD6 _WPIk 1 Trigger point in minus direction of abscissa GUD6 _WPIk 2 Trigger point in plus direction of abscissa 3 GUD6 _WPIk 3 Trigger point in minus direction of ordinate 3 GUD6 _WPIk 4 Trigger point in plus direction of ordinate 3 GUD6 _WPIk 5 Trigger point in minus direction of applicate 3 GUD6 _WPIk 6 Trigger point in plus direction of applicate 3 GUD6 _WPIk 7 Position deviation abscissa 0 GUD6 _WPk 8 Position deviation ordinate 0 GUD6 _WPIk 9 Calibration status coded 0 GUD6 _WPIk 10 Calibration status coded 0 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 453 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters Central values Block Identifier Description As delivered value _KB Gauging block GUD6 _KBjk 0 Groove edge in plus direction ordinate 0 GUD6 _KBJk 1 Groove edge in minus direction ordinate 0 GUD6 _KBJk 2 Groove base in abscissa 0 GUD6 _KBik 3 Groove edge in plus direction abscissa 0 GUD6 _KBJ k 4 Groove edge in minus direction abscissa 0 GUD6 _KBjk 5 Upper edge groove in ordinate 0 GUD6 _KBjk 6 Groove base in ordinate 0 _CM
89. _CBIT 16 0 0 0 1 0 0 BOOL Values Central bits 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Measurement repetition after violation of dimensional difference and safe area 1 0 No MO on measurement repeat 2 0 No MO on oversize undersize dim difference 3 1 Metric basic system 4 0 Internal data item 5 0 Tool measurement and calibration with CYCLE982 are undertaken in the basic coordinates system machine coordinates system with kinematics transformation is switched off 6 0 Logging with information about the measuring cycle and measuring variant 7 0 No support for orientational tool carriers 8 1 Offset for mono probe setting with CORA 9 0 Log OFF 10 0 Internal data item 11 0 Use of standard log header 12 0 Internal cycle calculation of speed and feedrate during tool measurement with rotating spindle 13 0 Without deleting fields _TP TPW WP _KB EV and _MV 14 0 Length of workpiece probe relative to center of probe ball 15 0 Internal data item Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 379 Data description 9 2 Cycle data Global data Data type Meaning _SI 3 6 STRING 8 Central strings system information e Internal data item e software version of the control e Internal data item _PROTNAME 2 STRING 32 e name of main program the log is f
90. _FA gt 0 Measurement path lt 0 For incremental calibration MVAR 1000x0 the travel direction is also defined via _FA _FA gt 0 Travel direction _FA lt 0 Travel direction ID REAL 20 Offset The offset affects calibration of 3rd measuring axis if the calibration tool diameter is larger than the upper diameter of the probe Here the tool is offset by the tool radius from the center of the probe minus the value in _ID The offset axis is also specified in MA Parameter _ID should usually set to 0 The following additional parameters are also valid VMS TZL TSA PRNUM and NMSP _TZL _ TSA not for incremental calibration Variable measuring velocity _VMS Page 76 Tolerance parameters _TZL _TMV _TUL _TLL _TDIF and _TSA Page 77 Probe type probe number _PRNUM Page 79 Multiple measurement at the same location NMSP Page 81 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 2 CYCLE971 tool Measuring milling tools drills 5 2 3 2 Programming example 1 Fully calibrate tool probe machine related Values of the calibration tool T7 D1 a F Tool type DP1 120 Length 1 geometry DP3 L1 20 000 Radius geometry DP6 R 5 000 an eR Values of the tool probe 1 in data block Fuel _TP 0 9 GUD6 approximate values before calibra
91. active WCS _SETV 7 REAL Ordinate P4 in active WCS The following additional parameters are also valid _VMS _PRNUM and _NMSP See also Variable measuring velocity _VMS Page 76 Probe type probe number _PRNUM Page 79 Multiple measurement at the same location _NMSP Page 81 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 219 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 8 CYCLE961 workpiece Setup inside and outside corner 5 8 3 2 Determination of coordinates of the corner of a workpiece with subsequent ZO offset 220 Programming example The coordinates of the corner of a workpiece are to be determined by outside measurement ZO G55 must be corrected in such a way that the corner point is workpiece zero when G55 is selected Measurement is performed in plane G17 with active G54 The values in mm of the coordinates of points P1 P4 from which the workpiece can be approached parallel to the axis are e P1 x 50 P1 y 20 e P2 x 150 P2 y 20 e P3 x 15 P3 y 40 e P4 x 15 P4 y 80 The probe is to be positioned at a height of 100 mm The measuring depth is 60 mm lower The workpiece corner is expected to be at a distance less than 200 mm at each point _FA 100 mm Workpiece probe 1 used as tool T9 D1 is to be used The probe is already calibrated Arrays for workpiece probe 1 _WP O The following is entered under T9 D1 in the tool offset memory Tool type
92. aeai _CORA REAL aen AH _CPA REAL 2 E _CPO REAL zan aa _EVNUM INT mae oa ues os en aan ESEA REAL Measurement path in mm gt 0 Only included if calculated larger than internal value Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 421 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters CYCLE961 Workpiece measurements ID REAL Retraction in Retraction in Infeed of positioning depth to infeed axis infeed axis measuring depth incremental incremental incremental for overtravel of for overtravel corner if _ID 0 of corner if travels around _ID 0 travels the corner around the corner _INCA REAL Angle from 1st edge to 2nd edge of the workpiece 179 5 clockwise negative 179 5 degrees _K INT _KNUM INT Without with automatic offset of the ZO memory gt 0 0 Without offset 1 99 automatic offset in ZO G54 G57 G505 G599 1000 automatic offset in basic frame G500 1011 1026 automatic ZO correction in 1st to 16th basic frame 2000 automatic ZO in system frame _MA INT _MD INT _MVAR INT Measuring variant gt 0 105 106 107 108 117 118 _NMSP INT Number of measurements at th
93. approach blocks to the probe and the transverse motions to measure length 1 length 2 and for the milling cutter the radius too A correctly selected start position is needed As for non automatic tool measurement Parameter Value data type Meaning _MVAR 2 or xxx02 Measure tool automatically machine related 12 or xxx12 Measure tool automatically workpiece related More precise parameterization for milling tools is entered in the 3rd to 5th digits of MVAR _MA 1 2 Measuring axis _STAL REAL For milling tools Start angle _CORA REAL For milling tools Correction angle setting after reversal for measurement with reversal only _MVAR xx1x1 Additional parameters VMS TZL TDIF TSA FA _PRNUM _EVNUM and _NMSP also apply Defining parameters Page 63 Result parameters Page 65 Variable measuring velocity _VMS Page 76 Tolerance parameters TZL TMV TUL TLL TDIF and _TSA Page 77 Measurement path _FA Page 78 Probe type probe number _PRNUM Page 79 Empirical value mean value EVNUM Page 80 Multiple measurement at the same location _NMSP Page 81 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 297 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools Sequence 298 Position before measuring cycle call Before the cycle is called the tool must be moved to the starting position as shown in the diagram for tur
94. as a tool The flexibility of measuring cycles makes it possible to perform nearly all measurements required on a milling or turning machine Measurement path 470 Measurement path _FA defines the distance between the starting position and the expected switching position setpoint of the probe Always specify _FA in mm Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Glossary Measurement result display Measurement result displays can be shown automatically during measuring cycle runtime Activation of this function depends on the settings in the measuring cycle data Measuring a workpiece at an angle A measurement variant used to measure a drill hole shaft groove or web at random angles The measurement path is traveled at a certain set angle defined in the WCS Measuring accuracy The measurement accuracy that can be obtained is dependent on the following factors e Repeat accuracy of the machine e Repeatability of the probe e Resolution of the measuring system The repeat accuracy of the controls for on the fly measurement is 1 um Measuring in JOG It contains the following functions e Semi automatic calculation of tool lengths and storage in tool offset memory e Semi automatic calculation and setting of reference points and storage in zero offset memory The function is operated with softkeys and input displays Measuring tool To perform tool measurement the changed tool is moved
95. axis tool revolver 180 degrees Z not mirrored Measuring cycles 406 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Data description 9 3 Data for measuring in JOG 9 3 Data for measuring in JOG For descriptions of the data for measuring in JOG for the measuring cycle runs for HMI as of software version 2 6 see References Commissioning Manual SINUMERIK 840d HMI sl base software and HMI sl Book HMI sl IM9 Chapter on measuring cycles Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 407 Data description 9 3 Data for measuring in JOG Measuring cycles 408 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Start up hardware 1 0 For descriptions of the commissioning of measuring cycles for HMI as of software version 2 6 see References Commissioning Manual SINUMERIK 840d HMI sl base software and HMI sl Book HMI sl IM9 Chapter on measuring cycles Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 409 Start up hardware Measuring cycles 410 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Alarm error and system messages 11 1 General notes 11 If faulty states are detected in the measuring cycles an alarm is generated and execution of the measuring cycle is aborted In addition the measuring cycles issue messages in the dialog line of the PLC These message will not interrupt the program execu
96. axis of the current plane from the results of measurement The angle is calculated by measuring P2 and P1 reference edge The position of corner corner point coordinates and rotation are stored in result parameter _OVR If _KNUM gt O0 absolute correction to the coarse offset in the specified ZO translation and rotation is performed The measuring points are derived from the specified 4 points Measurement is performed paraxially to the existing workpiece coordinate system WCS Measuring cycles 218 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 8 CYCLE961 workpiece Setup inside and outside corner Parameter Parameter Data type Meaning _MVAR 117 Set up internal corner specify 4 points 118 Set up external corner specify 4 points _FA REAL Measurement path _KNUM 0 gt 0 0 without automatic ZO correction gt 0 with automatic ZO correction Individual values see Parameter description section Description of the most important defining parameters Parameter _KNUM ID REAL Incremental infeed in applicate for measuring depth _SETV 0 REAL Abscissa P1 in active WCS _SETV 1 REAL Ordinate P1 in active WCS _SETV 2 REAL Abscissa P2 in active WCS _SETV 3 REAL Ordinate P2 in active WCS _SETV 4 REAL Abscissa P3 in active WCS _SETV 5 REAL Ordinate P3 in active WCS _SETV 6 REAL Abscissa P4 in
97. ball circumference Note _CBIT 14 see Subsection 9 2 4 central bits Calibration A probe must be calibrated before it can be used Calibration involves determining the triggering points switching points positional deviation skew and active ball radius of the workpiece probe and then entering them in special data fields _WPI in data block GUD6 DEF The default setting has data fields for 3 probes Up to 99 are possible Calibration can be performed on holes of a known size or workpiece surfaces with a sufficient form precision and low surface roughness Measuring cycles 24 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 General 1 7 Probe calibration body calibration tool Use of special gauging blocks is not supported on milling and machine centers Use the same measuring velocity for calibrating and measuring A special cycle is available for calibration 1 7 2 Measuring tools on milling machines machining centers Tool probe The tool probes have dedicated data fields _TP and _TPW in data block GUD6 DEF The triggering points switching points upper disk diameter and edge length are entered here Measure milling cutter Length radius eiii te ise Approximate values must be entered here before calibration if cycles are used in automatic mode The cycle will then recognize the position of the probe The default setting has data fields for 3 probes Up to 99 ar
98. basic frame automatic ZO correction in active frame 2000 a G54 G57 G505 G599 or with active G500 in automatic ZO correction in system frame the last active channel specific basic frame 9999 automatic ZO correction in active frame G54 G57 G505 G599 or with active G500 in the last active channel specific basic frame Measuring cycles 440 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters CYCLE997 Workpiece measurements INT Measuring variant gt 0 XOXXXX X1XXXX 7654321 TTITTCiLe 109 Measure sphere and ZO determination without measurement repeat I ttl 119 Measure sphere and ZO determination with measurement repeat Pia Prt Pil 0 Measurement paraxial to axes of the WCS 1 Measure at an angle intermediate positioning on circular path i l L o Measure 1 sphere 1 1 Measure 3 spheres l 01 3 meas points for circle determination for measuring at an angle only 10 4 meas points for circle determination for measuring at an angle only o Without diameter determination sphere diameter known 1 With diameter determination _NMSP INT Number of measurements at the same location gt 0 _PRNUM INT Workpiece probe number for multi probe only gt 0 Values 1 to maximum 99 number of the data field assigned to the workpiece probe GUD6 _WP _PRNUM 1 _RF REAL Velocity for intermediate paths on circular
99. be selected Depending on the tool type the tool lengths are assigned to the axes as follows e Milling cutter workpiece probe for milling 1xy or workpiece probe for milling 710 e Drill 2xy e Turning tool workpiece probe for turning 5xy Milling V G17 plane Tool type Length 1 Length 2 Length 3 G18 plane Tool type Length 1 Length 2 Length 3 G19 plane Tool type Length 1 Length 2 Length 3 1xy 2xy 710 active in Z applicate active in Y ordinate active in X abscissa 1xy 2xy 710 active in Y applicate active in X ordinate active in Z abscissa 1xy 2xy 710 active in X applicate active in Z ordinate active in Y abscissa Lengths 2 and 3 are used in special cases for example if an angle head is attached Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 19 General 7 5 Definition of the planes tool types Example of plane definition for milling Turning 20 Example Milling machine with G17 Z applicate X abscissa as Turning machines generally only use axes Z and X and therefore G18 plane Tool type 5xy turning tool workpiece probe Length 1 active in X ordinate Length 2 active in Z abscissa Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 General 7 5 Definition of the planes tool types G17 and G19 are used for milling on a turning m
100. case of installation operation or maintenance Definitions The meanings of some basic terms used in this documentation are given below Program A program is a sequence of instructions to the CNC which combine to produce a specific workpiece on the machine Contour The term contour refers generally to the outline of a workpiece More specifically it also refers to the section of the program that defines the outline of a workpiece comprising individual elements Cycle A cycle such as milling tools measure drills is a subroutine specified by HMI sl for carrying out a recurring machining process Technical Support If you have any questions please contact our Hotline Europe Africa Phone 49 180 5050 222 Fax 49 180 5050 223 0 14 min from German landlines mobile phone prices may differ Internet http Awww siemens com automation support request America Phone 1 423 262 2522 Fax 1 423 262 2200 E mail mailto techsupport sea siemens com Asia Pacific Phone 86 1064 719 990 Fax 86 1064 747 474 E mail mailto adsupport asia siemens com Measuring cycles 4 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Preface Note Country telephone numbers for technical support are provided under the following Internet address http www automation siemens com partner Questions about the manual If you have any queries suggestions corrections in r
101. center point if it is less than 1 8 mm _TSA 1 8 in both axes Otherwise alarm Safe area violated is output and program execution cannot be continued If the values are inside the tolerance the setpoint and actual values for center point and length of rectangle in the abscissa and ordinate as well as the differences are entered in result array OVRI The zero offset ZO for G54 is entered in the data management P_UIFR 1 and is activated by programming G54 again in block N80 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 159 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 5 CYCLE978 workpiece Measuring a surface parallel to the axis 5 5 CYCLE978 workpiece Measuring a surface parallel to the axis 5 5 1 Function overview Function This measuring cycle determines the position of a paraxial surface in the workpiece coordinate system This is done with 1 point measurement On the basis of the measuring results and depending on the measuring variant selected e automatic tool compensation can also be undertaken for a tool or e a zero offset ZO can also be corrected Measure surface TE T le axis MA Example G17 as different surfaces C k different axes zZ applicate MA 3 L1 A special measuring variant permits differential measurement with the axes of the plane The special procedure for this measurement permits use of an uncalibrated multidirectional probe Workpiece prob
102. contour elements on a workpiece using different measuring variants e Hole e Shaft e Groove e Web Measure at an angle Measure at an angle Example Hole G17 plane Saaie Groove angle 4 point measurement 2 Measurement is performed at a specified starting angle to the abscissa of the workpiece coord inate system For hole shaft additional measurements are performed at an indexing angle added to the previous angle This allows you to measure circle segments of a workpiece contour whose center points lie outside the machine CYCLI E979 can e measure the contour elements an pe d additionally either rform an automatic tool offset for a specified tool based on the differences in diameter or width or e correct a zero offset ZO based on the differences between the center positions 172 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 6 CYCLE979 workpiece Measure hole shat groove rib at an angle Workpiece probe types that can be used e Multidirectional probe _PRNUM Oxy e Monodirectional bidirectional probe _PRNUM 1xy When measuring contour elements hole shaft a 3 or 4 point measurementcan be used Parameters for this selection are only set in this cycle in the 4th digit of PRNUM _PRNUM 0zxy gt 3 point measurement _PRNUM 1zxy gt 4 point measurement The 1st to 3rd digit
103. cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 183 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 6 CYCLE979 workpiece Measure hole shaft groove rib at an angle e If 0 03 mm is exceeded _TUL _TLL the radius in T20 D1 is compensated 100 by this difference 2 Alarm oversize or undersize is displayed and the program continues e If 0 02 mm _TMV is exceeded the radius in T20 D1 is compensated 100 by this difference 2 e If itis less than 0 02 mm _TMV the mean value is calculated from the mean value in mean value memory _MV 19 and inclusion of weighting factor _K 3 only for _CHBIT 4 1 with mean value memory f the mean value obtained is gt 0 01 _TZL the reduced compensation of the radius for T20 D1 is the mean value 2 and the mean value is deleted in _MV 19 Ifthe mean value is lt 0 01 _TZL the radius value in T20 D1 is not corrected but if the mean value memory is active _CHBIT 4 1 it is saved in the mean value memory _MV 19 The results are entered in result array _OVR Measuring cycles 184 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 6 4 5 6 4 1 Function Measuring cycles 5 6 CYCLE979 workpiece Measure hole shatt groove rib at an angle Measurement and ZO determination General information Using this measuring cycle and the MMVAR 10x measuring variant a hole shaft groove or
104. description 9 2 Cycle data e Tool probe on milling machine Example Probe type disk in XY _TP k 8 101 Zi Trigger points in geometry axes _TP k 6 _TP k 4 Tea Depth of calibration depth of measurement _TP k 5 X _TP k 0 _TP k 1 _TP k 2 _TP k 3 _TP k 1 _TP k O Tool probe machine related disk version in XY _TP k 8 101 Tool probe on turning machine Example G18 plane values machine related Mae Trigger points in abscissa ordinate G18 Z abscissa Z1 Z w _TP k 1 _TP k 0 Tool probe machine related cube version Measuring cycles 384 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Data description 9 2 Cycle data _TPW Array for tool probes workpiece related Min input limit Max input limit Changes valid after value assignment Protection level Units Data type REAL Applies as of SW SW 6 3 Significance Index k stands for the number of the current data field _PRNUM 1 Preset default Assignment for milling _TPWIk 0 Trigger point in minus direction X 1st geometry axis 0 _TPWIk 1 Trigger point in plus direction X 1st geometry axis 0 _TPWIk 2 Trigger point in minus direction Y 2nd geometry axis 0 _TPWIk 3 Trigger point in plus direction Y 2nd geome
105. e Zero point offset Result e Actual dimension e Deviation e Tool offset 47 General 1 12 Overview of measuring cycle functions for milling technology Measuring the workpiece parallel to the axis 1 12 4 The following measuring variants are provided for the paraxial measurement of a hole shaft groove web or rectangle They are executed by cycle CYCLE977 Workpiece measurement Measure hole Result e Actual dimension deviation Diameter center point e Deviation Tool offset of the zero offset Workpiece measurement Measuring a shaft Result e Actual dimension deviation Diameter center point e Deviation Tool offset of the zero offset Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 48 General 7 12 Overview of measuring cycle functions for milling technology Workpiece measurement Measuring a groove Result e Actual dimension deviation Groove width groove center e Deviation Tool offset of the zero offset Workpiece measurement Measuring a web Result e Actual dimension deviation Web width web center e Deviation Tool offset of the zero offset Workpiece measurement Inside rectangle Result e Actual dimension deviation Rectangle length and width rectangle center e Deviation Tool offset of the zero offset Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edi
106. end of the measuring cycle the probe ball circumference is distance _FA path from the last measuring point setpoint at measuring height Measure positions for web Example G17 N Position at cycle end NOTICE The range of positions of the center or diameter or groove web width must be within the value specified in _FA for all workpieces to be measured Otherwise there is danger of collision or the measurement cannot be performed 5 6 3 Measuring and tool offset 5 6 3 1 General information Function Using this measuring cycle and various _MVAR 1 4measurement variants the contour elements hole shaft groove web can be measured at an angle Automatic tool offset is also possible This tool is specified in _TNUM and _TNAME The D number and type of offset are specified in coded form in variable _KNUM With an extended tool offset a tool from a particular stored tool environment _TENV and additive or setup offsets can be corrected by specifying the DL number in __DLNUM Detailed information on the parameters see the Parameter description section Description of the most important defining parameters Measuring cycles 180 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 6 CYCLE9 9 workpiece Measure hole shaf groove rib at an angle Empirical values and mean values Parameters Measuring cycles An emp
107. for diagnosis If this limit is reached there is a defect in the probe or the set position is incorrect Setpoint In the measuring procedure inprocess measurement a position is specified as the setpoint value for the cycle at which the signal of the touch trigger probe is expected Tolerance bottom limit When measuring a dimensional deviation as the lower tolerance limit _TLL ranging between 2 3 tolerance of workpiece and Dimensional difference control this is regarded 100 as tool compensation The previous average value is erased Tolerance top limit When measuring a dimensional deviation as the upper tolerance limit _TUL ranging between 2 3 tolerance of workpiece and Dimensional difference control this is regarded 100 as tool compensation The previous average value is erased Tool environment As from NCK SW 6 3 you can save the operating environment of a particular tool you are using This is to allow you to correct the tool used to measure a workpiece taking into account the operating conditions environment G commands setting data You then no longer have to specify the T D DL number in the offset explicitly These are included in the stored tool environment The name of a tool environment can have up to 32 characters Tool name If tool management is active the name of the tool can be entered in parameter _TNAME as an alternative to the gt tool number The tool number is derived from it wit
108. geometry measured is entered in the appropriate tool offset data set 14 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 General 1 2 General prerequisites 1 2 General prerequisites Certain preconditions must be met before measuring cycles can be used These are detailed in Part 2 Description of Functions Chapter 8 ff The following checklist is useful for checking which preconditions have been met Machine e All machine axes are designed in accordance with DIN 66217 e Machine data have been adapted Existence of measuring cycles data blocks References Commissioning Manual SINUMERIK 840D sl base software and HMI sl Starting position e The reference points have been approached e The starting position can be reached by linear interpolation without collision Display functions of the measuring cycles A HMI PCU or HMI TCU is required for showing the measuring result displays and for measuring cycle support Please observe the following when programming e Tool radius compensation is deselected before it is called G40 e All parameters for the cycle call have been defined beforehand e The cycle is called no later than at the 5th program level e The system of units allows measuring in the programmed unit system that deviates from the basic system with switchable technology data For metric dimension system with active G70 G700 Forinch based dimension system with active
109. if MD 18600 MM_FRAME_FINE_TRANS 1 Otherwise when MD 18600 0 or in CYCLE961 or when _KNUM 2000 or when measuring in JOG is active the offset is implemented in the coarse offset Any existing fine offset is included in the calculation and then deleted When measuring workpieces with ZO offset in CYCLE974 CYCLE977 CYCLE978 CYCLE979 CYCLE997 in AUTOMATIC mode values can be written either to the coarse or fine offset _CHBIT 21 0 ZO translation additive in FINE 1 ZO translation into COARSE FINE 0 When undertaking offset in the coarse offset an existing fine offset is included in the offset value and the fine offset deleted Note If KNUM 2000 scratch system frame P_SETFR the offset value is always written to the coarse offset Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 71 Parameter description 2 3 Description of the most important defining parameters 2 3 5 Offset number _KNUM extended for tool offset up to 9 digits Parameter For special tool offset structures D number structures parameter KNUM can have up to nine digits The Flat D number functionality is implemented as from NCK SW 4 This function is defined with MD 18102 MM_TYPE_OF_CUTTING_EDGE 1 Up to 5 digit D numbers are therefore possible Unique D number is a second method of implementing a 9 digit KNUM As from NCK SW 5 and depending on MD 18102 MM_TYPE_OF_CUTTING_EDGE 0 and MD 18105 MM_M
110. in increments Measure upper tool edge automatically Correct length and radius travel round measuring cube opposite starting position side for automatic measurement only e g groove mill Measure upper tool edge automatically Correct length and radius measuring direction for determining length opposite to traversing direction measuring sequence as for _MVAR x3x02 but with different traversing motion for automatic measurement only e g groove mill 1 Tool measurement and calibration are undertaken in the basic coordinates system machine coordinates system with kinematics transformation switched off Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 281 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools Digit 8 7 16 5 Meaning Significance for measuring milling tools only also automatically Axial position of milling tool drill radius in ordinate for G18 X axis SD 42950 value 2 Radial position of milling tool drill radius in abscissa for G18 Z axis SD 42950 value 2 Measurement and calibration oO Incremental calibration With calibration tool with turning tool or Incremental measurement limited variants no automatic measurement e The following measuring variants are not possible for incremental measurement 1xxxx2 102xx1 112xx1
111. in the G505 G599 Pil measuring axis or set up rt measuring axis or set up 1000 i l and or additive correction Il l and or additive correction automatic offset in Lil 2 Radius correction or _ ri 2 Radius correction or hasic fi G500 i correction and or additive tid correction and or additive asic trame Ti correction ka correction Lil 0 Correction normal ri 0 correction normal 1011 1026 i i 1 Correction inverted 1 correction inverted i Il 0 Correction relates to ll 0 Correction relates to automatic ZO 4th position 6th position correction in l 1 Correction of L1 1 Correction of L1 1st to 16th channel 2 Correction of L2 l 2 Correction of L2 basic frame 3 Correction of L3 3 Correction of L3 4 Radius correction i i 1051 1066 I i 4 Radius correction automatic ZO Pae in S R l 0 Correction in length radius 7 orrection in setup and or f A correction in additive correction 1 Correction i setup andor r additive correction 1st to 16th global basic 2 Correction in length and or 2 ae i orrection in length and or frame radius acc to_TENV radius acc to_TENV 3 Correction in setup and or ates 2000 additive correction acc to 3 Correction setup andlor automatic ZO TENV ae correction acc to correction in system 7 frame 9999 automatic ZO correction in active frame G54 G57 G505 G59 9 or with active G500 in the last active channel specific basic frame _MA INT Measuring axis 1 3 _MD INT _MVAR INT g
112. is output The results of calculation are stored in these transfer parameters Output data Datatype Meaning _ALARM INTEGER Cycle alarm number for feedback transfer value must be 0 on cycle call _RES REAL Result of calculation Values lt 0 No frame was calculated An alarm _ALARM gt 0 is returned 20 Calculation was successful The size of the value a measure of the distortion of the triangle for example by measurement inaccuracies It is the sum of the variances of the individual points in mm RE FRAME FRAME Result frame difference from actual frame If this result frame is linked to the active frame the measured triangle position is given the desired setpoint position workpiece coordinates Note Correction The frame to be corrected must not contain any mirroring or scaling factors If no channel basic frame exists for G500 a cycle alarm _ALARM gt 0 is output The new frame data with renewed programming of the G command of the associated settable frame is activated G500 G54 to outside this cycle by the user Measuring cycles 236 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 9 CYCLE997 workpiece Measuring a sphere and ZO determination 5 9 4 2 Programming example CYCLE119 application Measuring cycles _N_ Check _MPF Calculate new fra
113. it is more than 0 06 mm _TDIF no compensation is performed and alarm Permissible dimensional difference exceeded is output and the program continues e If 0 03 mm _TUL _TLL is exceeded the radius in T20 D1 is compensated 100 by this difference Alarm Oversize or Undersize is displayed and the program is continued e If 0 02 mm _TMV is exceeded the radius in T20 D1 is compensated 100 by this difference e If itis less than 0 02 mm _TMV the mean value is calculated from the mean value in mean value memory _MV 19 and inclusion of weighting factor _K 3 only for _CHBIT 4 1 with mean value memory Ifthe mean value obtained is gt 0 01 _TZL the reduced compensation of the radius for T20 D1 is the mean value 2 and the mean value is deleted in _MV 19 Ifthe mean value is lt 0 01 _TZL the radius value in T20 D1 is not corrected but if the mean value memory is active _CHBIT 4 1 it is saved in the mean value memory _MV 19 The results are entered in result array _OVR The wear of the radius of T20 D1 is included if a change is necessary Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 171 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 6 CYCLE979 workpiece Measure hole shaft groove rib at an angle 5 6 CYCLE9 79 workpiece Measure hole shaft groove rib at an angle 5 6 1 Function overview Function With this measuring cycle you can measure the dimensions of the following
114. machining of the workpiece can start directly after The empirical value entered in array _EV 9 data block GUDS5 for the X axis and _EV 10 for the Y axis are to be included in the measuring results The permissible deviation is 3 mm from the setpoint value is assumed To obtain a minimum measurement path of 1 mm to the surface the measurement path is programmed with _FA 3 1 4 mm max total measurement path 8 mm The value of the positional deviation should not be monitored Therefore _TSA gt _FA is set Clamping for workpiece Zero offset with settable ZO G54 NVx NVy values when measuring Workpiece probe 1 used as tool T9 D1 is Establishment of ZO rectangular workpiece to be used E The probe is already calibrated Arrays for workpiece probe 1 _WP O The following is entered under T9 D1 in the tool offset memory Tool type DP1 710 Length 1 geometry DP3 L1 50 000 Radius geometry DP6 R 3 000 Length 1 L1 must refer to the center of the probe ball _CBIT 14 0 as for calibration Careful when positioning Radius R in length L1 is ignored x abscissa Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 5 CYCLE978 workpiece Measuring a surface parallel to the axis N ZO DETERMINING 1 MPF 10 G54 G17 G90 T9 D1 20 M6 N30 GO G90 X 20 Y25 N40 210 N60 TSA 6 _PRNUM 1
115. measurement of the 1st sphere Active G17 to G19 defines the plane with abscissa ordinate The applicate is the infeed axis 4 or 3 measuring points are approached at the height of the center point setpoint of the applicate The actual center point of the circle in the plane is calculated internally from these measured values center of sphere in plane For measurement at an angle the auxiliary cycle CYCLE116 is used for calculation The last measuring point is located exactly above the calculated sphere center in the plane and is approached using the applicate as the measuring axis The actual sphere center point in abscissa ordinate applicate is calculated from all these measuring point If measuring variant Measuring 3 spheres is selected with MVAR these spheres are then measured in the order sphere 2 sphere 3 in the same way Measuring cycles 228 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 9 CYCLE997 workpiece Measuring a sphere and ZO determination Selecting the measuring variant With variant Measure at angle _MVAR 0x1109 fast calculation of the sphere position is possible if the sphere diameter is known low number of measuring points and few intermediate positioning actions Paraxial measurement _MVAR 0x0109 always requires 5 measuring points with more intermediate positioning actions In both types of measurement it is possible to repea
116. of PRNUM retains its significance depending on the illustration given in Section Description of the most important defining parameters Note _PRNUM probes which are calibrated with the calibration variant Calibrate with calculation of positional deviation must be used in conjunction with CYCLE979 Exceptions The probe is precision adjusted mechanically and the positional deviation is less than 1 um Programming CYCLE979 Measuring variants Measuring cycle CYCLE979 permits the following measuring variants which are specified via parameter _MVAR Value Measuring variant 1 Measure hole with tool offset 2 Measure shaft with tool offset 3 Measure groove with tool offset 4 Measure web with tool offset 101 ZO calculation in hole with ZO compensation 102 ZO calculation on shaft with ZO compensation 103 ZO calculation in groove with ZO compensation 104 ZO calculation on web with ZO compensation Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 173 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 6 CYCLE979 workpiece Measure hole shaft groove rib at an angle Result parameters Depending on the measuring variant measuring cycle CYCLE979 makes the following values available as results in data block GUD5 Parameter Data type Result
117. of the cycles 7 2 1 1 General information Explanation The input screens for the measuring cycles are selected depending on the technology being used via horizontal softkeys AUTO NC MEASURE MILL_HOLE NOS G1 G17 G54 G90 F20007 N10 T 3D_PROBE N15 Mo6T N20 SPOS 0f Poi Input screen forms for measuring cycles for turning technology mie E Input screen forms for measuring cycles for milling technology Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 361 Miscellaneous functions 7 2 Measuring cycle support in the program editor 7 2 1 2 Softkey bars for turning Vertical softkey menu for turning technology 05 G1 G18 G54 G90 F2000 DIAMON 10 T 3D_PROBE f Calibrate probe measure Calibrate TL probe Tool measure Sees aie Call screen form for CYCLE973 Calibrate workpiece probe for turning machines tase Call new vertical softkey menu for measure workpiece Eee Call screen form for CYCLE982 Calibrate tool probe for turning machines ae Call screen form for CYCLE982 Gauge turning and milling tools for turning machines 2 Back Measuring cycles 362 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Miscellaneous functions 7 2 Measuring cycle support in the program editor Vertical softkey menu for measure workpiece turning AUTO NC MEASURE TURN_1POINT NO5 G1 G18 G54 G90 F2000 DIAMON N10 T 3D_PROBE f r N15
118. only L2 P R _MVAR 10101 e _MA 1 R must be known Li Measuring cycles 292 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools Measuring variant Example Radial position R 0 Measuring without reversal calculate length and radius 2 measuring points Specified geometry L1 L2 R Offset applied in L2 R L2 P1 P2 2 R ABS P1 P2 2 Milling tools drills F x1 f uef Measuring point P r R Start position of tool necessary r _MVAR 12001 i R at start of cycle _MA 1 Pp em M z1 Notes On starting the measuring point must be outside the measurement cube coordinates in both coordinates On the opposite side of the measuring cube P2 measurement is performed with a rotated spindle by 180 degrees The same cutting edge is then measured This only happens if the spindle is stationary and without reversal In this example L1 refers to the upper cutting edge If L1 is to be calculated in another measurement the starting position must be below the measuring cube Example Axial position R 0 Measuring without reversal calculate length and radius 2 measuring points necessary _MVAR 2001 _MA 2 P2 is measured with a rotated s
119. path G2 or G3 or MVAR xx1109 only measuring at an angle _SETV 8 REAL Setpoints center point of the spheres balls _STAL REAL Starting angle for MVAR xx1109 only measuring at an angle _TNVL REAL Limit for triangle distortion for _MVAR x1x109 only measure 3 spheres and ZO correction _TSA REAL Safe area _VMS REAL Variable measuring velocity gt 0 for _VMS 0 150 mm min if _FA 1 300 mm min if _FA gt 1 CYCLE998 Workpiece measurements Parameter Type Possible measuring axes GUD5 Abscissa _MA 1 ordinate _MA 2 applicate _MA 3 for G17 X 1 Y 2 Z 3 for G18 Z 1 X 2 Y 3 for G19 Y 1 Z 2 X 3 Measuring with automatic ZO correction 1 angle 1 angle _CALNUM INT ane _CORA REAL Offset angular position 0 359 5 only active if mono probe _CPA REAL ies _CPO REAL _EVNUM INT isss _FA REAL Measurement path in mm gt 0 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 441 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters CYCLE998 Workpiece measurements ID REAL Distance between measuring points P1 and Distance between measuring points P1 and P2 in P2 in offset axis abscissa _INCA REAL Setpoint or angle in ordinate _K INT _KNUM INT without with automatic offset of the ZO memory 0 without offset 1 99 automatic offset in ZO G54 G5
120. position zero to position zero the ZO difference is eliminated The workpiece is then paraxial The results are entered in result array _OVR Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 7 2 3 Operational General information 5 7 CYCLE998 workpiece Angle measurement and ZO determination sequence Measurement axis _MA In this cycle not only the measuring axis but also the offset axis are specified in _MA The offset axis is the 2nd axis of the measuring plane Intermediate positioning to the measuring point is performed in this axis for paraxial positioning for positioning at an angle it is performed in both axes It is also possible to specify the applicate as the measurement or offset axis Va Different measuring and offset axes distance _ID a Measuring axis X a Example G17 axes of the plane x1 Distance of measuring point 1 to measuring point 2 in the offset axis _ID Parameter _ID is used to define the distance between P1 and P2 in the offset axis Only positive values are permissible for _ID P1 must therefore be selected in the offset axis before the cycle begins Zi Measuring and offset axes distance _ID Measuring axis Z Measuring axis X applicate 301 MA Example G17 with applicate x1 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6F
121. positive The velocity along the circular path is programmed with RF Measuring cycles 178 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 6 CYCLE979 workpiece Measure hole shatt groove rib at an angle Procedure for groove Procedure for web Measuring cycles The probe is in the groove and approaches both measuring points one after the other in the selected measuring height along an oblique straight line as defined by angle _STA1 and which travels through CPA CPO When using the measuring variants for the web MVAR 4 MVAR 104 additional details are needed for crossing the web with _ID _ID specifies the distance with prefix from the measuring height Overtravel the web Measuring height plus _ID Example G17 CIEE Z 4 applicate Measuring height CAUTION If _CBIT 14 0 length 1 L1 of the probe refers to the ball center Radius R is then not taken into account in the length and must be included in _ID Measuring point P2 is approached via P2 along an oblique straight line according to angle _STA1 and which runts through _CPA _CPO P1 P2 are both distance _FA path from the contour Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 179 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 6 CYCLE979 workpiece Measure hole shaft groove rib at an angle Position at end of measuring cycle At the
122. probe ball diameter _WP _PRNUM 1 0 e _CHBIT 7 0 Probe is calibrated use of trigger values in_WP _PRNUM 1 Setpoint SETVAL and protection zone _SZA _SZO for int measurement MVAR 1 _MA 2 x1 X ordinate _ Protection zone e ZZ abscissa Example G18 DIAMON Measuring axis Y is facing axis Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 347 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 6 CYCLE994 workpiece 2 point measurement Tool offset An offset can be applied for the tool that machined the workpiece This tool is specified in _TNUM and _TNAME The D number and type of offset are specified in coded form in variable _KNUM Extended tool offset is also possible With this function a tool from a particular stored tool environment _TENV and additive setup offsets can be corrected by specifying the DL number in _DLNUM Detailed information on the parameters see section Description of the most important defining parameters Empirical values and mean values An empirical value stored in data block GUD5 in array _EV can be included in calculation of the result after measurement is completed Optionally averaging is performed over a number of parts array _MV and the tolerance bands are checked Both are activated in EVNUM see Section Description of the most important defining parameters Measuring variants Measuring cycle CYCLE994 permits th
123. probe manually before the cycle is called The geometry is to be determined exactly Only one measured value that is in the measurement axis _MA can be calculated The cycle approaches the probe in the measuring axis in the specified measuring direction MD Calibrate in increments Movement only in measuring EN See Ji switching values of probe a me D unknown a yor XT Requirement measurement axis _MA and measuring direction _MD zZ Measure turning tool Example Determine cutting edge lt l2 position SL 3 L1 pet Ps gt vr y Specific of measurement axis MA a Movement in measuring and offset axes L1 L2 are known roughly Measure tool in increments Example Determine turning tool k SL 3 L1 2 2 Fas wre J lt S Po Requirement x measurement axis _MA and measuring direction _MD Movement only in measuring axis Ta L1 is unknown Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines Measuring cycles 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools e Automatic measurement All values that can be determined are determined automatically according to the active tool type The geometry of the tool to be measured is roughly known and entered in the tool offset Positioning of the tool with respect to the calibrated probe is performed in the cycle The geometry must be determined precisely or wear
124. quality requirements regarding geometrical accuracy and surface roughness can also be used The center CP of the hole is unknown in the precise position But diameter D is known Calibration in hole center unknown Calibratoniniho ci entedunknown Example G17 plane a MVAR 0x0x08 Example G17 plane MVAR 1x0x08 paraxially stl a0 f Center found MP k MP 4 T X inX P i 4st start for 3 4 Example of vi et start position y _ _ 4 acas measurement as is m gt i ee as angle 2 4 O gt 1 measurement Ya ae i N Center found Example of s p A 2A i y Y start position o y y Y EPA Sen itar n2 aa qe are 4th 3 4 measurement D p Measurement x x as de Pets at an angle all 4 axis directions always all 4 axis directions In this measuring variant first the hole center and then the positional deviation skew of the probe is calculated Then the trigger points in all 4 axis directions on the plane are calculated In addition to the values in array _WP the measuring cycle also provides the determined hole center point in result array OVR 6 OVRI 7 Calibration can be performed paraxially or at an angle to the active workpiece coordinate system All 4 axis directions are always calibrated Prerequisite e The probe must be called with tool length offset e Tool type preferably 710 e The exact diameter of the hole is
125. regarding the setpoint can be used when measuring in the Y axis 3rd axis of the plane for active G18 as when measuring in the X axis transverse axis In this case the tool offset is also applied to L1 effective length in X unless specified otherwise using _KNUM The additional parameters VMS _TZL TMV TUL TLL TDIF TSA FA _PRNUM _EVNUM _NMSP and _K also apply Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 343 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 5 CYCLE974 workpiece 1 point measurement See also 6 5 4 2 Defining parameters Page 63 Result parameters Page 65 Variable measuring velocity _VMS Page 76 Tolerance parameters TZL TMV _TUL _TLL TDIF and _TSA Page 77 Measurement path _FA Page 78 Probe type probe number _PRNUM Page 79 Empirical value mean value EVNUM Page 80 Multiple measurement at the same location _NMSP Page 81 Weighting factor for mean value calculation _K Page 81 Programming example 1 point measurement at outside diameter measuring with reversal 344 An outside diameter with tool T7 D1 has been machined on a workpiece The set diameter has the dimension shown in the figure This outside diameter is to be measured with reversal The spindle is SPOS capable If the absolute value of the difference determined is gt 0 002 the length in measuring axis _MA of the tool is to be automatically offset in the wear The maximum permissi
126. remaining contour elements measurement is always performed in both axes of the plane and in both directions 147 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 4 CYCLE9 7 workpiece Measure hole shatt groove web rectangle parallel to axes Position before measuring cycle call for shaft web rectangle outside Starting position for cycle call In center above shaft web or rectangle outside Depth of measurement Reduced by _ID Z 4 applicate Example G17 _CBIT 14 0 Starting height F 1 Start position z ar _MVAR Pre positioning in the plane in applicate 2 102 Shaft center point Above shaft 4 104 Web center meas axis Above web 6 106 Rectangle center point Above rect The probe must be positioned at the center point in the plane and the probe ball positioned above the upper edge such that when infeed of value _ID sign is applied measurement depth is reached Position before cycle call for hole groove rectangle inside Starting position for cycle call at selected measuring height Z applicate Example G17 _CBIT 14 0 Measuring height In center of hole groove or rectangle inside _MVAR Pre positioning in the plane in applicate 1 101 Hole center point At meas height 3 103 Groove center meas ax At meas height 5 105 Rectang
127. rotary axis 2 manual or semi automatic Calculate kinematics parameters 254 Parameter Value data type Meaning _MVAR Decimal 1 9 Measure kinematics mode see the following measurement variants _TNUM INTEGER Number of swivel data record _SETV 5 REAL Position value for normalizing rotary axis 1 _SETV 6 REAL Position value for normalizing rotary axis 2 _SETV 7 REAL Tolerance value of offset vectors 11 14 _SETV 8 REAL Tolerance value of rotary axis vectors V1 V2 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers Measurement variants 5 10 CYCLE996 workpiece Measure kinematics Measuring cycle CYCLE996 permits the following measurement variants which are specified via parameter __MVAR e 1st 2nd 3rd measurement MVAR 987654321 I l l l l l l l l l 1 l l l 1 Measurement 2 Measurement 3 Measurement Identification of Measure kinematics function CYCLE996 Measuring axis measurement result Rotary axis 1 _2 _ Rotary axis2___ 2 Protocol file 0 No 1 Yes e Calculate kinematics MVAR 987654321 0 Measuring cycles Measuring result Vector chain Axis number for normalizing rotary axis 1 Axis number for normalizing rotary axis 2 Identification of Measure kinematics function CYCLE996 0 Measuring only 1
128. set up The type of calculation is also defined by _CHBIT 6 and also _CHBIT 8 _CHBIT 6 0 The offset value calculated is included added in the corresponding total offset _CHBIT 8 0 value memory _CHBIT 6 1 The offset value calculated is included in the set up offset memory taking the _CHBIT 8 0 corresponding total offset value memory into account and the total offset memory is deleted _CHBIT 8 1 Independent of _CHBIT 6 the determined offset value is additively incorporated into the appropriate setting up offset memory Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Data description 9 2 Cycle data Measured value offset in CYCLE994 _CHBIT 7 0 In order to determine the actual value the trigger values of the measuring probe saved in the WP _PRNUM 1 1 4 are used _CHBIT 7 1 In order to determine the actual value the effective diameter of the measuring probe saved in the _WP _PRNUM 1 0 is used Offset mode for workpiece measurement with automatic tool offset _CHBIT 8 0 Explanation gt see _CHBIT 6 _CHBIT 8 1 Explanation gt see _CHBIT 6 Measuring result display _CHBIT 10 0 OFF _CHBIT 10 1 ON After measuring or calibrating a measurement result screen is automatically displayed Acknowledgment measurement result screen with NC start _CHBIT 11 0 The measurement result scr
129. taeeeeeeeeeeteeeeesieeeeee eee 67 2 3 3 Tool number and tool name _TNUM and _TNAME ccccceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeessnnnaeeneess 68 2 3 4 Offset number _KNUM 00 ccecececcceceeeceeeencaeceaaeeeeeeeeeseaaeaeceeeeesecacaeeeeeeeseseaaeceeeeeeesecasaeeeeaaeaeeeeees 69 2 3 5 Offset number _KNUM extended for tool offset Up to 9 digits eee cece ee eeenteeeeetaeeeeeeaes 2 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 7 Table of contents 2 3 6 Correcting setup and additive offset in workpiece measurement _DLNUM 000 73 2 3 7 Correcting the tool of a stored tool environment _TENV cceeceeeseeeceeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeenaees 74 2 3 8 Example of automatic tool offset with and without saved tool environment in workpiece measuring CYCICS 0 ee ceeecceeeeeeeceeeeeeeceeeeeeteeeee eee eeseeeaeeeseeeeeeseeeaeeeseeaeeeseeaaeeeseaaeeeeeeaeeeseiaeeeeeeeeseaes 74 2 3 9 Variable measuring velocity VMS wae ccssscctecosceaceeednceeeaedhcaaeeccensaneiees dnceey seca eeauaeeeeseaeseateeens 76 2 3 10 Offsetangle position KORA cicicsscseirawliaceslina desea inin aE E ETA EE 76 2 3 11 Tolerance parameters _TZL TMV _TUL _TLL _TDIF and _TSA ccccccccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeees 77 2912 Measurement path SFA sernema E A A AREE 78 2 3 13 Probe type probe number _PRNUM ccccceceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeceeeaeeeeeeeesecaaeaeeeeeesecenaeeeeeeeeeseaes 79 2 3 14 Empirical va
130. that can no longer be used GUD up to Version 7 5 MD SD as of Version 2 6 E_MESS_MS_IN MD51606 MNS_MEA_INPUT_PIECE_PROBE 0 E_MESS_MT_IN MD51607 MNS_MEA_INPUT_TOOL_PROBE 0 E_MESS_D MD51750 MNS_J_MEA_M_DIST E_MESS_D_M MD51751 MNS_J_MEA_M_DIST_MANUELL E_MESS_D_L MD51752 MNS_J_MEA_M_DIST_TOOL_LENGTH E_MESS_D_R MD51753 MNS_J_MEA_M_DIST_TOOL_RADIUS E_MESS_FM MD51755 MNS_J_MEA_MEASURING FEED E_MESS_F MD51757 MNS_J_MEA_COLL_MONIT_FEED E_MESS_FZ MD51758 MNS_J_MEA_COLL_MONIT_POS_FEED E_MESS_CAL_Dj 3 MD51770 MNS_J_MEA_CAL_RING_DIAM E_MESS_CAL_L 3 E_MESS_MT_TYP 3 MD51772 MNS_J_MEA_CAL_HEIGHT_FEEDAX MD51774 MNS_J_MEA_T_PROBE_TYPE E_MESS_MT_AX 3 MD51776 MNS_J_MEA_T_PROBE_ALLOW_AX_DIR E_MESS_MT_DL 3 E_MESS_MT_DR 3 MD51778 MNS_J_MEA_T_PROBE_DIAM_LENGTH MD51780 MNS_J_MEA_T_PROBE_DIAM_RAD E_MESS_MT_DZ 3 MD51782 MNS_J_MEA_T_PROBE_T_EDGE_DIST E_MESS_MT_DIR 3 MD51784 MNS_J_MEA_T_PROBE_T_EDGE_DIST E_MESS_MT_D MD51786 MNS_J_MEA_T_PROBE_MEASURE_DIST E_MESS_MT_FM MD51787 MNS_J_MEA_T_PROBE_MEASURE_FEED E_MESS_MT_CF SD54690 SNS_MEA_T_PROBE_MANUFACTURER E_MESS_MT_COMP SD54691 SNS_MEA_T_PROBE_OFFSET E_MESS_SETT 0 D55770 SCS_J_MEA_SET_COUPL_SP_COORD E_MESS_SETT 1 D55771 SCS_J_MEA_SET_CAL_MODE E_MESS_MS_SOUTH MD51614 MNS_MEA_PR
131. the data block GUD5 for tool measurement 282 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools Parameter Data type Result _OVR 8 REAL Actual value length L1 _OVR 9 REAL Difference length L1 _OVR 10 REAL Actual value length L2 _OVR 11 REAL Difference length L2 _OVR 12 REAL Actual value for radius _OVR 13 REAL Difference for radius _OVR 27 REAL Zero offset area _OVR 28 REAL Safe area _OVR 29 REAL Permissible dimensional difference _OVR 30 REAL Empirical value OVI 0 INTEGER D number OVI 2 INTEGER Measuring cycle number OVI 3 INTEGER Measuring variant ovr 5 INTEGER Probe number OVI 7 INTEGER Empirical value memory OVI 8 INTEGER T number _OVI 9 INTEGER Alarm number Note Tool types During measurement or calibration the tool type tool parameter DP1 in the tool offset data of the active tool is evaluated Type 5xy Turning tool or calibrating tool Type 1xy Milling tool Type 2xy Drill Use of tool types 711 to 799 is also possible These are treated as a milling tool type 1xy Drills type 2xy with SD 42950 TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE 0 can be gauged refer to Chapter Measuring drills special applications Otherwise this is only possible for drills and milling tools with SD 42950 TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE
132. the empirical value in memory _EV 9 into consideration Mean value calculation _MV 9 and inclusion in calculation are also to be used A maximum deviation of the diameter from the setpoint of 1 mm is expected Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 153 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 4 CYCLE9 7 workpiece Measure hole shaft groove web rectangle parallel to axes N DRILL MEASURE MPF N10 G54 G17 G90 T9 D1 720 select tool as probe N20 M6 Insert probe yactivate tool offset N30 GO X180 Y130 Position probe in X Y plane to hole center point N40 220 Position Z axis to measuring depth N50 _CHBIT 4 1 7Include average value N60 TUL 0 03 TLL 0 03 _EVNUM 10 Set parameter for measuring cycle call _K 3 _TZL 0 01 _TMV 0 02 _TDIF 0 06 probe 1 multi directional _TSA 1 _PRNUM 1 _VMS 0 _NMSP 1 _FA 1 measure hole setpoint diameter N61 MVAR 1 _SETVAL 132 _TNUM 20 7132 mm compensation in radius of T20 D1 _KNUM 2001 N70 CYCLE977 Call measuring cycle N560 GO 2160 Retract Z axis from hole N570 M2 7End of program Explanation of example 154 The difference calculated from the actual and setpoint diameter is compensated for by the empirical value in the empirical value memory _EV 9 and compared with the tolerance parameter e Ifitis more than 1mm _TSA alarm Safe area violated is output and the program is halted e Cancel with NC RESET on the control
133. the file name already exists M1 is incremented up to M99 Once there are 99 protocol files the process starts again from protocol file _M1 The user is responsible for all protocol file operations The protocol file contains the syntax of the swivel data record parameters gt e g TC_CARR1 1 426 708853 TC_CARR2 1 855 050806 l1xyz In the settings Yes TRAORI 1 a protocol file with the corresponding TRAORI machine data is generated For coding see _MVAR Measuring cycles 252 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 10 CYCLE996 workpiece Measure kinematics 5 10 6 4 Result bit If the Calculate kinematics selection is active a result bit can be selected in the screen form for CYCLE996 as follows e No After calculating measuring the results are not displayed e Yes After calculation measuring the message display appears the individual values on this display cannot be edited e Yes editable The result parameters can be changed and potentially rounded off Kinematics 7 CYCLE996 Display of results of calculated vectors editable Measured rotary axes of the swivel data record kinematics Rot axis 1 Rot axis 2 C Measuring counter _OVR 40 33 Kinematics Inclin head swivel table Name MIXED_BC No 1 x Y Z Offset vector 11 1 635403 129 107054 Rotary axis vector 1 0 002263 0 999956 0 009141 Offset vector 12 1 635403
134. the most important defining parameters Measuring cycles 82 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring cycle help programs 3 1 Package structure of the measuring cycles Note References For additional information please refer to the following documentation HMI sl SINUMERIK 840D sl Commissioning Manual Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 83 Measuring cycle help programs 3 2 Measuring cycle subroutines 3 2 Measuring cycle subroutines 3 2 1 Overview General Programming The measuring cycle subroutines are called directly by the cycles They cannot be executed if called directly by the user Cycle Function Note CYCLE102 Measuring result display CYCLE109 Internal subroutine Data transfer CYCLE110 Internal subroutine Plausibility checks CYCLE111 Internal subroutine Measuring functions CYCLE112 Internal subroutine Measuring functions CYCLE114 Internal subroutine Load ZO memory load tool offset Internal subroutine Load tool offset CYCLE115 Internal subroutine Load ZO memory CYCLE116 Calculation of center point and radius of a circle CYCLE117 Internal subroutine Pre positioning CYCLE118 Internal subroutine Log CYCLE119 Internal subroutine Arithmetic cycle for determining position in space Measuring cycles 84 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring cycle help program
135. the most important defining parameters Parameter _KNUM _STAL REAL Starting angle for MVAR xx11x9 Measuring at an angle only _INCA REAL Stepping angle for MVAR xx11x9 Measuring at an angle only _TNVL REAL Limit value for distortion of triangle sum of deviations ZO is only corrected if the calculated distortion is below this limit value for MVAR x1x1x9 Measuring 3 spheres and _KNUM gt 0 only 1 for measuring variant MVAR x1x1x9 only measure 3 spheres The following additional parameters are also valid FA TSA VMS See also PRNUM and NMSP Measurement path _FA Page 78 Tolerance parameters _TZL TMV _TUL _TLL TDIF and _TSA Page 77 Variable measuring velocity VMS Page 76 Probe type probe number _PRNUM Page 79 Multiple measurement at the same location _NMSP Page 81 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 227 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 9 CYCLE997 workpiece Measuring a sphere and ZO determination 5 9 2 Measurement and ZO determination 5 9 2 1 General information Measurement and calculation strategy At the beginning of the cycle the probe must be in the infeed axis at safety height It must be possible to reach all spheres from here without collision Measure 3 spheres Positioning of one sphere to another at safety height z I g e nadt aA ad The cycle starts with
136. the plane 14 0 Spindle positioning acc to default 15 0 Up to 5 measurement attempts 16 0 retraction from meas point at same velocity as intermediate positioning 17 0 Measurement feed only defined by VMS 18 0 Automatic de selection of the measuring result screen with cycle end 19 0 Normal handling of the Y axis for rotating meas cycles 20 0 Spindle positioning with measurement with CYCLE982 21 0 Internal data item 22 0 Last measurement at reduced speed for tool measurement with rotating spindle CYCLE971 23 0 Internal data item 24 1 Metric basic system 25 29 0 Internal data item Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 381 Data description 9 2 Cycle data Channel specific data Data type Meaning _TP_CF 0 INTEGER No tool probe manufacturer specified type _MT_COMP 0 INTEGER No additional offset of the measurement result display on tool measurement with rotating spindle CYCLE971 _MT_EC_RJ6 5 0 0 REAL User defined array for offsetting the measurement result on tool radius measurement and rotating spindle CYCLE971 _MT_EC_L 6 5 0 0 REAL User defined array for offsetting the measurement result on tool length measurement and rotating spindle CYCLE971 _JM_I 10 INTEGER INTEGER value field for JOG measurement 0 1 1 17 100 0 0 0 0 0 e no set array number for probes like in
137. the probe N20 GO SUPA G90 DIAMOF Z125 X95 Position in front of cycle call start position position without ZO N30 TZL 0 TSA 1 VMS 0 NMSP 1 FA 3 PRNUM 1 Set parameters for calibration N31 _MVAR 13 MA 1 MD 1 _CALNUM 1 minus Z direction N40 CYCLE973 Cycle call N50 _MVAR 02013 _MA 2 In X axis both directions N60 CYCLE973 Cycle call N70 GO SUPA 2125 Retraction in Z N80 SUPA X95 Retraction in X N100 M2 7End of program Explanation of example The cycle automatically approaches reference groove 1 from the starting position and performs calibration in both axes and in the X axis in a double cycle call The new trigger values are stored in the data of the workpiece probe 1 _WP 0 1 _WP 0 3 _WP 0 4 At the end result array _OVR contains the values of the 2nd cycle call 6 4 2 3 Operational sequence Position before measuring cycle call The starting point must be selected such that the selected workpiece probe can be positioned in the cycle into the reference groove selected via CALNUM by the shortest path with paraxial collision free movements in accordance with the active cutting edge position Position after end of measuring cycle On completion of calibration the probe is positioned facing the calibration surface at distance _FA 6 4 3 Calibration on surface 6 4 3 1 General information Function With this measuring cycle and the MVAR 0 measuring variant it is possible to calibrate a workpiece probe
138. the swivel data records calculate kinematics 4 The calculated data is activated automatically or with the aid of the user The user preferably the machine manufacturer should ensure compliance with the specified sequence If the position of the calibration ball within the machine can be specified as an inherent part of the design then it will be possible to store the entire kinematic measurement process carried out using CYCLE996 as a part program which is extremely advantageous As a result the user can carry out measurement of the kinematics under a set of predefined conditions at any given point in time 5 10 2 2 Measuring an individual rotary axis Process The following steps must be carried out in order to measure a rotary axis e Mount the calibration ball on the machine table user e Define and approach the three ball positions with the rotary axis that is to be measured user e Specify and approach the three ball positions with the probe in a linear movement in linear movements user e Using CYCLE996 scan all three ball positions of the calibration ball with the probe Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 239 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 10 CYCLE996 workpiece Measure kinematics Mounting the calibration ball 240 In the case of machinery the calibration ball is to be installed on the machine table In order to measure swivel data records
139. to drawing _MA 1 3 Number of the measuring axis KNU 0 gt 0 0 without automatic tool offset gt 0 with automatic tool offset _TNU INT 20 Tool number for automatic tool offset Ma E STRING 32 Tool name for automatic tool offset alternative to _TNUM with tool management active _DLNU INT 20 DL number for additive setup offset _TENV STRING 32 Name of tool surroundings for automatic tool offset The following additional parameters are also valid _VMS _CORA EVNUM _NMSP and K TZL TMV TUL TLL TDIF TSA FA PRNUM _ CORA only relevant for monodirectional probe The parameters must also be assigned if KNUM 0 because they refer to the workpiece Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers See also 5 5 CYCLE978 workpiece Measuring a surface parallel to the axis Variable measuring velocity VMS Page 76 Offset angle position CORA Page 76 Tolerance parameters _TZL TMV TUL TLL _TDIF and _TSA Page 77 Measurement path _FA Page 78 Probe type probe number _PRNUM Page 79 Empirical value mean value EVNUM Page 80 Multiple measurement at the same location _NMSP Page 81 Weighting factor for mean value calculation _K Page 81 5 5 4 2 Programming example 1 point measurement in X axis with tool compensation Measuring cycles A surface parallel with the Y axis has been machined with
140. tool axis probe axis and axis of coordinates system Example G17 ZA a 5 l Y4 W Xie ven machine related workpiece related Tool measurement with motionless spindle Before the cycle call for measurement of milling tools the tool and spindle must be moved such that the selected cutting edge can be measured length or radius The measurement feedrate is defined in VMS Tool measurement with rotating spindle Typically measurements of the radius of milling tools are executed with rotating spindle that is the largest edge determines the measuring result Length measurement of milling tools with rotating spindle might also be practical Points to bear in mind e Is the tool probe permissible for measuring with rotating spindle with length and or radius calculation Manufacturer documentation e Permissible peripheral speed for the tool to be measured e Maximum permissible speed e Maximum permissible feedrate for probing e Minimum feedrate for probing Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 95 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 2 CYCLE971 tool Measuring milling tools drills Example 5 2 2 2 96 e Selection of the rotation direction depending on the cutting edge geometry to prevent hard impacts when probing e Required measuring accuracy When measuring with rotating tool the relation between measuring feedrate and speed must be
141. value Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 289 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools If CHBIT 20 1 selected measuring variants are possible for a milling cutter without taking the starting angle _STA1 into account see Subsection Milling cutter Suppression of start angle positioning STA1 Note Measurement with rotating spindle If selection of a certain miller cutting edge is not possible it is possible to measure with a rotating spindle The user must then program the direction of rotation speed and feedrate very carefully before calling up CYCLE982 to prevent damage to the probe A low speed and feedrate must be selected Position after end of measuring cycle On completion of the cycle the tool nose is positioned facing the last measuring surface and _FA from it 290 Position at measuring cycle end Distance _FA 2p X1 Si Z1 ae Example Length measurement L2 of turning tool with SL 3 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools Examples of measuring variants Measuring variant Example Axial position R 0 Measuring without reversal calculate length only _MVAR 1 _MA 1 Specified geometry L1 L2 R 0 Offset applied in
142. where i 1 5 k 1 4 20 offset values When _MT_COMP z2 actual length measured length _MT_EC_R i k when i 1 5 next lowest table value for circumference speed and K 1 4 next lowest table value for tool radius Measuring cycles 398 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Data description 9 2 Cycle data 9 2 6 Channel oriented bits 9 2 6 1 In data block GUD6 DEF _CHBIT Channel bits Min input limit Max input limit Changes valid after value assignment Protection level Units Data type BOOLEAN Significance Preset default _CHBIT O Measurement input for workpiece measurement 0 0 measurement input 1 1 measurement input 2 CHBIT 1 Measurement input for tool measurement 1 0 measurement input 1 1 measurement input 2 _CHBIT 2 Collision monitoring for intermediate positioning 1 0 OFF 1 ON _CHBIT 3 Tool offset mode with tool measurement 0 0 first time measurement determining geometry 1 remeasuring determining wear _CHBIT 4 Mean value for workpiece measurement with automatic tool 0 correction _EVNUM gt 0 0 no mean value derivation over several parts 1 with mean value formation and calculation _CHBIT 5 Inclusion of empirical value _EVNUM gt 0 0 0 subtraction of actual value 1 addition to actual value _CHBIT 6 Tool offset mode for workpiece measurement with automatic 0 tool offset 0 Offset in wear 1 offset in geometr
143. with cutting edge positions SL 5 to 8 on a surface workpiece related and therefore determine the probe trigger points Measuring cycles 328 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines Prerequisite Parameter Measuring cycles 6 4 CYCLE973 Calibrating workpiece probes The position of the surfaces is defined in workpiece coordinates in _SETVAL The workpiece probe calibrated is selected with _PRNUM The associated array _WP in data block GUD6 DEF is _WP _PRNUM 1 Calibrate workpiece probe on surface workpiece related Details of MA measuring axis and _MD measuring direction Example Edge position SL 7 _SETVAL M W ZEN CL The surface must be parallel to an axis of the workpiece coordinate system and have low surface roughness The workpiece probe is called as a tool with tool offset and positioned opposite the calibration surface 5xy should be entered as the tool type Parameter Data type Meaning _MVAR 0 Calibration on surface workpiece related _SETVAL REAL Setpoint referred to the workpiece zero for facing axis in the diameter DIAMON _MA 1 2 31 Measuring axis _MD 0 positive axis direction Measuring direction 1 negative axis direction _PRNUM INT Probe number 1 It is also possible to calibrate in the 3rd axis Y in G18 provided that this axis exists Additional parameters VMS TZL
144. 0 Length 1 geometry DP3 L1 50 000 Radius geometry DP6 R 3 000 Length 1 L1 must refer to the center of Mr Nx Xi the probe ball _CBIT 14 0 as for Example G17 calibration Careful when positioning Radius R in length L1 is ignored N DRILL SEGMENT MPF N10 G54 G17 G90 T9 D1 7ZO select tool as probe N20 M6 Insert probe yactivate tool offset N30 GO X210 Y 20 Position probe in X Y plane close to rea N40 220 Position probe at measuring height N50 _CHBIT 4 1 With mean value calculation N60 _TUL 0 03 _TLL 0 03 _EVNUM 20 Set parameters for measuring cycle call _K 3 _TZL 0 01 _TMV 0 02 _TDIF 0 06 _TSA 1 _PRNUM 1 _VMS 0 _NMSP 1 _FA 2 Three point measurement with probe 1 N61 MVAR 1 _SETVAL 130 _STA1 15 _INCA 80 _RF 900 _TNUM 20 _KNUM 2001 _CPA 180 _CPO 0 N70 CYCLE979 7 Call measuring cycle for hole measurement in Y X Y plane N80 GO 2160 Traverse up Z axis N100 M2 End of program Explanation of example The difference calculated from the actual and setpoint diameter is compensated for by the empirical value in the empirical value memory _EV 19 and compared with the tolerance parameter e If itis more than 1mm _TSA alarm Safe area violated is output and program execution cannot be continued e lf itis more than 0 06 mm _TDIF no compensation is performed and alarm Permissible dimensional difference exceeded is output and the program continues Measuring
145. 01 7Call measuring cycle _KNUM 2002 _FA 2 _TSA 0 23 VMS 0 _NMSP 1 _ID 20 000 _SZA 50 000 _CORA 0 03 TZL 0 01 TDIF 0 2 TUL 0 065 _TLL 0 065 CHBIT 4 0 _K 1 _EVNUM 2 TNUM 1 CYCLE977 jend of NC code generated by measuring cycle support N200 M30 7 End of program Measuring cycles 368 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Miscellaneous functions 7 2 Measuring cycle support in the program editor Input screen for measuring a hole parallel with the axis with protection zone CYCLE977 02 24 09 1 36 PM Angle pos paraxial Alter Prot zone Yes Offset WO correction Work offset G54 G57 G505 Hole WO number 57 Setpt value _SETUAL 50 Meas path fac _FA 2 Area _TSA 1 25 Probe number _PRNUM 7 Infeed path ID 5 Prot zone _52A 20 7 2 2 Presetting measuring cycle support in HMI sl For descriptions of the default settings for measuring cycle support for HMI as of software version 2 6 see References Commissioning Manual SINUMERIK 840d HMI sl base software and HMI sl Book HMI sl IM9 Chapter Configuring cycles Configuring measuring cycles and measuring functions Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 369 Miscellaneous functions 7 3 Measuring result screens 7 3 Measuring result screens Function Measurement result displays will be shown automatically during measuring cycle runtime if _CHBIT 10 1 If
146. 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 103 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 2 CYCLE971 tool Measuring milling tools drills 5 2 3 4 Operational sequence Position before measuring cycle call a Incremental calibration machine related _MVAR 10000 Outermost start position of calibration tool _MA 1 MA 1 EFASE _FA O O 2 IPN 2 _FA M Example G17 X axis Xi YAl Incremental calibration MAz2 O workpiece related _MVAR 10010 Example G17 Calibrate machine related _MVAR 0 Y1 Recommended minimum distance _FA FA C gt i O _MV 1 ae y MA Measuring direct Measuring direct u _TP i 1 _TPIi 0 KI Example G17 possible starting position in X Calibrate workpiece oriented _MVAR 10 Yall M A 2 O k c A eae FO a pirect of me it 7 Recommended minimum tance yaautrorize distan area a at A 1 re eas rect oF M MA 2 O M Example G17 possible starting position in Y X1 The calibration tool must be prepositioned as shown in the figure and for the selected variant The tool must have reached a permissible starting position With incremental calibration there is no generation of traversing movements before the actual measured block The calibration tool must be positioned in front of the tool probe such that the calibration tool traverses to the tool probe when the measuring ax
147. 09 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Miscellaneous functions lt lt 7 2 Measuring cycle support in the program editor Back to selection menu milling Vertical advancement menu for workpiece measurement milling Rectangle Sphere Kinematics lt lt Measuring cycles NC MEASURE MILL_HOLE NOS G1 G17 G54 G90 F2000f N10 T 3D_PROBE N15 MO6T Rectangle N20 SPOS 0f Kinematic Call screen form for workpiece measurement for milling machines CYCLE977 rectangle internal external Call screen for workpiece measurement for milling machines CYCLE997 measure ball and ZO determination Call screen Measure Kinematics for milling machines Cycle996 measure ball positions and determine geometric vectors for transformations Back to selection list measure workpiece milling Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 367 Miscellaneous functions 7 2 Measuring cycle support in the program editor 7 2 1 4 Programming example Measuring a hole parallel to the axis with protection zone generated with measuring cycle support N100 G17 GO G90 Z20 F2000 S500 M3 N110 T 7 M6 Insert probe N120 X50 Y50 Position probe in X Y plane on hole center point position N130 220 Position Z axis in hole Position at measuring height The following is the NC code generated by the measuring cycle support N130 _MVAR 1001 _SETVAL 100 000 _PRNUM 1
148. 09 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 4 CYCLE9 7 workpiece Measure hole shaf groove web rectangle parallel to axes 5 4 3 2 Programming example Measuring a hole paraxially with tool offset The diameter of a hole in a workpiece is to be measured in the G17 plane and the radius of a tool corrected accordingly Clamping for workpiece Zero offset with settable ZO G54 NVx NVy Workpiece probe 1 used as tool T9 D1 is to be used The probe is already calibrated Arrays for workpiece probe 1 _WP O Z1 The following is entered under T9 D1 in the tool offset memory Tool type DP 710 Length 1 geometry DP3 L41 50 000 Radius geometry DP6 R 3 000 Measure a hole applicate Actual center Setpoint center Length 1 L1 must refer to the center of the probe ball _CBIT 14 0 as for calibration Careful when positioning Radius R in length L1 is ignored Center found in X start for measurement in Y abscissa X The hole was machined with milling tool T20 D1 in the same environment as for measuring G17 with circular milling The radius of this tool should be corrected in wear according to the measuring result for the hole diameter difference actual value set value This tool offset will therefore affect the production of the next workpieces or possible remachining The offset must take
149. 119 is called as a subroutine by measuring cycle CYCLE997 To allow this cycle to be used universally its data are transferred via parameters Programming CYCLE119 _ SETPOINT MEASPOINT ALARM R ES REFRAME COR RESLIM Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 235 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 9 CYCLE997 workpiece Measuring a sphere and ZO determination Parameter Input data Datatype Meaning _SETPOINT 3 3 REAL Field for 3 setpoint positions in the sequence st 2nd 3rd geometry axis X Y Z These points are the reference triangle MEASPOINT 3 3 REAL Field for 3 setpoint positions measured in the sequence st 2nd 3rd geometry axis X Y Z This is the real position in space of the described triangle COR INTEGER Offset Values 0 No compensation 1 99 ZO compensation in G54 G57 G505 G599 1000 ZO compensation of last active channel basic frame according to MD 28081 1011 to 1026 ZO compensation in channel basic frame n 2000 ZO compensation in scratch system frame P_SETFR 9999 ZO compensation in active frame settable frame G54 G57 G505 G599 and or with G500 in last active basic frame according to gt _CHBFRMASK RESLIM REAL Limit value for distortion only relevant if COR gt 0 If RES is below this limit value OZ is corrected otherwise an alarm
150. 13 Overview of measuring cycle functions for turning technology eesssesesssserressrrssrerrssrrrrsrerres 55 1131 Measuring toolsat lahe Se E 55 1 13 2 Calibrating workpiece probes ccccccceccee cece eeeeee cece cee ee eee aeaeceeee eee eeaeeeceeeeseseaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeees 57 1 13 3 Measuring workpieces at lathes 1 point measurement ccceeeeeeeee cece eeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeetnaeeeeees 58 1 13 4 Measuring workpieces at lathes 2 point measurement ccceeeeeeeeee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteesnaeeeeees 59 2 Parameter desciple osiinsa aenean eaaa aR an o EE an a airea gaeeeeeaaeseeegaeseesaeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeneas 61 2 1 Parameter concept of the measuring CYCIES eeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeseaeeeseenaeeeeeaaes 61 2 2 Parameter OvervioW irirnini n e aaa a a a 63 2 2 1 Defining Parameters cece esceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneee ee eeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeseeaaeeeseaeeesessaeeeseiaeeeeeeeesenaeeeenas 63 2 2 2 FRESUIt Parameters sicicevscscdecesacancnsccadedonadddensade asad ecaaantdeaaacadeseaaatuannceddegcaaaddcanned ceeeeauedshdacenasddecenaeee 65 2 3 Description of the most important defining parameters ccceceeeeeeeecceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeenaees 67 2 3 1 Measurement variant _MVAR cccccccccccceceeeeeeeee seca eeaeeeeeeeeceaaaeaeeeeeesesaaeaeeeeeeseeennieaeeeeeeteeeeees 67 2 3 2 Number of the measuring axis _MA cc cece ee eenee eee eene eee eneee ee eaee ee
151. 2 Radius DP6 r Length 1 basic measurement DP21 only if required Length 2 basic measurement DP22 only if required Calibration tool for tool probe on turning machine Tool type 5xy cutting edge position SL 3 The wear and other tool parameters must be assigned the value 0 30 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 General 7 8 Measurement principle 1 8 Measurement principle on the fly measurement NC Measuring cycle Act value Delete dist to go Act value sensing Position control The principle of on the fly measurement is implemented in the SINUMERIK control The probe signal is processed directly on the NC so that the delay when acquiring measured values is minimal This permits a higher measuring speed for the prescribed measuring precision and time needed for measuring is reduced Connecting probes Two inputs for connecting touch trigger probes are provided on the I O device interface of the SINUMERIK control systems Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 31 General 1 8 Measurement principle Measurement operation Measurement process principle Start position for measurement max measurement procedure position Reference position Go Meas path Meas path gt _FA _FA Actual po
152. 3 2 _MVAR 10093 _TNUM 1 _SETVAL 25 000 _SETV 3 0 000 _SETV 4 0 000 CYCLE996 MO GO Z100 BB P4 3 x _P4 0 Y P4 1 cc P4 4 Z P4 2 _MVAR 20091 _TNUM 1 _SETVAL 25 000 _SETV 3 0 000 _SETV 4 0 000 CYCLE996 MO measurement of GO Z100 BB P5 3 X _P5 0 Y _P5 1 CC _P5 4 Z _P5 2 _MVAR 20092 _TNUM 1 _SETVAL 25 000 _SETV 3 0 000 _SETV 4 0 000 CYCLE996 MO p ACEA SSeS sap EnEn 3 measurement of GO Z100 BB _P6 3 X _P6 0 Y _P6 1 cc _P6 4 Z _P6 2 _MVAR 20093 _TNUM 1 _SETVAL 25 000 SETV 3 0 000 _SETV 4 0 000 CYCLE996 MO _SETV 8 10 000000 260 _FA 3 _FA 3 _FA 3 _FA 3 _FA 3 Calculate kinematics rotary axis 1 000 TSA 6 000 _vMS 500 000 _PRNUM 1 rotary axis 1 000 _TSA 6 000 _vMS 500 000 _PRNUM 1 measurement of rotary axis 2 000 _TSA 6 000 _vMS 500 000 _PRNUM 1 rotary axis 2 000 _TSA 6 000 _vMS 500 000 _PRNUM 1 rotary axis 2 000 _TSA 6 000 _vMS 500 000 _PRNUM 1 no normalizing _MVAR 20001194 TNUM 1 _SETV 5 0 000 _SETV 6 0 000 _SETV 7 100 000000 CYCLE996 MSG Kinematics measurement lst rotary axis OK MO M02 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 1 General prerequisites 6 1 1 General information The measuring cycles below are intended for use on turning machines To be able to run the measuring cycles described in this
153. 41 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 4 CYCLE9 7 workpiece Measure hole shatt groove web rectangle parallel to axes 5 4 2 Measuring contour elements 5 4 2 1 General information Function Using this measuring cycle and various MVAR measuring variants the following contour elements can be measured _MVAR xxx1 hole _MVAR xxx2 shaft _ MVAR xxx3 groove _ MVAR xxx4 web _MVAR xxx5 rectangle inside _MVAR xxx6 rectangle outside If no tool offset or ZO correction is to be applied KKNUM 0 should be set Detailed information on the parameters see Parameter description section Description of the most important defining parameters Measuring principle for hole or shaft Measuring principle for hole Example G17 plane Actual hole Center found pee eel Setpoint hole in X start for axe zA ry measurement in Y 7 7 SN 7 hlh lCUN aa aan ee lt ordinate i 7 a l po aa SON i P J Sy i ae M Start position Setpoint i I center start for X abscissa j measurement in X Two points each are measured in the abscissa and ordinate The actual position of the center point CP in relation to workpiece zero is calculated from these four measured values The actual diameter is calculated from the two points in the ordinate The center of the abscissa is calculated from the two points in the abscissa Then the probe is positioned on this calcu
154. 5 2 CYCLE971 tool Measuring milling tools drills N T3 MEAS MPF N01 G17 G90 G94 NO5 T3 D1 Selection of the tool to be measured N10 M6 Insert tool offset active N15 GO SUPA z100 Position infeed axis with probe N16 SUPA X70 Y90 SPOS 15 Position X Y align cutting edge if needed N20 _CHBIT 3 0 _CBIT 12 0 Compensation of tool geometry internal cycle calculation of feedrate and speed during measurement with rotating spindle N30 TZL 0 04 TDIF 1 6 TSA 2 Parameters for cycle _PRNUM 1 vMs 0 NMSP 1 FA 3 EVNUM 0 N31 ID 2 2 MVAR 1 MA 103 Offset in X axis for length measurement N40 CYCLE971 Measure length with motionless spindle N50 SUPA X70 Retract from probe in X N70 ID 2 4 MA 1 MVAR 2 New offset for radius measurement N80 CYCLE971 Measure radius in minus X direction with rotating spindle N90 SUPA Z100 M2 Raise in Z end of program Explanation of example 1 Length 1 derived in block N40 and the radius derived in block N80 of the active tool T3 D1 are entered in the relevant geometry memory _CHBIT 3 0 if they e deviate by more than 0 04 mm _TZL 0 04 and e less than 1 6 mm _TDIF 1 6 from entered values L1 R If the differences are 2 _TDIF or __TSA alarms are output Values are corrected without empirical values _EVNUM 0 Wear values L1 and R of the tool are reset _CHBIT 3 0 MAWA Z1 _TP 0 4 STROS _TP 0 1 _TP 0 0 Example G17 measure too
155. 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 185 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 6 CYCLE979 workpiece Measure hole shaft groove rib at an angle Parameter See also 186 Parameter Data type Meaning _MVAR 101 ZO calculation in hole with ZO compensation 102 ZO calculation on shaft with ZO compensation 103 ZO calculation in groove with ZO compensation 104 ZO calculation on web with ZO compensation _SETVAL REAL gt 0 Setpoint diameter width acc to drawing _CPA REAL Center point of abscissa with reference to workpiece zero _CPO REAL Center point of ordinate with reference to workpiece zero _STAL 360 to Start angle 360 degrees _1D REAL Incremental lifting of applicate with prefix only measure with web lift for crossing _INCA 360 to Indexing angle only for measuring hole or shaft 360 useful values for 3 point measurement 120 120 degrees degrees useful values for four point measurement 90 90 degrees _RF REAL gt 0 Feed for circular interpolation mm min only measure for hole and or shaft _KNUM 0 gt 0 0 without automatic ZO correction gt 0 with automatic ZO correction Individual values see Parameter description section Description of the most important defining parameters Parameter KNUM The following additional parameters are also valid _VMS _CORA _TSA _FA _PRNUMand _NMSP _CORA only relevant for monodirectional probe Th
156. 7 G505 G599 1000 automatic offset in basic frame G500 1011 1026 automatic ZO correction in 1st to 16th basic frame 2000 automatic ZO in system frame 9999 automatic ZO correction in active frame G54 G57 G505 G599 or with active G500 in the last active channel specific basic frame _MA INT Offset axis measuring axis gt 0 102 Offset axis 301 Measuring axis _MD INT for _MVAR 1xx10x only for _MVAR 1xx10x only _MVAR INT Measuring variant gt 0 105 106 1105 Difference measurement not with mono probe _NMSP INT Number of measurements at the same location _PRNUM INT Probe type workpiece probe number gt 0 321 T LI _ 2 digit number Calibrate 2 digit number in hole with unknown center l 1 Mono probe 0 Multi probe number of the data field assigned to the workpiece probe GUD6 _WP _PRNUM 2 digit 1 _RA INT _RA 0 coordinate system is rotated _RA gt 0 Number of round axis in which the correction is undertaken _RF REAL _SETVAL REAL Setpoint at measuring point 1 in the measuring Setpoint at measuring point P1 in the applicate axis not for MVAR 1xx10x not for _MVAR 1xx10x _SETV O REAL Distance between measuring points P1 and P3 in ordinate _STA1 REAL Setpoint angle Setpoint for angle about the abscissa _SZA REAL a _SZO REAL _TDIF REAL a Measuring cycles 442 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters
157. 75 Measure hole 175 Measure kinematics 238 Measure shaft 175 Measure tool machine related 271 Measuring cycle support in the program editor from SW 6 2 360 Measuring a surface 160 Measuring a web 175 Measuring accuracy 35 Measuring axis number 67 Measuring cycle user programs 87 Measuring in JOG _ 475 Index Function 89 Measuring strategy 36 95 Measuring tool 110 287 Measuring turning tools 263 Measuring variant 67 Measuring velocity 33 76 Mono probe 22 Monodirectional probe 22 N Number of the measuring axis 67 O Offset for mono probe setting 69 Offset number with flat D number structure 72 on the fly measurement 31 P Parameter overview 63 Parameters for checking the measurement result and offset 39 Probe number 79 Probe type 79 Probes that can be used 22 R Reference points at machine and workpiece 17 Result parameters 65 S Safe area 39 Setting up a corner with definition of distances and angles 209 Starting position Setpoint position 32 Switching edge probe 400 E T Tolerance bottom limit 40 Tolerance parameters 77 Tolerance top limit 40 Tool 4 Measure turning and milling tools 277 Tool measurement for drills 93 o 476 Tool measurement for milling tools 93 Tool measurements 14 Tool name 68 Tool number 68 U User Program after the end of the measurement 87 before undertaking measurement 87 V
158. 9 D1 DIAMON Activate ZO select the tool offset of probe Position before cycle call N20 MVAR 0 _SETVAL 18 MA 1 MD 1 _TZL 0 7Set parameters for calibration in _TSA 1 _PRNUM 1 VMS 0 NMSP 1 FA 3 minus 7Z direction _SETVAL is negative N30 CYCLE973 Cycle call N40 GO 290 Retraction in Z N50 X146 Retraction in X N100 M2 7End of program Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 4 CYCLE973 Calibrating workpiece probes Explanation of example The surface with position Z 18 is approached in the Z axis in the minus direction _SETVAL 18 _MA 1 MD 1 Actual calibration starts _FA 3 mm in front of the surface The workpiece probe is then calibrated and ends up facing the surface again at distance _FA from it The new trigger value in minus Z is entered in the data of probe 1 _WP 0 1 and in the result field _OVR The original position is approached in block N40 N50 6 4 3 3 Operational sequence Position before measuring cycle call The starting point must be a position facing the calibration surface Position after end of measuring cycle On completion of calibration the probe is positioned facing the calibration surface at distance _FA Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 331 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 5 CYCLE9 4 workpiece 1 point measurement 6 5 CYCLE974 workpiece 1 point measuremen
159. A and _FA are fulfilled The precise length and radius of the calibration tool must be stored in a tool offset data block This tool offset must be active when the measuring cycle is called Tool type 120 can be entered There is no special calibration tool type Machining plane G17 G18 or G19 must be defined before the cycle is called All the necessary parameters have been assigned values Parameter Value Meaning _MVAR 100000 Calibrate tool probe automatically machine related 100010 Calibrate tool probe automatically workpiece related _FA gt 0 Measurement path The following additional parameters are also valid VMS _TZL TSA _PRNUM _TDand_NMSP Set offset ID 0 as standard Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers See also 5 2 4 2 Calibrate tool probe automatically machine related for G17 Measuring cycles 5 2 CYCLE971 tool Measuring milling tools drills Variable measuring velocity VMS Page 76 Tolerance parameters _TZL TMV _TUL _TLL _TDIF and _TSA Page 77 Probe type probe number _PRNUM Page 79 Multiple measurement at the same location _NMSP Page 81 Programming example Values of the calibration tool T7 D1 Tool type DP1 120 Length 1 geometry DP3 L1 70 123 Radius geometry DP6 R 5 000 Values of tool probe 1 in block GUD6 before calibrat
160. ALNUM The associated array _KB in data block GUD6 DEF is KB _CALNUM 1 The dimensions of the reference groove must already be stored in array _KB of data block GUD6 DEF for the groove selected via _CALNUM The workpiece probe must be called as a tool with a tool offset Parameter Data type Meaning _MVAR Calibration variant 1 3 Calibrate in groove machine related 0 1 13 Without determining position deviation of probe 1 1 3 With determining position deviation of probe 1 1 3 1 axis direction specify meas axis _MA and axis direction _MD 2 1 13 2 axis directions specify measuring axis _MA O 11 13 Without determining diameter of probe ball 1 11 J3 Determining diameter of probe ball _MA 1 2 Measuring axis _MD 0 positive axis direction Measuring direction for MVAR x1x13 only 1 negative axis direction _CALNUM INTEGER Number of reference groove calibration groove _PRNUM INTEGER Probe number Additional parameters VMS TZL TSA _FAand_ NMSP also apply Note When _MVAR x1x13 calibration is only performed in one direction It is not possible to determine position deviation or calculate probe ball NOTICE The first time calibration is performed the default setting in the array of the probe is still 0 For that reason _TSA gt probe ball radius must be programmed to avoid alarm Safe area violated Measuring cycles Programmin
161. AX_CUTTING_EDGE_NO 1000 the D number contains 5 digits and _KNUM therefore has 9 digits References FB W1 Tool Compensation The D number is contained in the five lowest digits of IKKNUM This is automatically recognized in the cycles by the MD settings The remaining digits of KNUM still have the same meaning but have been shifted two places along 98765 43 21 B D number 0 1 Automatic correction of the length effective in the measuring axis or set up and or additive correction as of measuring cycles SW 6 3 2 Radius correction or set up and or additive correction as of measuring cycles SW 6 3 Normal inverted correction prefix wrong 0 normal 1 inverted prefix wrong Correction relates to 6th position Correction of L1 Correction of L2 Correction of L3 Radius correction BRWN O Correction in length and or radius Correction in setup additive correction Correction in length and or radius according to _TENV Correction in setup additive correction according to TENV From measuring cycles SW 6 3 Wwn o Measuring cycles 72 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Parameter description 2 3 6 Parameter Measuring cycles 2 3 Description of the most important defining parameters Correcting setup and additive offset in workpiece measurement _DLNUM Setup and additive offsets are assigned to the tool and a D number Each D number can
162. BIT 17 1 and _FA gt 1 probing is performed twice The fast measuring feed _SPEED 3 is used for the first probing After the probe has switched it is retracted by 2 mm This is followed by actual measurement with the feedrate programmed in _VMS Measurement retraction velocity Retraction from the measuring point is usually performed with the same speed _SPEED 1 2 or percentage of the rapid traverse as approach to the intermediate position see above However while collision monitoring _CHBIT 2 1 is active it is possible with CHBIT 16 1 to switch to the percentage of rapid traverse in _SPEED O _TP_CF Tool probe type manufacturer Min input limit 0 Max input limit 2 Changes valid after value assignment Protection level Units Data type INTEGER Significance Applies to tool measurement with rotating spindle CYCLE9771 only Preset default 0 No data 0 1 TT130 Heidenhain 2 TS27R Renishaw _MT_COMP Measurement result offset for tool measurement with rotating spindle CYCLE971 only Min input limit 0 Max input limit 2 Changes valid after value assignment Protection level Units Data type INTEGER Significance Preset default 0 No compensation 0 1 cycle internal offset only active if _TP_CF lt gt 0 2 offset via user defined offset table Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0
163. BIT 2 SD55600 SCS_MEA_COLLISION_MONITORING _CHBIT 3 Can be used but is not a new MD SD _CHBIT 4 Can be used but is not a new MD SD _CHBIT 5 Can be used but is not a new MD SD _CHBIT 6 Can be used but is not a new MD SD _CHBIT 7 Can be used but is not a new MD SD _CHBIT 8 Can be used but is not a new MD SD _CHBIT 9 No function is assigned to this GUD _CHBIT 10 SD SCS_MEA_RESULT_DISPLAY _CHBIT 11 Can be used but is not a new MD SD _CHBIT 12 No function is assigned to this GUD _CHBIT 13 SD55602 SCS_MEA_COUPL_SPIND_COORD _CHBIT 14 SD55604 SCS_MEA_SPIND_MOVE_DIR _CHBIT 15 SD55606 SCS_MEA_NUM_OF_MEASURE _CHBIT 16 SD55608 SCS_MEA_RETRACTION_FEED _CHBIT 17 SD55610 SCS_MEA_FEED_TYP _CHBIT 18 Can be used but is not a new MD SD _CHBIT 19 MD52605 MCS_MEA_TURN_CYC_SPECIAL_MODE _CHBIT 20 Can be used but is not a new MD SD _CHBIT 21 Can be used but is not a new MD SD _CHBIT 22 Can be used but is not a new MD SD _CHBIT 23 Can be used but is not a new MD SD _CHBIT 24 No function is assigned to this GUD _EVMVNUM 0 SD55622 SCS_MEA_EMPIRIC_VALUE _EVMVNUM 1 SD55624 SCS_MEA_AVERAGE_VALUE _EV n SD55623 SCS_MEA_EMPIRIC_VALUE n _MV n SD55625 SCS_MEA_AVERAGE_VALUE n _SPEED O SD55630 SCS_MEA_FEED_RAPID_IN_PERCENT _SPEED 1 SD55631 SCS_MEA_FEED_PLANE_VALUE _SPEED 2 SD55632 SCS_MEA_FEED_FEEDAX_VALUE _SPEED 3 SD55633 SCS_MEA_FEED_FAST_MEASURE Measuring cycles Programming Ma
164. C5398 4BP10 2BA0 197 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 7 CYCLE998 workpiece Angle measurement and ZO determination _STA1 set angle The setting in MA makes all 3 measurement planes possible The set angle _STA1 therefore refers to the positive direction of the offset axis and is negative in the clockwise direction positive in the counterclockwise direction Reference for angle _STA 1 is offset axis M Example G17 x1 The set angle STA1 specifies the required angle between the edge and the positive direction of the offset axis In the case of STA1 0 the edge is aligned paraxially with regards to the offset axis after correction With measuring variants Positioning at an angle _ MVAR 00x105 _STA1 is also used for positioning The positioning angle is formed together with _TSA STA1 should therefore deviate only a little from the measured angle Prerequisite The probe must be called as a tool with a tool length offset Tool type preferably 710 When using the cycle on a turning machine set type 5xy and _CBIT 14 0 Measuring cycles 198 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 7 CYCLE998 workpiece Angle measurement and ZO determination Procedure with MVAR 00x105 Intermediate positioning at an angle Position before measuring cycle call Intermediate positioning at an angle Y1 ctual workpiece
165. Cutting edge position Cutting edge position Cutting edge position DP2 5or6 SL 5 SL i F ro be Length 1 geometry L1 n N Length 2 geometry L2 zi Radius DP6 r a DP22 The wear and other tool parameters must be assigned the value 0 Calibration gauging block 28 Calibrate workpiece probes Example Calibrate in reference nut SL 7 A probe must be calibrated before it can be used During calibration the triggering points switching points positional deviation skew and precise ball radius of the workpiece probe are determined and then entered in special data fields _WP in data block GUD6 DEF The default setting has data fields for 3 probes Up to 99 are possible Calibration of the workpiece probe on turning machines is usually performed with gauging blocks reference grooves The precise dimensions of the reference groove are known and entered in the relevant data fields _KB in data block GUD6 DEF The default setting has data fields for 3 calibration bodies The gauging block is selected in the program with variable CALNUM Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 General 1 7 Probe calibration body calibration tool It is also possible to calibrate on a known surface Use the same measuring velocity for calibrating and measuring A cycle with different measuring versions is provided for calibration 1 7 4 Measuring to
166. DP1 710 Length 1 geometry DP3 L1 50 000 Radius geometry DP6 R 3 000 Length 1 L1 must refer to the center of the probe ball _CBIT 14 0 as for calibration Careful when positioning Radius R in length L1 is ignored Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 8 CYCLE9671 workpiece Setup inside and outside corner o N CORNER SETUP 1 MPF N10 G54 G17 G90 T9 D1 Select ZO plane probe N20 GO z100 Position probe at positioning height N30 X100 Y70 Position probe in X Y plane above workpiece N50 MVAR 118 _SETV 0 50 _SETV 1 20 Measuring variant for external corner _SETV 2 150 _SETV 3 20 _SETV 4 15 coordinates of P1 to P4 _SETV 5 40 _SETV 6 15 _SETV 7 80 Measurement path 100 mm to expected edge _ID 60 max measurement path 200 mm N51 _VMS 0 _NMSP 1 _PRNUM 1 _FA 100 _KNUM 2 N60 CYCLE961 Cycle call N70 G55 7 Call corrected ZO G55 N80 GO XO YO Position probe in X Y plane above corner new zero point N100 M2 7End of program 5 8 3 3 Operational sequence Defining the 4 points The position of points P1 and P2 in relation to each other determines the direction of the abscissa axis X axis in G17 of the new coordinate system A negative offset between P1 and P2 in the abscissa X axis in G17 results in an additional rotation about 180
167. Distance between measuring points P1 and P2 in offset axis _RA 0 Offset of rotation about axis that is not contained in _MA gt 0 Channel axis number of rotary table The angular offset is applied in the translation component of the channel axis number rotary axis _MD INT O or 1 0 positive measuring direction 1 negative measuring direction only for variants with paraxial intermediate positioning _MVAR 10x10x _KNUM 0 gt 0 0 without automatic ZO correction gt 0 with automatic ZO correction Individual values see Parameter description section Description of the most important defining parameters Parameter KNUM 1 depending on planes The following additional parameters are also valid _VMS _CORA _TSA FA _PRNUM _EVNUM and _NMSP _CORA only relevant for monodirectional probe With _ TSA the difference of the angle is monitored and this value is additionally traversed to _STA1 with intermediate positioning at an angle TSA has the dimension unit degrees in this case NOTICE Precise angle definition requires a minimum surface finish at least at the measuring points The distances between the measuring points must be selected as large as possible 194 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers See also 5 7 CYCLE998 workpiece Angle measurement and ZO determination Variable measuring velocity VMS
168. E ccccccccsccssecsecsscssecesecssesecssessesseeceeesecsacsaecaecsecsecsaccaecseeesesseeassecseeaseaees 331 6 5 CYCLE974 workpiece 1 point measurement cccecceceeeeeeeeecaeeeeeeeeeeecaeeeeeeeeeseeieeeeeeeeteee 332 6 5 1 Function OVErViICW ccccccceccesccssecsceecssecssecesessecusessessessesusessasssusaesaacsaccaessecsecsaecseceseeescaaseseenseeaes 332 6 5 2 1 point measurement and ZO determination ccccccccescceceseescsecssesececescsaceecseeeccaesecsaeseeseeeees 335 6 5 2 1 General information senaera a aE E EAR iT aE E Ni Eaei 335 6 5 2 2 PR rearma nS srs citeresitnaoredidincdinuaireteodhuas tones a EE ER EK Ea a EENES Ea 337 6 5 2 3 Operational SEQUENCE cccccccceccssecsecsecssecesecssesecssessessssseessecsecsssscaecsecsecsaseseseecaetseeassaeseesaeeaees 338 6 5 3 1 point measurement and tool offset eee ccccseccsececssecssessesecssecseeseesecsaecsseceuesuesecsaecaeeseeeeeeas 338 6 5 3 1 General information sisii i aa E S E Eiaa te 338 6 5 3 2 Programming example s ssssssssesesesiseesste sin tetatstetn nee Re anne Tee takarar eee ern ee 340 6 5 3 3 Operational SEQUENCE eriin aiaia aaa a a ae aa a a a 342 6 5 4 1 point measurement with reversal and tool offset ccccceeeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeesecseaeeeeess 343 6 5 4 1 General information cc cccccccscescesccsseceescoeesecssecssesessecusesssssesseecsecsascsecsecsecsaseaecaeseeesesaseseeseenaes 343 6 5 42 Programming
169. E973 Calibrating workpiece probes Result parameters Measuring cycle CYCLE973 returns the following values in block GUD5 for calibration 324 Parameters Data type Result _OVR 4 REAL Actual value probe ball diameter _OVR 5 REAL Difference probe ball diameter _OVR 8 REAL Trigger point in minus direction actual value abscissa _OVR 0 REAL Trigger point in plus direction actual value abscissa _OVR 2 REAL Trigger point in minus direction actual value ordinate _OVR 4 REAL Trigger point in plus direction actual value ordinate _OVR 9 REAL Trigger point in minus direction difference abscissa _OVR 11 REAL Trigger point in plus direction difference abscissa _OVR 3 REAL Trigger point in minus direction difference ordinate OVR 15 REAL Trigger point in plus direction difference ordinate _OVR 20 REAL Positional deviation abscissa _OVR 21 REAL Positional deviation ordinate _OVR 27 REAL Zero offset area _OVR 28 REAL Safe area _OVI 2 INTEGER Measuring cycle number OVI gt INTEGER _ Probe number OVI 9 INTEGER __ Alarm number Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 4 2 6 4 2 1 Function Measuring cycles Calibrating in the reference groove General information 6 4 CYCLE973 Calibrating workpiece probes With this measuring cycle and the _MVAR
170. EAL Dimension difference check _TMV REAL Offset range with mean value calculation a TR s s only active if GUD6 _CHBIT 4 1 _TNAME STRINGI Tool name alternative for _TNUM if tool management active _TENV STRING Name of tool surroundings for automatic tool offset _TNUM INT Tool number for automatic tool offset _TUL REAL Upper tolerance limit according to drawing REAL Lower tolerance limit according to drawing _TSA REAL Safe area _T4L REAL Zero offset area _VMS REAL Variable measuring velocity gt 0 for _VMS 0 150 mm min if _FA 1 300 mm min if _FA gt 1 CYCLE982 Workpiece measurements Parameter Type Possible measuring axes GUDS Abscissa _MA ordinate _MA 2 for G17 X 1 Y 2 for G18 Z 1 X 2 for G19 Y 1 Z 2 Calibrating tool probe Measuring tool Automatic tool measurement Machine Workpiece Machine Workpiece Machine Workpiece related related related related related related _CORA REAL Offset angle after reversal when measuring milling tools 0 359 5 _CPA REAL _CPO REAL _EVNUM INT 20 Empirical value memory number number of data field GUD5 _EV _EVNUM 1 _FA REAL gt 0 Measurement path in mm _ID REAL _ INCA REAL H t i 0 360 degrees _K INT _KNUM INT ce
171. EAL Safe area _OVR 29 REAL Dimensional difference _OVR 30 REAL Empirical value _OVR 31 REAL Mean value Ovi 0 INTEGER D number or ZO number OVI 2 INTEGER Measuring cycle number OVI 4 INTEGER Weighting factor OVI 5 INTEGER Probe number _OVI 6 INTEGER Mean value memory number OVI 7 INTEGER Empirical value memory number _OVI 8 INTEGER Tool number Ovi 9 INTEGER Alarm number _OVI 11 INTEGER Status offset request _OVI 13 INTEGER DL number 1 for workpiece measurement with tool offset only 2 for ZO correction only Measuring cycle CYCLI E977 supplies the following values as results in data block GUD5 depending on the rectangle measurement _MVAR xxx5 xxx6 measuring variant 140 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 4 CYCLE9 7 workpiece Measure hole shatt groove web rectangle parallel to axes Parameters Datatype Result _OVR 0 REAL Setpoint value rectangle length in the abscissa _OVR 1 REAL Setpoint value rectangle length in the ordinate _OVR 2 REAL Setpoint for rectangle center point abscissa _OVR 3 REAL Setpoint for rectangle center point ordinate _OVR 4 REAL Actual value for rectangle length in the abscissa OVR 5 REAL Actual v
172. Hole e Shaft e Groove e Web e Inside rectangle e Outside rectangle Measure paraxially Shaft Measure paraxially Web Hole D j Groove i Dai a Fi Z TE Z So Act Z Z 4 lt gt 1 1e x 5 Woe Woes We Wess af xe x xo Measure paraxially Inside rectangle Outside rectangle Measure paraxially with protection zone Example Inside rectangle Measurement is performed paraxially to the workpiece coordinate system In some measuring variants defined safety zones are taken into account during the measuring operation Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers CYCLE977 can e measure the contour elements and additionally either e perform an automatic tool offset for a specified tool based on the differences in diameter or width or e a zero offset ZO based on the differences between the center positions Workpiece probe types that can be used e Multidirectional probe _PRNUM xy e Monodirectional bidirectional probe _PRNUM 1xy Programming CYCLE977 Measurement variants Measuring cycle CYCLI parameter MVAR 5 4 CYCLE9 7 workpiece Measure hole shatt groove web rectangle parallel to axes E977 permits the following measuring variants which are specified via Value Measurement variant Measure hole with tool offset Measure shaft with to
173. INUMERIK 840d HMI sl Operating Manual Milling Chapter Machine set up Measuring the workpiece zero Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 89 Measuring in JOG Measuring cycles 90 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 1 General prerequisites 5 1 1 General information The measuring cycles below are intended for use on milling machines and machining centers Under certain conditions workpiece measuring cycles CYCLE976 CYCLE977 and CYCLE978 can also be used on turning machines To be able to run the measuring cycles described in this chapter the following programs must be stored in the part program memory of the control The measuring cycle data are defined in the data blocks e GUD5 DEF e GUD6 DEF Note As of HMI sl software version 2 6 The GUD parameters are stored in the machine or setting data A correspondence assignment list of the measuring cycle GUD parameters GUD modules and measuring programs used up to and including measuring cycles version 7 5 compared to the machine and setting data as of measuring cycles version 2 6 is included in appendices A1 A2 and A3 5 1 2 Overview of measuring cycles Cycle Function CYCLE961 Workpiece Setup inside and outside corner CYCLE971 Tool measurement for milling tools calibrate tool probe CYCLE976 Calibrate workpie
174. L Difference Sphere diameter Angle Angle about 2nd sphere 1 abscissa _OVR 17 REAL Difference Center point coordinates Angle about for abscissa 2nd sphere ordinate _OVR 18 REAL Difference Center point coordinates for ordinate 2nd sphere _OVR 19 REAL Difference Center point coordinates for applicate 2nd sphere _OVR 20 REAL Actual value Angle with Sphere diameter 3rd abscissa axis sphere MCS Compensation value Angle _OVR 21 REAL Actual value Corner point in Center point coordinates abscissa MCS for abscissa 3rd sphere Pan Compensation value Angle about abscissa Measuring cycles 446 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters Result parameters measurement milling and machining centers GUD5 Type Meaning CYCLE961 CYCLE997 CYCLE998 1 angle 2 angle OVR 22 REAL Actual value Corner point in Center point coordinates ordinate MCS for ordinate 3rd sphere i Compensation value Angle about ordinate _OVR 23 REAL Actual value Center point coordinates for applicate 3rd sphere Compensation value Angle about applicate _OVR 24 REAL Difference Sphere diameter 3rd sphere 1
175. M INTEGER Error number 61316 or 61317 possible Note This cycle is called as a subroutine by for example measuring cycle CYCLE979 _N Circle MPF DEF INT ALM DEF REAL DATE 13 3 0 10 10 0 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 CYCLE116 _DATE _ALM MO STOPRE M30 73 points specified P1 0 10 Result _DATE 9 0 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring cycle help programs 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 2 Function Example Function Measuring cycles 3 3 Measuring cycle user programs Measuring cycle user programs General information Measuring cycle user programs CYCLE198 and CYCLE199 are called in the measuring cycles and can be used to program necessary adjustments before or after a measurement e g activate probe position spindle Note As of measuring cycle version V2 6 the user cycles CYCLE198 and CYCLE199 are combined in the cycle CUST_MEACYC References HMI sl SINUMERIK 840D sl Commissioning Manual CUST_MEACYC User program before after measurements are performed CYCLE198 is called at the beginning of each measuring cycle It can be used to program actions necessary before starting a measurement e g activate probe In the as delivered state this cycle only contains one CASE statement that executes a jump to a label with subsequent M17 end of subroutine for each measuring cycle _M977 before measurement in CYCLE977 M17
176. MON is active then _SETVAL is a diameter dimension otherwise a radius dimension around the workpiece zero _MA 1 2 31 Measuring axis _SZA REAL Protection zone at the workpiece in the abscissa2 If the abscissa is a transverse axis and diameter programming DIAMON is active then _SZA is a diameter dimension otherwise a radius dimension around the workpiece zero _SZO REAL Protection zone at the workpiece in the ordinate2 If the ordinate is a transverse axis and diameter programming DIAMON is active then _SZO is a diameter dimension otherwise a radius dimension around the workpiece zero _KNUM 0 gt 0 0 Without automatic tool offset gt 0 with automatic tool offset individual values See Section 2 3 parameter _KNUM _TNUM INTEGER 20 Tool number for automatic tool offset _TNAME STRING 32 Tool name for automatic tool offset alternative to TNUM with tool management active _DLNU INTEGER 20 DL number for additive and setup offset _TENV STRING 32 Name of tool environment for automatic tool offset 1 Measurement in the 3rd axis of the plane is also possible provided this axis exists _MA 3 if G18 is in the Y axis 2 For measurement in the 3rd axis in G18 in Y _SZO applies in this axis SZA still applies in the 1st axis in the plane Z axis in G18 Travel around is performed in the 1st axis of the plane Z axis in G18 Setting _CHBIT 19 1 in block GUD6 enables the same setpoint and safety zone parameterization
177. MV Mean values Min input limit Max input limit Changes valid after value assignment Protection level Units Data type REAL Significance Index k stands for the number of the current array Preset default _MV k Number of empirical values 0 Data block GUD6 DEF _EVMVNUM Number of empirical values and mean values Min input limit 0 Max input limit Changes valid after value assignment Protection level Units Data type INTEGER Significance Preset default _EVMVNUM 0 Number of empirical values 20 _EVMVNUM 1 Number of mean values 20 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 395 Data description 9 2 Cycle data _ SPEED Traversing velocities for intermediate positioning Min input limit 0 Max input limit Changes valid after value assignment Protection level Units Data type REAL Significance Preset default _SPEED 0 Interim positioning in measuring cycle with rapid traverse 50 velocity as during inactive collision monitoring values between 1 and 100 _SPEED 1 Interim positioning in measuring cycle in the plane with 1000 mm min collision monitoring active _SPEED 2 Interim positioning in measuring cycle with positioning in 1000 mm min the feed axis with collision monitoring active _SPEED 3 Fast measuring feed 900 mm min Note If necessary
178. Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 97 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 2 CYCLE971 tool Measuring milling tools drills Structure of user arrays _MT_EC_R m 0 m 1 m 2 m 3 m 4 _MT_EC_L n m n 0 0 1 Radius 2 Radius 3 Radius 4 Radius n 1 1 Peripheral Compensation Compensation Compensation Compensation speed value for 1st value for 2nd value for 3rd value for 4th radius radius radius radius 1 Peripheral 1 Peripheral 1 Peripheral 1 Peripheral speed speed speed speed n 2 2 Peripheral Compensation Compensation Compensation Compensation speed value for 1st value for 2nd value for 3rd value for 4th radius radius radius radius 2 Peripheral 2 Peripheral 2 Peripheral 2 Peripheral speed speed speed speed n 3 3 Peripheral Compensation Compensation Compensation Compensation speed value for 1st value for 2nd value for 3rd value for 4th radius radius radius radius 3 Peripheral 3 Peripheral 3 Peripheral 3 Peripheral speed speed speed speed n 4 4 Peripheral Compensation Compensation Compensation Compensation speed value for 1st value for 2nd value for 3rd value for 4th radius radius radius radius 4 Peripheral 4 Peripheral 4 Peripheral 4 Peripheral speed speed speed speed n 5 5 Peripheral Compensation Compensation Compensation Compensation speed value for 1st value for 2nd value for 3rd value for 4th radius radius radius radius 5 Peripheral 5 Peripheral
179. Measure enter vectors Result bit 0 No 1 Yes Yes vectors editable Vector chain closed Vector chain open No normalizing X axis normalizing Y axis normalizing Z axis normalizing 0 No normalizing 1 X axis normalizing 2 Y axis normalizing 3 Zaxis normalizing Protocol file No Yes protocol format as TC_CARR Parameter Yes TRAORI 1 protocol format as TC_CARR Parameter and as TRAORI machine data Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 255 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 10 CYCLE996 workpiece Measure kinematics 5 10 7 2 Result parameters intermediate results Result parameters When Measure kinematics is selected and both rotary axes _OVR 40 33 are measured the CYCLE996 measuring cycle makes the following values available as results in data block GUD5 Parameter Data type Result _OVR 1 REAL Offset vector 11 TC_CARR1 n X component _OVR 2 REAL Offset vector 11 TC_CARR2 n Y component _OVRI3 REAL Offset vector 11 TC_CARR3J n Z component _OVR 4 REAL Offset vector 12 TC_CARR4 n X component _OVRIS REAL Offset vector 12 TC_CARR5 n Y component _OVRI6 REAL Offset vector I2 TC_CARR6 n Z component _OVR T REAL Rotary axis vector V1 TC_CARR7 n X component _OVR 8 REAL Rotary axis vector V1 TC_CARR8 n Y component _OVR 9 REAL Rotary axis vector V1 TC_CARR9Jn
180. MoeT measurem N20 SPOS 0f Two point measurem SNA a i Call screen form Workpiece measurement for turning machines CYCLE974 1 point measurement Doo Call screen form Workpiece measurement for turning machines CYCLE994 2 point measurement i Back to selection menu turning Measuring cycles 363 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Miscellaneous functions 7 2 Measuring cycle support in the program editor NC MEASURE TURN_1POINT NOS G1 G18 G54 G90 F2000 DIAMONY N10 T 3D_PROBE N15 Mo6T N20 SPOS 0f N25 X30 2507 N30 X257 MUAR 0 _SETUAL 22 678 _MA 2 _FA 2 _TSA 0 15 _KNUM 1 CHBIT 6 0 _C HBIT 8 0 _PRNUM 3 _UMS 0 _NMSP 1 f TZL 0 005 _TDIF 0 075 _TUL 0 06 _TLL 0 06 _CHBIT 4 0 _TMU 0 04 _ K 1 _EVNUM 0 _TNUM 0 _TNAME T_12 T Measuring cycles 364 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Miscellaneous functions 7 2 Measuring cycle support in the program editor 7 2 1 3 Softkey bars for milling Vertical softkey menu for milling technology 05 G1 G17 G54 G90 F2000f 10 T 3D_PROBE me Calibrate probe Workpiece measure Calibrate TL probe Tool measure Lara Call screen form for CYCLE976 Calibrate workpiece probe for milling machines e i Call new vertical softkey menu for selection measure workpiece T i Call screen form for CYCLE971 Calibrate tool probe for milling machines raa Call sc
181. NE _CHBIT 22 Only active for CYCLE971 with rotating spindle and multiple measurement with rotating spindle and multiple measurement 0 last measurement with reduced speed at _CBIT 12 0 1 no speed reduction _CHBIT 23 Only active for CYCLE982 Recoding of tool point direction during tool measurement 0 No recoding 1 internal recoding tool point direction mirroring about X 9 2 6 2 Detailed description Measurement input for workpiece measurement _CHBIT 0 0 Meas input 1 is used for workpc measurement _CHBIT O 1 Meas input 2 is used for workpc measurement Measurement input for tool measurement _CHBIT 1 0 Meas input 1 is used for tool measurement _CHBIT 1 1 Meas input 2 is used for tool measurement Collision monitoring for intermediate positioning Measuring cycles _CHBIT 2 0 OFF _CHBIT 2 1 ON Intermediate positions that are calculated and approached by the measuring cycles are interrupted as soon as the measuring probe supplies a switching signal When aborted interrupted collision an alarm message is generated Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 401 Data description 9 2 Cycle data Tool offset mode with tool measurement _CHBIT 3 0 First time measurement The determined tool data length and radius are written into the geometry data of the tool The wear is dele
182. O 9 Can be used but is not a new MD SD _ID Can be used but is not a new MD SD _TNUM Can be used but is not a new MD SD _TNAME Can be used but is not a new MD SD _TUL Can be used but is not a new MD SD _TLL Can be used but is not a new MD SD _KNUM Can be used but is not a new MD SD _RA Can be used but is not a new MD SD _MD Can be used but is not a new MD SD _SZA Can be used but is not a new MD SD _SZO Can be used but is not a new MD SD _CPA Can be used but is not a new MD SD _CPO Can be used but is not a new MD SD _STA1 Can be used but is not a new MD SD _INCA Can be used but is not a new MD SD _RF Can be used but is not a new MD SD _CORA Can be used but is not a new MD SD _VMS Can be used but is not a new MD SD _FA Can be used but is not a new MD SD Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Appendix A 1 Comparison of GUD parameters up to measuring cycles version 7 5 and GUD parameters as of measuring cycles ver GUD up to Version 7 5 MD SD as of Version 2 6 _NMSP Can be used but is not a new MD SD _PRNUM Can be used but is not a new MD SD _EVNUM Can be used but is not a new MD SD _TZL Can be used but is not a new MD SD _TMV Can be used but is not a new MD SD _TDIF Can be used but is not a new MD SD _TSA Can be used but is not a new MD SD K Can be used but is not a new MD SD _CALNUM Can be used but is not a new MD SD Se
183. OBE_LENGTH_RELATE E_MESS_MS_MONO D55772 SCS_J_MEA_SET_CAL_MODE _MC_SIMSIM D55618 SCS_MEA_SIM_ENABLE _MC_SIMDIFF D55619 SCS_MEA_SIM_MEASURE_DIFF General information Page 91 Overview of the auxiliary programs required Page 261 General information Page 378 Overview of measuring cycle parameters Page 421 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 419 Appendix A 3 Changes to names of cycle programs and GUD modules A 3 See also 420 Changes to names of cycle programs and GUD modules The following measuring programs have been renamed or deleted from measuring cycle version 2 6 lg Name of GUD up to Version Cycle Name as of Version 2 6 CYC_JMC Cycle131 CYC_JMA Cycle132 Cycle198 CUST_MEACYC Cycle199 CUST_MEACYC Cycle100 Program is no longer available Cycle101 Program is no longer available Cycle105 Program is no longer available Cycle106 Program is no longer available Cycle107 Program is no longer available Cycle108 Program is no longer available Cycle113 Program is no longer available Cycle118 Program is no longer available Cycle972 Program is no longer available E_SP_NPV Program is no longer available CYC_JM Program is no longer available GUD5 Module no longer available GUD6 Module no longer available GUD7 Module no longer available GUD7_MC Module no longer available
184. OF N20 _CHBIT 3 0 Offset in the geometry N30 T1 D1 Selection of the tool to be measured N40 SUPA 2285 X450 Starting position for alignment N50 CYCLE800 0 TURN 200 57 0 0 0 0 90 0 0 0 0 1 0 Tool alignment N60 SUPA 2120 X450 Starting position for measurement N70 MVAR 2 ID 0 PRNUM 1 FA 3 TSA 3 TDIF 2 TZL 0 VMS 0 NMSP 1 EVNUM 0 N80 CYCLE982 Measure tool L1 and L2 N90 M30 Explanation of example After approaching the starting position for alignment the tool is aligned with CYCLE800 see Programming Manual Cycles function Tool alignment This changes the cutting edge position from 3 basic position of tool carrier to 4 The change in cutting position is detected within the cycle i e no data entries need to be made Following alignment the starting position for measurement is approached The measuring procedure and the offset strategy that follow are the same as for the measuring variants when the tool carrier is in its basic position 6 3 9 3 Measuring milling drilling tools 90 multiples of the tool position Requirement Measuring cycles When measuring drilling and milling tools the setting data D42950 TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE must 2 i e lengths are assigned to the axes in the same way as on turning tools The active level must be G18 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 319 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools Programming examp
185. P INT Number of measurements at the same location gt 0 _ PRNUM INT Probe type workpiece probe number gt 0 321 E H 2 digit number Calibrate 2 digit number in hole with unknown center 1 Mono probe 0 Multi probe number of the data field assigned to the workpiece probe GUD6 _WP _PRNUM 2 digit 1 _RA INT o os un oa Ee a a _RF REAL e sis on Sen a ae ee _SETVAL REAL Setpoint according to drawing Setpoint _SETV 8 REAL ai a aes ee ome oe eee a _STAL1 REAL ioe a fone Joos Ae ane as 0 360 degrees _SZA REAL Protection zone in abscissa only for _MVAR 1xxx Measuring cycles 432 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters CYCLE977 Workpiece measurements _S2ZO REAL Protection zone in ordinate only for _MVAR 1xxx _TDIF REAL Dimension difference check _TMV REAL Offset range with mean value calculation _TNAME STRING Tool name alternative for _TNUM if tool management active _TENV STRING Name of tool surroundings for automatic tool offset _TNUM INT Tool number for automatic tool offset _TUL REAL Upper tolerance limit according to drawing REAL Lower tolerance limit according to drawing _TSA REAL Safe area _T2L REAL Zero offse
186. P10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 3 CYCLE9 6 calibrate workpiece probe Explanation of example On cycle call the probe travels in the minus Z direction max 24 mm _FA 12 at measuring feedrate 300 mm min _VMS 0 _FA gt 1 If the probe is triggered within this measuring path of 24 mm length 1 geometry is calculated and entered in tool offset memory T9 D1 D3 The trigger value of probe 1 in the minus Z direction is used as the ball radius of the probe from T9 D1 DP6 and then entered in _WP 0 5 if CBIT 14 0 If CBIT 14 1 this value is 0 5 3 5 3 Operational sequence Position before measuring cycle call The probe should be positioned opposite the calibration surface such that it is deflected at the start of the cycle within the max measurement path of 2 x _FA mm Position after end of measuring cycle When the calibration procedure is completed the probe is positioned on the starting position Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 137 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 4 CYCLE9 7 workpiece Measure hole shatt groove web rectangle parallel to axes 5 4 5 4 1 Function 138 CYCLE977 workpiece Measure hole shaft groove web rectangle parallel to axes Function overview With this measuring cycle you can measure the dimensions of the following contour elements on a workpiece using different measuring variants e
187. P10 2BA0 205 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers N530 G1 F500 X20 Y25 N540 240 N550 _VMS 0 _PRNUM 1 TSA 20 _EVNUM 0 NMSP 1 _FA 40 STA1 0 _INCA 0 _MVAR 100106 MD 1 _ID 50 _SETV 0 35 _KNUM 4 N560 CYCLE998 N570 G57 N580 CYCLE800 1 0 57 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 N590 X20 Y25 N600 220 N610 MVAR 100 SETVAL 0 MA 3 _TSA 10 _FA 20 _KNUM 4 N620 CYCLE978 N625 G57 Zz 630 X20 Y 20 N640 2 5 N650 MVAR 105 MA 102 SETVAL 0 _RA 0 _STA1 0 N660 CYCLE998 N665 G57 N680 X20 Y 20 N690 2 5 N700 MVAR 100 MA 2 SETVAL 0 _FA 10 5 7 CYCLE998 workpiece Angle measurement and ZO determination Approach of the 1st MP for 72 angle measurement in the plane 7Positioning height in Z in which all 3 MPs 7can be approached Measuring velocity 300 mm min data field 1 for probe safe area 20 without empirical value number of measurements jat same position 1 measurement path 40 mm angles 1 and 2 0 2 angle measurement with paraxial positioning measurement yin minus direction distance in X between MP1 and MP2 50 mm in Y between MP1 and MP3 35 mm 7 ZO correction in G57 distance Call measuring cycle Activate ZO G57 Align swivel table probe is perpendicular above oblique surface Approach 1st MP in the plane Lower in Z about 20 mm above surface 7 ZO determination on surface setpoint 0 meas axis Z safe area 10 mm meas path 20 m
188. P4 The measuring depth is derived from the positioning height lowered by the value in _ID negative prefix After measurement at one point the probe is again raised to positioning height and traversed to the next point and then lowered again to measuring depth Point P2 is approached first followed by P1 P3 and P4 Position after end of measuring cycle 222 The probe is at the positioning height at point P4 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 9 CYCLE997 workpiece Measuring a sphere and ZO determination 5 9 CYCLE997 workpiece Measuring a sphere and ZO determination 5 9 1 Function overview Function With measuring cycle CYCLE997 different measuring variants can be used to measure e a sphere or e 3 equal sized spheres fixed to a common base workpiece Measure sphere at an angle Mego tie POETE parcial intermediate positioning on circular path Example G17 Example G17 3 measuring points in the plane Start angle Iz P2 Measurements can be performed paraxially with the workpiece coordinates system WCS or at an angle in the plane The center point position of sphere is derived from 4 or 5 measuring points around the circumference with a known diameter With an additional measurement the diameter can also be determined Intermediate positioning for measuring points P1 to P3 and
189. P4 determining circle in plane is performed with measuring variant at an angle on a circular path otherwise parallel with the axis Positioning in the infeed axis and between the spheres is always a linear movement CYCLE997 can measure the sphere and in addition automatically correct a zero offset ZO on the basis of the position of the center of the sphere With Measure 3 spheres the angles in space of the sphere grouping can also be determined The target of the ZO compensation can be selected with _KNUM Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 223 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 9 CYCLE997 workpiece Measuring a sphere and ZO determination Workpiece measuring probe type that can be used Prerequisite 224 Multidirectional probe _PRNUM xy LF gt Measure 3 spheres 4 Example _CBIT 14 0 Measurement is performed in all three coordinate axes Different lengths can be specified for the probe in _CBIT 14 e _CBIT 14 0 L1 referred to the probe ball center e _CBIT 14 1 L1 referred to circumference of probe ball center In measurement the same setting as for calibration of the workpiece probe must be used NOTICE Precise measurement is only possible with a probe calibrated under the measurement conditions i e working plane orientation of the spindle in the plane and measuring velocity are the same for both measurement and cali
190. Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 257 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 10 CYCLE996 workpiece Measure kinematics Parameters Data type Result _OVR 41 42 43 REAL 1 Measurement of 1st rotary axis _OVR 44 45 46 REAL 2 Measurement of 1st rotary axis _OVR 47 48 49 REAL 3 Measurement of 1st rotary axis _OVR 51 52 53 REAL 1 Measurement of 2nd rotary axis _OVR 54 55 56 REAL 2 Measurement of 2nd rotary axis _OVR 57 58 59 REAL 3 Measurement of 2nd rotary axis When the 1st measurement is begun the intermediate results ball center points of the rotary axis are deleted 1st measurement of 1st rotary axis gt Delete OVR 41 OVR 49 1st measurement of 2nd rotary axis gt Delete OVR 51 OVR 59 _OVR 60 61 62 REAL Actual value of rotary axis 1 for 1st 2nd 3rd measurement _OVR 63 64 65 REAL Actual value of rotary axis 2 for 1st 2nd 3rd measurement _OVR 66 67 68 REAL Rotary axis vectors V1xyz OVR 69 70 71 REAL Rotary axis vectors V2xyz 5 10 8 Programmable adjustable parameters The following parameters should be programmed in the main program for Measure kinematics with CYCLE996 _CHBIT 25 0 Only enter calculated offset vectors when the operator has acknowledged MO with NC Start e 1 Enter calculated offset vectors immediately no MO For Calculate kinematics and measurement variant Ente
191. R 20 _OVR 1 _OVR 3 0 Closure of the 14 I13 12 vector chain for fixed mounted machine kinematics Mixed kinematics 11 TC_CARR1 3 n 12 TC_CARR4 6 n 13 TC_CARR15 17 n to 14 TC_CARR18 20 n Corresponds _OVR 1 _OVR 3 _OVRI4 _OVRI 6 _OVR 15 _OVR 17 _OVR 18 _OVR 20 Closure of the 11 12 14 I3 vector chain for fixed mounted machine kinematics The result parameters that are not calculated 0 Intermediate results _OVR 32 to OVR 71 Intermediate results center point of the calibration ball XYZ and the status are saved in the fields from _OVRJ33 Parameters Data type Result _OVR 32 33 34 REAL Linear vectors of 1st rotary axis are not normalized _OVR 35 36 37 REAL Linear vectors of 2nd rotary axis are not normalized with the normalizing process The linear vectors are assigned to the concrete vectors of the kinematics 11 12 etc in accordance _OVR 40 REAL Measurement counter x0 1st measurement of 1st rotary axis begun x1 1st measurement of 1st rotary axis OK x2 2nd measurement of 1st rotary axis OK x3 3rd measurement of 1st rotary axis OK 0x 1st measurement of 2nd rotary axis begun 1x 1st measurement of 2nd rotary axis OK 2x 2nd measurement of 2nd rotary axis OK 3x 3rd measurement of 2nd rotary axis OK 33 Both rotary axes measured Measuring cycles
192. R x0x105 measuring variants it is possible to determine the angular position of a surface in the plane of the workpiece coordinate system Correction of angle for_RA 0 Correction of angle for _RA gt 0 Coordinate system in translation of round axis for measurement wai Example Turning table as C axis G17 measuring axis Y offset axis X Angle around Z A corrected Angle in Vf C axis x o 1 N Example G17 measuring axis Y offset axis X x1 rotation about Z _STA1 0 This can be used to determine and correct the rotation component in the zero offset ZO frame of the workpiece in the plane The rotation is corrected in such a way that the real position of the surface actual value adopts the required set angle _STA1 in the workpiece coordinate system when the corrected ZO frame is used The ZO to be corrected is specified in coded form with variable _KNUM gt 0 The ZO can be specified and corrected by various methods e g in various settable frames in various basic frames system frames If KNUMB 0 there is no ZO correction For detailed information on specifying _KNUM for the zero offset see Parameter description section Description of the most important defining parameters In addition to NUM another item of data is required to determine the type of angular offset in Parameter _RA needed e RA 0 Offset of rotation about 3rd axis that i
193. REAL Dimension difference check _TMV REAL _TNAME STRING 32 _TNUM INT sone ue ace janet _TUL REAL REAL _TSA REAL Safe area _TZL REAL Zero offset area _VMS REAL Variable measuring velocity gt 0 for _VMS 0 150 mm min if _FA 1 300 mm min if _FA gt 1 _CM REAL ran Cycle internal calculation of S F from GUD6 monitoring data in _CM data Only active if _CBIT 12 0 _MFS REAL Specification of S F by user in _MFS Peni Only active if _CBIT 12 1 ata Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 425 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters CYCLE973 Workpiece measurements Parameter Type Possible axes GUD5 Abscissa _MA 1 ordinate _MA 2 applicate _MA 3 for G17 X 1 Y 2 Z 3 for G18 Z 1 X 2 Y 3 for G19 Y 1 Z 2 X 3 Calibrating tool probes Machine related Workpiece related Reference groove Area _CALNUM INT Number of the gauging block number of the data field assigned GUD6 _KB _CALNUM 1 _CORA REAL cae fee _CPA REAL _CPO REAL _EVNUM INT SAA pace _FA REAL Measurement path in mm gt 0 ID REAL _INCA REAL AE eden _K INT _KNUM INT _MA INT Measuring axis 1 2 Measuring axis 1
194. RIK 840D sl Commissioning Commissioning Parameter Manual Manual CNC Manual NCK PLC Drive ADI4 Part 1 HMI sl Part 2 HMI Embedded HMI Advanced ShopMill ShopTurn Manufacturer service documentation SINUMERIK SINUMERIK Function Manual Tool management ISO Dialects SinuCOM Function Manual Basic Functions Extended Functions Special functions Synchronous Actions SINUMERIK EMC Guidelines SINAMICS 120 Function Manual Drive functions 840D sl Function Manual Safety Integrated Electronic documentation SINUMERIK SINAMICS Motors DOCONCD DOCONWEB 468 Recommended minimum scope of documentation Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Glossary Actual set difference Difference between measured and expected value Asynchronous subroutine Part program that can be started asynchronously to independently of the current program status using an interrupt signal e g Rapid NC input signal Blank measurement The blank measurement ascertains the position deviation and zero offset of the workpiece in the result of a gt workpiece measurement Calibrating tool Is a special tool usually a cylindrical stylus whose dimensions are known and that is used for precisely determining the distances between the machine zero and the probe trigger point o
195. Retraction axis by axis jEnd of program 295 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools Explanation of example 6 3 4 Function 296 The spindle is positioned at 15 degrees with SPOS Measuring point P1 is approached first The measuring process is initiated in the negative Z direction _MA 1 starting position with measuring velocity 300 mm min _VMS 0 _FA gt 1 The switching signal is expected by the probe 1 _PRNUM within a distance of 2 x _FA 2 mm Otherwise an alarm will be triggered Measurement is performed once _NMSP 1 After successful measurement tool T3 is _FA 3 mm tool radius in front of the probe The probe is then traveled around as shown in the figure On the opposite side of the probe P2 measurement is performed with a rotated spindle by 180 degrees The same cutting edge is then measured Measurement is performed with the spindle stopped and without reversal After successful measurement tool T3 is FA 3 mm tool radius in front of the probe The spindle remains in this position The radius and length L2 are determined precisely and tool parameters DP6 and DP4 of T3 D1 are entered The values in result parameter array OVR are also entered In block N180 N190 the tool returns to the starting position and the program then ends Automatic tool measurement This cycle and its various measuring variants are for measuring tools automatically
196. Retraction to the original point user X1 Start MEASUREMENT 1 ee ee Se ae 2 9 i o L eo ae End MEASUREMENT 6 2 point measurement external Procedure for inside measurement with MVAR 2 _MA 2 no safety zone active 1 2 Approach paths inside diameter user 3 to 5 Traverse paths generated by the cycle for measuring on the inside diameter 6 Retraction paths to the original point user x1 eS oe t Oy i F t v 14 1 i BS Start MEASURE M 2 ies eae E A End MEASURE Zi 2 point measurement inside Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 355 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 7 Complex example for tool measurement 6 7 Complex example for tool measurement Exercise The workpiece shown in the figure is to be measured with workpiece probe 1 with cutting edge position 7 inserted as tool T8 D1 in CYCLE974 This tool master is previously calibrated with CYCLE973 in reference groove 1 in both axes in the negative direction Measuring points P1 to P4 were machined with different tools T1 D1 to T4 D1 These tools are to be automatically corrected in the length according to measuring axis _MA without empirical and mean values x1 Calibrate workpiece probe and measure workpiece A RY Z Z1 Measur
197. SIEMENS SINUMERIK SINUMERIK 840D sl 840D 840Di sl 840Di 810D Measuring cycles HMI sl Programming Manual Valid for SINUMERIK 840D sI 840DE sl SINUMERIK 840Di sl 840DiE sl controls Software Version NCU system software for 840D sI 840DE sl 2 6 With measuring cycles HMI sl 2 6 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Preface General Parameter description Measuring cycle help programs Measuring in JOG Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines Miscellaneous functions Hardware software Data description OO 0O N O O A O N Start up hardware A O Alarm error and system messages _ Appendix List of abbreviations Parameter Feedback on the documentation Overview m oO O W gt Legal information Warning notice system This manual contains notices you have to observe in order to ensure your personal safety as well as to prevent damage to property The notices referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by a safety alert symbol notices referring only to property damage have no safety alert symbol These notices shown below are graded according to the degree of danger DANGER indicates that death or severe personal injury will result if proper precautions are not taken NWARNING indicates that death or severe personal injury may result if pro
198. TNUM OVI 9 INT Alarm number NC machine data MD Identifier Description Max input Default Value for number value value meas cycles 10132 MMC CMD TIMEOUT Monitoring time for MMC 100 1 3 command in part program 11420 LEN_PROTOCOL_FILE File size for log files 100 1 5 13200 MEAS_PROBE_LOW_ACTIV Switching characteristics of TRUE 0 0 probe 0 OV gt 24V 1 24V gt OV 18118 MM_NUM_GUD_MODULES Number of data blocks 9 7 7 18120 MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK Number of GUD variable names plus 10 30 in the control 18130 MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_CHAN Number of GUD variable names plus 40 130 per channel 18150 MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM Memory for values of the GUD plusO 12 161 28 321 variables 18170 MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_NAMES No of miscellaneous functions plus 40 70 cycles DRAM 18180 MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_PARAM No of miscellaneous functions plus 300 600 cycles DRAM 28020 MM_NUM_LUD_NAMES_TOTAL Number of LUD variables in plus 200 200 total in all program levels 28040 MM_NUM_LUD_VALUES_MEM Memory for values of the LUD plus 12 251 14 271 variables 28082 MM_SYSTEM_FRAME_MASK as Channel specific system frames 7FH 21H 21H from measuring cycle SW 6 BitO 5 1 1 for hardware NCU 3 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 451 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters NC machine data for measuring in JOG
199. T_DIR 0 _CM 6 SD54675 SNS_MEA_CM_FEEDFACTOR_1 0 _CM 7 SD54676 SNS_MEA_CM_FEEDFACTOR_2 0 _CM 3 SD54677 SNS_MEA_CM_MEASURING_ACCURACY 0 _CM 8 MD51618 MNS_MEA_CM_ROT_AX_POS_TOLJ 0 _CBIT 0 SD54655 SNS_MEA_REPEAT_ACTIVE _CBIT 1 SD54656 SNS_MEA_REPEAT_WITH_MO _CBIT 2 SD54657 SNS_MEA_TOL_ALARM_SET_MO _CBIT 3 No function is assigned to this GUD _CBIT 4 No function is assigned to this GUD _CBIT 5 SD54659 SNS_MEA_TOOL_MEASURE_RELATE _CBIT 6 No function is assigned to this GUD _CBIT 7 MD51610 MNS_MEA_TOOLCARR_ENABLE _CBIT 8 MD51612 MNS_MEA_MONO_COR_POS_ACTIVE _CBIT 9 No function is assigned to this GUD _CBIT 10 No function is assigned to this GUD _CBIT 11 No function is assigned to this GUD 414 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Appendix A 1 Comparison of GUD parameters up to measuring cycles version 7 5 and GUD parameters as of measuring cycles ver GUD up to Version 7 5 MD SD as of Version 2 6 _CBIT 12 Can be used but is not a new MD SD _CBIT 13 No function is assigned to this GUD _CBIT 14 MD51614 MNS_MEA_PROBE_LENGTH_RELATE _CBIT 15 SD54660 SNS_MEA_PROBE_BALL_RAD_IN_TOA _CBIT 16 MD51616 MNS_MEA_CAL_MONITORING _CHBIT 0O MD51606 MNS_MEA_INPUT_PIECE_PROBE 0 _CHBIT 1 MD51607 MNS_MEA_INPUT_TOOL_PROBE 0 _CH
200. The ZO is the position of workpiece zero W in the machine coordinate system In addition to the pure offset a ZO might also include rotation mirroring and a dimension factor Together these are termed a frame Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 17 General 7 4 Reference points on the machine and workpiece 18 SINUMERIK controls use numerous frames various basic frames system frames settable frames e g G54 programmable frames They interact in a frame chain to produce the overall frame and the workpiece coordinate system Measuring cycles do not support any frames with an active scale factor Rotation or mirroring is not supported in some cycles and measuring variants The machine and workpiece coordinate system can be set and programmed separately in the inch or metric measuring system Note Transformation If kinematic transformation is active the control makes a distinction between the basic coordinate system and machine coordinate system If kinematic transformation is deactivated this distinction is made All descriptions provided below assume that kinematic transformation is deactivated and therefore refer to the machine coordinate system Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 General 7 5 Definition of the planes tool types 15 Definition of the planes tool types The G17 G18 or G19 tool radius correction planes can
201. V 5 REAL Coordinates of point P3 in the active workpiece coordinate system ordinate _SETV 6 REAL Coordinates of point P4 in the active workpiece coordinate system abscissa _SETV 7 REAL Coordinates of point P4 in the active workpiece coordinate system ordinate _STAL REAL Approx angle of posit direction of the abscissa with 0 360 respect to 1st edge of the workpiece degrees reference edge clockwise negative _SZA REAL _5SZ0 REAL IDIF REAL pein men a Sade _TMV REAL _TNAME STRING _TNUM INT e pene meee TES EEAS ai _TUL REAL ee si acts _ _TLL REAL _TSA REAL ee zone aame z eae _TZL REAL a hess a _VMS REAL Variable measuring velocity gt 0 for VMS 0 150 mm min if _FA 1 300 mm min if _FA gt 1 See also Comparison of GUD parameters up to measuring cycles version 7 5 and GUD parameters as of measuring cycles version 2 6 with reference to measuring function Page GUD variables that can no longer be used Page 418 Changes to names of cycle programs and GUD modules Page 420 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 423 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters
202. VMS 0 _NMSP 1 _FA 4 N61 MVAR 100 SETVAL 0 MA 1 _KNUM 1 _EVNUM 10 N70 CYCLE978 N80 GO X 20 N90 Y 20 N100 X22 N110 _EVNUM 11 _MA 2 N120 CYCLE978 N130 G54 N140 GO Y 20 N150 250 N160 X 40 Y80 N200 M2 Explanation of example r r f r r r r r ZO select tool as probe Insert probe activate tool offset Position probe in X Y plane in front of measuring surface Position probe at measuring height Set parameters for measuring cycle call Measuring cycle for ZO determination in X axis r r r r r r r Retract in X axis Position in Y axis Position in X axis Set parameters for measuring cycle call ZO determination in Y axis Repeat call of ZO G54 This activates the changes Retract in Y axis Retract in Z axis Retract in X Y End of program Automatic compensation is performed in G54 translation of axes X and Y by the calculated difference between actual value and setpoint The setpoints and actual values as well as the differences are entered in result array OVR At the end of the program the values for the Y axis ordinate are in the result array as these were the last to be measured The zero offset ZO for G54 is entered in the data management P_UIFR 1 and is activated by programming G54 again in block N130 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 167 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machin
203. Variable measuring speed 76 W Workpiece Angle measurement and ZO determination 189 Measure groove paraxially 138 o Measure hole paraxially 138 Measure rectangle paraxially 138 Measure shaft paraxially 1388 Measure web paraxially 138 Measuring a sphere and ZO determination 223 Measuring a surface parallel to the axis 160 Setting up a corner with 4 points 218 Setup inside and outside corner 209 Workpiece measurement 332 Groove 172 i Hole 172 Shaft 172 Web 172 Workpiece measurements 13 Workpiece probe 24 E Z Zero offset area 41 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0
204. Z component _OVR 10 REAL Rotary axis vector V2 TC_CARR10 n X component _OVR I1 REAL Rotary axis vector V2 TC_CARR11 n Y component _OVR 12 REAL Rotary axis vector V2 TC_CARR12 n Z component _OVR 15 REAL Offset vector 13 TC_CARR15 n X component _OVR 16 REAL Offset vector 13 TC_CARR16 n Y component _OVR 17 REAL Offset vector 13 TC_CARR17 n Z component _OVR 18 REAL Offset vector 14 TC_CARR18 n X component _OVR 19 REAL Offset vector 14 TC_CARR19 n Y component _OVR 20 REAL Offset vector 14 TC_CARR20 n Z component _OVI 2 INTEGER _ Measuring cycle number 996 _OVI 3 INTEGER _ Measurement variant _MVAR _OVI 8 INTEGER Number of swivel data record _TNUM _OVI 9 INTEGER Alarm number Measurement results calculated vectors depend on the type of kinematics 256 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 10 CYCLE996 workpiece Measure kinematics Head kinematics 11 TC_CARR1 3 n 12 TC_CARR4 6 n 13 TC_CARR15 17 n to Corresponds _OVR 1 _OVR 3 _OVRI4 _OVR 6 _OVR 15 _OVR 17 _OVR 18 _OVR 20 0 Closure of the 11 13 12 vector chain for fixed mounted machine kinematics Table kinematics 12 TC_CARR4 6 n 13 TC_CARR15 17 n 14 TC_CARR18 20 n to Corresponds _OVRI4 _OVRI 6 _OVR 15 _OVR 17 _OVR 18 _OV
205. _MA _MA 102 or _MA 201 first causes the exact center of the tool probe to be detected in the offset axis before calibration takes place in the measuring axis An entry in the array is only made for the measuring axis in the selected direction of measurement Position after end of measuring cycle On completion of calibration the calibration tool radius is _FA from the measuring surface Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 105 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 2 CYCLE971 tool Measuring milling tools drills 5 2 4 Calibrating tool probes automatically 5 2 4 1 Automatic calibration Function Prerequisite Parameter 106 Measuring variants e _MVAR 100000 machine related e MVAR 100010 workpiece related are used to calibrate the tool probe automatically The cycle uses the calibration tool to determine the tool probe trigger points in all axes and loads them into the relevant data area of data block GUD6 A measuring axis does not have to be specified in _MA Otherwise the same parameters apply as for calibration of an axis Values are corrected without empirical and mean values The approximate coordinates of the tool probe must be entered before calibration starts in array _TP _PRNUM 1 0 to_TP _PRNUM 1 9 machine related or TPW _PRNUM 1 0 to _TPW _PRNUM 1 9 workpiece related These values must be so precise that the parameter values of _TS
206. _MA INT _MD INT Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 437 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters CYCLE982 Workpiece measurements INT gt 0 Measuring variant 0 10 xxxx01 xxxx11 xxxx02 XXXX12 87654321 TT TTTTTL 0 Calibrate LiT EdW 1 Measurement of turning SL 1 8 milling and drilling Pritt tools Measuring axis in _MA l i l 2 Automatic measurement in abscissa and ordinate rt tidl 0 Machine related LILIU 0 Workpiece related i ATSE i i l l For milling tools only also automatically setting data SD42960 2 Priel 0 Measure without reversal l l l 1 Measure with reversal l l i l 0 Measure Only correct length if 1st digit 1 LLLI 1 Measure Only correct length if 1st digit 1 Lill 2 Measure Correct length and radius if 1st digit 1 LILI 3 Automatic measurement Only correct length and radius if 1st digit 2 11 tl Travel around toolsetter to starting position 4 Automatic measurement Correct length and radius if 1st digit 2 rid Measuring in opposite direction to approach l l l 0 Axial position of milling tool drill radius in 11d ordinate at G18 X axis rll 1 Radial position of milling tool drill radius in i i abscissa at G18 Z axis rl 0 Measure or calibrate 1 Measure or calibrate incrementally Reserved l 0 Calibr
207. _MVAR z2 Turning tools machine related _MVAR 12 Turning tools workpiece related _MVAR xxx02 Milling tools drills machine related _MVAR xxx12 Milling tools drills workpiece related Workpiece related or machine related measurement require an appropriately calibrated tool probe see section Calibrating tool probes or Calibrate tool probe automatically machine related With milling tools drills the measurement is further specified in the 3rd to 5th digits of parameter _MVAR Here SD 42950 TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE must be 2 The function is as for non automatic measurement In automatic measurement all offsets are determined These are then defined with the tool type e Turning tool Both lengths 2 measurements for cutting edge positions SL 5 6 7 and 8 only one length 1 measurement e Drill Length according to axial or radial position 1 measurement e Milling cutter both lengths and radius 4 measurements if the radius is specified as R 0 only both lengths are established 2 measurements Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines Prerequisite Parameter See also Measuring cycles 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools The calculated offsets are entered in the active D number of the active tool The offset strategy is defined via _CHBIT 3 as for measurement The measuring cycle generates the
208. _OVR 0 REAL Setpoint diameter width hole shaft groove web _OVR 1 REAL Setpoint center point center in abscissa _OVR 2 REAL Setpoint center point center in ordinate _OVR 4 REAL Actual value diameter width hole shaft groove web OVR 5 REAL Actual value center point center in abscissa _OVR 6 REAL Actual value center point center in ordinate _OVR 8 REAL Upper tolerance limit for diameter of hole shaft or width of groove web _OVR 12 REAL Lower tolerance limit for diameter of hole shaft or width of groove web _OVR 16 REAL Difference diameter width hole shaft groove web OVR 17 REAL Difference center point center in abscissa _OVR 18 REAL Difference center point center in ordinate _OVR 20 REAL Compensation value _OVR 27 REAL Zero offset area _OVR 28 REAL Safe area _OVR 29 REAL Permissible dimensional difference _OVR 30 REAL Empirical value OVR 31 REAL Mean value OVI 0 INTEGER D number or ZO number _OVI 2 INTEGER Measuring cycle number OVI 4 INTEGER Weighting factor Ovi 5 INTEGER Probe number _OVI 6 INTEGER Mean value memory number OVI 7 INTEGER Empirical value memory number OVI 8 INTEGER Tool number _OVI 9 INTEGER Alarm number _OVI 11 INTEGER Status offset request OVE 13 INTEGER DL number 1 for workpiece measurement with tool offset only 2 For ZO correction only Measuring cycles 174 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measurin
209. _TNUM in tool management _KNUM INT CHAN Correction number D No or ZO No _RA INT CHAN z Number of rotary axis at angle measurement _TENV STRING 32 CHAN Name of tool environment _DLNUM INT CHAN DL number for setup or additive offset Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 63 Parameter description 2 2 Parameter overview Auxiliary parameters Additional parameters can generally be assigned once on a machine They are then valid for each additional measuring cycle call until modified by programming or operation Parameter Type Validity Default Meaning _VMS REAL CHAN 0 Variable measuring speed _RF REAL CHAN 0 Feedrate in circular path programming _CORA REAL CHAN 0 Compensation angle e g for mono probe _TZL REAL CHAN 0 001 Zero offset area _TMV REAL CHAN 0 7 Mean value generation with compensation _TNVL REAL CHAN 1 2 Limit value for distortion of triangle _TUL REAL CHAN 1 0 Tolerance upper limit TLL REAL CHAN 1 0 Tolerance lower limit _TDIF REAL CHAN 1 2 Dimension difference check _TSA REAL CHAN 2 Safe area _FA REAL CHAN 2 Measurement path in mm _CM REAL NCK 100 1000 1 0 005 Monitoring parameters for tool measurement for a 20 4 10 0 rotating spindle _PRNUM INT CHAN 1 Probe number _EVNUM INT CHAN 0 Number of empirical value memory _CALNUM INT CHAN 0 Calibration block number _NMSP INT CHAN 1 Nu
210. _TPW 0 3 increase distance from probe by 2 x R _TPW 0 1 abscissa Z _TPW 0 0 Values of the settable ZO G54 Displacement X 0 Z 60 000 mm no rotation Values of tool probe 1 in data block GUD6 which were determined manually to 5 mm accuracy beforehand relative to the workpiece zero _TPW 0 0 50 _TPW 0 1 20 _TPW 0 2 70 _TPW 0 3 40 To obtain a minimum measurement path of 1 mm the measurement path is programmed with FA 1 5 6 mm max total measurement path 12 mm Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 285 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools N CALIBRATE MTT WCS MPF NO5 G54 G94 G90 DIAMOF N10 T7 D1 Calibration tool N15 GO 2100 X120 Starting position in minus X direction procedure when ZO is activated N20 TZL 0 001 PRNUM 1 VMS 0 NMSP 1 Parameters for calibration cycle N21 _MVAR 10 _MA 2 _TSA 5 _FA 6_ N30 CYCLE982 Calibration in minus X direction N35 GO Z80 Approach new starting position N38 MA 1 Select another measuring axis N40 CYCLE982 Calibration in minus Z direction N45 GO X10 Approach new starting position N48 _MA 2 N50 CYCLE982 Calibration in plus X direction N55 GO Z 10 Approach new starting position N58 _MA 1 N60 CYCLE982 Calibration in plus Z direction N65 GO X10 Approach start position in each axis N70 Z100 N80 X120 N100 M2 7End of program Exp
211. a Axis definitions measurement axis MA Measuring axis _MA 2 Z applicate ordinate D maz3 ae Measuring axis _MA 3 applicate Example Workpiece measurement on milling machine with G17 various measuring directions ee y As Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 67 Parameter description 2 3 Description of the most important defining parameters With some measuring variants for example in CYCLE998 positioning in another axis that must be defined also called offset axis can be performed between measurements in the measuring axis This must be defined in parameter _MA with offset axis measuring axis The higher digit codes the offset axis the lower digit the measuring axis the tens digit is 0 Example of _MA in CYCLE998 2 3 3 Parameter Example 68 _MA 102 gt Offset axis 1 abscissa gt Measuring axis 2 ordinate Tool number and tool name _TNUM and _TNAME The tool to be offset is entered during workpiece measurement in the parameters _TNUM and _TNAME The parameter _TNAME is only relevant if tool management is active Here it can be used as an alternative to TNUM However a programmed _TNUM gt 0 always has priority e Without tool management _TNUM 12 the tool T number 12 is corrected e With tool management _TNUM 0 _TNAME DRILL gt the tool called DRILL is corrected or _TNUM 13 _TNAME DRILL
212. a web can be measured at an angle The zero offset ZO of the associated workpiece can also be determined and corrected A possible rotation of the workpiece is kept without changing it Principle of ZO determination and correction Example G17 Y1 Setpoint Kacual Xset Coordinate system for measurement The angular position cannot be determined with this cycle Compensation of the ZO is executed in such a way that the actual center position of center on the machine e g MPX1 MPY1 includes the desired setpoint position in the workpiece coordinate system when the compensated ZO frame is applied Mirroring can be active in a frame of the frame sequence Dimension factors must never be active The ZO to be corrected is specified in coded form with variable _KNUM gt 0 The ZO can be specified and corrected by various methods e g in various settable frames in various basic frames system frames fine offset or coarse offset etc For detailed information on specifying _KNUM for the zero offset see Parameter description section Description of the most important defining parameters The following applies to all measuring variants with ZO determination in CYCLE979 The difference between the setpoint _CPA and _CPO and the actual value of the center point derived by the cycle determines the ZO correction offset This value is monitored here with _TSA Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition
213. acceptance 1 result of probe ball calculation on calibration will be entered in the geometry memory of the workpiece probe radius _CBIT 16 Calibration monitoring for Measuring in automatic mode can 1 be activated deactivated with this 0 No calibration monitoring 1 Calibration monitoring active 9 2 4 2 Detailed description Measurement repetition after violation of dimensional difference and safe area _CBIT O 0 When the parameters for the dimensional difference _TDIF and safe area _TSA are exceeded the measurement is not repeated An appropriate alarm is displayed _CBIT O 1 When the parameters for the dimensional difference _TDIF and safe area _TSA are exceeded a measurement is repeated An alarm is also displayed in the repeat measurements if _CBIT 1 is set Alarm and MO for measurement repeat with _CBIT 0 1 _CBIT 1 0 no alarm no measurement repetitions in MO _CBIT 1 1 If the limits of the parameters for the dimensional difference and safe area are exceeded MO is generated and the repeat measurement must be started with NC START An alarm that does not have to be acknowledged is displayed in the alarm line 392 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Data description MO for tolerance alarms oversize 9 2 Cycle data undersize or permissible dimensional difference exceeded _CBIT 2 0 When the al
214. achine If there is no machine axis Y milling can be implemented with the following kinematic transformations e TRANSMIT e TRACYL In principle measuring cycles support kinematic transformations This is stated more clearly in the individual cycles measuring variants Note If a drill or milling cutter is measured on a turning machine in most cases setting data SD 42950 TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE 2 set These tools are then length compensated like a turning tool SINUMERIK controls have other machine and setting data that can influence calculation of a tool References e FB1 Description of Functions Basic Machine e FB2 Description of Functions Extended Functions e FB3 Description of Functions Special Functions Example of plane definition for turning Measuring cycles G18 standard setting 7 oe ot _Lo x y i F w eN 2 a bs cise Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 21 General 7 6 Probes that can be used 1 6 Probes that can be used General information To measure tool and workpiece dimensions a touch trigger probe is required that provides a signal change edge when deflected The probe must operate virtually bounce free Different types of probe are offered by different manufacturers Probes are distinguished according to the number of measuring directions e Monodirectional mono probe e Bidirectional e Multidirectional multi probe
215. achines 6 2 4 Function Measure turning tool machine related 6 2 CYCLE982 Tool Measure turning tools The cycle determines the new tool length L1 or L2 and checks whether the difference from the old tool length can be corrected within a defined tolerance range Upper limits Safe area _TSA and dimensional deviation check _TDIF Lower limit Zero offset range _TZL If this range is not violated the new tool length is accepted otherwise an alarm is output Violation of the lower limit is not corrected Compensation strategy The tool measuring cycle is provided for various applications Prerequisite Measuring cycles e Initial measurement of a tool _CHBIT 3 0 Measure turning tool Example Cutting edge position SL 3 lt Ll2 L1 determined gt 2 F RY aa gt va te a A re Xo J Specificat of measurement axis _MA Movement in measuring and offset axes Z L1 L2 are known roughly The tool offset values in geometry and wear are replaced The offset is applied in the geometry component of the length The wear component is deleted e Remeasurement of a tool _CHBIT 3 1 The resulting difference is calculated into the wear component length Empirical values may optionally be included The mean value is not calculated The tool probe must be calibrated The approximate tool dimensions must be entered in the tool offset data Tool type 5xy cutting edge position tool nose r
216. adius length 1 length 2 The tool to be measured must be active with its tool offset values when the cycle is called Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 271 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 2 CYCLE982 Tool Measure turning tools Parameter See also Sequence 272 Parameter Value Meaning _MVAR 1 Measure tool machine related _MA 1 2 Measuring axis Additional parameters VMS TZL TDIF also apply Defining parameters Page 63 Result parameters Page 65 TSA _FA _PRNUM 1 EVNUM and NMSP Tolerance parameters _TZL TMV _TUL _TLL _TDIF and _TSA Page 77 Measurement path _FA Page 78 Probe type probe number _PRNUM Page 79 Empirical value mean value _EVNUM Page 80 Multiple measurement at the same location _NMSP Page 81 Position before measuring cycle call Before the cycle is called the tool must be moved to the tool tip starting position as shown in the figure The measuring cycle calculates the center of the probe and the associated approach paths automatically The necessary traverse blocks are generated The tool nose center S is positioned at the center of the probe Measure turning tool with different cutting edge positions and suitable starting positions for both axes L 4 x1 S SE ST wn on i 1 I t I I I 1 it i j 1 i A ji j 1 I n pee i N Progr
217. adjust values to the probe and machine used Values that are too high can result in probe damage Explanations relating to SPEED Traverse velocities for intermediate positioning _SPEED 0 to 2 Intermediate positions before the actual measuring block are calculated in the measuring cycles This positions can e be approached with collision monitoring _CHBIT 2 1 default or e without collision monitoring _CHBIT 2 0 The appropriate velocities are used for approach as specified in these settings e With collision monitoring _CHBIT 2 1 With _SPEED 1 the feedrate is applied to traversing in the plane and with SPEED 2 to traversing in the infeed axis applicate If the probe switches while approaching these intermediate positions the movement is interrupted and the alarm probe collision is issued e Without collision monitoring _CHBIT 2 0 The intermediate positions are approached with the percentage maximum axis velocity rapid traverse specified in SPEED 0 With SPEED 0 0 and _SPEED 0 100 the maximum axis velocity applies CAUTION The user must ensure that collisions are ruled out Measuring cycles 396 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Data description 9 2 Cycle data Measuring feed _VMS fast measuring feed _SPEED 3 Measurement is performed with the measuring feed of VMS e If VMS 0 and _FA 1 150 mm min e If VMS 0 and _FA gt 1 300 mm min If CH
218. aeeeessaeeeeseeeeesseeeeeseneaeessseeeesesessenatess 378 9 2 1 3 Data block GUD6 DEF 0 ccc cccccccecceeeeeeecseeceeeceeeeeeceeeeeeseeeeeceeeeesseeeesseeeeeesseestesseeeseeaeees 378 9 2 2 Data adjustment to a Specific machine eee eee enteeeceeneeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeesesaeeeesaeeeseenaeeeenianeeees 382 9 2 3 Central values yeniss ieni ute edyvanaacienbanadeusanlvtenaageroneey saabedel eames 383 924 Central TAN ac cates E E E a 397 9 2 4 1 In data block GUDO DEF iicccvcciccsvs secaeessccddecssstdacaussaccases va sidestsaiasensidasestiacdestvasdesntitiedesiatieasasessaace 391 9 2 4 2 Detailed CESCIIPtiON cccccccccssccsceecsseccsscseesecuseseesaesseassecssesassaecsecssesaecssceesesecsecsaeeeeceaseaseesees 392 9 2 5 Channel oriented ValUGS s cc ccccccdeseccsversessecnssscensivs tanteccncustd E RE EEEE iaeia SiE inat 395 9 2 6 Chann lonented DiS ccteessealeeasecaescabedtecaaatscaaesnauad a a a a aa a E a 399 9 2 6 1 In data block GUD6 DEF c cc ccccccccceseeceecesneeeeeseeeeeceeeeeeesaeeesceeeeeesseeeeeeseneeeesseneeesssesseeaeess 399 9 2 6 2 Detailed AESCription cccccccsceccscessescessesscsscsesaesassessaseeceesacsassessasaesaesecsacsecsecaesaceeseeecsaceecsaeses 407 9 3 Data for measuring in JOG ooo ee ceee eee eeee eect eee ee ee ea ates eeaaeeeeeeaaeeeesaaeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeeenaeeaaes 407 Start Up NArdWALE cccceccceeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeessssceeeeeeeesesseceeeeeeeeeeesee
219. aesaecssesassaecsecsacsaecseseeeesecsacsaeeeseceaeeaaeesees 239 5 10 22 Measuring an individual rotary axis sesser nnana aAA R 239 5 10 23 Measuring an individual ball position a ssssssiissisnsinncaninn nne ee eeeeeeeteeeeeeeseeeeeeeneaeeeseneaeeseeeatenaeees 242 5 10 2 4 Calculating and activating the swivel data recordS ssseseesssressesrrsserrsserrssttrrstirrsnrennssen nennt 242 5 10 3 Example of the procedure to measure the kinematics CYCLE996 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereee 243 5 10 4 Activation of the function ss s nensensisinennsisinnistesinisrisinristararietarinritotitierannrurisrarrnntinrnrnnrnnent 244 2109 Measuing kinemalics ssesrssisencioss nee apvewel npedeant cendact kesdaees spesel epeedeceweie beds 244 5 10 6 Programming via a Sereen FOF eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeseneeeeseeeeeseneaeeeseeeaeeseenaeeaaeees 245 5106 1 Generalia oni TaN Re EN IPE a Fem one trirnT merc mree Ot eT mre inane Cree te ceene kre Teeny ten 245 5 10 6 2 Parameters of 1st 2nd 3rd measurement screen FOFM ccccceccceeeeseeceseeeeeeceaeessseseeeeeeeeas 248 5 10 6 3 Parameters of Calculate kinematics screen fOFM eccceeeeeneeceeeneeeeeeneeeeeenaeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeesaaes 250 5 10 6 4 Result bitasi negii a oe lep cage dian mes saaaseavandeadnush E EA teens a 253 5 10 7 Programming using parameters ccccccceceeecee cee eeeeeeeeseeeeeeseneeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeseeaeeesenaeeraeees 253 5 10 7 1 Progr
220. aesecsecasenees 119 5 3 2 Calibrating a workpiece probe in a hole of known hole center point cceeteeteeeeeeteees 123 5 3 2 1 General WOMAN ass peacedeic coracainecinc shalidnieen duaneoeesitbea daxacnadathasSid saiaatbeawadebi tenddiansansisadesReddot nena 123 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Table of contents 5 3 2 2 5 3 2 3 5 3 3 5 3 3 1 5 3 3 2 5 3 3 3 5 3 4 5 3 4 1 5 3 4 2 5 3 4 3 5 3 5 5 3 5 1 5 3 5 2 5 3 5 3 5 4 5 4 1 5 4 2 5 4 2 1 5 4 2 2 5 4 2 3 5 4 3 5 4 3 1 5 4 3 2 5 4 4 5 4 4 1 5 4 4 2 5 5 5 5 1 5 5 2 5 5 3 5 5 3 1 5 5 3 2 5 5 4 5 5 4 1 5 5 4 2 5 6 5 6 1 5 6 2 5 6 2 1 5 6 2 2 5 6 3 5 6 3 1 5 6 3 2 5 6 4 5 6 4 1 5 6 4 2 5 7 5 7 1 5 7 2 5 7 2 1 5 7 2 2 5 7 2 3 5 7 3 Measuring cycles Programming example ssi cect eisseie ive niie EA E EATE EET 124 Operational Sequence aca cleave Gaara elec tncednased Sales dyed eeshua eins dude Godse anaana nnna 126 Calibrating a workpiece probe in a hole of unknown hole center point eeseeeeeeeeees 127 General information ccccccccscsscssecsecsecsaeceseesseceecsecsacsscsaessessecsacsaessesssecsecsascssssecsecsaaseaacaeenaeeas 127 Programming example soiorns an A EEEE AEE AET RAEN 129 Operational SEQUENCE ereire deini EE Ea E E A E IE 130 Calibration of a workpiece probe ON a surface cecececcscesscscsecsseescsesscsacsecsecsecaesacsacsecseeaseaeees T3T
221. aking into account machine data e MD 20360 TOOL_PARAMETER_DEF_MASK bitO and bit1 in conjunction with the offset target e geometry and wear The probe must be calibrated in the measuring direction and as a tool with tool offset The tool type is 5xy The cutting edge position can be 5 to 8 and must be suitable for the measurement task Measuring variants Measuring cycles Measuring cycle CYCLE974 permits the following measuring variants that are specified in parameter _MVAR Value Significance 0 1 point measurement and tool offset 100 1 point measurement and ZO determination 1000 1 point measurement with reversal and tool offset Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 333 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 5 CYCLE9 4 workpiece 1 point measurement Result parameters Depending on the measuring variant measuring cycle CYCLE974 returns the following result values in the GUD5 block Parameters Data type Result _OVR 0 REAL Setpoint value for measuring axis _OVR 1 REAL Setpoint in abscissa gt only when _MA 1 _OVR 2 REAL Setpoint in ordinate gt only when __MA 2 OVR 3 REAL Setpoint in applicate gt only when __MA 3 _OVR 4 REAL Actual value for measuring axis _OVR 5 REAL Actual value in abscissa gt only when _MA 1 _OVR 6 REAL Actual value in ordina
222. al 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 413 Appendix A 1 Comparison of GUD parameters up to measuring cycles version 7 5 and GUD parameters as of measuring cycles version 2 6 with reference to measuring function GUD up to Version 7 5 MD SD as of Version 2 6 _KB x 0 D54621 SNS_MEA_CAL_EDGE_PLUS_DIR_AX2 x _KBIx 1 SD54622 SNS_MEA_CAL_EDGE_MINUS_DIR_AX2 x _KB x 2 SD54615 SNS_MEA_CAL_EDGE_BASE_AX1 x _KB x 3 D54617 SNS_MEA_CAL_EDGE_PLUS_DIR_AX1 x _KB x 4 SD54618 SNS_MEA_CAL_EDGE_MINUS_DIR_AX1 x _KBI x 5 SD54620 SNS_MEA_CAL_EDGE_UPPER_AX2 x _KB x 6 SD54619 SNS_MEA_CAL_EDGE_BASE_AX2 x _TPWIx 1 SD54641 SNS_MEA_TPW_TRIG_PLUS_DIR_AX1 x _TPWIx 2 SD54642 SNS_MEA_TPW_TRIG_MINUS_DIR_AX2 x _TPWIx 3 SD54643 SNS_MEA_TPW_TRIG_PLUS_DIR_AX2 x _TPWIx 4 SD54644 SNS_MEA_TPW_TRIG_MINUS_DIR_AX3 x _TPWIx 5 SD54645 SNS_MEA_TPW_TRIG_PLUS_DIR_AX3 x _TPWIx 6 SD54646 SNS_MEA_TPW_EDGE_DISK_SIZE x _TPWIx 7 SD54647 SNS_MEA_TPW_AX_DIR_AUTO_CAL x _TPW x 8 SD54648 SNS_MEA_TPW_TYPE x _TWP x 9 SD54649 SNS_MEA_TPW_CAL_MEASURE_DEPTH x _CM 0 SD54670 SNS_MEA_CM_MAX_PERI_SPEED 0 _CM 1 SD54671 SNS_MEA_CM_MAX_REVOLUTIONS 0 _CM 4 SD54672 SNS_MEA_CM_MAX_FEEDRATE 0 _CM 2 SD54673 SNS_MEA_CM_MIN_FEEDRATE 0 _CM 5 SD54674 SNS_MEA_CM_SPIND_RO
223. al measurement 1 With spindle rotated through 180 degrees compared with the position at the beginning of the cycle rotation of the probe by 180 degrees 2 With the spindle position that applied at the beginning of the cycle The tool radius of the probe R or R is defined as the trigger point defined for the axis direction A multidirectional probe does not have to be calibrated at the beginning of the cycle for measuring variant LMVAR 1105 This measuring variant with differential measurement is only useful with the measuring axes _MA x01 or MA x02 NOTICE In the case of great measurement accuracy demands differential measurement is not recommended Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 201 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 7 CYCLE998 workpiece Angle measurement and ZO determination 5 7 3 2 angle measurement 5 7 3 1 General information Function Using the measuring variants _MVAR 106 and _MVAR 100106 itis possible to calculate and correct the angular position of a plane oblique in space on a workpiece by measuring three points The angles refer to rotation about the axes or the active plane G17 to G19 Otherwise the same conditions apply as for simple angle measurement Additional data are required for the setpoint input of the 2nd angle A ZO is implemented in the rotary part of the set ZO memory coordinate rotation Parameter for 2 angle measurement
224. alue for rectangle length in the ordinate _OVR 6 REAL Actual value for rectangle center point abscissa OVR 7 REAL Actual value for rectangle center point ordinate _OVR 8 REAL Upper tolerance limit for rectangle length in the abscissa _OVR 9 REAL Upper tolerance limit for rectangle length in the ordinate _OVR 12 REAL Lower tolerance limit for rectangle length in the abscissa _OVR 13 REAL Lower tolerance limit for rectangle length in the ordinate _OVR 16 REAL Difference of rectangle length in the abscissa OVR 17 REAL Difference of rectangle length in the ordinate _OVR 18 REAL Difference of rectangle center point abscissa _OVR 19 REAL Difference of rectangle center point ordinate _OVR 20 REAL Offset value _OVR 27 REAL Zero offset area _OVR 28 REAL Safe area _OVR 29 REAL Dimensional difference _OVR 30 REAL Empirical value _OVR 31 REAL Mean value OVI 0 INTEGER D number or ZO number _OVI 2 INTEGER Measuring cycle number _OVI 4 INTEGER Weighting factor Ovi 5 INTEGER _ Probe number _OVI 6 INTEGER _ Mean value memory number _OvI 7 INTEGER Empirical value memory number OVI 8 INTEGER Tool number OVI 9 INTEGER _ Alarm number _OVI 11 INTEGER Status offset request _OVI 13 INTEGER _ DL number 1 for workpiece measurement with tool offset only 2 For ZO correction only Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 1
225. ameters The measuring cycle CYCLI E971 returns the following values in the data block GUD5 for the measuring variant calibration Parameters Data type Result _OVR 8 REAL Trigger point in minus direction actual value of 1st geometry axis _OVR 10 REAL Trigger point in plus direction actual value of 1st geometry axis _OVR 12 REAL Trigger point in minus direction actual value of 2nd geometry axis _OVR 14 REAL Trigger point in plus direction actual value of 2nd geometry axis _OVR 16 REAL Trigger point in minus direction actual value of 3rd geometry axis _OVR 18 REAL Trigger point in plus direction actual value of 3rd geometry axis _OVR 9 REAL Trigger point in minus direction difference of 1st geometry axis OVR 11 REAL Trigger point in plus direction difference of 1st geometry axis _OVR 13 REAL Trigger point in minus direction difference of 2nd geometry axis OVR 15 REAL Trigger point in plus direction difference of 2nd geometry axis OVR 17 REAL Trigger point in minus direction difference of 3rd geometry axis _OVR 19 REAL Trigger point in plus direction difference of 3rd geometry axis _OVR 27 REAL Zero offset area _OVR 28 REAL Safe area _OVI 2 INTEGER _ Measuring cycle number _OVI 3 INTEGER Measurement variant OVI gt INTEGER _ Probe number OVI 9 INTEGER _ Alarm number Measuring cycle CYCLI E971 returns the followi
226. amming Manual 03 2009 Edition d Measuring cycles 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines Position after measuring cycle call On completion of the cycle the tool nose is positioned facing the measuring surface and _FA from it Programming example Measuring cycles 6 2 CYCLE982 Tool Measure turning tools Length measurement of turning tool Offset by cutting edge radius x1 Example SL 3 P tool tip S center point of cutting edge R cutting edge radius Calibrating the tool probe with subsequent measurement of turning tool machine related Calibration tool T7 D1 is to be used to calibrate all 4 sides of probe 1 After that turning tool T3 D1 is to be remeasured in both lengths L1 and L2 wear calculation The dimensions of the calibration tool T7 are in lengths L1 L2 and the radius R 5 0 mm are known precisely and entered in offset field D1 The cutting edge position is SL 3 Calibrate tool probe 1 machine related X1 ordinate 240 abscissa Z1 _TP 0 1 599 1PI0 0 200 The default values of probe 1 as applied in data block GUD6 with a tolerance of approx 1 mm _TP 0 0 220 _TP O 1 200 _TP 0 2 400 _TP 0 3 380 After calibration the measured value calibration value is set Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 273 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines
227. amming using ParaMeters cece eeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeececeeeeeseneeeeseneeeeseeeeeeeseeaeesennee nantes 253 5 10 7 2 Result parameters intermediate results cccccccccccccecceeceeeeeeeeseeeeeseseseeeseseseseeeseseseeeseeseeeeees 256 5 10 8 Programmable adjustable parameters ccccccceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeaeeeeeeneeeenees 258 2109 Programming SXAMPIS sesrsesssioessnis re EEEE R 259 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines ccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeaaeesesnaeeeenneeenenees 261 6 1 General PrereqQuiSiteS erionit iiaii aiaa idduacadds cadadedgaugaa dedenaasdachacceddaanasdenatenteca 261 6 1 1 General information c ccccccccsscsscssecsecsecssecusecsseseeusessecsasceussecsscsaccsessecsacsascseseceaesseeaaseesecsaseaees 261 6 1 2 Overview Of measuring CYCIES esssissrisirrriserduerreeniis ee ee eee seen test eats ANNE ENEAK ENESE EEEE EEE 261 6 1 3 Overview of the auxiliary programs required 0 0 0 eee ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeseaaeeeseenaeeeetaaes 261 6 1 4 Call and return conditions ccccecececce cece cece ee ee cece ances ee ttt caaeaeeeeeesceaeaeeeeeeseceneaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteees 262 6 2 CYCLE982 Tool Measure turning tools ccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeecaaeaeeeeeesecacaeseeeesecsncaeeeeess 263 6 2 1 Function OVerV eW dts ct Sata leccst cbc Racca csi sbebecaraRielearinnlianaanSearentens 263 6 2 2 Calibrate tool probe machi
228. and a description of the effect of the parameters given Parameter Parameter Data type Meaning _TZL REAL 30 Zero offset 2 _TMV REAL gt 0 Mean value generation with compensation _TUL _TLL REAL Workpiece tolerance _TDIF REAL gt 0 Dimension difference check 2 _TSA REAL gt 0 Safe area _TZL REAL 30 Zero offset 2 1 For workpiece measurement with automatic tool offset only 2 Also for tool measurement Range of values All of these parameters can have any value However only values increasing from _TZL to _TSA are meaningful absolute values Parameters _TUL _TLL are specified in mm or inches depending on the active dimension system and are signed All other parameters are programmed in the basic system Making the workpiece tolerance and setpoint symmetrical If asymmetrical values are chosen for the tolerance parameters _TUL _TLL workpiece tolerance the setpoint _SETVAL is corrected internally to place it in the center of a new symmetrical tolerance band These changed values appear in the result parameters OVR O setpoint OVR 8 upper tolerance limit OVR 12 lower tolerance limit The defining parameters themselves _TUL _TLL SETVAL remain unchanged Example _TUL 0 0 _TLL 0 004 _SETVAL 10 The result is OVR 8 0 002 OVR 12 0 002 OVR 0 9 998 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 77 Parameter descri
229. apter Measuring drills special applications parameters Value data type Meaning _MVAR 1xxx01 Measure a tool incrementally machine related 1xxx11 Measure a tool incrementally workpiece related More precise parameterization for milling tools drills is entered in the 3rd to 5th digits of LMVAR _MA 1 2 Measuring axis _MD 0 1 Measuring direction 0 positive 1 negative _STAL REAL Only for milling tools and if CHBIT 20 0 Starting angle of the milling spindle _CORA REAL Only for milling tools and measurement with reversal Offset angle position of the milling spindle after reversal Additional parameters _ VMS Defining parameters Page 63 Result parameters Page 65 _FA _PRNUM and_NMSP also apply Variable measuring velocity VMS Page 76 Measurement path _FA Page 78 Probe type probe number _PRNUM Page 79 Multiple measurement at the same location _NMSP Page 81 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines Sequence Measuring cycles 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools Position before measuring cycle call Before the cycle is called the tool must be Start position and measuring direction of a moved to the starting position as is shown turning tool when measuring in increments in the diagram for turning tools e g with depending on cutting edge position SL t
230. arms oversize undersize or permissible dimensional difference exceeded occur no MO is generated _CBIT 2 1 MO is generated when these alarms occur Tool measurement and calibration in the WCS in CYCLE982 _CBIT 5 0 The tool is measured and the tool measuring probe is calibrated in the machine coordinate system The tool probe data are stored in the _TP field _CBIT 5 1 The tool can be measured and the tool probe calibrated in the active WCS In this case when calibrating and measuring the same prerequisites must exist also be measured e g TRAANG regarding the actual WCS This means that tools with active transformation can Notice When calibrating and measuring the _TP field is also used here Note A function switchover using _MVAR is available A separate tool probe array is used there the _TPWL field for calibration measurement in the WCS Logging without output of the measuring cycle name and measurement variant _CBIT 6 0 When logging the measuring cycle name and the measuring variant are written into the log _CBIT 6 1 When logging the measuring cycle name and the measuring variant are not output into the log Support for turning machines with orientational tool carriers _CBIT 7 0 No support for orientational tool carriers _CBIT 7 1 Support for a probe or tool positioned using orientati
231. asuring cycle call The probe must be positioned at the center of hole MP in the abscissa and the ordinate of the selected measuring plane and at the calibration depth in the hole Start position Example G17 _CBIT 14 0 applicate Calibration height In the hole at the selected calibration height MVAR 010108 Example of start position Axis sequence axis direction sequence e Paraxial two axis directions Calibration starts in the positive axis direction If MVAR xx0xx1 all four directions calibration starts in the abscissa This is followed by the ordinate e Atan angle The axes travel in combination acc to starting angle _STA1 plus steps of 90 degrees Otherwise the same principle as for paraxial applies Position after end of measuring cycle When calibration is complete the probe is again positioned at calibration depth in the center of the hole 126 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 3 CYCLE9 6 calibrate workpiece probe 5 3 3 Calibrating a workpiece probe in a hole of unknown hole center point 5 3 3 1 General information Function Using the measuring cycle and the _MVAR xx0x08 measuring variant it is possible to calibrate the probe in the axes of the plane G17 G18 or G19 in a calibration ring A hole that is perpendicular to the selected plane and with the same
232. asuring variants e Length measuring variants Example G17 machine related _MA 103 203 _ID 0 Radius measurement with or without offset X1 Measure radius machine related yal Recommended minimum distance _FA FA QO gt lt 7 gt O _MA 1 ee A MASI Measuring direct Measuring direct un MVAR 1 2 M _TP i 1 _TP i 0 XI Example G17 possible starting position in X Measure radius machine related MVAR 11 12 M Example G17 possible starting position in Y X1 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 113 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 2 CYCLE971 tool Measuring milling tools drills Parameter 114 Note If the tool diameter 2x TC_DP6 is smaller than the upper diameter of the probe _TP i 6 the tool is always positioned in the center of the probe if the tool diameter is larger the tool is offset by the tool radius toward the center onto the probe The value of _ID is subtracted The axis in which the offset is applied offset axis is also specified in MA _MA 103 or MA 203 If no offset axis is specified _MA 3 the offset is applied in the abscissa if necessary for G17 X axis Parameter Value Meaning _MVAR 1 Measure with motionless spindle machine related 2 Measure with rotating spindle machine related 11 Measure with motionless
233. ate only for measuring rectangle _MA 1 2 Number of measuring axis only for measuring a groove or a web _KNUM 0 gt 0 0 without automatic tool offset gt 0 with automatic tool offset individual values Parameter _KNUM _TNUM INT 20 Tool number for automatic tool offset NAME STRING 32 Tool name for automatic tool compensation alternative for TNUM if tool management active _DLNU INT 20 DL number for additive setup offset _TENV STRING 32 Name of tool environment for automatic tool offset The following additional parameters are also valid VMS CORA TZL TMV TUL TLL TDIF TSA FA PRNUM _EVNUM _NMSP and K _CORA only relevant for monodirectional probe With TSA the diameter or width is monitored for tool compensation The other parameters must also be assigned if _KNUM 0 because they refer to the workpiece Variable measuring velocity VMS Page 76 Offset angle position CCORA Page 76 Tolerance parameters TZL TMV _TUL _TLL TDIF and _TSA Page 77 Measurement path _FA Page 78 Probe type probe number _PRNUM Page 79 Empirical value mean value EVNUM Page 80 Multiple measurement at the same location _NMSP Page 81 Weighting factor for mean value calculation _K Page 81 Tool number and tool name _TNUM and __TNAME Page 68 Offset number _KNUM Page 69 Offset number _KNUM extended for tool offset up to 9 digits Page 72 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 20
234. ate with calibration tool 1 Calibrate with turning tool _NMSP INT gt 0 Number of measurements at the same location _PRNUM INT gt 0 Tool probe number number of the data field assigned to the workpiece probe GUD6 _TP _TPW _TP TPW _TP TPW LPRNUM 1 i PRNUM 1 i PRNUM 1 i LPRNUM 1 i L PRNUM 1 i LPRNUM 1 i _RA INT _RF REAL _SETVAL REAL eaa naea pane aie aici sed _SETV 8 REAL noes 2a Zog pane nee ee _STAL REAL Starting angle when measuring milling tools 0 360 degrees _SZA REAL _SZO REAL _TDIF REAL gt 0 Dimension difference check _TMV REAL _TNAME STRING _TNUM INT eee eats isas dess eons acne _TUL REAL _T REAL _TSA REAL Safe area Measuring cycles 438 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters CYCLE982 Workpiece measurements _TZL REAL Zero offset area _VMS REAL 20 Variable measuring velocity for _VMS 0 150 mm min if FA 1 300 mm min if _FA gt 1 CYCLE996 Workpiece measurements Parameter Type Possible measurements GUD5 G17 X Y plane G18 Z X plane G19 Y Z plane 1st 2nd 3rd measurements Calculate kinem
235. ated with one another Displays the name of rotary axis 1 rotary axis 2 if this exists of the measured kinematics Normalizing Normalizing the vertice of the calculated vectors Normalizing refers to setting a component of a linear vector to a preferred value of a linear axis position in X Y or Z Using normalizing kinematic vectors that have been determined can be calculated with reference to mechanical fixed positions specific for a machine e g Z position of the table surface This allows comparable swivel data records to be written to within a machine series The measured kinematic data are therefore independent of mechanically specified measuring conditions mounting position of the calibration ball The measured rotary axis vectors are taken into account in scaling Example Z component of the linear vector of rotary axis C is always referred to the upper edge of the table at Z 0 i e rotary axis C normalizing Z position value 0 Selection e No default no normalizing e Z Y X normalizing of axes X Y or Z in line with an assigned position value For coding see MVAR Position value Normalizing position value Measuring cycles Entry field can only be seen if Normalizing is shown on Z Y X Parameter e Rotary axis 1 normalizing SETV 5 e Rotary axis 2 normalizing SETV 6 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 251 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5
236. ategy for measuring workpieces with tool offset The actual workpiece dimensions must be measured exactly and compared with the setpoint values to be able to determine and compensate the actual dimensional deviations on the workpiece An offset value can then be ascertained for the tool used for machining When taking measurements on the machine the actual dimensions are derived from the path measuring systems of the position controlled feed axes For each dimensional deviation determined from the set and actual workpiece dimensions there are many causes which essentially fall into 3 categories e Dimensional deviations with causes that are n o t subject to a particular trend e g positioning scatter of the feedforward axes or differences in measurement between the internal measurement measuring probe and the external measuring device micrometer measuring machine etc In this case it is possible to apply empirical values which are stored in separate memories The set actual difference determined is automatically compensated by the empirical value e Dimensional deviations with causes that a r e subject to a particular trend e g tool wear or thermal expansion of the leadscrew e Accidental dimensional deviations e g due to temperature fluctuations coolant or slightly soiled measuring points Assuming the ideal case only those dimensional deviations that are subject to a trend can be taken into account for compensation value cal
237. atics _FA REAL Measuring distance factor gt Transfer to CYCLE997 _MVAR INT Measuring variant 987654321 987854321 ee e TTTTTTTTT var i l MVAR i i i i E Calculate kinematics l 1 1 Measurement LEII 11 Lg Menificaiion ot Measire LI i EE 9 kinematics function l l 2 2 Measurement hb s009 nann l 3 3 Measurement PEENI Measuring result i l e ay s a se i a A l EE L 0 Measuring only Fit 9 Identification of Measure EER of 5 Meee t omer veobisi L l kinematics function Phat Sey l cyc T E gee Measuring axis measurement result ENI 3 Veo yenede 1 Rotary axis 1 e Vectorchain 2 Rotary axis 2 i i i l O Vector chain closed Se ee E ee bg 3 Vector chain open Protocol file LLI aa rea ens ind a a Let Axis number for normalizing rotary axis 1 u _ _ __ _ 0 No L 0 No normalizing 1 Yes i a ener i i 3 Zaxis normalizing j i g Axis number for normalizing rotary axis 2 li 0 Nonormalizing 4 Xaxis normalizing I 2 Y axis normalizing Re ee Protocol file l 0 No 14 Yes protocol format as TC_CARR Parameter 2 Yes TRAORI 1 protocol format as TC_CARR Parameter and as TRAORI machine data _TNUM INT Number of swivel data record _SETVAL REAL Diameter of the calibration ball gt Transfer to CYCLE997 _TSA REAL Confidence range gt Transfer to CYCLE997 _VMS REAL Measuring feedrate _PRNUM INT Number probe field gt Transfer to CYCLE997 _SETV 3
238. atics configuration even the smallest and corrected deviations in the position of the rotary axis vectors can result in large compensating movements Measuring cycles 242 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 10 CYCLE996 workpiece Measure kinematics 5 10 3 Example of the procedure to measure the kinematics CYCLE996 By way of illustration the BC table kinematics measurement process both rotary axes move the workpiece is described below e The two rotary axes can only be adjusted mechanically workholder with orientation capability e The computed values are archived in TCARR data General procedure e Create check TCARR data MD 18088 MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER gt 1 e Mount calibration ball on the clamping device e Load and activate the probe in the spindle e Calibrate the probe using CYCLE976 or Calibrate probe Measure in JOG mode Procedure for approaching positions Manufacturer initial state 1st rotary axis B axis Positioning probe over calibration ball Ball measurement using CYCLE996 1 Measurement P1 Probe retraction Repositioning of 1st rotary axis B axis Positioning probe over calibration ball Ball measurement using CYCLE996 Rotary axis 1 2 Measurement P2 Probe retraction Positioning probe over calibration ball Ball measurement using CYCLE996 3 Measurement P3 Repositioning of 1st rotary axis B axis Probe r
239. be deceleration distance to zero speed of axis is sb 12 6 mm The deceleration distance components are As 6 1 6 mm Following error As2 1000 0 01 2 6 11 mm axis specific component As1 1000 0 1 0 016 1 6 mm Percentage due to signal delay Measuring cycles 34 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 General 1 8 Measurement principle Measuring accuracy A delay occurs between detection of the switching signal from the probe and transfer of the measured value to the control This is caused by signal transmission from the probe and the hardware of the control In this time a path is traversed that falsifies the measured value This influence can be minimized by reducing the measuring speed The rotation when measuring a mill on a rotating spindle has an additional influence This can be compensated for by compensation tables see Section 5 2 2 CYCLE971 Measurement and correction strategy The measurement accuracy that can be obtained is dependent on the following factors e Repeat accuracy of the machine e Repeatability of the probe e Resolution of the measuring system Note Repeat accuracy A test program for determining the overall repeatability of a machine is described in Section 10 4 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 35 General 7 9 Measuring strategy for measuring workpieces with tool offset 1 9 Function 36 Measuring str
240. be assigned up to 6 setup and additive offsets using DL numbers in the program If DL 0 no setup or additive offset is activated The existence or number of setup or additive offset is set in the machine data References FB1 W1 Tool Compensation When measuring workpieces it is possible to correct a selected setup or additive offset in the measuring cycles with automatic tool offset using parameters _TNUM and _TNAME _KNUM D number coded and the additional parameter _DLNUM _DLNUNM is an integer The value range is 0 to 6 This variable need only be defined by the user if the corresponding digit is also programmed in variable _KNUM Two channel oriented bits are available for selecting additive and setup offsets see Section Data description The measuring cycles for workpiece measurement with automatic tool offset use channel bit _CHBIT 6 for selecting length and radius offsets in wear or geometry 0 The offset value is added to the existing wear 1 Geometry new geometry old wear old offset value wear new 0 _CHBIT 6 is also used for correcting setup and additive offsets 0 The offset value is added to the existing additive offset 1 Setup offset new setup offset old additive offset old offset value additive offset new 0 Additionally _CHBIT 8 0 Correct additive setup offset according to _CHBIT 6 1 The offset value is added to the existing setup offset regardless of _CHBIT 6
241. be entered into the tool offset Transfer of workpiece probe data into the tool offset in CYCLE976 _CBIT 15 0 No transfer _CBIT 15 1 When using the Calibrate with probe sphere calculation measurement variant the determined effective probe sphere diameter _WP k 0 converted as a radius value is entered into the radius geometry memory of the active workpiece measuring probe as the tool offset Activate calibration monitoring during Measuring in automatic mode _CBIT 16 0 No calibration monitoring _CBIT 16 1 Calibration monitoring active The monitoring checks whether the calibration plane mono multi probe calibration or calibration at the probe center point probe end point between calibrating and measuring is identical Note When measuring cycles are called up from Measuring in JOG or ShopMill these monitoring checks are always active and cannot be deactivated Measuring cycles 394 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Data description 9 2 Cycle data 9 2 5 Channel oriented values Data block GUD5 DEF EV Empirical values Min input limit Max input limit Changes valid after value assignment Protection level Units Data type REAL Significance Index k stands for the number of the current array 1 Preset default _EV k Number of empirical values 0
242. be for workpiece measurement before the cycle is called Tool type 1x0 or 710 3D probe is permitted Dimension factors lt gt 1 may be active The workpiece measuring cycles can also be used on turning machines if the following conditions are fulfilled The 3rd geometry axis exists Tool type of probe 5xy with cutting edge positions 5 to 8 The tool length correction is specific to the turning machine SD TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE 2 With cutting edge positions 5 or 7 measurements are taken in the G17 plane with cutting edge positions 6 or 8 in the G19 plane Coordinate rotation is permitted for workpiece measuring cycles Mirroring for the workpiece measuring cycles is permitted with the exception of calibration condition MD 10610 0 When using a multidirectional probe the best measurement results are achieved if during calibration and measurement the probe in the spindle is mechanically oriented to have one and the same point on the probe ball point for example in the direction of the abscissa X with active G17 in the active workpiece coordinate system The G functions active before the measuring cycle is called remain active after the measuring cycle call even if they have been changed inside the measuring cycle Measurements must always be performed under the same conditions as applied when the probe was calibrated Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring C
243. ble deviation is taken as max 1 mm Max 0 4 mm is permissible To obtain a minimum measuring path of 1 mm the measuring path is programmed as _FA 1 1 2 mm max total measuring path 4 mm The offset is not to consider an empirical value and no mean value is calculated or used Clamping for workpiece Zero offset with settable ZO G54 NVz Workpiece probe 1 used as tool T9 D1 is to be used The probe is already calibrated Arrays for workpiece probe 1 _WP O The following is entered under T9 D1 in the tool offset memory Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines Measuring cycles 6 5 CYCLE9 4 workpiece 1 point measurement Tool type DP1 580 Cutting edge position DP2 7 Length 1 geometry DP3 L1 40 123 Length 2 geometry DP4 L2 100 456 Radius geometry DP6 3 000 LF A RA var L2 eE ZA _SETVAL Q 0 01 Outer diameter 45 Outside measurement with spindle reversal _ N_REVERSALMEAS_MPF N10 G54 G90 G18 T9 D1 DIAMON N20 GO Z30 X90 N30 MVAR 1000 _SETVAL 45 TUL 0 _TLL 0 01 MA 2 STA1 0 _KNUM 1 _TNUM 7 _EVNUM 0 _TZL 0 002 TDIF 0 4 TSA 1 _PRNUM 1 _VMS 0 NMSP 1 _FA 2 N40 CYCLE974 N50 GO Z110 7Call ZO tool probe Preposition probe Parameters for cycle call Measuring cycle call Retraction in Z N60 X90 Retraction in X N100 M2 7 End of program Note
244. bration Deviations can cause additional measuring errors The probe must be called as a tool with a tool length offset Tool type preferably 710 For Measuring at an angle MVAR xx1109 the probe must have been calibrated with Determine active probe ball diameter Calibration with an additional Determine position deviation improves the measuring precision In ZO frame the approximate values for the position of the spheres in offset and rotation are entered and activated Only small deviations are expected The sphere diameter must be much larger than the probe ball diameter Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers Important The u 5 9 CYCLE997 workpiece Measuring a sphere and ZO determination ser must select measuring points for the particular measuring variant such that during measurement or intermediate positioning a collision with a sphere fixture or other obstacle is ruled out Programming CYCLI Measuring variants E997 Measuring cycle CYCLE997 permits the following measuring variants which are specified via parameter _MVAR Digit 7 Measuring variant 9 Measuring a sphere and ZO determination 0 No measurement repetition With measurement repetition with derived values 0 Measurement paraxial to axes of the WCS 1 measurement at an angle intermediate positioning on circu
245. bscissa _OVR 12 REAL Trigger point in minus direction actual value ordinate _OVR 14 REAL Trigger point in plus direction actual value ordinate _OVR 16 REAL Trigger point in minus direction actual value applicate _OVR 18 REAL Trigger point in plus direction actual value applicate _OVR 9 REAL Trigger point in minus direction difference abscissa OVR 11 REAL Trigger point in plus direction difference abscissa Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 121 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 3 CYCLE9 6 calibrate workpiece probe 122 Parameter Data type Result _OVR 13 REAL Trigger point in minus direction difference ordinate OVR 15 REAL Trigger point in plus direction difference ordinate OVR 17 REAL Trigger point in minus direction difference applicate _OVR 19 REAL Trigger point in plus direction difference applicate _OVR 20 REAL Positional deviation abscissa skew of probe _OVR 21 REAL Positional deviation ordinate skew of probe _OVR 22 REAL Probe length of the workpiece probe _OVR 24 REAL Angle at which the trigger points were determined _OVR 27 REAL Zero offset area _OVR 28 REAL Safe area _OVI 2 INTEGER _ Measuring cycle number OVI 5 INTEGER _ Probe number OVI 9 INTEGER _ Alarm number 1 For calibration variant with unknown hole center point only 2 For determi
246. bstacle With this calibration cycle it is possible to calibrate a workpiece probe in a hole axes in the plane or on suitable surfaces for a particular axis and direction nual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 119 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 3 CYCLE976 calibrate workpiece probe Determining the positional deviation of the workpiece probe Slope of a real workpiece probe in idle position F Example G17 _CBIT 14 0 axis WP abscissa X A real workpiece probe can deviate from its ideal vertical position even when not deflected This positional deviation skew can be determined with measuring variants in this cycle and then entered in the intended array of the workpiece _WPIi 7 for abscissa and _WPii 8 for ordinate for detailed data refer to Data description chapter Cycle data These values are taken into account in precise probe positioning in subsequent measurements with a similarly calibrated workpiece probe Workpiece probe types that can be used e Multidirectional probe _PRNUM xy e Monodirectional bidirectional probe _PRNUM 1xy Programming CYCLE976 120 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers Measuring variants Measuring cycle CYCLI parameter MVAR 5 3 CYCLE9 6 calibrate workpiece probe E976 permits the following calibration variants whi
247. c cya cionsiaaieasisitabasotadiecn sa tausuanataacata 151 General infor ation suenan e aiad E i a E aE N 151 Programming examples itl iad Shi Sina Ris decade bale na alas R 153 Measurement and ZO determination ccccccccccccossessssesecsscsessesecsacsesceecsesassacsacsecsecsessseacsacsaeaes 155 General information ccccccccccsscssecsececsaecesecsseceecsecsacsscssessecsecuaessasseasecsecsaceaeesecsecsacascaaeaeenaeeas 155 Programming example seserinis oii ai Ea Ea ENEE EAEE EAEE RAEAN 158 CYCLE978 workpiece Measuring a surface parallel to the AXiS ccececeeeeeeeeteteeeeeteees 160 FUIGCTIGINOVERVIGW uione retenria a E ei dlieladi decease SEE 160 Measuring the surfac isiodncsnaine ana e n e e E E aer N 162 Measurement and ZO determination ccccccccccessesscssecssesscsecesecaseseeceecsecsascascsecsscaseaeeeeeseees 164 General information ccccccccccsscssecsecsecsaecesecsseceessecsecsacsaessecsecsacssessesssecsecsascsessecsecsaaseeaesecsaeeas 164 Programming SAS cca tm aceasta cnerncdtaneinaniandtta gait EAE AAEE EE NEEG 166 Measuring and COC IONE SOL raat scabeys sad acs waca i E a ie 168 General informatio Minsa a a a a sad navthatinedaeeans 168 Programming NANT ssc ce eea aaa iad lS achat Eaa AAAA E Ah Eiaa 169 CYCLE979 workpiece Measure hole shaft groove rib at an ANGIC eeceeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 172 Function OVELVICW ccccccceecesccssecsceecssecssesseseecsaessessessesusescsssssaseessecsa
248. cally loads them into the appropriate data area in data block GUD6 field _TP or TPW Values are corrected without empirical and mean values The lateral surfaces of the tool probe must be aligned parallel to the relevant axes machine or workpiece coordinate system in abscissa and ordinate Since no specific tool type is available for the calibration tool the 8th digit of IMVAR indicates whether a calibration or turning tool is to be used for calibration see CYCLE982 measuring variants Length 1 and 2 and the radius of the calibration tool must be known exactly and stored in a tool offset data block This tool offset must be active when the cycle is called A turning tool must be specified as the tool type type 5xy Calibration is possible with cutting edge positions SL1 SL2 SL3 or SL4 Before CYCLE982 starts the position of the calibration tool tool tip must be such that it causes the probe to switch in the specified direction _MD for the measuring axis _MA within path 2 x _FA Careful when positioning manually Damage to the probe must be prevented Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 303 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools Parameter See also 304 Parameter Value Description _MVAR 100000 Calibrate tool probe incrementally machine related with calibration tool 10100000 Calibrate tool probe incrementally
249. can be measured in the same way as kinematics with NC controlled rotary axes When CYCLE996 is started a swivel data record with basic data for kinematics type see Programming Manual Cycles CYCLE800 must be parameterized The measurement itself must be carried out without an active kinematic transformation Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 10 CYCLE996 workpiece Measure kinematics Requirements The following requirements must be met in order to use CYCLE996 Measure kinematics e SIEMENS measuring cycles package is installed e Workpiece probe is calibrated e Calibration ball is mounted e Oriented tool carrier is initialized MD 18088 MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER gt 0 e The basic geometry of the machine X Y Z is rectangular and referenced The right angle refers to the workpiece spindle and should be preferably checked using a test mandrel e Defined position of the rotary axes involved in the transformation e Defined traverse directions in compliance with the standard of all axes involved in the transformation according to ISO 841 2001 and or DIN 66217 righthand rule 5 10 2 Measurement procedure 5 10 2 1 Proceed as follows The Measure kinematics function involving the use of CYCLE996 is implemented by means of the following basic procedure 1 Measure a rotary axis 2 Measure a second rotary axis if this exists 3 Calculate
250. ccatsaeseecsascaeseesenescnaseseeseeaes 172 Measure shaft groove WED cccccccesccsscsscsseecsscssecesesecsecsascsessecusesaesaassesesscsecsaccsecsecsecsaceeesaeaes 175 General information seeks nee a i Gilani es ina a SaL iadaan 175 Operational Sequence ise ca cheb deseay Senieats Gace sey Seaietmednw iden dad ac edhecnuap beau uateladadleudh webuserioieoeda T77 PS SUG and LOGOS ieee otiraa oneei aene EAEE Ea aa r E SEKE ERE RA Eat 180 General information ccccccccccescssecssesecssecessesseceecsecsecsasscsessecsecsacsaeseasecsecsaecaecsecsecsasasenaeseesaeeas 180 Programming examples eseuri a e E EA AEAEE EEE EE EEA 182 Measurement and ZO determination cccccccccsscsssesecsecsseseesecssecaseseecesesecsaecsecsecsecaseseeeeeeeens 185 General informatii ireussnn aua i aa a cde ens 185 Piog r amming example hth aa idea la AA a A NiE 187 CYCLE998 workpiece Angle measurement and ZO determination ccceeceseeeceeeeeeees 189 Function OVervV eW ccccccceecesecssecsceecssecssses teseecsaessessessesusessasseecaescaecsascaecsecsscsaecsesesnescaseseessenaes 189 Tangle measurement sser iosi e nE AES EEEE AEO 193 General information c neien iaie a e i e EEE a aE S 193 Programming example 25s uss esc edeecanesSbeadl ice seedes tested al ctbradesades naonesdaesctenind sbeniedeaadegoncdeioeie 195 Operational SEQUENCE seniais a EA Ee a aE EEDE aaa A AAEN EEEE 197 2 angle WMC ASUS NEAL street ncerte astra sondesannitayabs
251. ce probe in a hole or on a surface CYCLE977 Workpiece Paraxial measurement of hole shaft groove web or ZO calculation CYCLE978 Workpiece 1 point measurement or ZO determination on surface CYCLE979 Workpiece Measurement of hole shaft groove web or ZO determination at an angle CYCLE996 Workpiece Measure kinematics from measuring cycles SW 7 5 CYCLE997 Workpiece Measuring spheres or ZO determination from measuring cycles SW 6 3 CYCLE998 Workpiece Angle measurement ZO determination only Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 91 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 7 General prerequisites 5 1 3 5 1 4 92 Overview of the auxiliary programs required Cycle Function CYCLE102 Measurement result display selection CYCLE109 Internal subroutine Data transfer CYCLE110 Internal subroutine Plausibility checks CYCLE111 Internal subroutine Measuring functions CYCLE112 Internal subroutine Measuring functions CYCLE114 Internal subroutine tool offset CYCLE115 Internal subroutine zero offset CYCLE116 Calculate circle center point CYCLE118 Format real values CYCLE119 Internal subroutine Determining position in space Call and return conditions The following general call and return conditions must be observed The D offset must be activated with the data of the pro
252. ce probes on turning machines where they refer to the probe center Probes are classified according to their position Workpiece probe SL 7 Entry in tool memory Radius DP6 r Length 1 basic measurement DP21 only if required Length 2 basic measurement DP 22 only if required Workpiece probe for turning machine Tool type DP1 5xy Example Cutting edge position SL 7 Cutting edge position DP2 7 F Length 1 geometry L1 Length 2 geometry L2 The wear and other tool parameters must be assigned the value 0 Workpiece probe SL 8 Entry in tool memory Radius DP6 r n Length 1 basic measurement only if required Li L DP21 Length 2 basic measurement only if required DP22 i x Fal L2 r fi Workpiece probe for turning machine Tool type DP1 5xy Example Cutting edge position SL 8 Cutting edge position DP2 8 F Length 1 geometry L1 i Ta Length 2 geometry L2 The wear and other tool parameters must be assigned the value 0 27 General 1 7 Probe calibration body calibration tool Workpiece probe SL 5 or SL 6 Entry in tool memory Length 1 basic measurement DP21 only if required Length 2 basic measurement only if required Workpiece probe for turning machine Tool type DP1 5xy
253. ch are specified via e Calibration in hole axes of the plane Digit 3 2 Measuring variant Hole for measurement in the plane center of the hole known Hole for measurement in the plane center of the hole not known With any data in the plane workpiece related Without including probe ball in calculation Including probe ball in calculation for measurement in plane 4 axis directions 1 axis direction also specify measuring axis and axis direction 2 axis directions also specify measuring axis Without determining position deviation of probe With determining position deviation of probe Paraxial calibration in the plane Calibration at an angle in the plane Note When _MVAR xx1x0x calibration is only performed in one direction It is not possible to determine position deviation or calculate probe ball Result parameters Measuring cycle CYCLI E976 returns the following values in data block GUD5 for calibration Parameter Data type Result _OVR 4 REAL Actual value probe ball diameter _OVR 5 REAL Difference probe ball diameter _OVR 6 1 REAL Center point of the hole in the abscissa _OVR 7 REAL Center point of the hole in the ordinate _OVR 8 REAL Trigger point in minus direction actual value abscissa _OVR 10 REAL Trigger point in plus direction actual value a
254. ck of this page Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 465 Alarm error and system messages To From SIEMENS AG Name I DT MC MS1 P O Box 3180 Address of your company department D 91050 Erlangen Germany Fax 49 9131 98 2176 Documentation Suggestions and or corrections Measuring cycles 466 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Overview Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 467 Alarm error and system messages Document Overview SINUMERIK 840D sl 840Di sl General Documentation SINUMERIK SINUMERIK Sales Brochure Catalog NC 61 SINAMICS 120 Catalog D21 1 Converter chassis units User Documentation SINUMERIK 840D sl SINUMERIK Operating Manual HMI Advanced Operation compact Operating Manual HMI sl Universal Turning milling HMI Embedded ShopMill ShopTurn Manufacturer service documentation SINUMERIK SINUMERIK 840D sl M Manual NCU Operator Components Machine and Networking configuration SINUMERIK SINUMERIK SINUMERIK Programming Manual Programming Manual Fundamentals Cycles Job planning Measuring cycles Programming compact System Variable Lists ISO Turning Milling Diagnostics Manual SINUMERIK SINUMERIK 840Di sl SINUME
255. cles on machines with several spindles the spindle concerned before the cycle call must be defined as the master spindle References PG Programming Guide Fundamentals Measuring cycles 262 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 2 CYCLE982 Tool Measure turning tools 6 2 CYCLE982 Tool Measure turning tools 6 2 1 Function overview Function Programming The CYCLE982 cycles each implement the e Calibration of a tool probe and Measure length L1 and L2 for turning tool e Measuring turning tools machine related probe arrays _TP Example Edge position SL 3 Tool lengths L1 L2 of turning tools with cutting edge A Le positions SL 1 to 8 are measured ere PS It is only possible to measure tools with one 7 ee r calibrated tool probe P G 8SUre ik CYCLE982 Note Tolerance parameters TSA TDIF and _TZL must be entered taking into account machine data e MD 20360 TOOL_PARAMETER_DEF_MASK bit0 and bit1 in conjunction with the offset target e geometry and wear Measuring variants Measuring cycles The CYCLE982 measuring cycles permit the following measurement variants which are specified via parameter _MVAR Value Measuring variant 0 Calibrate tool probe machine related 1 Measure tool machine related Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 263 Measuring Cycles for Turning
256. continued e If it is more than 0 04 mm _TDIF no compensation is performed and alarm Permissible dimensional difference exceeded is output and the program continues e If values _TUL 0 01 TLL 0 are violated upward or downward the length of T7 D1 is compensated 100 by this difference Alarm Oversize or Undersize is displayed and the program is continued e If 0 005 mm _TMV is exceeded the length in T7 D1 is compensated 100 by this difference e If itis less than 0 005 mm _TMV the mean value is calculated only if CHBIT 4 1 with mean value memory with the mean value in mean value memory _MV 12 and by including weighting factor _K 2 Ifthe mean value obtained is gt 0 002 _TZL the reduced compensation of the length 1 for T7 D1 is the mean value 2 and the mean value is deleted in _MV 12 f the mean value is lt 0 002 _TZL there is no offset but it is stored in the mean value memory _MV 12 if mean value storage _CHBIT 4 1 is active The results are entered in result array OVR The wear of the length 1 of T7 D1 is included if a change is necessary Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 341 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 5 CYCLE974 workpiece 1 point measurement Measurement of inside diameter and offset T8 Procedure as described for Measurement output diameter Offset of T8 with appropriate modified values _EV 13 MV 13 EVNUM 14 TUL
257. ctangle specifying the angle and distances 106 Setting up an external corner of a square rectangle specifying the angle and distances 107 Set up internal corner specify angle and distances 108 Set up external corner specify angle and distances 117 Set up internal corner specify 4 points 118 Set up external corner specify 4 points Measuring cycles 210 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers Result parameters Measuring cycle CYCLI 5 8 CYCLE961 workpiece Setup inside and outside corner E961 makes the following values available as results in the GUD5 data block Parameter Datatype Result _OVR 4 REAL Angle to abscissa axis in the workpiece coordinate system WCS _OVR 5 REAL Actual value for corner point in abscissa in WCS _OVR 6 REAL Actual value for corner point in abscissa in WCS _OVR 20 REAL Angle to abscissa axis in the workpiece coordinate system WCS _OVR 21 REAL Actual value for corner point in abscissa in MCS _OVR 22 REAL Actual value for corner point in ordinate in MCS OVI 2 INTEGER Measuring cycle number _ovT 3 INTEGER Measuring variant OVI 5 INTEGER _ Probe number OVI 9 INTEGER _ Alarm number 1 Transformation deactivated otherwise basic coordinate system Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 211
258. cted by probing twice the first probing action causes a higher feedrate A maximum of three probing operations are possible for measuring If probing is performed several times the speed is additionally reduced on the last probing operation This speed reduction can be suppressed by setting channel related bit _CHBIT 22 The operator can deactivate the cycle internal calculation via the measuring cycle bit _CBIT 12 1 and specify his or her own values for feed and speed Array _MFS is for entering the values If the bit is set the values from _MFSJ 0 1 are valid for the first probing and the values from _MFS 2 3 speed feedrate for the second If _MFS 2 0 only one probing action is performed If MFS 4 gt 0 and_MFS 2 gt 0 probing is performed in three probing actions the values from _MFS 4 5 are valid in the third action The monitoring functions from array _CM are not active If the spindle is motionless when the measuring cycle is called the direction of rotation is determined from _CM 5 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 111 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 2 CYCLE971 tool Measuring milling tools drills Monitoring for measuring with rotating spindle and cycle internal calculation 112 Parameter Type Meaning _CM 0 REAL Maximum permissible peripheral speed m min feet min Default sett
259. cted occa dec ceed hava sa ntacce sts vated ce vedstueeeccscced seconded ERE 469 WING OX A PEE AE E A E E E A E EEE A E T OA AA E E E NT 475 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 General 1 1 Basics General information Measuring cycles are general subroutines designed to solve specific measurement tasks They can be adapted to specific problems via parameter settings When taking general measurements a distinction is made between e tool measurements and e workpiece measurements Workpiece measurements Workpiece measurements Example Milling machine In workpiece measurement a measuring probe is moved up to the clamped workpiece in the same way as a tool and the measured values are acquired The flexibility of measuring cycles makes it possible to perform nearly all measurements required on a milling or turning machine An automatic tool offset or ZO correction can be applied to the workpiece measurement result Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 13 General 1 1 Basics Tool measurements Tool measurements Measure turning tool length 1 length 2 Measure drill length Example Milling machine In tool measurement the selected tool is moved up to the probe and the measured values are acquired The probe is either in a fixed in position or is swung into the working area with a mechanism The tool
260. ction overview Function This cycle can calibrate a workpiece probe with various cutting edge positions in a e reference groove or ona e surface The surface for calibration on a surface is workpiece related It is only possible to calibrate in the selected axis and direction perpendicular in front of the surface Workpiece probe for turning machine Example Cutting edge position SL 7 F A R 1 Calibration in a reference groove is relative to the machine In this case calibration is possible in one cycle call in both axis directions L2 A It is additionally possible select determining the position deviation of the probe in the idle position or determining the active probe ball diameter The workpiece probe can only have cutting edge positions SL 7 or SL 8 Calibrate workpiece probes In reference groove machine related or on surface workpiece related x1 Example Edge position SL 7 _KBIiO in reference groove _KBIi 1 on surface of a workpiece x Chuck ta A ARS f A 9 SA NN A Workpiece f an LLLI LLL as M _KBIi 2 WwW Z1 Z Measuring cycles 322 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 4 CYCLE973 Calibrating workpiece probes Calibration principle The switching position of the workpiece probe in an axis is calculated into the measuring probe length
261. ctive The offset acts such that the triangle formed by the 3 sphere center points includes the specified setpoint center positions workpiece coordinates The sum of the deviations of the spheres in relation to each other distortion must lie within the value in _TNVL Otherwise no offset is performed and an alarm is output Offset compensation is always performed in COARSE as described for _CHBIT 21 1 Note In this measuring variant Measure 3 spheres compensation in an NCU global basic frame is not possible _KNUM 1051 to 1066 This frame has no rotation component Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 9 CYCLE997 workpiece Measuring a sphere and ZO determination 5 9 2 2 Operational sequence Position before measuring cycle call Before measuring cycle CYCLE997 is called the probe must be positioned at safety height above the set sphere center point setpoints in _SETV of the 1st sphere General The measuring cycle generates the travel movements for approaching the measuring points itself and executes the measurements according to the selected measuring variant Note The value selected for parameter _FA should be so large that all spheres can be reached within total measurement path 2 _FA Otherwise no measurement will be performed or they will be incomplete Next process for measuring variant Paraxial meas
262. culation Since however it is hardly ever known to what extent and in which direction accidental dimensional deviations influence the measurement result a strategy sliding averaging is needed that derives a compensation value from the actual set difference measured Mean value calculation Mean value calculation in conjunction with measurement weighting has proven a suitable method The formula of the mean value generation chosen is Mi Mi Mia D neu alt ko Mvnew Mean value new amount of compensation Mvold Mean value prior to last measurement k Weighting factor for average value calculation Di Actual set difference measured minus any empirical value The mean value calculation takes account of the trend of the dimensional deviations of a machining series The weighting factor k from which the mean value is derived is selectable A new measurement result affected by accidental dimensional deviations only influences the new tool offset to some extent depending on the weighting factor Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 General 1 9 Measuring strategy for measuring workpieces with tool offset Computational characteristic of the mean value with different weightings k Mean value formation with influence of weighting k MI IAL Lower limit Z zero offset A calculated calculated mean value mean values Setpoint Number of mean value formations
263. data The GUD parameters contained in the following tables show the contents of the GUD modules GUD5 GUD6 and GUD7_MC and are available in appendices A1 A2 and A3 as displayed here The modules GUD5 GUD6 and GUD7_MC no longer exist GUD up to Version 7 5 MD SD as of Version 2 6 _TP x 0 SD54625 SNS_MEA_TP_TRIG_MINUS_DIR_AX1 x _TP x 1 SD54626 SNS_MEA_TP_TRIG_PLUS_DIR_AX1 x _TP x 2 SD54627 SNS_MEA_TP_TRIG_MINUS_DIR_AX2 x _TP x 3 SD54628 SNS_MEA_TP_TRIG_PLUS_DIR_AX2 x _TP x 4 SD54629 SNS_MEA_TP_TRIG_MINUS_DIR_AX3 x _TP x 5 SD54630 SNS_MEA_TP_TRIG_PLUS_DIR_AX3 x _TP x 6 D54631 SNS_MEA_TP_EDGE_DISK_SIZE x _TP x 7 SD54632 SNS_MEA_TP_AX_DIR_AUTO_CAL x _TP x 8 SD54633 SNS_MEA_TP_TYPE x _TP x 9 SD54634 SNS_MEA_TP_CAL_MEASURE_DEPTH x _WPIx 0 SD54600 SNS_MEA_WP_BALL_DIAM x _WPIx 1 SD54601 SNS_MEA_WP_TRIG_MINUS_DIR_AX1 x _WPI x 2 SD54602 SNS_MEA_WP_TRIG_PLUS_DIR_AX1 x _WPI x 3 SD54603 SNS_MEA_WP_TRIG_MINUS_DIR_AX2 x _WPIx 4 SD54604 SNS_MEA_WP_TRIG_PLUS_DIR_AX2 x _WPIx 5 SD54605 SNS_MEA_WP_TRIG_MINUS_DIR_AX3 x _WPIx 6 SD54606 SNS_MEA_WP_TRIG_PLUS_DIR_AX3 x _WPI x 7 SD54607 SNS_MEA_WP_POS_DEV_AX1 x _WPIx 8 SD54608 SNS_MEA_WP_POS_DEV_AX2 x _WPIx 9 SD54609 SNS_MEA_WP_STATUS_RTI x _WPIx 10 SD54610 SNS_MEA_WP_STATUS_GEN x Measuring cycles Programming Manu
264. de _SETVAL REAL gt 0 Setpoint acc to drawing only for hole shaft groove web _SETV ae REAL gt 0 Setpoint value rectangle length in the abscissa SETV Setpoint for rectangle length in the ordinate only for measuring rectangle _1D REAL Incremental infeed in the applicate direction indicated by prefix only for measuring shaft web or rectangle and for measuring hole groove shaft web traveling around or taking account of a safety zone _SZA REAL gt 0 e Diameter or width of the protection zone inside for hole groove outside for shaft web e Length of the safety zone in the abscissa only for measuring rectangle _SZO REAL gt 0 Length of the protection zone in the ordinate only for measuring rectangle _MA 1 2 Number of measuring axis only for measuring a groove ora web _KNUM 0 0 Without automatic tool offset without ZO determination Measuring cycles 144 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers See also 5 4 2 2 5 4 CYCLE9 7 workpiece Measure hole shafY groove web rectangle parallel to axes The following additional parameters are also valid _VMS _CORA TSA _FA_ PRNUM _EVNUM and _NMSP The following also applies for measuring variants with tool compensation even when KNUM 0 TZL TMV TUL TLL TDIF With TSA the diameter or width is monitored for tool compensation the center for ZO determination _CORA
265. ditional parameters VMS TSA _FA _PRNUM _EVNUM and _NMSP also apply See also Defining parameters Page 63 Result parameters Page 65 Variable measuring velocity VMS Page 76 Tolerance parameters TZL TMV _TUL _TLL TDIF and _TSA Page 77 Measurement path _FA Page 78 Probe type probe number _PRNUM Page 79 Empirical value mean value EVNUM Page 80 Multiple measurement at the same location _NMSP Page 81 Measuring cycles 336 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 5 CYCLE9 4 workpiece 1 point measurement 6 5 2 2 Programming example ZO calculation at a workpiece The intention is to determine the zero offset in the Z axis on a clamped workpiece with workpiece probe 1 inserted as tool T8 D1 The position determined should retain the value 60 mm in the new workpiece with G54 Measurement is also performed with G54 The probe is already calibrated and the tool data are entered in T8 D1 Tool type DP1 580 Cutting edge position DP2 7 Length 1 geometry DP3 L1 40 123 1 Length 2 geometry DP4 L2 100 456 Radius geometry DP6 3 000 ZO determination Zero offset with settable ZO G54 NVz N_ ZO DETERMINING 1 MPF N10 G54 G90 G18 DIAMON T8 D1 7 Call ZO tool probe N20 GO X36 2100 Starting position before cycle call N30 _MVAR 100 SETVAL 60 MA 1 TSA 1 _KNUM 1 Parameters for cyc
266. e 2 used as tool T10 D1 is to be recalibrated in a hole with D 110 246 mm and not precisely known center point CP in axes X and Y in both axis directions with G17 and paraxially to redetermine trigger values _WP i 1 to _WP i 4 The positional deviation skew _WPIi 7 _WP i 8 and precise ball diameter _WPIi 0 of the probe is also to be ascertained The radius of the probe ball and length 1 must be entered in the tool offset memory under T10 D1 before the cycle is called Tool type DP 710 Length 1 geometry DP3 L41 50 000 Radius geometry DP6 R 3 000 Calibrate in hole with unknown MP F applicate CTH Start position for cycle Length 1 L1 must refer to the center of the probe ball _CBIT 14 0 Careful when positioning Radius R in length L1 is ignored But the desired calibration height can be entered directly Zero offset with settable ZO G54 NVx NVy Arrays for workpiece eee era probe 2 _WP 1 sua start for 3 4 4 measurement already contains approximate values abscissa X N CALIBRATE2 IN _X Y MPF N10 G54 G90 G17 T10 D1 7ZO selection select probe as tool and operating plane N20 M6 Insert probe and activate tool offset N30 GO X100 Y80 Position probe in hole N40 210 Position probe in hole at calibration height N50 _CBIT 14 0 Length 1 relative to probe ball center N60 _TSA 1 _PRNUM 2 _VMS 0 _NMSP 1 Set parameter fo
267. e also General information Page 91 Overview of the auxiliary programs required Page 261 General information Page 378 Overview of measuring cycle parameters Page 421 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 417 Appendix A 2 GUD variables that can no longer be used A 2 418 GUD variables that can no longer be used The following GUD variables can generally no longer be programmed as of measuring cycles version 2 6 If machine or setting data is assigned to a GUD variable only this data should be used GUD up to Version 7 5 _CVAL O MD SD as of Version 2 6 _CVAL 1 _CVAL 2 _CVAL 3 _PROTNAME _HEADLINE _PROTFORM _PROTSYM _PROTVAL _PMI _SP_B _TXT _DIGIT _SI n _SM_RIn _SM_I n _SM_B n _SH_I n _SH_B n _JM_I n _M_TNIC _JM_B O _JM_BI1 D55761 SCS_J_MEA_SET_NUM_OF_ATTEMPTS _JM_B 2 SD55762 SCS_J_MEA_SET_RETRAC_MODE _JM_B 3 SD55763 SCS_J_MEA_SET_FEED_MODE _JM_B 4 _JM_BI5 _JM_BI 6 _SMI_I 2 SD54691 SNS_MEA_T_PROBE_OFFSET _SMI_I 3 SD54690 SNS_MEA_T_PROBE_MANUFACTURER E_MESS_IS_METRIC E_MESS_IS_METRIC_SP EZ_VAR Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Appendix See also Measuring cycles A 2 GUD variables
268. e between the starting point and _SETVAL 0 measuring point 2 or _SETVAL 1 meas point 4 in direction of angle _STA1 _INCA The starting points for measuring point 1 and 3 are each located at half the distance Measurement is performed paraxially with the existing workpiece coordinate system _STA1 refers to the machine coordinate system The measuring cycle generates the required traversing blocks and performs the measurements at the measuring points During travel an additional tolerance angle of 10 degrees is added to the programmed angles in the cycle First measuring point P 2 then P 1 P 3 and depending on parameterization P 4 is approached Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 8 CYCLE9671 workpiece Setup inside and outside corner Traversing between P 1 and P 3 on outside edge Example G17 LAMAR z applicate Measuring height Cross the external corner when _ID gt 0 Measuring height plus _ID The corner is traveled around e ID gt 0 For P 1 after the measurement is raised by _ID in the applicate and P 3 is approached via corner Position after end of measuring cycle The probe is again positioned at the starting point at measuring depth opposite the measured corner Selection of offset with _SETV 4 Measured corner Selection of zero point with SETV 4 only for rectang
269. e center point difference is monitored here with TSA Variable measuring velocity VMS Page 76 Offset angle position CORA Page 76 Tolerance parameters TZL TMV _TUL _TLL _TDIF and _TSA Page 77 Measurement path _FA Page 78 Probe type probe number _PRNUM Page 79 Multiple measurement at the same location _NMSP Page 81 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 6 CYCLE979 workpiece Measure hole shatt groove rib at an angle 5 6 4 2 Programming example Measuring a groove and determining the ZO with CYCLE979 The groove width on a workpiece is to be measured in plane G17 and measuring height Z 40 mm The groove lies at an angle of 70 in its width from the X axis _STA1 The resulting center of the slot in the measured path should lie in the corrected workpiece coordinate system at X 150 mm Y 130 mm _CPA _CPO Any deviation from the selected ZO must be compensated for automatically in G55 by means of additive ZO Measurement is also performed with G55 The maximum conceivable deviation of the groove center is taken as 1 mm The measuring path is therefore specified as _FA 2 mm max measuring path 4 mm and ensures that there is still a minimum measuring path of 1 mm up to the edge of the groove Measure groove and ZO correction Actual groove Setpoint groove A deviation of lt 0 8 mm
270. e deceleration path component The following error of the measuring axis is reduced The following error is velocity dependent and at the same time dependent on the control factor of the measuring axis servo gain of the associated machine axis servo gain factor The deceleration rate of the axis must also be taken into account Together they produce an axis specific velocity dependent deceleration distance The servo gain factor is MD 32200 POSCTRL_GAIN Axis acceleration deceleration rate a is stored in MD 32300 MAX_AX_ACCEL It may have a lesser effect due to other influences Always used the lowest values of the axes involved in the measurement Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 33 General 1 8 Measurement principle Calculation of the deceleration path Position time diagram at various measuring speeds following example of calculation Standstill 1 of axis i Standstill lt 5 As 1 6 00 t ms 16 ms signal processing delay The deceleration path to be considered is calculated as follows S 1000 v t es As As As sb Deceleration path inmm v Measuring velocity in m s t Delay signal ins a Deceleration in m s As Following error in mm As v Kv v here in m min Kv Servo gain in m min mm Example of calculation e v 6 m min 0 1 m s measuring velocity e a 1 m s deceleration e t 16 ms signal delay e Kv 1 in m min mm The deflection of the pro
271. e exceeded is output and the program continues If values _TUL 0 01 TLL 0 are violated upward or downward the length of T8 D1 is compensated 100 by this difference Alarm Oversize or Undersize is displayed and the program is continued If 0 005 mm _TMV is exceeded the length in T8 D1 is compensated 100 by this difference If it is less than 0 005 mm _TMV the mean value is calculated only if CHBIT 4 1 with mean value memory with the mean value in mean value memory _MV 2 and by including weighting factor _K 3 If the mean value obtained is gt 0 002 _TZL the reduced compensation of the length 1 for T8 D1 is the mean value 2 and the mean value is deleted in _MV 2 f the mean value is lt 0 002 _TZL there is no offset but it is stored in the mean value memory _MV 2 if mean value storage _CHBIT 4 1 is active Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 353 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 6 CYCLE 994 workpiece 2 point measurement The results are entered in result field OVR The wear of the length L1 KNUM 1 _MA 2 of T8 D1 is included if a change is necessary Measurement of inside diameter and offset T9 Procedure as described for Measurement output diameter Offset of T8 with appropriate modified values _EV 3 _MV 3 EVNUM 4 TUL SETVAL Note The values of the workpiece tolerance parameters _TUL TLL were selected asymmetrically in the example The result
272. e following measuring variants that are specified in parameter __MVAR Value Meaning 1 2 point inside measurement with programmed safety zone 2 2 point measurement e Outside measurement with programmed safety zone e Inside measurement without safety zone Measuring cycles 348 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines Result parameters 6 6 CYCLE994 workpiece 2 point measurement The measuring cycle CYCLE994 supplies the following values as results in the GUD5 block Parameter Datatype Result _OVR 0 REAL Setpoint diameter or setpoint as radius dimension note _MA _OVR 1 REAL Setpoint for diameter radius in abscissa gt only when __MA 1 _OVR 2 REAL Setpoint for diameter radius in ordinate gt only when _MA 2 _OVR 3 REAL Setpoint for diameter radius in applicate gt only when _MA 3 _OVR 4 REAL Actual value for diameter radius OVR 5 REAL Actual value for diameter radius in abscissa gt only when _MA 1 _OVR 6 REAL Actual value for diameter radius in ordinate gt only when __MA 2 _OVR 7 REAL Actual value for diameter radius in applicate gt only when _MA 3 _OVR 8 REAL Upper Tolerance limit for diameter radius _OVR 12 REAL Lower tolerance limit for diameter radius _OVR 16 REAL Difference for diameter OVR 17 REAL Difference for diameter
273. e length 2 Measure milling cutter on turning machine Example axial position measure length and radius Result e Tool length length 1 length 2 e Milling cutter radius R for milling tools Measure drill in radial or axial position on turning machine A o Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 General 7 13 Overview of measuring cycle functions for turning technology 1 13 2 Calibrating workpiece probes CYCLE973 permits calibration of a probe on a surface of the workpiece or in a calibration groove Example Calibrate probe with cutting edge position 7 in X axis in both directions in a calibration groove Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 57 General 1 13 Overview of measuring cycle functions for turning technology 1 13 3 Measuring workpieces at lathes 1 point measurement CYCLE974 is used to determine the actual value of the workpiece in the selected measuring axis with reference to the workpiece zero with 1 point measurement 1 point measurement outside or inside Measure external E a WK ne Result e Actual dimension Diameter length e Deviation Tool offset of the zero offset One point measurement outside or inside with 180 spindle reversal Measure external N 2nd measurement turn after 180 degr Measure internal
274. e limit according to drawing _TSA REAL Safe area _TZL REAL Zero offset area _VMS REAL Variable measuring velocity gt 0 for _VMS 0 150 mm min if _FA 1 300 mm min if _FA gt 1 CYCLE979 Workpiece measurements Parameter Type Possible measurements GUD5 G17 X Y plane G18 Z X plane G19 Y Z plane Measuring with automatic tool offset Measuring with automatic ZO correction Hole Shaft Groove Web Hole Shaft Groo Web ve _CALNUM INT LR TE os mee H Bers Panos mana _CORA REAL Offset angular position only active if mono probe _CPA REAL Center abscissa with reference to the workpiece zero _CPO REAL Center ordinate with reference to the workpiece zero _EVNUM INT Empirical value memory number number of data field GUD5 _EV _EVNUM 1 Mean value memory number number of data field GUD5 _MV _EVNUM 1 Only active if GUD6 _CHBIT 4 1 _FA REAL Measurement path in mm gt 0 _ID REAL Infeed Infeed applicate applicate _INCA REAL Incrementing angle Incrementing angle 0 360 degrees _K INT Weighting factor k for mean value calculation Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 435 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters CYCLE979 Workpiece measurements INT wit
275. e of facing axis X and diameter programming this is a diameter dimension _MA 1 2 31 Measuring axis _KNUM 0 gt 0 0 Without automatic tool offset gt 0 With automatic tool offset individual values see section Description of the most important defining parameters Parameter _KNUM _TNUM INTEGER 20 Tool number for automatic tool offset _TNAME STRING 32 Tool name for automatic tool offset alternative to TNUM with tool management active _DLNU INTEGER 20 DL number for additive and setup offset _TENV STRING 32 Name of tool environment for automatic tool offset 1 Measurement in the 3rd axis of the plane with G18 in Y is also possible provided this axis exists 2 By setting _CHBIT 19 1 in the GUD6 block the same parameterization regarding the setpoint can be used when measuring in the Y axis 3rd axis of the plane for active G18 as when measuring in the X axis transverse axis In this case the tool offset is also applied to L1 effective length in X if nothing different is specified by KNUM Additional parameters VMS TZL TMV TUL TLL _TDIF TSA FA _PRNUM _EVNUM _NMSP and _K also apply Defining parameters Page 63 Result parameters Page 65 Variable measuring velocity _VMS Page 76 Tolerance parameters _TZL TMV TUL TLL _TDIF and _TSA Page 77 Measurement path _FA Page 78 Probe type probe number _PRNUM Page 79 Empirical value mean value EVNUM Page 80 Multiple measurement at the
276. e or setpoint angle between workpiece area and 1st axis of the plane abscissa of the active WCS1 _OVR 1 REAL Setpoint angle between workpiece area and 2nd axis of the plane ordinate of the active WCS _OVR 4 REAL Actual value angle or actual value angle between workpiece area and 1st axis of the plane abscissa of the active WCS 1 _OVR 5 REAL Actual value angle between workpiece area and 2nd axis of the plane ordinate of the active WCS _OVR 16 REAL Difference angle or difference angle about 1st axis of plane _OVR 17 REAL Difference angle about 2nd axis of the plane _OVR 20 REAL Offset value angle _OVR 21 REAL Offset value angle about 1st axis of the plane _OVR 22 1 REAL Offset value angle about 2nd axis of the plane _OVR 23 REAL Offset value angle about 3rd axis of the plane _OVR 28 REAL Safe area _OVR 30 REAL Empirical value _OVI 0 INTEGER ZO number _OVI 2 INTEGER Measuring cycle number Ovi gt INTEGER Probe number OVI 7 INTEGER Empirical value memory number Ovi 9 INTEGER _ Alarm number _OVI 11 INTEGER Status offset request 1 for measuring variant_MVAR x00106 only 192 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 7 CYCLE998 workpiece Angle measurement and ZO determination 5 7 2 1 angle measurement 5 7 2 1 General information Function Using this measuring cycle and the _MVA
277. e positioning 1 with percentage of rapid traverse velocity _SPEED 0 only active with collision monitoring ON _CHBIT 2 1 _CHBIT 17 Feed during measurement 0 with feed in _VMS 1 During 1st measurement feed in _SPEED 3 During 2nd measurement with feed in_VMS _CHBIT 18 Static measurement result display 0 effect as set in CHBIT 11 1 only active if CHBIT 11 0 Measuring result display remains until next measuring cycle is called _CHBIT 19 Only active for CYCLE974 or CYCLE994 Special treatment of Y axis with G18 0 No special treatment 1 setpoint setting and parameterization _SETVAL _TUL _TLL SZO for the Y axis applicate as for the parameterization of the ordinate X axis The tool offset is applied in the length that is active in the ordinate X axis usually L1 as long as no other length has been set in _KNUM The ZO compensation is applied in the specified ZO memory in the ordinate component X axis _CHBIT 20 Only active for CYCLE982 Measuring milling tools Suppression of the starting angle positioning _STA1 0 suppression OFF 1 suppression ON 400 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Data description 9 2 Cycle data _CHBIT Channel bits _CHBIT 21 Only active for CYCLE974 CYCLE977 CYCLE978 CYCLE979 CYCLE997 ZO compensation mode 0 offset additive in FINE 1 offset in COARSE delete FI
278. e possible Calibration calibrating tool A probe must be calibrated before it can be used Calibration involves precisely determining the triggering points switching points of the tool probe and entering them in special data fields Calibration is performed with a calibration tool The precise dimensions of the tool are known Use the same measuring velocity for calibrating and measuring A special cycle is available for calibration Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 25 General 1 7 Probe calibration body calibration tool 26 Entry in tool memory Tool type DP1 1xy Length 1 geometry DP3 L1 Radius DP6 r Length 1 basic measurement DP21 only if required Calibrate tool probes F i Tool probe The wear and other tool parameters must be assigned the value 0 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 General 1 7 Probe calibration body calibration tool 1 7 3 Measuring workpieces at the turning machines Workpiece probe On turning machines the workpiece probes are treated as tool type 5xy with permissible Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 cutting edge positions SL 5 to 8 and must be entered in the tool memory accordingly Lengths specified for turning tools always refer to the tool tip except in the case of workpie
279. e same location gt 0 _PRNUM INT Probe number gt 0 number of the data field assigned to the workpiece probe GUD6 _WP _PRNUM 1 _RA INT _RF REAL _SETVAL REAL use one pace ales Hoz _SETV 0 REAL Distance between starting point and measuring point2 Coordinates of point P1 in the active positive only workpiece coordinate system abscissa _SETV 1 REAL Distance between starting point and measuring point 4 Coordinates of point P1 in the active positive only workpiece coordinate system ordinate _SETV 2 REAL Distance between Coordinates of point P2 in the active measured and required workpiece coordinate system corner point in abscissa abscissa only active if _SETV 4 gt 1 _SETV 3 REAL Distance between Coordinates of point P2 in the active measured and required workpiece coordinate system corner point in ordinate ordinate only active if _SETV 4 gt 1 Measuring cycles 422 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters CYCLE961 Workpiece measurements _SETV 4 REAL 1 Measured corner Coordinates of point P3 in the active 2 Offset in abscissa workpiece coordinate system 3 Offset in abscissa abscissa and ordinate 4 Offset in ordinate _SET
280. e specified setpoint position workpiece coordinates three axes The offset is applied to the ZO number as defined in _KNUM When KNUM 0 there is no offset No scaling factors must be active in the ZOs frames Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 229 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 9 CYCLE997 workpiece Measuring a sphere and ZO determination Settings in_CHBIT 21 You can set whether a ZO compensation should be FINE or COARSE in the translation component e _CHBIT 21 0 Offset is additive in FINE if FINE is available as set in the MD otherwise in COARSE e _CHBIT 21 1 Offset is COARSE FINE is included in calculation and then reset if FINE is available as set in the MD ZO compensation during measurement of 3 spheres _ MVAR x1x109 230 Principle of ZO correction with 3 spheres Ideally the spheres K display No variance between one another to the setpoint Distortion 0 4 z1 Actual position Spatially offset and turned I gK ghz Weorrl Pa i e aoe 1 ica Z e K2 Setpoints xX abscissa Wmeasure Example G17 X Z plane Deviations are shown greatly magnified in the setpoint actual diagram Compensation of the entire active frame with its translational and rotary components is performed after 3 spheres have been measured with cycle CYCLE119 see following section No mirroring or scaling factor may be a
281. e types that can be used e Multidirectional probe _PRNUM 0xy e Monodirectional bidirectional probe _PRNUM 1xy These probes should be used only with low accuracy requirements NOTICE A monodirectional or bi directional probe must always be calibrated These probes cannot be used for the differential measurement Measuring cycles 160 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 5 CYCLE978 workpiece Measuring a surface parallel to the axis Preconditions for differential measurement e Spindle can be positioned between 0 360 degrees at least every 90 degrees with SPOS command e Multidirectional probe all round coverage Programming CYCLE978 Measurement variants Measuring cycle CYCLE978 permits the following measuring variants which are specified via parameter MVAR Value Measurement variant 0 Measure surface and tool offset 100 ZO determination on surface and ZO correction 1000 Measure surface with differential measurement and tool offset 1100 ZO determination on surface with differential measurement and ZO correction Result parameters Depending on the measuring variant measuring cycle CYCLE978 makes the following values available as results in data block GUD5 Parameters Datatype Result _OVR 0 REAL Setpoint value for m
282. easure drill Measure milling cutter Length Length radius ica 1 aS 1 1 i Result e Tool length e Tool radius Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 45 General 7 12 Overview of measuring cycle functions for milling technology 1 12 2 46 Calibrating workpiece probes With cycle CYCLE976 a workpiece probe can be calibrated in a hole calibration ring or ona surface for a particular axis and direction Workpiece probe in calibration ring or calibrate drill hole Calibration on surface Z R s eo w m gt lt xan Result Probe switching point trigger value possibly an additional position deviation active ball diameter of probe Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 General 1 12 3 Workpiece measurement at one point Workpiece measurement Blank measurement Workpiece measurement 1 point measurement Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 CYCLE978 permits measurement at one point of a surface 7 12 Overview of measuring cycle functions for milling technology The measuring point is approached paraxially in the active workpiece coordinate system Depending on the measuring variant the result may influence the selected tool offset or zero offset Z _ iZi Wee Y1 F os x1 Result e Position e Deviation
283. easuring axis _OVR 1 REAL Setpoint in abscissa gt only when _MA 1 _OVR 2 REAL Setpoint in ordinate gt only when _MA 2 _OVR 3 REAL Setpoint in applicate gt only when __MA 3 _OVR 4 REAL Actual value for measuring axis OVR 5 REAL Actual value in abscissa gt only when _MA 1 _OVR 6 REAL Actual value in ordinate gt only when _MA 2 OVR 7 REAL Actual value in applicate gt only when __MA 3 _OVR 8 REAL Upper tolerance limit for measuring axis _OVR 12 REAL Lower tolerance limit for measuring axis _OVR 16 REAL Difference for measuring axis _OVR 17 REAL Difference in abscissa gt only when __MA 1 _OVR 18 REAL Difference in ordinate gt only when __MA 2 _OVR 19 REAL Difference in applicate gt only when __MA 3 _OVR 20 REAL Offset value _OVR 27 REAL Zero offset area _OVR 28 REAL Safe area OVR 29 REAL Dimensional difference _OVR 30 REAL Empirical value Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 161 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 5 CYCLE978 workpiece Measuring a surface parallel to the axis Parameters Data type Result _OVR 31 REAL Mean value OVI 0 INTEGER D number or ZO number OVI 2 INTEGER _ Measuring cycle number OVI 4 INTEGER Weighting factor OVI gt INTEGER _ Probe number _OVI 6 INTEGER Mean value memory number OVI 7 INTEGER Empirical value memory numb
284. easuring axis Y x4 offset axis X MD 0 The probe is positioned with respect to the surface to be measured in such a way that during traversal in the specified measuring axis _MA and direction of the measurement in _MD both measuring points on the surface within the total measurement path 2 _FA in mm is reached Otherwise no measurement or complete measurement will result In the other two axes the positions are retained for the measurement in measuring point 1 at the beginning of a cycle The starting point for measurement 2 is approached paraxially in the offset axis Measuring point 2 is also approached with the measuring axis in direction _MD Position after end of measuring cycle 200 After the end of measurement the probe is at the last measuring point at distance _FA from the measuring surface NOTICE Precise measurement is only possible with a probe calibrated under the measurement conditions i e working plane orientation of the spindle in the plane and measuring velocity are the same for both measurement and calibration Deviations can cause additional measuring errors Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 7 CYCLE998 workpiece Angle measurement and ZO determination Special procedure for differential measurement Measuring cycles The measuring point P1 is measured twice during differenti
285. easuring cycle with automatic calibration using the values entered in array _TP or TPW of the probe and the dimensions of the active calibration tool The tool probe is calibrated from the starting position in the Z X X Y Y and again Z axes The values are entered in the _TP field and _OVR field if the results values of the differences are within the limits gt _TZL lt _TSA Example G17 Calibrating tool 22 Seam y cl Tool probe set x akin Calibrating tool Tool probe Version is e g cube Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 2 CYCLE971 tool Measuring milling tools drills Calibration is performed in this sequence Z1 e applicate abscissa abscissa Sempe Cir machine related ordinate ordinate calibration _PRNUM 1 then finally again in e applicate but now in the located center _TP 0 4 For G17 for example these are the axes Z X X Y Y Z _TP 0 1 _TP 0 0 Calibration in the plus direction of the v1 abscissa is performed after ascertaining the center of the probe in the ordinate Additional movements are performed in the plane 0 2 Determining the center of the probe in ordinate Y calibration X Distance for travelling around _FA _TP 0 1 _TP 0 0 calibrated
286. easuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 311 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools Measuring variant Specified Offset applied Milling tools drills geometry in Example 6 Li L2 Radial position L2 Milling cutter R 0 R measuring with reversal calculation of the length inZ _MVAR 110101 _MA 1 In this case R must be known Example 7 Li R Radial position L2 Milling cutter R 0 R measuring with reversal x1 calculate radius F _MVAR 111101 mw o _MA 1 In this case L2 must be known F she an Measuring cycles 312 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools Programming example Measuring cycles With the turning tool T3 D1 with SL 3 length L1 is to be determined incrementally and machine related The probe to be used is tool probe 1 This _ be is already calibrated in the minus X Length measurement Eiin mcremente prope y l Turning tool SL 3 L2 direction machine related The precise machine related F values are entered in probe array _TP 0 2 mi a I DIRE P 4 v _TP 0 2 N_INCR MEAS MPF N10 T3 D1 G94 Turning tool T3 is active Starting position reac
287. easuring variant Specified Offset applied Milling tools drills geometry in Example 1 Li L2 Axial position L2 Drill R 0 R 0 incremental x4 measurement without reversal calculation of the length EF inZ LF _MVAR 100001 h ai _MA 1 5 Always position the drill tip in the center of the probe o d Example 2 L1 L1 Radial position L2 Drill R O R 0 Measuring without reversal X1 L1 calculation of the length in X _MVAR 110001 _MA 2 Example 3 L1 L2 Axial position L2 Milling cutter R 0 R Measuring without reversal calculation of the length inZ _MVAR 100001 _MA 1 Measuring cycles 310 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools Measuring variant Specified Offset applied Milling tools drills geometry in Example 4 L1 L1 Radial position L2 Milling cutter R 0 R F Measuring without x1 1 2 reversal L1 calculation of the length in X _MVAR 110001 _MA 2 Example 5 L1 R Axial position L2 Milling cutter R 0 R measuring with reversal calculate radius _MVAR 101101 _MA 2 In this case L1 must be known M
288. ece related _MVAR 2 _MA 1 Start position Ya Select tool probe 1 Plane ZO feedrate type dimensioning Selection of the tool to be measured Insert tool offset active Position in infeed axis above the tool probe 7Position X Y plane tool edge 20 mm next to probe edge X Y Compensation in wear internal cycle calculation of feedrate and speed during measurement with rotating spindle Remaining parameters for cycle Without offset Measurement with rotating spindle Raise from probe in Z 117 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 2 CYCLE971 tool Measuring milling tools drills Explanation of example 2 The tool moves in N40 in cycle with its point from the starting position in N16 in Y to the center of the probe _TPW 0 2 _TPW 0 3 2 then in the measuring axis X _MA 1 G17 to position _TPW 0 0 _FA R Here it is lowered to the position in Z _TPW 0 4 _TPW 0 9 Then measuring is performed in the minus X direction At the end the tool radius is again positioned distance _FA in X in front of the probe In block N50 the tool is raised 20 mm in Z above the probe Then the program is ended N60 The difference in radius derived in block N40 of the active tool T4 D1 is subtracted from the wear and entered _CHBIT 3 1 if they e deviate by more than 0 04 mm _TZL 0 04 and e less than 0 6 mm _TDIF 0 6 If the difference is 2_TDIF or _TSA
289. ected edge to set zero in X N770 G57 Activate the changed ZO G57 N780 220 Raise in Z The oblique surface is now completely set up N1000 M2 End of program Comment about CYCLE800 The swivel cycle CYCLE800 is used to measure and operate on any surface by converting the active workpiece zero and the active tool offset to the oblique surface in the cycle by calling the relevant NC functions taking account of the kinematic chain of the machine and positioning the rotary axes Cycle CYCLE800 is not part of the measuring cycle package but of the standard cycles Explanation of example Measuring cycles CYCLE998 2 angle measurement measures the oblique workpiece surface and an offset is entered in the rotation part of the ZO memory G57 After CYCLE800 has been called axes X Y and Z and the rotary axes involved are positioned such that the probe is perpendicular above the oblique workpiece surface Subsequent measurement with ZO in the Z direction with CYCLE978 zeroes the workpiece surface in the Z direction Determining the angular position of the front workpiece edge with respect to the X direction and offset in the ZO memory G57 with CYCLE998 aligns the front edge paraxially with the X direction Then the workpiece zero is precisely defined in the plane by measuring with the ZO in the X direction and Y direction with CYCLE978 After that remachining can begin on the setup surface Programming Ma
290. ection in ZO rit measuring axis or set up Il measuring axis or set up i i and or additive correction l i and or additive correction G54 G57 eli i 2 Radius correction or Asal 2 Radius correction or G505 G599 til correction and or additive til correction and or additive i correction l correction 1000 rit 0 Correction normal Lil 0 Correction normal automatic correction in 1 Correction inverted i l 1 Correction inverted basic frame G500 l 0 Correction relates to l 0 Correction relates to 4th position l 6th position 1011 1026 I 1 Correction of L1 1 Correction of L1 automatic ZO correction 2 Correction of L2 i 2 Correction of L2 in 1st to 16th channel basic 3 Correction of L3 3 Correction of L3 i 4 Radius correction l 4 Radius correction frame l 0 Correction in length radius l 0 Correction in length radius 1051 1066 1 Correction in setup and or 1 Correction in setup and or automatic ZO correction additive correction additive correction in 1st to 16th global basi 2 Correction in length and or 2 Correction in length and or IMASE global basic radius acc to _TENV radius acc to _TENV frame 3 Correction in setup and or 3 Correction in setup and or 2000 additive correction acc to additive correction acc to TENV _TENV automatic ZO correction 1 if MD 18105 lt 9 single digit 2 if MD 18105 gt 999 also valid gt 9 lt 1000 three digit D number for normal D number structure in system frame 9999 automatic ZO correction in acti
291. ed paraxially The zero offset ZO of the associated workpiece can also be determined and corrected A possible rotation of the workpiece is kept without changing it Principle of ZO determination and correction Example G17 Setpoint Y1 Hole Principle of ZO correction in the frame chain Example G17 correction of a channel basic frame X Weel Basic frame corrected also new angle if rotation is present Xaa 82 L Coordinate system for measurement Basic frame for the measurement The angular position cannot be determined with this cycle Compensation of the ZO is executed in such a way that the actual center position of center on the machine e g MPX1 MPY1 includes the desired setpoint position in the workpiece coordinate system when the compensated ZO frame is applied Mirroring can be active in a frame of the frame sequence Dimension factors must never be active The ZO to be corrected is specified in coded form with variable _KNUM gt 0 The ZO can be specified and corrected by various methods e g in various settable frames in various basic frames system frames fine offset or coarse offset etc For detailed information on specifying _KNUM for the zero offset see Parameter description section Description of the most important defining parameters ZO determination in a hole on a shaft or rectangle ZO correction of a workpiece is applied in the absc
292. ed probe The rotary axis that is not to be measured is not in the initial position of the kinematics 1st measu rement P1 Call 1st measurement 2nd measu rement P2 Call 2nd measurement 3rd measu rement P3 Call 3rd measurement aH At the end of the 3rd measurement a call calculates the vectors of the measured rotary axes The prerequisite for this is that all three measurements have been carried out for the rotary axis concerned and that the corresponding measurement results center points of the calibration ball have been saved The vectors of the machine kinematics are then calculated in full when both rotary axes have been measured The measurement counter parameter OVR 40 is displayed in the result bit or in the protocol For 1st 2nd 3rd measurement or Calculate kinematics coding see parameter _MVAR The help displays show the three starting positions P1 P2 P3 of the probe based on the kinematics type of the swivel data record Measurement for kinematics with swivel head 1 Measurement P1 2 Measurement P2 3 Measurement P3 initial state With the 2nd and 3rd measurements the rotary axis to be measured is rotated around the largest possible angle The position of the calibration ball must be stationary during measurement 1st 2nd 3rd Measuring cycles 246 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Cente
293. ed with an empirical value to the old tool length or radius within a defined tolerance range upper limits Safe area _TSA and dimensional deviation check _TDIF lower limit Zero offset range _TZL If this range is not violated the new tool length or radius is accepted otherwise an alarm is output Violation of the lower limit is not corrected Measuring is possible either with e motionless spindle e rotating spindle Prerequisite e The tool probe must be calibrated e The tool geometry data approximate values must be entered in a tool offset data record e The tool must be active e The desired machining plane must be activated e The tool must be prepositioned in such as way that collision free approach to the probe is possible in the measuring cycle Measuring cycles 110 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 2 CYCLE971 tool Measuring milling tools drills Special features of measurement with rotating spindle Measuring cycles e An additional compensation can be activated with variable MT_COMP gt 0 See Measuring and compensation strategy chapter By default the cycle internal calculation of feed and speed is executed from the limit values defined in array _CM for peripheral speed rotation speed minimum feed maximum feed and measuring accuracy as well as the intended direction of spindle rotation for measurement Measuring is condu
294. eeeeatanees 220 5 8 3 3 OperatlOnaliSGQuenCe so aaa aa a aa a aa e aaa Aaa 221 5 9 CYCLE997 workpiece Measuring a sphere and ZO determination 0 cccceseeeesteeeeenees 223 5 9 1 Function OVEIVICW ccccccsecsccsecssecsseseesscuaes cess saussecuss sa caessecusesaessassaucsecsscsaecsessecsscsaseasseeseesaeeaees 223 5 9 2 Measurement and ZO determination cccccccececeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeseceacaeeeeeesesecaeeeeeesetecsecaeeeeees 228 5 9 2 1 General IONAMIN A soietice icedens sachs uses adsinatnaeastelas cance sadacdiie Aiaaicytbauah ennaehassanutevesadedensucinaets 228 5 9 2 2 Operational SEQUENCE ciinii aia ra EE A A a cvesandeceeriadss 231 5 9 3 Programming example CYCLEQQ7 Tisas nanata aa Na KE aa a Kaaa KNN ERA 233 5 9 4 CYCLE119 Arithmetic cycle for determining position iN SPACE ee eeeceeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeneeeeenes 235 5 9 4 1 General information cccccccccsccsccsscssecssecsscsecusecasesasceacsecsscsassaecsecsaecaecaeceeecsecsecsaeececsasesaeeeees 235 5 9 42 Programming example c sccccceeccseceseeseceeeceaeecceeveceecueceeceaeenacecetnacduet EAE AATE 237 5 10 CYCLE996 workpiece Measure kinematics ccccceeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesecenaeeeeeeeecseneeeeees 238 DO Generalene A r a ese i cese hasan dv eaaas rita ota ia hates tea 238 5 10 2 Measurement procedure risme anaana aa aa aa a a aa a aaa a aa 239 5 10 2 1 Proceed as fOIOWS cccccccccceecesccssecesesecs coseseesecusessesssss
295. eeeeessceeeneeenensss 409 Alarm error and system messages cceeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeessenneeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeessseneseeeeeesessee eenen annae 411 11 1 General notes sisirain aa aeeie aaa a aan Noea aai iaa aaaea Taa ea 411 11 2 Error rectification in the measuring cycles 20 0 eee eeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeseeaeeeetaeeeseenaeeeenianeeees 411 11 3 Overview of measuring cycle AlArMS cece cette ee eneeeeeeeaeee ee eaeeeeeseeeeetaaeeeseieeeeesaeeeenteeed 411 PADD ONGIXSovecevsi tenets teste e ios a a ee etna Oh eden Aen ee 413 A 1 Comparison of GUD parameters up to measuring cycles version 7 5 and GUD parameters as of measuring cycles version 2 6 with reference to measuring function 413 A 2 GUD variables that can no longer be USEC ee eeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeseeaaeeeseeaeeeseenaeeeesaaes 418 A 3 Changes to names of cycle programs and GUD MOdUIES ececcccceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeteteeneeeees 420 A 4 Overview of measuring Cycle ParaMetelS eee ceeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeseeaeeeeeeaeeeeeenateeeeeaes 421 List Of abbreviations soscaire die aa AE EEA ENE AES A ANE NRSA EEEE 461 Para melel osscro iin na EE NENI EE E aAA NE EEE 463 Feedback on the documentation ccccceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeesaeeeeeeaeeeeesaaeeeeeeaaeeseeaaaeseesnaeeseeeennaeees 465 WONO W coerce ia AA EE dicen das vb eres iets tcacdecghdaddalediatutitesssstesdvenstaneccdiausd 467 GIOSS UY aise cece cers re
296. eeeeseeeeeenaeeeeenaeeseseaeeeeeseaeeeeeeees 91 5 1 General prereg liSiteS sneep ninna eases ccdeiansauataanecanecuaaddviesen Eaa Aa eannadduavacdeebanatanaanany 91 5 1 1 General WANNA ON ct schist teeta atcuestacdha sh uc sa enerilien demstan taaeusdnahanaex denivatade cane aemeacalacieicss OT 5 1 2 Overview Of measuring CYCIES eee eeeecee cnet ee cece eee eect tants eeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeaaeeeseeaeeeseeaeeeeseeeeeseeeneaes 9T 5 1 3 Overview of the auxiliary programs required 0 ecececeeeeeeeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaeeseenaeeeseeaeeeesenaeeeeeeteeens 92 5 1 4 Call and return conditions ccececeeeceece cece cece ee ee cae eee ee ttrt Ennn aE EEEn ESENE EEEE AN EEEE EEEE ESE rtnn nenene Ennen 92 5 2 CYCLE971 tool Measuring milling tools drills 2 2 0 0 02 ce eeeeceeceee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecaeaeeeeeeseeseaeeeeess 93 5 2 1 F ction I ie as incest cannes teeestaneehtarnaaices seuss narlathg ytaasealatetarwatstesacadnaat eshte 93 5 2 2 Measurement and correction strategy cccceeeeeceeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeseeaeeeseaeeeenenateessnaeeeaes 95 9 2 2 1 Measuring Strategy o scciieseeceesessecetensecwteventcaeta suede dweescteveeseneceaehiecha ea ddaewbened bans ducetdededeedstnansyieeeeeseet 95 9 2 2 2 Compensation Strate Gy visu ited ieiettiehe AAA eet ete 96 5 2 2 3 Compensation with correction table when measuring with rotating spindle eee 97 5 2 3 Calibrating tool probes casi antares tnniaedicnteiiaieatiaamcas
297. een is automatically de selected at the end of the cycle Also _CHBIT 18 must be 0 otherwise the effect as described for _CHBIT 18 1 is obtained _CHBIT 11 1 After the measurement result screen is displayed the cycle generates MO The measurement cycle is continued and the screen is de selected after the NC start Static measurement result display _CHBIT 18 0 Effect is defined by _CHBIT 11 _CHBIT 18 1 The measurement result screen display is kept until the next measuring cycle is called NC program processing is not interrupted _CHBIT 10 must be set CHBIT 11 must be 0 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 403 Data description 9 2 Cycle data Coupling spindle position with coordinate rotation in active plane for workpiece measurement with multi probe _CHBIT 13 0 OFF There is no coupling between the spindle position and active coordinate rotation in the plane _CHBIT 13 1 ON When multi probes are being used the spindle is positioned depending on the active coordinate rotation in the plane rotation around the applicate feed axis so that the same positions of the probe sphere are probed when calibrating and measuring Note Pay attention to CHBIT 14 NOTICE If additional rotations are active in the other planes axes then this function is not effective The coupling between the coordinate rotation and s
298. eference to the workpiece zero in the measuring axis by acquiring two opposite points on the diameter Before taking the first measurement the workpiece is positioned at the angular position programmed in parameter _STA1 with SPOS and the 180 reversal is automatically generated by the cycle before the second measurement The mean value is calculated from both measured values Otherwise the same conditions and tool offset options apply as for measuring variant _MVAR 10 1 point measurement and tool offset Parameter Data type Meaning _MVAR 1000 1 point measurement with reversal and tool offset _SETVAL REAL Setpoint according to drawing in the case of facing axis X and DIAMON this is a diameter dimension _MA 1 2 31 Measuring axis _STAL REAL gt 0 Starting angle spindle position _KNUM 0 gt 0 0 Without automatic tool offset gt 0 With automatic tool offset individual values See Section 2 3 parameter _KNUM _TNUM INTEGER 20 Tool number for automatic tool offset _TNAME STRING 32 Tool name for automatic tool offset alternative to TNUM with tool management active _DLNU INTEGER 20 DL number for additive and setup offset _TENV STRING 32 Name of tool environment for automatic tool offset 1 Measurement in the 3rd axis of the plane with G18 in Y is also possible provided this axis exists 2 By setting _CHBIT 19 1 in the GUD6 block the same parameterization
299. elation to this documentation please fax or e mail us Fax 49 9131 98 2176 E mail mailto docu motioncontrol siemens com A fax form is available in the appendix of this document Internet address http www siemens com motioncontrol Validity This User s Guide is valid for the following controls Measuring cycles version 02 06 Structure of descriptions All cycles and programming options have been described according to the same internal structure as far as this is meaningful and practicable The various levels of information have been organized such that you can selectively access the information you need for the task in hand Supplementary devices The applications of SIEMENS controls can be expanded for specific purposes through the addition of special add on devices equipment and expansions supplied by SIEMENS Note Measuring cycles GUD parameters A correspondence assignment list of the measuring cycle GUD parameters GUD modules and measuring programs used up to and including measuring cycles version 7 5 compared to the machine and setting data as of measuring cycles version 2 6 is included in appendices A1 A2 and A3 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 5 Preface Measuring cycles 6 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Table of contents Measuring cycles PR GTACC ooo secs lech diSu debe duce Hes hats ope E E gene deeseatersecavetineveecs
300. ement This limit has no effect on generation of the compensation value either When it is reached the tool is probably worn and needs to be replaced Note An alarm text is displayed to warn the operator and the program can be continued by means of an NC start This tolerance limit is generally used by the PLC for tool management purposes twin tools wear monitoring Tolerance of the workpiece _TLL TUL Both parameters are active only for tool measurement with automatic tool offset When measuring a dimensional deviation ranging between 2 3 tolerance of workpiece and Dimensional difference control this is regarded 100 as tool compensation The previous average value is erased This enables a fast response to major dimensional deviations Note When the tolerance limit of the workpiece is exceeded this is indicated to the user depending on the tolerance position oversize or undersize 2 3 workpiece tolerance _TMV _TMV is active only for workpiece measurement with automatic tool offset Within the range of Lower limit and 2 3 workpiece tolerance the mean value is calculated according to the formula described in Section Measuring strategy Note Mynew Mynew is compared with the zero compensation range e If Mynewis greater than this range compensation is corrected by Mynew and the associated mean value memory is cleared e If Mynew is less than this range no compensation is carried out t
301. end of cycle From this label all actions to be executed on each CYCLE977 call must be programmed CYCLE199 is called in each measuring cycle when measurement is complete It can be used to program actions necessary following completion of a measurement e g deactivate probe The internal structure of the cycle is the same as that of CYCLE198 i e the program lines must be inserted between the label for a particular cycle and M17 end of subroutine Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 87 Measuring cycle help programs 3 3 Measuring cycle user programs Measuring cycles 88 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring in JOG 4 General When measuring a distinction is made between workpiece measurement and tool measurement These measurements may be undertaken e automatically or e semi automatically Workpiece measurements Workpiece measurements may include e Calibrating the workpiece probe e Measuring the contour elements on a workpiece edge corner hole spigot rectangle and then aligning the workpiece by determining and setting a zero offset Tool measurements Tool measurements may include e Calibrating the tool probe e Determining the tool length or radius of milling tools or tool length of drills and then setting the appropriate offset in the tool offset memory Sequence For a description of workpiece measurements and tool measurements see References S
302. eneral information Function Prerequisite 134 Using this measuring cycle and the _MVAR 10000 measuring variant a workpiece probe can be calibrated in the tool axis applicate on a known surface with sufficiently good surface roughness and which is perpendicular to the measuring axis This can be done on a workpiece for example The trigger point of the relevant axis and axis direction is calculated and entered in the workpiece probe array _WP i 5 provided At the same time length 1 L1 of the probe is calculated according to the setting of _CBIT 14 and entered in the tool compensation memory e _CBIT 14 0 L1 referred to ball center e _CBIT 14 1 L1 ref to ball circumference The probe must be called as a tool with a tool length offset Tool type preferably 710 When using the cycle on a turning machine set type 5xy and _CBIT 14 0 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers Parameter See also Measuring cycles 5 3 CYCLE9 6 calibrate workpiece probe NOTICE If you want to position with the tool in the program the approximate probe length should be known and entered in the tool offset memory Otherwise position the probe with JOG in front of the calibration surface The exact ball radius must be known and entered The first time calibration is performed the default setting in the array of the probe is still 0
303. ength offset about radius 2 201 ordinate a Calculation of center in 2 ordinate b Calibrate in 1 abscissa not for incremental calibration _MD INT Measuring cycles 424 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters CYCLE971 Tool measurement of milling tools on milling machines INT Measuring variant gt 0 Calibration in measurement axis acc to Measure of length of radius previous with motionless spindle positioning on center of measurement cube 0 10 1 11 Measurement with rotating spindle direction of rotation before cycle call if spindle is Incremental calibration already rotating traverse motion in measuring axis only For motionless spindle direction in _CM 5 10000 10010 2 12 from meas cycles SW 6 3 Calibrate automatically 100000 100010 _NMSP INT Number of measurements at the same location gt 0 _PRNUM INT Tool probe number gt 0 number of the data field assigned to the workpiece probe GUD6 _TP L_PRNUM 1 ji _TPWLPRNUM 1 i _TP _LPRNUM 1 i _TPW _PRNUM 1 i _RA INT _RF REAL _SETVAL REAL penis nes pate ci _SETV 8 REAL Paes Baan _STAL1 REAL Eo nes e oe 0 360 degrees _SZA REAL _SZO REAL _TDIF
304. er OVI 8 INTEGER _ Tool number _OVI 9 INTEGER _ Alarm number _OVI 11 INTEGER Status offset request _OVI 13 INTEGER DL number 1 For 1 point measurement with automatic tool offset only 2 For ZO correction only 5 5 2 Measuring the surface Position before measuring cycle call The probe is positioned in relation to the surface to be measured in such a way that during traversal of the specified measuring axis _MA in the direction of the setpoint SETVAL the intended measuring point on the surface will be reached Recommended distance from surface gt _FA Example Measure surface in Z axis F applicate TH Position at end of measuring cycle _SETVAL r Setpoint abscissa X The absolute value of the positional deviation from the setpoint must not be greater than the measuring path _FA Otherwise no measurement will be performed Measuring cycles 162 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 5 CYCLE978 workpiece Measuring a surface parallel to the axis Position after end of measuring cycle After the end of the measuring cycle the probe ball circumference is at a distance _FA from the measuring surface NOTICE Precise measurement is only possible with a probe calibrated under the measurement conditions i e working plane orientation of the spindle in the plane and measuring
305. er for normal D number structure rame 9999 automatic ZO correction in active frame G54 G57 G505 G599 or with active G500 in the last active channel specific basic frame _MA INT _MD INT _MVAR INT Measuring variant gt 0 1xxx measurement traveling around or taking account of a safety zone 1 2 3 4 101 102 103 104 _NMSP INT Number of measurements at the same location gt 0 PRNUM INT Number of measuring points probe type workpiece probe number gt 0 4321 a Li 2 digit number Li Calibrate 2 digit number in hole with unknown 1 Mono probe 0 Multi probe F i 0 3 Measuring points 1 4 Measuring points number of the data field assigned to the workpiece probe GUD6 _WP _PRNUM 2 digit 1 _RA INT _RF REAL Velocity for Velocity for circular interpolation circular interpolation _SETVAL REAL Setpoint according to drawing Setpoint _SETV 8 REAL ae EN aeee ea a2 _STAL REAL Start angle 0 360 degrees Measuring cycles 436 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters CYCLE979 Workpiece measurements _SZA REAL _SZ0 REAL m Be il _4e on Es Wee ne _TDIF R
306. ernal data item GUD7 E_ MESS_SETT 10 Field for settings GUD7 E_ MESS_AM Internal data item 1 During installation value input is mandatory here Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 457 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters Channel oriented bits Block Identifier Description As delivered value _CHBIT Channel bits GUD6 _CHBIT 0 Measurement input for workpiece measurement 0 0 measurement input 1 1 measurement input 2 GUD6 _CHBIT 1 Measurement input for tool measurement 1 0 measurement input 1 1 measurement input 2 GUD6 _CHBIT 2 Collision monitoring for intermediate positioning 1 0 OFF 1 ON GUD6 _CHBIT 3 Tool offset mode with tool measurement 0 0 first time measurement determining geometry 1 remeasuring determining wear GUD6 _CHBIT 4 Mean value for workpiece measurement with automatic tool correction 0 _EVNUM gt 0 0 no mean value derivation over several parts 1 with mean value formation and calculation GUD6 _CHBIT 5 Inclusion of empirical value _EVNUM gt 0 0 0 subtraction of actual value 1 addition to actual value GUD6 _CHBIT 6 Tool offset mode for workpiece measurement with automatic tool offset 0 0 Offset in wear 1 offset in geometry delete wear From meas cycles SW 6 3 For additive and setup offset and _CHBIT 8 0 0 offset in additive offset 1 offset in set up o
307. ers _TZL _TMV _TUL _TLL _TDIF and _TSA Page 77 Measurement path _FA Page 78 Probe type probe number _PRNUM Page 79 Empirical value mean value EVNUM Page 80 Multiple measurement at the same location NMSP Page 81 5 2 5 2 Programming examples 1 Measuring the length and radius of a milling tool machine related Milling tool F3 with D1 is to be measured for the first time along length L1 and radius R to determine geometry The length measurement is to be performed with motionless spindle Radius measurement is to be performed with rotating spindle in the X axis The tool has a specially shaped cutting edge and therefore requires an offset for measurement A measured value deviation of lt 1 6 mm compared with the entered values is expected Values of calibration tool T3 D1 before the measurement Zi _MA 103 offset in direction Toone 128 abscissa X axis Length 1 geometry DP3 L1 70 Radius geometry DP6 R 18 100 paces naan Length 1 wear DP12 0 10 Radius wear DP15 0 spied Beate Tool probe 1 is used It has already been calibrated under the same conditions Values See programming example 1 Calibration _TP 0 1 _TP 0 2 _TP 0 3 _TP 0 1 _TP 0 0 Example G17 measure tool length with _ID gt 0 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 115 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers
308. ers for calculations Local User Data abbreviated to LUDs are used in the measuring cycles as internal arithmetic parameter These are set up in the cycle and exist only during runtime Measuring cycles 62 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Parameter description 2 2 2 2 1 General Parameter overview Defining parameters 2 2 Parameter overview The defining parameters of the measuring cycles can be classified as follows e Mandatory parameters e Auxiliary parameters Mandatory parameters Mandatory parameters are parameters that have to be adapted to the measuring task at hand for example setpoint axis measuring axis etc before each measuring cycle call Parameter Type Validity Default Meaning _SETVAL REAL CHAN Setpoint _SETV REAL CHAN Setpoints additional e g for measuring rectangle ID REAL CHAN Incremental infeed depth offset _CPA REAL CHAN z Center point abscissa for measuring at angle _CPO REAL CHAN Center point ordinate for measuring at angle _SZA REAL CHAN Protection zone in abscissa _SZO REAL CHAN Protection zone in ordinate _STA1 REAL CHAN Start angle _INCA REAL CHAN Incrementing angle _MVAR INT CHAN Measuring variant _MA INT CHAN Measuring axis _MD INT CHAN Measuring direction _TNUM INT CHAN z T number _TNAME STRING 32 CHAN Tool name alternative to
309. eter Datatype Result _OVR 10 REAL Difference center point coordinate ordinate 1st sphere _OVR 11 REAL Difference center point coordinate applicate 1st sphere _OVR 12 REAL Actual value sphere diameter 2nd sphere _OVR 13 REAL Actual value of center point coordinates for abscissa 2nd sphere _OVR 14 REAL Actual value of center point coordinates for ordinate 2nd sphere OVR 15 REAL Actual value of center point coordinates for applicate 2nd sphere _OVR 16 REAL Difference for sphere diameter 2nd sphere _OVR 17 REAL Difference for center point coordinates for abscissa 2nd sphere _OVR 18 REAL Difference for center point coordinates for ordinate 2nd sphere _OVR 9 REAL Difference for center point coordinates for applicate 2nd sphere _OVR 20 REAL Actual value sphere diameter 3rd sphere _OVR 21 REAL Actual value of center point coordinates for abscissa 3rd sphere _OVR 22 REAL Actual value of center point coordinates for ordinate 3rd sphere _OVR 23 REAL Actual value of center point coordinates for applicate 3rd sphere _OVR 24 REAL Difference for sphere diameter 3rd sphere _OVR 25 REAL Difference for center point coordinates for abscissa 3rd sphere _OVR 26 REAL Difference for center point coordinates for ordinate 3rd sphere _OVR 27 REAL Difference for center point coordinates for applicate 3rd sphere _OVR 28 REAL Safe area OVI 0 INTEGER _ ZO number _OVI 2 INTEGER Measuri
310. etraction Manufacturer initial state 2nd rotary axis C axis Positioning probe over calibration ball Ball measurement using CYCLE996 1 Measurement P1 Probe retraction Positioning probe over calibration ball Ball measurement using CYCLE996 Rotary axis 2 2 Measurement P2 Probe retraction Repositioning of 2nd rotary axis C axis Positioning probe over calibration ball Ball measurement using CYCLE996 Probe retraction 3 Measurement P3 Repositioning of 2nd rotary axis C axis Calculating measurement results using CYCLE996 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 243 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 10 CYCLE996 workpiece Measure kinematics 5 10 4 5 10 5 Process 244 Activation of the function The screen form for CYCLE996 Measure kinematics is activated via the global GUD6 variable _MZ_MASK 8 1 as follows Commis gt Measuring Automatic sioning gt cycles measuring Measuring kinematics Starting from the kinematics initial state the relevant rotary axes are measured individually Rotary axes 1 or 2 can be measured in any order If the machine kinematics only have one rotary axis this is measured as rotary axis 1 During the measurement procedure no 5 axis transformations TCARR or TRAORI are active The basic data for the kinematics are always the data of the tool carrier wi
311. f gt 0 01 mm from the setpoint diameter SETVAL 130 mm the tool radius of this tool should be automatically offset in the wear The maximum permissible deviation is taken as max 1 mm To obtain a minimum measuring path of 1 mm to the contour the measuring path is specified as FA 1 1 2 mm max total measuring path 4 mm The center point of the circular segment setpoint is X 180 mm Y 0 mm _CPA _CPO Measurement is to be performed with three point measurement at a measuring height of Z 20 mm at initial angle 15 and following angles 80 Traversing between points is carried out with a circular feed of _RF 900 mm min The offset must take the empirical value in memory _EV 19 into consideration Mean value calculation _MV 19 and inclusion in calculation are also to be used This tool offset will therefore affect the production of the next workpieces or possible remachining Clamping for workpiece Zero offset with settable ZO G54 NVx NVy The probe is already calibrated Arrays for workpiece probe 1 WP Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 6 CYCLE979 workpiece Measure hole shatt groove rib at an angle Workpiece probe 1 used as tool T9 D1 is 7 Measure circle segment semi circle to be used Setpoint The following is entered under T9 D1 in s contour the tool offset memory Tool type DP1 71
312. f DL 4 that is assigned to the length for tool type T6 and setting G17 G18 or G19 stored in WZUMG3 of the measuring axis is to be corrected additively Relevant data _TNUM 6 _TENV WZUMG3 _KNUM 3001002 or KNUM 3000002 _DLNUM 4 _CHBIT 6 0 _CHBIT 8 0 _MA 1 Variable measuring velocity VMS The measuring velocity can be freely selected by means of _VMS It is specified in mm min or inch min depending on the basic system The maximum measuring velocity must be selected to ensure safe deceleration within the probe deflecting path When _VMS 0 150 mm min is the default value for the feedrate when _FA 1 This feedrate value automatically increases to 300 mm min if _FA gt 1 is selected If the basic system is in inches 5 9055 inch min or 11 811 inch min takes effect Offset angle position CORA The parameter CORA contains an offset angular position for mono probes i e alignment of the probe according to its single dimensional direction of switching high point Note In CYCLE982 _CORA is also used to correct the spindle setting after measurement with reversal during milling Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Parameter description 2 3 Description of the most important defining parameters 2 3 11 Tolerance parameters _TZL TMV TUL TLL TDIF and_TSA In the General section measuring principle chapter the correction strategy of measuring cycles is explained
313. f the workpiece probe Calibration During calibration the trigger points of the probe are ascertained and stored in the measuring cycle data in block GUD6 Collision monitoring In the context of measuring cycles this is a function that monitors all intermediate positions generated within the measuring cycle for the switching signal of the probe When the probe switches motion is stopped immediately and an alarm message is output Data blocks for measuring cycles Data blocks GUD5 DEF GUD6 DEF GUD7DEF and GUD7 MC DEF contain data required for configuration and execution of the measuring cycles These blocks must be loaded into the control during start up They must then be adapted according to the characteristics of the relevant machine by the machine manufacturer They are stored in the nonvolatile storage area of the control such that their setting values remain stored even when the control is switched off and on Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 469 Glossary Delete distance to go If a measuring point is to be approached a traverse command is transmitted to the position control loop and the probe is moved towards the measuring point A point behind the expected measuring point is defined as setpoint position As soon as the probe makes contact the actual axis value at the time the switching position is reached is measured and the drive is stopped The remaining distance to go i
314. ffset delete additive offset GUD6 _CHBIT 7 Measured value offset in CYCLE994 0 0 use of trigger values of the probe _WP k 1 1 use of the active ball diameter of the probe _WP k 0 GUD6 _CHBIT 8 From meas cycles SW 6 3 0 Offset mode for workpiece measurement with automatic tool offset 0 additive setup offset according to _CHBIT 6 1 offset additive in set up offset irrespective of _CHBIT 6 GUD6 _CHBIT 9 currently not assigned 0 GUD6 _CHBIT 10 Measuring result display 0 0 OFF 1 ON Measuring cycles 458 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters Channel oriented bits Block Identifier Description As delivered value _CHBIT Channel bits GUD6 _CHBIT 11 Acknowledgment measurement result screen with NC start 0 0 OFF If CHBIT 18 0 the display is automatically deselected at end of cycle 1 ON MO is generated in the cycle GUD6 _CHBIT 12 currently not assigned GUD6 _CHBIT 13 Coupling spindle position with coordinate rotation in active plane for workpiece measurement with multi probe 0 OFF 1 ON GUD6 _CHBIT 14 Adapt spindle positioning if CHBIT 13 1 0 0 according to default 1 adapted angle values GUD6 _CHBIT 15 Number of measurements on failure to switch 0 0 up to 5 measurements 1 only 1 measurement GUD6 _CHBIT 16 Retraction velocity from the measuring point 0 0 velocity as for intermediate positioning 1 wi
315. for swivel mounted workholders the ball must be incorporated into the appropriate workholder In all cases it must be ensured that the probe can approach and bypass the mounted calibration ball without collision in all the selected rotary axis positions Considering the need to avoid collisions the calibration ball should be mounted as far as possible from the center of rotation of the rotary axis that is to be measured If the three ball positions result in too small a triangle this will negatively affect the accuracy of the procedure Calibration ball mounted sufficiently far from Calibration ball mounted too near the center the center of rotation large triangle can be of rotation clamped triangle is too small clamped l_es Note While measuring a rotary axis the mechanical hold down of the calibration ball must not be altered It is only with table and mixed kinematics that different calibration ball mounting positions are permissible for the purpose of measuring the first and subsequent rotary axes Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 10 CYCLE996 workpiece Measure kinematics Defining the rotary axis positions Three measuring positions ball position must be defined for each rotary axis Please note that the positions of the ball in space resulting from the three defined rotary axis positions should lead t
316. formity been maintained when defining the axes 5 10 2 3 Measuring an individual ball position Once the probe has been positioned in accordance with user specifications above the ball either manually or by the part program starting point of CYCLE996 the calibration ball is scanned by calling CYCLE996 and the current ball position is measured To this end the user should parameterize and call CYCLE996 separately for each ball position 5 10 2 4 Calculating and activating the swivel data records After measuring the three ball positions that are required in each case for all the relevant rotary axes the entire set of swivel data records can be calculated by means of CYCLE996 CYCLE996 should be parameterized and called for this purpose The swivel data records calculated using CYCLE996 can be activated as follows e Automatically or e Manually Activating tolerance limits when parameterizing CYCLE996 compare output values and calculated values allows conclusions to be drawn as regards unusual changes in the mechanical kinematic chain The unintentional automatic overwriting of output values can be avoided by adjusting the tolerance limits N caution The rotary axis vectors V1 V2 orientation of the rotary axes are never automatically overwritten Primarily the calculated rotary axis vectors enable an assessment to be made regarding the mechanical desired actual state of the kinematics Depending on the kinem
317. g Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 6 CYCLE979 workpiece Measure hole shatt groove rib at an angle 5 6 2 Measure shaft groove web 5 6 2 1 General information Function Using this measuring cycle and various _MVAR measuring variants the following contour elements can be measured at an angle e _MVAR x01 gt hole e _MVAR x02 gt shaft e _MVAR x03 gt groove e _MVAR x04 gt web If no tool offset or ZO correction is to be applied _KNUM 0 should be set Detailed information on the parameters see Parameter description section Description of the most important defining parameters Measuring principle for hole or shaft The measuring cycle measures points P1 P2 P3 and or also P4 inside the hole and or when outside the hole by passing the shaft Measure shaft at an angle _INCA Example G17 lt x e oe it TSK 2 i N n s The position of the points is determined by starting angle _STA1 indexing angles _INCA the diameter and the set center point These four measured values are used to calculate the actual value of the diameter and position of the center point in the abscissa and ordinate relative to the workpiece zero Measurement is performed in the radial direction e toward the set center point in the case of shaft e away from the set center point in the case of a hole The sum of the starting angle plus all incremental angles must not exceed 360 degrees Measuring cycles
318. g Machines a N N e A ee E A 6 6 CYCLE994 workpiece 2 point measurement N TWO POINT MEAS MPF N30 _TLL 0 01 _KNUM 1 _K 3 _TZL 0 002 _TMV 0 005 _TDIF 0 04 _TSA 0 5 _MVAR 2 31 40 50 60 70 80 90 N10 T1 D1 DIAMON N20 GO G54 230 X60 N25 CHBIT 4 1 _CHBIT 7 0 MA 2 SZA 55 _SZO 55 VMS 0 NMSP 1 FA 1 _SETVAL 45 _TUL 0 _TNUM 8 _EVNUM 3 CYCLE994 GO Z55 X20 Z30 _SETVAL 35 _TUL 0 015 _TNUM 9 _EVNUM 4 CYCLE994 100 GO Z110 110 X60 200 M2 Explanation of example Measurement of outside diameter and offset T8 7Call tool probe MT 7 ZO selection 7Position probe facing Pl With mean value calc calibrated MT Parameter assignment for lst cycle call outside measurement 2 point measurement outside with protection zone P1 Position probe facing P2 Parameter change for 2nd cycle call inside measurement 2 point measurement inside without protection zone P2 Retraction in Z Retraction in X jEnd of program The difference calculated from the actual value and setpoint is compensated for by the empirical value in the empirical value memory _EV 2 and compared with the tolerance parameter Measuring cycles If it is more than 0 5 mm _TSA alarm Safe area violated is output and program execution cannot be continued If it is more than 0 04 mm _TDIF no compensation is performed and alarm Permissible dimensional differenc
319. g Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines See also Defining parameters Page 63 Result parameters Page 65 Variable measuring velocity _VMS Page 76 6 4 CYCLE973 Calibrating workpiece probes Tolerance parameters _TZL TMV TUL TLL _TDIF and _TSA Page 77 Measurement path _FA Page 78 Multiple measurement at the same location _NMSP Page 81 6 4 2 2 Programming example Calibrate workpiece probe in reference groove The workpiece probe 1 with cutting edge position SL 7 is to be calibrated in reference groove 1 in both axes and in both directions in X The probe is inserted as tool T8 D1 Probe lengths L1 and L2 always refer to the probe ball center and must be entered in the tool offset memory before the measuring cycle is called T8 D1 Tool type DP1 580 Cutting edge position DP2 7 Length 1 geometry DP3 L1 40 123 Length 2 geometry DP4 L2 100 456 Radius geometry DP6 3 000 Calibrate workpiece probe in reference groove Example SL 7 E M _KB 0 2 W ZLA ff ZL The data for reference groove 1 have already been entered _KB 0 0 60 123 _KB 0 1 50 054 _KB 0 2 15 021 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 327 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 4 CYCLE9 3 Calibrating workpiece probes N CALIBRATE IN GROOVE MPF N10 T8 D1 7Tool offset of
320. g axis Y is facing axis Two opposite measuring points in measuring axis _MA are approached symmetrically to the workpiece zero at the distance of the setpoint _SETVAL Order 1 measuring point positive 2nd measuring point negative A safety zone is programmed in parameters _SZA and _SZO This is considered in traversal with the measuring variant The probe ball radius must also be considered by the user Measuring cycles 346 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines Programming Prerequisite Measuring cycles 6 6 CYCLE994 workpiece 2 point measurement CYCLE994 Note Tolerance parameters TSA TDIF TZL TMV TLL and _TUL must be entered taking into account machine data e MD 20360 TOOL_PARAMETER_DEF_MASK bit0 and bit1 in conjunction with the offset target e geometry and wear The probe must be calibrated in the measuring direction if CHBIT 7 0 and called as a tool with tool offset The tool type is 5xy The cutting edge position can be 5 to 8 and must be suitable for the measurement task The measuring cycle can be used for measurement without previous calibration Instead of the trigger values in _WP the probe ball diameter entered in the probe array _PRNUM _WP _LPRNUM 1 0 is used in the calculation The function is controlled via bit e _CHBIT 7 1 Probe not calibrated without use of the trigger values use of the
321. g functions for tool measurement with rotating spindle only active if CBIT 12 0 Min input limit Max input limit Changes valid after value assignment Protection level Unit Data type REAL Applies as of SW SW 4 3 Significance CYCLE971 _CM 0 _CM 7 Preset default Monitoring functions for tool measurement with rotating spindle only active if _CBIT 12 0 _CM 0 Max permissible peripheral speed m min feet min 100 m min _CM 1 Max permissible speed rpm 1000 RPM _CM 2 Minimum feedrate for 1st probing operation mm min inch min 1 mm min _CMf 3 Required measuring accuracy mm inch 0 005 mm _CMI 4 Max permissible feedrate for probing mm min inch min 20 mm min _CM 5 Direction of spindle rotation 4 _CM 6 Feed factor 1 10 _CM 7 Feed factor 2 0 CYCLE982 _CM 8 only active if _CBIT 7 1 Tolerance parameter for tool measurement with orientational tool carrier 90 multiples of the tool positions Under some circumstances the actual angular position of the axes can deviate from the programmed value it is for this reason that this tolerance variable has been introduced _CM 8 Field for tolerance parameter of rotary axis positions 0 5 degrees For tool measurement with CYCLE971 only _MFST Feeds and speeds for tool measurement with rotating spindle only active if CBIT 12 1 Min input limit Max input limit Changes valid after value assignme
322. grees with SPOS command e Multidirectional probe all round coverage Maximum measurement angle The cycle is capable of measuring a maximum angle of 45 45 degrees Programming CYCLE998 Measuring variants Measuring cycle CYCLE998 permits the following measuring variants which are specified via parameter MVAR Value Measuring variant 105 Angle measurement and ZO determination positioning at an angle from measuring point to measuring point 1105 Angle measurement with differential measurement and ZO determination positioning at an angle from measuring point to measuring point 100105 Angle measurement and ZO determination paraxial positioning from measuring point to measuring point in the offset axis 106 2 angle measurement and ZO determination positioning at an angle from measuring point to measuring point at height 100106 2 angle measurement and ZO determination paraxial positioning from measuring point to measuring point at height Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 191 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 7 CYCLE998 workpiece Angle measurement and ZO determination Result parameters Measuring cycle CYCLI E998 makes the following values available as results in the GUD5 data block Parameter Datatype Result _OVR 0 REAL Setpoint angl
323. gy for measuring workpieces with tool offset usseeeeesssrrsssrrsserrrssrerrerernsses 36 1 10 Parameters for checking the measurement result and offset eeeeeeeeeeeeeerreeerreseerrerrrnnses 39 1 11 Effect of empirical value mean value and tolerance parameters ccccccccccccceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeenes 44 1 12 Overview of measuring cycle functions for milling technology ceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeenaeeeeeaes 45 1 12 1 Tool measurement on milling machines Machining centers eee eee ee eeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeteenaees 45 1 12 2 Calibrating workpiece Probes cecececceceeeceeeeeeeeeecee cee ee eeeeaeaeceeeeeesecaaeaeeeeeesesseaeseeeeseeeeeeeeeteeed 46 1 12 3 Workpiece measurement at ONE point cece ee cesecee cece cece ceae cece eeeeseaaeaeceeeeeseseaeseeeeeeesenanaeeaead 47 1 12 4 Measuring the workpiece parallel to the AXiS ccccceceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeseneeaeceeeeeseseeaeceeeeeeetenieaeeaead 48 1 12 5 Measuring a workpiece at an ANGIC cc ceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeeeiaeeeeeeateeeeeneeeaes 50 1 12 6 Measuring a surface at AN ANGIC ec ee anii innana aAa ANNA AN AAA ANANA ANA 51 1 12 7 Measuring spheres 00 0 eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee erste eeeeaeeeeeeaeeeseeaaeeeseeaeeeseeaaeeeseaaeeeseeaaeeeseaeeeeeeeseenaeeeseeas 53 1 12 8 Workpiece measurement Setting Up a CONE cccccececeeeceeee cece eeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeecaaeaeeeeeesensnaeeeeess 54 1
324. he starting angle positioning with the value in _STA1 you can set _CHBIT 20 1 However this only permits simple milling cutter measuring variants that do not have to use the starting angle in _STA1 e g no 2nd measurement or no re positioning after measurement with reversal Otherwise milling cutter measuring variants are possible that are also permitted for incremental measurement If the machine does not feature an SPOS capable milling spindle it is also possible to measure milling cutters with these measuring variants and _CHBIT 20 1 Permissible measuring variants with milling cutter and _CHBIT 20 1 xxx0x1 with x 0 or 1 no other values Other measuring variants with a miller will be rejected with an alarm message For measurement with rotating spindle and _CHBIT 20 1 only these measuring variants are permitted Measurement with reversal is not permitted Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools 6 3 8 Measuring drills Special applications Prerequisite Function Measuring cycles The tool probe has been calibrated with G18 active as is usual for turning tools If drills are used on lathes with a length correction offset as for milling machines SD 42950 TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE 0 then a drill can also be measured gauged in this application Length L1 is always calculated in the a
325. hed N20 _MVAR 100001 MA 2 _FA 20 _MD 1 _PRNUM 1 _VMS 0 Parameters for the measuring _NMSP 1 cycle N30 CYCLE982 Measurement in minus X direction N99 M2 Explanation of example The probe has been calibrated in minus X Before the program is started the tip of the tool T3 is in measuring axis X in a range 2 x _FA 40 mm dimension with reference to radius in front of the probe In axis Z the center of the cutting edge is centered with respect to the probe If the cutting edge radius 0 it is the tool nose When CYCLE982 is started measurement starts in the negative X direction MA 2 MD 1 with measuring velocity 300 mm min _VMS 0 _FA gt 1 The switching signal is expected by the probe 1 _PRNUM 1 within a distance of 2 x _FA 40 mm Otherwise an alarm will be triggered Measurement is performed once _NMSP After successful measurement the tip of T3 is in the starting position again The calculated length L1 tool type 5xy MA 2 MVAR xx0xxx is entered in D1 of T3 in the geometry The associated wear component is reset 313 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools 6 3 7 Function 314 Milling tool Suppression of start angle positioning _STA1 To apply the angular position of the milling spindle cutting edge of the miller contacting the probe unchanged in the cycle and thus suppress t
326. hin the cycle and entered in _TNUM Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 473 Glossary Tool number The parameter _TNUM contains the tool number of the tool to be automatically offset after workpiece measurement Trigger point The trigger points of the probe are ascertained during calibration and stored in block GUD6 for the axis direction Variable measuring speed The measuring velocity can be freely selected by means of _VMS The maximum measuring velocity must be selected to ensure safe deceleration within the probe deflecting path gt Measuring velocity Weighting factor for mean value calculation The weighting factor k can be applied to allow different weighting to be given to an individual measurement A new measurement result thus has only a limited effect on the new tool offset as a function of k Zero offset area This tolerance range lower limit _TZL corresponds to the amount of maximum accidental dimensional deviations If the absolute value of the actual set difference is less than the zero offset range the offset is not applied ZO determination In the result of a measurement the actual setpoint value difference is stored in the data set of any settable zero offset Measuring cycles 474 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Index 1 1 point measurement 168 332 335 338 1 point measurement with reversal 343 2 2 point measurement
327. hout with automatic tool offset without with automatic offset of the ZO gt 0 D number memory 0 without tool offset O without offset Normal Flat number structure D number structure 7654321 287654321 l l i D number i LLLLI Dnumber o 1 99 H eating ans orsetup 1 gasos automatic correction in ZO G54 G57 tt and or additive correction Is and or additive correction 2 Radius correction or i i i 2 Radius correction or G505 G599 LII ti d or additi Tl ti d or additi i oe I maon rede 1000 SOEN LI 0 Correction normal Lt 0 Correction normal automatic correction in basic frame l 1 Correction inverted 1 Correction inverted G500 0 Correction relates to 0 Correction relates to i 4th position 6th position 1 01 1 1 026 I 1 Correction of L1 1 1 Correction of L1 r a 2 Correction of L2 2 Correction of L2 automatic ZO correction in co lh Reusocan 18t 0 16th channel basic frame 1 l 0 Correction in length radius l 0 Correction in length radius 1 051 a5 1 066 Seas T nearr automatic ZO correction in 2 Correction in length and or 2 Correction in length and or 1st to 16th global basic frame radius acc to _TENV radius acc to _TENV 3 Correction in setup and or 3 Correction in setup and or 2000 additive correction acc to additive correction acc to _TENV TENV automatic ZO correction in system 1 if MD 18105 lt 9 single digit 2 if MD 18105 gt 999 also valid fi gt 9 lt 1000 three digit D numb
328. i E EEE A EENE 99 5 2 3 21 1112 5 een Rea na a ae ee rtm NCTE Tee PEC Teena nee Pon aT 99 9 2 3 2 Programming example 1 2sc2ccccsseceeecect can ecede cates nn e ennan En EEE EREE 107 5 2 3 3 Programming example 2 sci iced lds echidna ata aed 102 5 2 3 4 Operational SEQUENCE ccccccccceecssecsseeecsseesecsseceessecsecsassseesessecssecsessessessaecsaeceacaucsecs saaseeeasens 104 5 2 4 Calibrating tool probes automatically c cccccccccccesecsceseseesecseeseeeesecsecaeceeaeeesseseesaeeetesseeaeesees 106 5 2 4 1 Automatic calibration erciseirarcaieiascareatue wigs shed eascdaen desea Segucntel ada dei aneataidedalaata Ae cuxaeadowiadnens 106 5 2 42 PRG MUTI example nan a an E S OTE R NSS 107 5 2 4 3 Operational SEQUENCE v ccicecsccccscsssencsnsspicesecoaeveccestabacedeatedascsahsdasushsaadebaeadscrabedenssandandesad sabenceeraada 108 5 2 5 Dea UAT A ie nee e E E E E E E E EE 110 5 2 5 1 Measurement ccc ccccesccsccsecesecssececsessses cassessecusesaessasseasaecsscsassaessecsacsascasecesesecsacaaeeeeceaeeaaeesees 110 5 2 5 2 Programming examples 1 eee eee ene ee Pa en eee te eee 115 52 5 3 Programming example Bia crs as sd SeGireist atc es Sa ands ed baecera E TET 117 5254 Operational SEQUENCE irei Aae Aa a A a A EEEE AAEE 118 5 3 CYCLE976 calibrate workpiece probe issiria naiiai aaa aaa R aa 119 5 3 1 Function OVervIeW ccccccsccsccsecssecseeseesecuses cess caessescesesaecseesecusesaessessauesecsacsaecaessecsacsase
329. idth rectangle length must be within the value specified in _FA for all workpieces to be measured Otherwise there is danger of collision or the measurement cannot be performed Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 4 3 5 4 3 1 Function Parameters Measuring cycles 5 4 CYCLE9 7 workpiece Measure hole shatt groove web rectangle parallel to axes Measuring and tool offset General information Using this measuring cycle and the _MVAR x0xxmeasurement variants a hole shaft groove a web or a rectangle can be measured paraxially Automatic tool offset is also possible This tool is specified in TNUMand TNAME The D number and type of offset are specified in coded form in variable KNUM With an extended tool offset a tool from a particular stored tool environment _TENV and additive or setup offsets can be corrected by specifying the DL number in _DLNUM Detailed information on the parameters see Parameter description section Description of the most important defining parameters If the dimensions of a tool are corrected to this extent the next workpiece can be manufactured with lower tolerances Parameters Data type Meaning _MVAR 1 Measure hole with tool offset 2 Measure shaft with tool offset 3 Measure groove with tool offset 4 Measure web with tool offse
330. iece measurements CYCLE994 Parameter Type Possible axes GUDS Abscissa _MA 1 ordinate _MA 2 applicate _MA 3 for G17 X 1 Y 2 Z 3 for G18 Z 1 X 2 Y 3 for G19 Y 1 Z 2 X 3 Measuring with Measuring with automatic tool offset automatic ZO correction CYCLE974 CYCLE974 CYCLE994 1 point 1 point 1 point with 2 point with reversal reversal _CALNUM INT a aoe eats _CORA REAL _CPA REAL _CPO REAL _EVNUM INT Empirical value memory number gt 0 number of data field GUD5 _EV _EVNUM 1 Mean value memory number number of data field GUD5 _MVLEVNUM 1 Only active if GUD6 _CHBIT 4 1 _PA REAL Measurement path in mm gt 0 _ID REAL _ INCA REAL Pane ee ects _K INT Weighting factor k for mean value calculation Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 427 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters CYCLE974 Workpiece measurements CYCLE994 CRNOM INT without with automatic without with automatic tool offset D number gt 0 offset of the ZO 0 without tool offset memory 0 Without offset 1 99 Normal D number structure Flat D number structure automatic offset in ZO Teta 987654321 G54 G57 rit D number iji HH Dnumber 1 L 0 1 Length correction in the I L 0 1 Length correction
331. ies as of SW SW 3 2 Significance Index k stands for the number of the current data field _CALNUM 1 Preset default Reference groove for calibration of a workpiece probe with cutting edge position SL 7 tool type 5xy _KBik 0 Groove edge in plus direction ordinate 0 _KBJk 1 Groove edge in minus direction ordinate 0 _KBJk 2 Groove base in abscissa 0 Reference groove for calibration of a workpiece probe with cutting edge position SL 8 tool type 5xy _KBJk 3 Groove edge in plus direction abscissa 0 _KBJk 4 Groove edge in minus direction abscissa 0 _KBik 5 Upper edge groove in ordinate 0 _KBJk 6 Groove base in ordinate 0 Note The values of the grooves are always machine related and radius dimensions Both grooves have the same depth Measuring cycles 388 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Data description 9 2 Cycle data Overview of reference groove pairs for calibration for turning only The representation refers to the working plane defined by G18 SL 8 radial X1 4 ordinate aa F _KBIk 5 _KBIk 6 _KBIk 0 _KBIk 1 M la abscissa _KB k 4 _KB k 3 21 _KBIk 2 Measuring cycles 389 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Data description 9 2 Cycle data For tool measurement with CYCLE971 only _CM Monitorin
332. ile Measurement data protocol file Selection e No default e yes The protocol file is saved in the current NC data path or workpiece in which the measurement program is running The file name is the same as that of the swivel data record plus _M1 If the file name already exists M1 is incremented up to M99 If the protocol file is activated the intermediate results i e the three center points of the calibration ball corresponding to 1st 2nd and 3rd measurements are logged The user is responsible for all protocol file operations deleting unloading saving etc Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 249 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 10 CYCLE996 workpiece Measure kinematics 5 10 6 3 Parameters of Calculate kinematics screen form Pressing VSK6 Calculate kinematics displays the following screen form WKS_DIR MEAS_KIN_DOKU WPD Program TRSL3 Auto CYCLE996_DOKU MPF 4 Channel reset Program aborted ROY Alter Kinematics 7 CYCLE996 Protocol of calculated vectors native Name MIXED_BC 1 Meas result Meas only 1st meas Display Yes P1 Rot axis 1 A Scaling No 2nd meas P2 Rot axis 2 Scaling No 3rd meas P3 Lin toler _SETY 0 002000 Rot toler _SETV 8 0 000000 Vector chain closed Log Yes Abort OK Name Name number of the swivel data record Select the swivel data records set in MD 18088 MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER Para
333. illing spindle is stationary it is positioned at the specified starting angle _STA1 at the beginning For simple measuring tasks this positioning with _STA1 can be suppressed _CHBIT 20 1 If suppression is active measurement not requiring an SPOS capable milling spindle is possible To measure a second cutting edge you can select measurement with reversal This involves calculating the mean value over both measured values Not all functions are available Certain Measure milling tool functions require a certain SW software Example Radial position version of the measuring cycles and NCK When SD 42950 2 the This information is given with each function length is calculates as for a turning tool Z Note Measuring drills If the length of the drill L2 for G18 radial position and or L1 for G18 axial position is measuring by approaching the probe from the side ensure that for the drill to be measured the probe is not deflected in the area of the twist groove or in the area of its drill tip If this is not possible using the Measurement or Automatic measurement measuring processing the Incremental measurement measuring variant should be used The drill radius must have been previously entered in the tool correction for this measurement variant otherwise an alarm is triggered Note Turning machines with Y axis Before CYCLE982 is called the Y axis applicate in G18 must be put in a po
334. ing 100 m min _CM 1 REAL Maximum permissible speed for measuring with rotating spindle rpm speed is automatically reduced if this is exceeded Default setting 1000 RPM _M 2 REAL Minimum feedrate for first probing operation mm min inch min prevents feed rates which are too low when working with large tool radii Default setting 1 mm min _M 3 REAL Required measuring accuracy mm inch Is effective during last probing Default setting 0 005 mm _CM 4 REAL Maximum feedrate for probing mm min inch min Default setting 20 mm min _CM S REAL Direction of spindle rotation during measuring Default setting 4 M4 _M 6 REAL Feed factor 1 Values 0 Probing just once with calculated feedrate but at least value of _CM 2 21 1 Probing with calculated feedrate but at least value of _CM 2 Feed factor 1 Default setting 10 _M 7 REAL Feed factor 2 Values 0 2 Probing with calculated feedrate only active when _CM 6 gt 0 21 2 Probing action with calculated feed Feed factor 2 3 Probing with calculated feed Feed factor 2 should be smaller than feed factor 1 Default setting 0 NOTICE If the spindle is already rotating when the measuring cycle is called this direction of rotation remains independent of _CM 5 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 2 CYCLE971 tool Measuring milling tools drills Me
335. ing CYCLE974 CYCLE994 CYCLE982 _OVR 0 REAL Setpoint Measuring Diameter radius axis _OVR 1 REAL Setpoint Abscissa Abscissa _OVR 2 REAL Setpoint Ordinate Ordinate _OVR 3 REAL Setpoint Applicate Applicate _OVR 4 REAL Actual value Measuring Diameter radius axis _OVR S REAL Actual value Abscissa Abscissa _OVR 6 REAL Actual value Ordinate Ordinate _OVR T REAL Actual value Applicate Applicate _OVR 8 REAL Tolerance top limit 1 Measuring Diameter radius axis Actual value Length L1 _OVR 9 REAL Difference oe Length L1 _OVR 10 REAL Actual value Length L2 _OVR 11 REAL Difference Length L2 _OVR 12 REAL Tolerance lower limit Measuring Diameter radius axis Actual value Radius only CYCLE982 _OVR 13 REAL Difference Radius only CYCLE982 _OVR 14 REAL wane at one Measuring cycles 444 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters Result parameters measurement turning machines GUD5 Data type Meaning CYCLE974 CYCLE994 CYCLE982 _OVR 15 REAL ees wz ghee _OVR 16 REAL Difference Measuring Diameter radius axis _OVR 17 REAL Difference Abscissa Abscissa _OVR 18 REAL Difference Ordinate Ordinate _OVR 19 REAL Difference Applicate Ap
336. ing Centers 5 5 CYCLE978 workpiece Measuring a surface parallel to the axis 5 5 4 5 5 4 1 Function Measuring and tool offset General information Using this measuring cycle and the MVAR 0 MVAR 1000measurement variants the measurement position of a paraxial surface can be determined in the workpiece coordinate system Automatic tool offset is also possible This tool is specified in TNUM and _TNAME The D number and type of offset are specified in coded form in variable KNUM With an extended tool offset a tool from a particular stored tool environment _TENV and additive or setup offsets can be corrected by specifying the DL number in DLNUM Detailed information on the parameters see Parameter description section Description of the most important defining parameters Empirical values and mean values An empirical value stored in data block GUD5 in array _EV can be included in calculation of the result after measurement is completed Parameters 168 Optionally averaging is performed over a number of parts array _MV and the tolerance bands are checked Both are activated in EVNUM see Parameter description Section Description of the most important defining parameters Parameters Data type Meaning _MVAR 0 Measure surface and tool offset 1000 Measure surface with differential measurement and tool offset _SETVAL REAL gt 0 Setpoint acc
337. ing cycle release SW 7 3 and higher Approximate values for the lengths and radius of tool T1 are known and entered in offset field D1 The cutting edge position in the tool offset must be entered in accordance with the basic position of the tool carrier in this case cutting edge position 3 The tool should be measured in cutting edge position 4 the tool is aligned in relation to this Values of the turning tool T1 D1 Tool type DP1 500 Cutting edge length DP2 3 Length 1 geometry DP3 L1 10 Length 2 geometry DP4 L2 40 Radius geometry DP6 R 0 5 Deviations from this value of less then 2 5 mm are expected The probe to be used is tool probe 1 This probe has already been completely calibrated machine related The precise values are entered in data field _TP 0 and are _TP 0 0 220 _TP 0 1 200 _TP 0 2 400 _TP 0 3 380 Basic position of the tool carrier Turning tool Cutting edge position 3 Le x1 L1 _TP 0 2 _TP 0 3 Z1 _TP O 1 _TP 0 0 Aligned tool Turning tool Cutting edge position 4 x1 _TP 0 2 _TP 0 3 Z _TP O 1 _TP 0 0 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools o N AUTO DREH MPF PATH _N_WKS_DIR _N_WZ_MESSEN_WPD N10 GO G18 G40 G90 G94 DIAM
338. ing cycles 356 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 7 Complex example for tool measurement Calibration with workpiece probe CYCLE973 measurement of workpiece with CYCLE974 N PART 1 MEAS MPF N10 T8 D1 DIAMON N20 SUPA GO X300 Z150 N30 MVAR 13 MA 1 MD 1 _CALNUM 1 _TZL 0 _TSA 1 _PRNUM 1 _VMS 0 _NMSP 1 _FA 1 40 CYCLE973 50 MA 2 60 CYCLE973 70 G54 GO 240 N80 X220 Zz 00 _TUL 0 TLL 0 01 _TZL 0 002 _EVNUM 0 _TDIF 0 2 _TSA 0 3 _PRNUM 1 _MVAR 0 _SETVAL 200 _MA 2 _TNUM 1 _KNUM 1 N110 CYCLE974 N120 GO 270 N130 X175 N140 MA 1 SETVAL 50 TUL 0 01 _TNUM 2 _KNUM 1 N150 CYCLE974 N160 GO 280 N170 MA 2 SETVAL 150 _TUL 0 005 _TLL 0 003 _TNUM 3 _KNUM 1 80 CYCLE974 90 GO 2110 200 X50 210 MA 1 SETVAL 100 _TUL 0 01 _TLL 0 01 _TNUM 4 _KNUM 1 220 CYCLE974 230 GO SUPA 2250 240 SUPA X280 300 M2 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 7Select tool probe Approach starting position in X and Z from which it is possible to approach the reference groove for calibration without collision Parameters for calibration in ref groove Calibrate probe in the minus Z direction Another measuring axis Calibrate probe in the minus X direction Select work offset traverse to measuring point in the Z axis Position probe facing P 1 Define parameters for measurement Measure P1
339. ing tools Measuring variant Example 1 Axial position R 0 Measuring without reversal spindle stationary 4 measurements necessary _MVAR 2 Specified geometry L1 L2 R Offset applied in L1 L2 R L1 P3x P4x 2 L2 P1z P2z 2 R ABS P3x P4x 2 Milling tools Measurements P1 to P4 Note on example 1 process P1 is approached with the starting angle position STA1 of the milling spindle and measured As the spindle is stationary M5 and reversal measurement is not selected the spindle is rotated by 180 degrees and the same cutting edge is measured again after it has been positioned in the center of the measuring cube The mean value of both measurements is L2 Then P3 is approached and measured after that the spindle is again rotated by 180 degrees and P4 is measured L1 and R are calculated from these two measurements The probe is then retracted to the starting point in axis sequence abscissa ordinate Example 2 Radial position R 0 measuring with reversal 8 measurements necessary P1 to P4 each with reversal _MVAR 10102 L1 L2 R L1 L2 R L1 P3x P4x 2 L2 P1z P2z 2 R ABS P1z P2z 2 x1 z R f Measuring Measuring point 1 point 2 ae Oe ean Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 299 Measuring C
340. ing tools drills N CALIBRATE MTT X MPF NO5 GO G17 G94 G54 Define machining plane zero offset and feed type N10 T7 D1 Select calibration tool N15 M6 Change calibration tool and activate compensation N30 GO Z100 Position infeed axis over tool N35 X70 Y90 Position in plane on tool N40 _TZL 0 005 _TSA 5 _VMS 0 _NMSP 1 Parameters for calibration in the X axis _PRNUM 1 _FA 6 N41 MVAR 10 MA 1 The array of E 5 tool probe 1 is effective _TPW 0 i N50 CYCLE971 Calibration in minus X direction N55 Z100 Traverse up in infeed axis in rapid traverse N60 M2 7 End of program Explanation of example 2 The calibration tool moves with its point from the starting position at N35 X70 Y90 Z100 in Y to the center of the probe Y31 _TPW 0 2 _TPW 0 3 2 42420 2 31 then in the measuring axis X _MA 1 G17 to position X61 _TPW 0 0 FA R 50 6 5 61 Here it is lowered to position Z76 _TPW 0 4 _TPW 0 9 80 4 76 Then measuring calibration is performed in the minus X direction At the end the calibration tool is again at position X61 The new trigger values in minus X are stored in the data of tool probe 1 _PRNUM 1 _TP O 0 if they deviate by more than 0 005 mm _TZL 0 005 from the old values Deviations of up to 5 mm _TSA 5 are permissible In block N55 the calibration tool is moved up to position Z100 and the program ends with block N60 Measuring cycles Programming Manual
341. ing up a corner Using the CYCLE961 cycle it is possible to determine the position of a workpiece corner inner or outer and use this as zero offset Measuring a corner by specifying clearances and angles Right angled corner example external corner Any corner example external corner Result e Actual position of the corner with angle e Zero offset rotation Measuring a corner specifying 4 points Any corner example internal corner NVy Result e Actual position of the corner with angle e Zero offset rotation Measuring cycles 54 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 General 7 13 Overview of measuring cycle functions for turning technology 1 13 Overview of measuring cycle functions for turning technology 1 13 1 Measuring tools at lathes Cycle CYCLE982 is used to calibrate a tool probe and measure turning drilling and milling tools on turning machines Calibrating tool probes Calibrate tool probes Calibration tool always edge position 3 all 4 sides can be reached pe Calibrating tool Result Probe switching point with reference to machine or workpiece zero Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 55 General 1 13 Overview of measuring cycle functions for turning technology Measuring tool 56 Measure turning tool Example edge position 3 Measure length 1 Measur
342. initial measurement or remeasurement of a tool Machine related measurement calibration The switching positions of the tool probe refer to the machine zero The data field for the tool probe _PRNUM is used _TP PRNUM 1 Machine related measurement calibration The switching positions of the tool probe refer to the workpiece zero The data field for the tool probe _PRNUM is used _TPW PRNUM 1 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measure tool automatically Example Turning tool SL 3 lt l2 F k Pi rl WA L1 and L2 are determined Measurement is performed in both Z axes L1 L2 are known roughly Tool probe machine related _TP data field trigger values for probe_PRNUM i 1 in machine coordinates system X1 _TPIi 2 _TPIi 3 _TP i 1 _TPUi 0 Tool probe workpiece related _TPW data field trigger values for probe_PRNUM i 1 in workpiece coordinates system X1 _TPWIi 2 _TPWIi 3 W Z _TPWIi 1 _TPWIi 0 279 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools Special aspects with milling tools The tool length correction is specific to the turning machine SD 42950 TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE 2 The length assignment L1 L2 is performed like for a turning tool Measurement is possible with a rotating M3 M4 or with a stationary milling spindle M5 If the m
343. ion _TP 0 0 50 minus X axis _TP 0 1 28 plus X axis _TP 0 2 42 minus Y axis _TP 0 3 20 plus Y axis _TP 0 4 80 minus Z axis Calibrating tool a Tool probe Version Disk in X Y _TP 0 6 21 cutting edge diameter on upper edge _TP 0 7 133 can be calibrated minus Z axis in both X and Y directions _TP 0 8 101 cutting edge in X Y _TP 0 9 4 distance to upper edge depth of calibration _ N AUTO CALIBRATE MPF N10 G17 GO G90 G94 N20 T7 D1 N30 M6 N40 SUPA X39 Y31 Z100 N20 MVAR 100000 _FA 6 _TSA 5 _TZL 0 001 _PRNUM 1 _VMS 0 _NMSP 1 N30 CYCLE971 N99 M2 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Preselect calibration tool Change calibration tool and activate offset Take up start position Parameters for calibration cycle Automatic calibration complete 107 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 2 CYCLE971 tool Measuring milling tools drills Explanation of example 5 2 4 3 Operational sequence Position before measuring cycle call 108 The position before measuring cycle call can be anywhere but The cycle must be able to position the 1st calibration point at distance _FA above the center of the probe without collision The cycle approaches this point in the axis sequence applicate tool axis followed by axis of the plane All subsequent traversing movements are also performed by the m
344. ion is an option and is available from measuring cycles SW 7 5 onwards With the Measure kinematics function it is possible to calculate the geometric vectors used to define the 5 axis transformation TRAORI and TCARR by measuring the position of the ball in space The measurement is essentially carried out by means of workpiece probes which scan three positions of a measuring ball on each rotary axis The ball positions can be defined in accordance with user specifications so that they correspond to the geometric ratios on the machine The only way of setting the ball positions is to reposition the rotary axis that is to be measured in each case Aside from the basic mechanics of the machine no specific knowledge is required to use CYCLE996 No dimension drawings or machine location diagrams are necessary to carry out measuring References PGZ Programming Manual Cycles CYCLE800 Application range 238 The Measure kinematics function CYCLE996 can be used to determine the data that is relevant to transformations in the case of kinematic transformations that involve rotary axes TRAORI TCARR Options e Redetermination of swivel data records Machine startup Use of swivel mounted workholders as TCARR e Checking swivel data records Service following collisions Checking the kinematics during the machining process Kinematics with manual axes manually adjustable rotary tables swivel mounted workholders
345. ion switchover using _MVAR is available _CBIT 6 Logging without output of the measuring cycle name and 0 measurement variant 0 Measuring cycle name and measuring variant will be output 1 These outputs will be suppressed _CBIT 7 Support for orientational tool carriers 0 0 No support for orientational tool carriers 1 Support for probes and or tools positioned using orientational tool carriers _CBIT 8 Offset of mono probe position 1 0 No offset 1 If the workpiece measuring probe is a mono probe its position spindle position is corrected by the angular value in _CORA _CBIT 9 Assigned internally 0 _CBIT 10 currently not assigned _CBIT 11 Selection of log header for logging 0 Standard 1 user defined Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 391 Data description 9 2 Cycle data _CBIT Central bits _CBIT 12 Feed and speed in CYCLE971 0 0 calculation by measuring cycle itself 1 set by user in array _MFS _CBIT 13 Deletion of values from the measuring cycle arrays in GUD6 0 0 No deletion 1 delete TP TPW WP KB EV MV _CBIT 13 _CBIT 14 Length reference of the workpiece probe in milling measuring 0 cycles 0 length relative to probe ball center 1 length ref to ball circumference _CBIT 15 Transfer of workpiece probe data into the tool offset in 0 CYCLE976 0 No
346. ion to the machine Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines Sequence 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools The measuring cycle parameters for the individual measuring variants are set in the same way as when the tool carrier is in its basic position Before CYCLE 982 is called the tool must be aligned in the same way as it will eventually be measured Preferably tool alignment should be performed with CYCLE800 see Programming Manual Cycles function Tool alignment Please note that the measuring cycle assumes that the tool has been aligned in advance From the position adopted by the tool it must be possible to approach the probe in X Z via the measuring cycle The measuring procedure that follows is the same as for the measuring variants when the tool carrier is in its basic position 6 3 9 2 Measuring turning tools 90 multiples of the tool position Requirement Measuring cycles When measuring turning tools with orientational tool carriers the cutting edge position of the tool must be entered in the tool offset in accordance with the basic position of the tool carrier Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 317 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools Programming example 318 Measuring the turning tool automatically machine related measur
347. irical value stored in data block GUD5 in array _EV can be incorporated in the result calculation after measurement is completed Optionally averaging is performed over a number of parts array _MV and the tolerance bands are checked Both are activated in _EVNUM see Parameter description Section Description of the most important defining parameters Parameters Data type Meaning _MVAR 1 Measure hole with tool offset 2 Measure shaft with tool offset 3 Measure groove with tool offset 4 Measure web with tool offset _SETVAL REAL gt 0 Setpoint diameter width acc to drawing _CPA REAL Center point of abscissa with reference to workpiece zero _CPO REAL Center point of ordinate with reference to workpiece zero _STAL 360 to Start angle 360 degrees ID REAL Incremental lifting of applicate with prefix only measure with web lift for crossing _INCA 360 to Indexing angle only for measuring hole or shaft 360 useful values for 3 point measurement 120 120 degrees degrees useful values for four point measurement 90 90 degrees _RF REAL gt 0 Feed for circular interpolation mm min only measure for hole and or shaft _KNUM 0 gt 0 0 without automatic tool offset gt 0 with automatic tool offset Individual values see Parameter description section Description of the most important defining parameters Parameter _KNUM _TNUM INT 20 Tool number for automatic too
348. is and a signed incremental measuring path up to the expected edge are entered in FA In normal calibration the measuring cycle calculates the approach path to the probe independently from the starting position and then generates the appropriate traverse blocks Note on calibrating in the 3rd measuring axis MA 3 _MA 103 _MA 203 If the tool diameter 2x TC_DP6 is smaller than the upper diameter of the probe _TP i 6 the calibration tool is always positioned in the center of the probe 104 If the tool diameter is larger the calibration tool is offset by the tool radius toward the center onto the probe The value of _ID is subtracted Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 2 CYCLE97 1 tool Measuring milling tools drills The axis in which the offset is applied offset axis is also specified in MA _MA 103 or MA 203 If no offset axis is specified _MA 3 the offset is applied in the abscissa if necessary for G17 X axis Sequence on additional offset axis specification Calibrate machine related Y1 with details of offset axis _MVAR 0 i ee _MA 102 Measuring direction minus ase Sao 2o 4st Distance for bypass oa z t FA rl 3 t 21 calibrated unchanged _TP i 1 _TP i 0 X1 Example G17 determine center in X calibrate in Y Additionally specifying the offset axis in
349. is then made symmetrical see Section Tolerance parameters _TZL TMV _TUL TLL _TDIF and _TSA 6 6 1 3 Operational sequence Position before measuring cycle call The probe must be positioned opposite the positive measuring point Position after end of measuring cycle After the end of measurement the probe is facing the negative measuring point at distance _FA Positions with measuring with protection zone Example G18 MA 2 ordinate Outside measurement X1 before measuring cycle call NJ 24 ee ee x Protection zone Z 4 M i j Se A abscissa y after end of measuring cycle NOTICE Precise measurement is only possible with a probe calibrated under the measurement conditions i e working plane and measuring velocity are the same for both measurement and calibration If the probe is used in the spindle for a powered tool the spindle orientation must also be considered Deviations can cause additional measuring errors Measuring cycles 354 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 6 CYCLE994 workpiece 2 point measurement Procedure for outside measurement with _MVAR 2 _MA 2 safety zone _SZA SZO active 1 Approach path outside diameter user 2 to 7 Traverse paths generated by the cycle for measuring on the outside diameter taking the safety zone _SZA SZO 4 to 6 into account 8 to 9
350. issa and ordinate using the actual value setpoint difference of the position of the center point ZO determination in a groove or on a web ZO correction of a workpiece is applied in measuring axis _MA abscissa and ordinate using the actual value setpoint difference of the position of the center Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 155 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 4 CYCLE9 7 workpiece Measure hole shaft groove web rectangle parallel to axes Parameter Parameter Data type Meaning _MVAR 101 ZO calculation in hole with ZO compensation 102 ZO determination on a shaft with ZO correction 103 ZO determination in a groove with ZO correction 104 ZO determination on a web with ZO correction 105 ZO determination in inside rectangle with ZO correction 106 ZO determination in outside rectangle with ZO correction 1101 ZO determination in hole traveling around a safety zone with ZO correction 1102 ZO determination shaft taking account of a safety zone with ZO correction 1103 ZO determination in groove traveling around a safety zone ZO correction 1104 ZO determination web taking account of a safety zone with ZO correction 1105 ZO determination inside rectangle with safety zone with ZO correction 1106 ZO determination outside rectangle with safety zone with ZO correction _SETVAL REAL gt 0 Setpoint acc to drawing only for h
351. ition Z at safety height N40 X100 Y100 Approach position X Y of 1st sphere N50 _SETVAL 50 Set setpoint parameters for measuring cycle _SETV 0 SET 100 100 100 600 100 call 100 1100 1100 100 N60 _MVAR 010109 _KNUM 9999 _TNVL 1 2 Measure 3 spheres parallel to axis Offset in active frame The offset is applied only if calculated distortion is less than 1 2 mm N70 _VMS 200 _NMSP 1 _FA 5 _PRNUM 1 Measuring velocity 200 mm min Measurement at same measuring point Measurement path 5 mm in front of to 5 mm behind setpoint position sphere lateral surface 7Probe array WP 0 0 9 N100 CYCLE997 Call measuring cycle N200 M2 7End of program Measuring cycles 234 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 9 CYCLE997 workpiece Measuring a sphere and ZO determination 5 9 4 CYCLE119 Arithmetic cycle for determining position in space 5 9 4 1 General information Function This auxiliary cycle calculates the deviations in position and angle to the active frame from 3 defined setpoint positions in space reference triangle and 3 actual positions and corrects a selected frame if necessary Z1 Z applicate BERDA Actual 2 position M ordinate DTE i Actual position Workpiece X abscissa 3 linked points P1 to P3 triangle are positioned spatially offset and turned P1 P2 P3 CYCLE
352. itor Press the following softkeys gt MEASURE MEASURE gt gt MILLING WORKPIECE Kinematics CYCLE996 screen forms Two screen forms are offered for CYCLE996 e 1st 2nd 3rd measurement screen form e Calculate kinematics screen form Vertical softkey VSK functions Swivel data The swivel data can be selected in accordance with the Swivel cycle startup menu see Programming Manual Cycles CYCLE800 This enables the user to check the data of the selected swivel data record or enter the basic kinematics data CYCLE996 has to be called three times in order to complete the entire measuring and vector calculation process for one rotary axis Between cycle calls the user must reposition the rotary axis to be measured Any rotary axis that is not being measured must not be repositioned during the measurement procedure The linear axes are positioned on the starting positions P1 P2 P3 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 245 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 10 CYCLE996 workpiece Measure kinematics The probe must be able to reach the ball equator of the calibration ball The 1st measurement must take place in the kinematics initial state If a rotary axis rotates parallel to the spindle without offset in a head kinematics fork head the 1st measurement can be made with spring load
353. known e The spindle must be SPOS capable e Probe in spindle can be positioned 0 360 degrees all round coverage NOTICE The first time calibration is performed the default setting in the array of the probe is still 0 For that reason _TSA gt probe ball radius must be programmed to avoid alarm Safe area violated Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 127 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 3 CYCLE9 6 calibrate workpiece probe Parameter Parameter Data type Meaning _MVAR xx0x08 Calibration in hole center unknown _SETVAL REAL gt 0 Calibration setpoint diameter of hole a PRNUM gt 0 Probe number _STAL REAL Starting angle only for MVAR 1xxx08 calibration performed at this angle The following additional parameters are also valid _VMS _CORA _TZL FA and NMSP _CORA only relevant for monodirectional probe See also Variable measuring velocity VMS Page 76 Offset angle position CORA Page 76 Tolerance parameters _TZL TMV _TUL _TLL _TDIF and __TSA Page 77 Multiple measurement at the same location _NMSP Page 81 Measuring cycles 128 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 3 CYCLE9 6 calibrate workpiece probe 5 3 3 2 Programming example Calibrating a workpiece probe in the X Y plane unknown hole center point Workpiece prob
354. l _SETVAL 25 000 Meas pathfac _FA 3 000 Area _TSA 6 000 2nd meas Probe number _PRNUM 1 P2 Meas feed VMS 300 000 Log No 3rd meas P3 Calculate inemat Abort OK Name Name number of the swivel data record Select the swivel data records set in MD 18088 MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER The basic kinematics data can be entered with VSK1 Swivel data Parameter TNUM Rotary axis Name of rotary axis 1 or 2 Select the name of the rotary axis of the swivel data record TC_CARR35 36 Parameter MVAR Measuring angle Measuring angle with manual or semi automatic rotary axes The entry field is only displayed if manual or semi automatic rotary axes are declared in the swivel data record gt see TC_CARR37 Parameters e SETV 3 with rotary axis 1 SETV 4 with rotary axis 2 or with swivel head with manual rotary axes Calibration ball Calibration ball diameter Parameter SETVAL Measuring cycles 248 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 10 CYCLE996 workpiece Measure kinematics Measurement path Measurement path factor Parameter FA _ FA should be selected to be greater than the mechanical clearance A when pre positioning the probe Range Safe area Parameter TSA Probe number Number of probe field Parameter PRNUM Measuring feedrate Measuring feedrate Input field for the measuring feedrate Parameter VMS Protocol f
355. l bits gt CHAN extra for each channel An overview of central and channel oriented bits is given in Section Data description cycle data These bits can also be changed by programming or operation 2 2 2 Result parameters Result parameters are measurement results provided by the measuring cycles Parameter Type Validity Meaning _OVR REAL CHAN Result parameter real number Setpoint values actual values differences offset values etc _OVI INTEGER CHAN Result parameter integer Measuring cycles If the result parameters _OVR are used as input or transfer parameters for other standard or measuring cycles the ranges of values defined in the Fundamentals Programming Manual apply The following specifications apply to angular values in accordance with the Fundamentals Programming Manual e Rotation around 1st geometry axis 180 degrees to 180 degrees e Rotation around 2nd geometry axis 90 degrees to 90 degrees e Rotation around 3rd geometry axis 180 degrees to 180 degrees Note If the angular values to be transferred are smaller than the programmed calculation resolution in the NCU they are rounded down to zero The calculation resolution for angle positions on the NCU is specified in machine data 10210 MN_INT_INCR_PER_DEG Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 65 Parameter description 2 2 Parameter overview Example Transfer of parameter _OVR 21
356. l offset _TNAME STRING 32 Tool name for automatic tool offset alternative for _TNUM if tool management active _DLNU INT 20 _TENV STRING 32 Name of tool environment for automatic tool offset DL number for additive setup offset The following additional parameters are also valid _VMS _CORA _TZL TMV TUL TLL TDIF TSA _FA _PRNUM _EVNUM _NMSP and K _CORA only relevant for monodirectional probe The other parameters must also be assigned if KNUM 0 because they refer to the workpiece The diameter or width difference is monitored here with TSA Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 181 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 6 CYCLE979 workpiece Measure hole shaft groove rib at an angle See also 5 6 3 2 Variable measuring velocity _VMS Page 76 Offset angle position CORA Page 76 Tolerance parameters TZL TMV _TUL _TLL _TDIF and _TSA Page 77 Measurement path _FA Page 78 Probe type probe number _PRNUM Page 79 Empirical value mean value EVNUM Page 80 Multiple measurement at the same location _NMSP Page 81 Weighting factor for mean value calculation _K Page 81 Programming example Measuring a hole with CYCLE979 182 The trueness of a circular segment in plane G17 semi circle contour element hole is to be checked Machining was performed with milling tool T20 D1 With a variance o
357. l radius with _ID gt 0 Measuring cycles 116 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 5 2 CYCLE971 tool Measuring milling tools drills Programming example 2 Measure radius of milling tool workpiece related Milling tool T4 with D1 is to be remeasured in radius R to ascertain wear Radius measurement is to be performed with rotating spindle in the X axis A measured value deviation of lt 0 6 mm compared with the entered values is expected Values of calibration tool T4 D1 before the measurement Tool type DP 120 Length 1 geometry DP3 L1 70 Radius geometry DP6 Rg 18 0 Radius wear DP15 Rv 0 024 R Rg Rv Values of the settable ZO for G54 Displacement X 60 Y 15 Z 30 Rotation about X 0 Y 0 Z 18 degrees Tool probe 1 is used It has already been calibrated under the same conditions G17 G54 Values See programming example 2 Calibration N_ T4 MEASURE MPF NO1 _PRNUM 1 N02 G17 G54 G94 G90 NO5 T4 D1 N10 M6 N15 GO Z _TPW _PRNUM 1 4 20 N16 X TPW _PRNUM 1 0 P_TOOLR 20 Y TPW _PRNUM 1 2 P_TOOLR 20 N20 _CHBIT 3 1 _CBIT 12 0 N30 _TZL 0 04 _TDIF 0 6 _TSA 2 _VMS 0 NMSP 1 _FA 3 _EVNUM 0 N31 _ID 0 _MVAR 12 _MA 1 N40 CYCLE971 N50 Z TPW _PRNUM 1 4 20 N60 M2 Measure radius workpi
358. l type preferably 710 When using the cycle on a turning machine set type 5xy and _CBIT 14 0 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 209 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 8 CYCLE9671 workpiece Setup inside and outside corner Compensation of the zero offset The ZO correction is applied in the coarse offset If a fine offset is available MD18600 MM_FRAME_FINE_TRANS it is reset If KNUMB O there is no zero offset ZO When _KNUM 0 the corresponding ZO for the abscissa and ordinate is calculated in such a way that the calculated corner point becomes the workpiece zero The rotary component for the applicate rotation about Z for G17 is offset in such a way that the workpiece coordinate system lies in the plane parallel to the reference edge Workpiece measuring probe type that can be used Multidirectional probe _ PRNUM xy NOTICE Precise measurement is only possible with a probe calibrated under the measurement conditions i e working plane orientation of the spindle in the plane and measuring velocity are the same for both measurement and calibration Deviations can cause additional measuring errors Programming CYCLE961 Measuring variants Measuring cycle CYCLE961 permits the following measuring variants which are specified via parameter __MVAR Value Measuring variant 105 Setting up an internal corner of a square re
359. lanation of example The calibration tool moves out of the starting position of N15 X120 Z100 in Z to the center of the probe with its tool tip An offset is applied to compensate for the calibration tool radius This places the radius center point in the center of the probe The tool tip position is shown Z30 _TPW 0 0 _TPW 0 1 2 R 50 20 2 5 30 This is followed by traversal in measuring axis X _MA 2 G18 to position X76 _TPW 0 2 FA 70 6 76 This is where actual calibration like measurement starts in the minus X direction At the end the calibration tool is again at position X76 The new trigger values in minus X are stored in the data of tool probe 1 _PRNUM 1 _TP 0 2 if they deviate by more than 0 001 mm _TZL 0 001 from the old values Deviations of up to 5 mm _TSA 5 are permissible After that the sides in the minus Z direction plus X direction and plus Z direction are approached calibrated and the values entered in array _TPW 0 Measuring cycles 286 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools 6 3 3 Measuring tool Function This cycle and its various measuring variants are for measuring _MVAR 1 Turning tools machine related This variant is described in detail section Measure turning tool machine related _MVAR 11 Turning tools workpiece related _MVAR xxx01 Milling tools
360. lar path 0 Measure 1 sphere Measure 3 spheres 0 1 3 circular measuring points for Measuring at an angle only 1 4 circular measuring points for Measuring at an angle only Without diameter determination ball diameter known With diameter determination Result parameters Measuring cycle CYCLE997 makes the following values available as results in the GUD5 data block Parameter Datatype Result _OVR 0 REAL Setpoint sphere diameter 1st sphere _OVR 1 REAL Setpoint center point coordinate abscissa 1st sphere _OVR 2 REAL Setpoint center point coordinate ordinate 1st sphere _OVR 3 REAL Setpoint center point coordinate applicate 1st sphere _OVR 4 REAL Actual value sphere diameter 1st sphere OVR 5 REAL Actual value center point coordinate abscissa 1st sphere _OVR 6 REAL Actual value center point coordinate ordinate 1st sphere OVR 7 REAL Actual value center point coordinate applicate 1st sphere _OVR 8 REAL Difference sphere diameter 1st sphere _OVR 9 REAL Different center point coordinate abscissa 1st sphere Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 225 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 9 CYCLE997 workpiece Measuring a sphere and ZO determination Parameter 226 Param
361. lated center and the two points on the ordinate measured The hole and shaft center points are now known and the results entered in array _OVR The positive direction of an axis is measured first Measuring cycles 142 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 4 CYCLE9 7 workpiece Measure hole shaf groove web rectangle parallel to axes Measuring principle for groove or web The groove or web lies parallel to the axes of the workpiece coordinate system 2 measuring points are measured with specified measuring axis _MA The actual value of the groove width and web width and the actual position of the groove center and web center in relation to workpiece zero are calculated from the two measured values The results are entered in array OVR The positive direction of the axis is measured first Measuring principle for inside and outside rectangle Measuring principle for outside rectangle Example G17 plane ae p P Actual rectangle m Setpoint rectangle G E er 5 w o Ss Y Lo a Center found A in X start for 3a g measurements in Y Start position Setpoint center start for X abscissa measurement in X The rectangle lies parallel to the axes of the workpiece coordinate system The measuring cycle ascertains 2 measuring points in both axes and determines the actual rectangle center and both actual values of the
362. le Measure milling tool workpiece related The lengths and radius of tool T10 to be Basic position of the tool carrier measured are known and entered in offset Milling tool in radial position field D1 When the tool carrier is in its basic position the position of the milling tool is radial The length L1 of the tool needs to be adjusted in the axial position offset in wear for this purpose the tool is aligned axially using CYCLE800 see Programming Manual Cycles function Tool X1 alignment Values of the turning tool T10 D1 Tool type DP1 120 Cutting edge length DP2 Length 1 geometry DP3 L41 60 Length 2 geometry DP4 L2 10 w TPWIO i Z1 Radius geometry DP6 R 20 TPWt0 0 Length 1 wear ie 0 Aligned tool Length 2 wear DP12 0 Milling tool in axial position Deviations from this value of less then 2 5 mm are expected The probe to be used is tool probe 1 This probe has already been completely calibrated workpiece related The precise values are entered in data field _TPW 0 and are X1 _TPW 0 0 100 _TPW 0 1 60 _TPW 0 2 120 _TPW 0 3 80 _TPW O 0 Measuring cycles 320 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools o N MESSEN_FW MPF SPATH _N WKS DIR N WZ MESSEN WPD N10 GO G54
363. le _MVAR 105 106 Ze With measuring variants MVAR 105 106 rectangle the measured corner can be selected offset as workpiece zero The offset is specified in _SETV 2 abscissa and _SETV 3 ordinate _SETV 4 can assume values 1 to 4 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 217 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 8 CYCLE961 workpiece Setup inside and outside corner 5 8 3 Setting up a corner with 4 points 5 8 3 1 General information Function Using this measuring cycle and the MVAR 117 MVAR 118 measuring variants the internal and external corner of an unknown workpiece geometry can be measured and set up Measuring principle for int corner specify 4 points _MVAR 117 Y Example ordinate G17 rectangle W abscissa X Measuring principle for ext corner specify 4 points _MVAR 118 Starting point Example G17 abscissa X One after the other points P2 P1 P3 P4 are traversed in the cycle with positioning feedrate at positioning height At each of these points the probe is lowered to measuring depth and then traversed at measuring feedrate parallel to the axis against the workpiece corner The cycle uses the relative positions of points P1 to P4 to determine the approach directions and the measuring axis The cycle calculates the corner point and the angle between the reference edge and the positive abscissa
364. le call _EVNUM 0 _PRNUM 1 _VMS 0 _NMSP 1 _FA 1 N40 CYCLE974 Measurement in the Z direction N50 GO 2100 Retraction in Z N60 X114 Retraction in X N100 M2 jEnd of program Note If parameter VMS has value 0 the default value of the measuring cycle is used for the variable measuring velocity if FA 1 150 mm min if FA gt 1 300 mm min see section Description of the most important defining parameters Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 337 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 5 CYCLE9 4 workpiece 1 point measurement 6 5 2 3 Operational sequence Position before measuring cycle call The probe must be positioned opposite the surface to be measured Position after end of measuring cycle 6 5 3 6 5 3 1 Function On completion of measurement the probe is positioned facing the measuring surface at distance _FA NOTICE Precise measurement is only possible with a probe calibrated under the measurement conditions i e working plane and measuring velocity are the same for both measurement and calibration If the probe is used in the spindle for a powered tool the spindle orientation must also be considered Deviations can cause additional measuring errors 1 point measurement and tool offset General information With this measuring cycle and the _MVAR 0 measuring variant the actual value of a workpiece is determined with reference to the wo
365. le center point At meas height The probe must be positioned at the center point in the plane The probe ball must be positioned at measurement height inside the hole groove rectangle 148 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 4 CYCLE9 7 workpiece Measure hole shafY groove web rectangle parallel to axes Position before measuring cycle call when measuring with safety zone Starting position for cycle call measure with protection zone In center above hole groove or rectangle inside Depth of measurement Reduced by _ID Z 4 applicate F Example G17 _CBIT 14 0 Protected zone Starting height 1 t i Depth of meas _MVAR Pre positioning in the plane in applicate 1001 1101 Hole center point Above hole 1003 1103 Groove center meas ax Above groove 1005 1105 Rectangle center point Above rect 1002 1102 Shaft center point Above shaft 1004 1104 Web center meas axis Above web 1006 1006 Rectangle center point Above rect Note If the value selected for FA is so large that the safety zone is violated the distance is automatically reduced in the cycle However there must be sufficient room for the probe ball Specification of safety zone Specification of protection zone with _SZA Specification of protection zo
366. librating in the abscissa or ordinate abscissa X X1 _MA 1 2 Arrays for workpiece probe 1 _WPD O N CALIBRATE IN Z MPF N10 G54 G90 G17 T9 D1 7ZO selection select probe as tool and operating plane N20 M6 Insert probe and activate tool offset N30 GO X100 Y80 Position probe above surface N40 Z55 Lower probe distance gt _FA R N50 _CBIT 14 0 Length 1 relative to probe ball center N60 TSA 4 TZL 0 PRNUM 1 VMS 0 Define parameter for calibration cycle _NMSP 1 _FA 2 E calibrate probe 1 in minus Z axis N61 _MVAR 0 _SETVAL 20 _MA 3 _MD 1 N70 CYCLE976 Measuring cycle call N80 255 Position probe above workpiece N100 M2 7End of program Explanation of example The new trigger value in the minus Z direction is entered in the global data of workpiece probe 1 in _WP 0 5 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 133 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 3 CYCLE9 6 calibrate workpiece probe 5 3 4 3 Operational sequence Position before measuring cycle call The probe must be positioned facing the calibration surface Recommended distance gt _FA Position after end of measuring cycle When calibration is complete the probe ball radius is distance _FA from the calibration surface if MA 3 if MA 1 or MA 2 it is at the starting position 5 3 5 Calibrating a workpiece probe in the applicate determining probe length 5 3 5 1 G
367. locity as for an intermediate positioning operation _CHBIT 16 1 The retraction velocity is realized with the percentage rapid traverse velocity defined in SPEED O and is only effective when collision monitoring is active _CHBIT 2 1 Feed during measurement _CHBIT 17 0 Measurement is performed with the feed programmed in _VMS Note peculiarities with _VMS 0 _CHBIT 17 1 Initially the axis traverses with the measuring feed _SPEED 3 after switching there is a retraction of 2 mm from the measuring position and the actual measurement starts with the feed from __VMS Measurement with the feed from _SPEED 3 is only realized for a measurement distance travel gt 2 mm Static measurement result display _CHBIT 18 0 For explanation see _CHBIT 10 _CHBIT 11 _CHBIT 18 1 For explanation see _CHBIT 10 _CHBIT 11 Special treatment of Y axis with G18in CYCLE974 or CYCLE994 _CHBIT 19 0 No special treatment for Y axis applicate _CHBIT 19 1 setpoint setting and parameterization SETVAL TUL TLL SZO for the Y axis applicate as for the parameterization of the ordinate X axis The tool offset is applied to the length that is active in the ordinate X axis usually L1 as long as other lengths are not specified by KNUM The ZO compensation is applied in the specified ZO memory in the ordinate component X axis Measuring cycles Programming Ma
368. lue mean value EVNUM nananannnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnrnrnrnrnsnnnsnnnsnnnnnsssnesssnnsneseneen ne 80 2 3 15 Multiple measurement at the same location NMSP c ccccececeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeenaees 81 2 3 16 Weighting factor for mean value calculation Kuo ceeceeeceeeeeeneeee cence eeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeees 8T Measuring cycle help programs viisscsccsccetevasecsecceeccvveccvvassesestvenevvavensccddeec iavesscetvescvuavedecddvecevansdecevnassdeeues 83 3 1 Package structure of the measuring cycles 200 2 ee ceee ee eeee ee etter ee ee eaeeeeeaeeeee tease tiaeeeeeeneeereea 83 3 2 Measuring Cycle SUDrOULINGS 22 6 00 cccdeecceeceereesese caececbic see eeesanteenseaeeeetedieebasaeienasaedeeestaecessieaniaeees 84 3 2 1 OVETVIEW asec store este tact esate a uh sect ee ees etna es 84 3 2 2 CYCLE116 Calculation of center point and radius of a Circle ecececceeceeeeeseceeeeeeeeeeessaeeeeees 85 3 3 Measuring Cycle user PrOQrAM eeeeececeeeeeeeeeeeneneeeeeeeaeeeseaaeeeseeeaeeeseaaeeeseeaaeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeeenaeeaaes 87 3 3 1 General information ccccccccccsscssecsseeecesecesecssecaessecsacsasssessesuecssesaasseassacsecsaccaessecsecsasaecsaessesaeess 87 3 3 2 CUST_MEACYC User program before after measurements are performed 00 87 Measuring IN JOG iassa ar aaen anea E aa ania deen i ieee 89 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers cccssecceeeeeece
369. m before and after expected Switching position ZO correction in G57 7 ZO determination on surface in Z axis for setting the zero in Z Activate the changed zero offset Place in plane before the front edge Lower in Z direction to align the front edge in the X direction Angle measurement measuring axis Y displacement in a distance between measuring points 50 mm offset in the 7ZO memory G57 7edge and X axis rotation part of the set angle between direction 0 Angle measurement by measuring in Y and displacement between the 2 measuring points 7X yin with offset in G57 Activate the changed ZO G57 Position at measuring height before the front edge ZO determination on surface meas in 7Y direction measurement path 10 mm in front of to 10 mm behind expected edge Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers VA ee T 5 7 CYCLE998 workpiece Angle measurement and ZO determination 710 CYCLE978 7ZO determination on surface with meas yin Y direction and ZO in G57 for setting the zero in Y 720 G57 Activate the changed ZO G57 730 X 20 Y 20 740 Y25 Place in front of the left edge 750 _MA 1 Measure in X 760 CYCLE978 ZO determination on surface measurement yin X direction and ZO correction in G57 memory Measurement path 10 mm in front of up to 10 mm behind exp
370. machine related with turning tool Calibrate tool probe incrementally workpiece related with calibration 100010 tool Calibrate tool probe incrementally workpiece related with turning 10100010 tool _MA 1 2 Measuring axis _MD 0 1 Measuring direction 0 positive 1 negative Additional parameters VMS FA _PRNUMand _NMSP also apply Defining parameters Page 63 Result parameters Page 65 Variable measuring velocity _VMS Page 76 Measurement path FA Page 78 Probe type probe number _PRNUM Page 79 Multiple measurement at the same location NMSP Page 81 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines Sequence Measuring cycles 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools Position before measuring cycle call The calibration tool must be prepositioned as shown in the figure The tip of the calibration tool in the measuring axis _MA within distance 2 _FA in front of the measuring surface The center of the calibration tool tip in the other axis offset axis must be in the center of the probe The measuring cycle starts measuring in the specified axis _MA and measuring direction _MD immediately on starting Position after end of measuring cycle When the calibration procedure is completed the calibration tool is positioned on the starting position again Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10
371. mber of measurements at the same location _K INT CHAN 1 Weighting factor for mean value calculation Note 1 All parameters with dimensions except for those marked 1 must be programmed in the unit of measurement of the basic system The parameters marked 1 must be programmed in the unit of the active system of units 2 _FA is always a value in mm even when the unit system set is inches Parameters for logging only Parameter Type Validity Meaning _PROTNAME J STRING 32 NCK 0 Name of main program the log is from 1 name of log file _HEADLINE J STRING 80 NCK 6 strings for protocol headers _PROTFORM INT NCK Log formatting _PROTSYM CHAR NCK Separator in the log _PROTVAL STRING 100 NCK 0 1 Log header line 2 5 Specification of the values to be logged _DIGIT INT NCK Number of decimal places Measuring cycles 64 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Parameter description 2 2 Parameter overview Variable In addition to defining parameters for calculation or character string input there are also BOOLEAN type variables These bits can be used to vary planned cycle sequences or enable or disable certain settings These cycle bits are arrays of variables and of two types e Central bits CBIT e Channel oriented bits CHBIT Their name defines their validity and occurrence e Central bits gt NCK once present applies for all channels e Channe
372. me according to transferred points and correct in active frame Apply _COR 9999 if distortion is RES lt 1 2 mm DEF REAL _ SETPOINT 3 3 MEASPOINT 3 3 DEF REAL RES _RESLIMIT DEF INT _ALARM DEF FRAME REFRAME N10 G17 G54 Tl Dil N20 _SETPOINT 0 0 SET 10 0 0 N30 _SETPOINT 1 0 SET 0 20 0 N40 _SETPOINT 2 0 SET 0 0 30 Program section for determining actual Assignment of derived values N100 MEASPOINT 0 0 SET 11 0 0 N110 MEASPOINT 1 0 SET 1 20 0 N120 MEASPOINT 2 0 SET 1 0 30 Calculation with compensation in G54 N200 CYCLE119 _ SETPOINT MEASPOINT _ALARM RES REFRAME 9999 1 2 IF _ALARM 0 GOTOF _OKAY MSG Error lt lt ALARM MO GOTOF _END _OKAY G54 NAGO GO Ke tiia Bete N500 END M2 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Setpoint coordinates lst point X1 Y1 21 Setpoint coordinates 2nd point X2 Y2 2Z2 Setpoint coordinates 3rd point X3 Y3 Z3 workpiece coordinates of the 3 points Actual value coordinates lst point X1 Y1 21 Actual value coordinates 2nd point X2 Y2 Z2 Actual value coordinates 3rd point X3 035723 7Alarm occurred Activate corrected frame ZO Traverse in corrected frame 237 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 10 CYCLE996 workpiece Measure kinematics 5 10 5 10 1 Function CYCLE996 workpiece Measure kinematics General Note The Measure kinematics funct
373. measured difference lies in the tolerance band between _TZL and _TSA Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 2 CYCLE971 tool Measuring milling tools drills 5 2 2 3 Compensation with correction table when measuring with rotating spindle Measuring cycles When measuring tools with a rotating spindle the measuring precision can be compensated for by additional compensation values during measurement of the cutter radius or cutter length These compensation values are stored in tables in the dependency peripheral speed cutter radius Users can also create their own compensation values in dedicated tables in data block GUD6 This offset is activated with variable of data type INTEGER _MT_COMP gt 0 _MT_COMP 0 No compensation _MT_COMP 1 Automatic compensation i e internal compensation when using a TT130 Heidenhain or TS27R Renishaw _MT_COMP 2 Correction using user defined compensation i e even if Heidenhain or Renishaw are specified deviating probe Preproduced compensation tables of some tool probe models can be activated using variables of the data type INTEGER _TP_CF _TP_CF 0 No data _TP_CF 1 TT130 Heidenhain _TP_CF 2 TS27R Renishaw The user can enter his own compensation values in two arrays of data type REAL e _MT_EC_RJ6 5 for radius measurements and e _MT_EC_LJ 6 5 for length measurements Programming
374. measurements Multidirectional multi probe X X X Bidirectional X X Monodirectional mono X probe Note If a workpiece probe is used both the direction of deflection and transmission of switching signal to the machine column radio infrared light or cable must be taken into account In some versions transmission is only possible in particular spindle positions or in particular ranges This may further limit the use of the probe In any case please follow the advice of the probe or machine manufacturer Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 23 General 1 7 Probe calibration body calibration tool 1 7 Probe calibration body calibration tool 1 7 1 Measuring workpieces on milling machines machining centers Workpiece probe On milling machines and machining centers the probe is classified as tool type 1xy or 710 3D probe and must therefore be entered as such in the tool memory Entry in tool memory Workpiece probe Tool type DP1 710 or 1xy for milling machines machining centers Length 1 geometry DP3 L1 Radius DP6 r Length 1 basic measurement only if required m ATEA DP21 i L1 L4 CBIT 14 1 B PE _CBIT 14 0 The wear and other tool parameters must be assigned the value 0 In _CBIT 14 you can set whether length L1 refers to the ball center point or the
375. ment is further specified in the 3rd to 5th digits of parameter _MVAR It is possible to measure single tool lengths or alternatively for milling tools the cutter radius The calculated offsets are entered in the active D number The offset is entered in the geometry data and the wear data are reset irrespective of _CHBIT 3 Only the offset value that is in the measuring axis MA and measuring direction MD can be determined in a measurement If CHBIT 20 1 positioning of the milling spindle at the value of STA1 can be suppressed see Subsection Milling tool Suppression of start angle positioning _STA 1 This is possible for milling cutter measuring variants _MVAR2 xxx001 where x 0 or 1 no other values Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 307 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools Requirements parameters See also 308 For incremental measurement the tool probe must be calibrated in the measuring axis and direction in which measuring will be performed The tool T to be measured must be called with tool offset D number The tool type is entered in the offset data For a milling cutter setting data SD 42950 TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE 2 must be set length calculation as for turning tool For milling tools the tool spindle must be declared the master spindle For a drill SD 42950 TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE 0 is also possible refer to Ch
376. meter TNUM Measuring result Selection e Measure only only Measure and Calculate vectors e Enter Measure Calculate vectors and Enter vectors in swivel data record For coding see MVAR The result parameters from _OVR 1 are calculated in both selections The Enter option is only displayed when the manufacturer password is set When the option to Enter vectors is selected the linear vectors offset vectors are entered in the swivel data record If input fields of the tolerance values are not equal to zero and these are overwritten after measurement then the linear vectors are not automatically entered N caution Rotary axis vectors V1 and V2 are not entered automatically Observe the machine manufacturer s instructions Measuring cycles 250 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers Result bit Rotary axis 5 10 CYCLE996 workpiece Measure kinematics Selection e No no result bit e Yes result bit of calculated vectors e Yes can be edited result bit and offset of calculated vectors Only when manufacturer password and measuring result selection are entered If necessary the user can round off the calculated vectors before accepting the data For the result bit see Section Result bit The following displays Rotary axis Normalizing and where applicable Position value are all functionally associ
377. milling tool T20 D1 on a set up workpiece This surface should be positioned exactly 100 000 mm in the X axis from the defined workpiece zero and be measured If the absolute value of the difference determined is gt 0 01 the radius of this tool is to be automatically offset in the wear 1 mm is assumed to be the maximum permissible deviation of the position of the Machine surface along the Y axis surface Tool T20 with D1 To obtain a minimum measuring path of 1 mm the measuring path is programmed as z1 _FA 1 1 2 mm max total measuring path 4 mm The offset must take the empirical value in memory _EV 19 into consideration Mean value calculation _MV 19 and inclusion in calculation are also to be used Z applicate abscissa This tool offset will therefore affect the production of the next workpieces or possible remachining Clamping for workpiece Zero offset with settable ZO G54 NVx NVy The probe is already calibrated Arrays for workpiece probe 1 _WP O Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 169 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 5 CYCLE978 workpiece Measuring a surface parallel to the axis 170 Workpiece probe 1 used as tool T9 D1 is to be used The following is entered under T9 D1 in the tool offset memory Tool type DP1 710 Length 1 geometry DP3 L1 50 000 Radius geometry DP6 R 3 000 Length 1
378. n l 1 With position calculation l 0 Paraxial calibration in the plane 1 Calibrate at any angle in the plane _NMSP INT gt 0 Number of measurements at the same location _ PRNUM INT gt 0 Probe type workpiece probe number a T L 2 digit number Calibrate 2 digit number in hole with unknown center l 1 Mono probe 0 Multi probe number of the data field assigned to the workpiece probe GUD6 _WP _LPRNUM 2 digit 1 _RA INT _RF REAL _SETVAL REAL Calibration setpoint _SETV 8 REAL azi _STA1 REAL Start angle _SZA REAL on _SZO REAL _TDIF REAL au mene _TMV REAL _TNAME STRING aaa are _TNUM INT nine tee _TUL REAL _T REAL _TSA REAL Safe area _TZL REAL Zero offset area _VMS REAL Variable measuring velocity gt 0 for _VMS 0 150 mm min if _FA 1 300 mm min if _FA gt 1 Measuring cycles 430 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters CYCLE977 Workpiece measurements Parameter Type Possible measuring axes GUD5 Abscissa _MA 1 ordinate _MA 2 for G17 X 1 Y 2 for G18 Z 1 X 2 for G19 Y 1 Z 2 Measuring with automatic tool offset Measuring with automatic ZO correction Hole Shaft Groove Web Hole Shaft Gro Web ove _CALNUM INT wat wos Bess ati site shee anes peee _CORA REAL Offset angular p
379. n the other measuring directions axes Explanation N200 to N300 measure The probe is completely calibrated The nose of the turning tool T3 is positioned in measuring axis X from the starting position at distance _FA 1 mm dimension gt with reference to the radius in front of the probe In axis Z the center of the cutting edge is centered with respect to the probe If the cutting edge radius 0 it is the tool nose The measuring process is initiated in the negative X direction _MA 2 starting position with measuring velocity 150 mm min _VMS 0 _FA 1 The switching signal is expected by the probe 1 _PRNUM within a distance of 2 _FA 2mm Otherwise an alarm will be triggered Measurement is performed once _NMSP 1 After successful measurement the tip of T3 is _FA 1 mm in front of the probe in the X direction The calculated length difference of L1 tool type 5xy MA 2 MVAR 1 is summated and entered in D1 from T3 in the wear _CHBIT 3 1 Measurement and wear offset are then performed in L2 in the minus Z direction Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 275 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 2 CYCLE982 Tool Measure turning tools Recommended parameters The following parameters are recommended so that this programming example runs reliably e Calibration _TZL 0 001 zero offset area _TSA 1 safe area _FA 1 measurement path e First time measurement of a tool
380. nd between _TZL and _TSA If _TSA is exceeded an error message is output Calibration is performed either paraxially with the axes of the active workpiece coordinate system or at an angle to these axes The number of axes and axis directions can be selected in _MVAR If fewer than four axis directions are selected _MVAR xx1xx01 xx2xx01 additional information must be supplied in _MA and possibly in _MD The probe must be called with tool length offset Tool type preferably 710 NOTICE The first time calibration is performed the default setting in the array of probe _WP is still 0 For that reason _TSA gt probe ball radius must be programmed to avoid alarm Safe area violated Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 123 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 3 CYCLE9 6 calibrate workpiece probe Parameter See also 5 3 2 2 Parameter Data type Meaning _MVAR xxxx01 Calibration variant _SETVAL REAL gt 0 Calibration setpoint diameter of hole _MA 1 2 Meas axis only for MVAR xx1xx01 xx2xx01 only 1 axis or only 1 axis direction _MD 0 positive axis direction Meas axis only for _MVAR xx1x01 1 negative axis direction calibrate one axis direction only _PRNUM gt 0 Probe number _STAL REAL Starting angle only for _MVAR 1xxx01 calibration performed at this angle The following additional parameters are also valid
381. ne related eee cece e teeters tener ee ee etne eee eae ee ee eaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeene eed 265 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Table of contents 6 2 3 Determining dimensions of Calibration 0 cccececeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseneeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeees 270 6 24 Measure turning tool machine related csi c 0cscsccicscsscssvesscnsscahensevsieineduesnesdvevsdcecdehocssdesausieuesinedes 271 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools sseseseeeeeeeeeesereeeeerrssrresrerrssrerssrrnssee 277 6 3 1 Function overvieW esdir aen a ia aaa cadres sdladsdaaddaudasidaadassaseiaditaade caauheeiees 277 6 3 2 Calibrating tool probes siecatsceicansasteeasaneiasnuscavnasseaimeriasnbengtenincduesattencansenonnapsasduiyi coaigiareoeantaeenasats 284 6 3 3 Meas ring TOG arien NE OEE AA E A E 287 6 3 4 Automatic tool measurement isco iesces acres entdicn oo ssanedapeariassd shacthdedenacaxoansmncesanelsvaraianacenenducactncds 296 6 3 5 Incremental Calibration neiseina n E E EE ETE T PESE PEREN SA E an Fia 303 6 3 6 Incremental MEASUEMENL misrin nau e i EE a E ENRI Eta 307 6 3 7 Milling tool Suppression of start angle positioning STA ssseeeseseeeseereeserreserreseerrsrerrssrerrsne 314 6 3 8 Measuring drills Special applications cccccccccccsccsecssecsscseeeceaecaecssececcsecsscsaecseesecacsaeeaeaeeaes 315 6 3 9 Measuring a tool with orientational tool carriers 90 multiples
382. ne with _SZA SZO measure for shaft hole web groove measure for inside and outside rectangle 3 Y Example G17 ordinate E SZA A i tT s E D S Q N l a o D t X w Example G17 W Internal External abscissa Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 149 150 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 4 CYCLE9 7 workpiece Measure hole shatt groove web rectangle parallel to axes The safety zone diameter or width for shaft hole web and groove is defined in _SZA For a rectangle the safety zone length is defined with _SZA in the abscissa and with _SZO in the ordinate Position after end of measuring cycle Measuring cycle positions at start and end Example G17 plane hole Actual hole Fa Setpoint hol End position ERN E a Actual center MP y _ N O i i N o O AO amp Y 4 Start position Setpoint center When measurement is complete the probe is positioned above the calculated center point or center at starting position height NOTICE Precise measurement is only possible with a probe calibrated under the measurement conditions i e working plane orientation of the spindle in the plane and measuring velocity are the same for both measurement and calibration Deviations can cause additional measuring errors The range of positions of the center or diameter or groove web w
383. ng cycle number 997 OVI gt INTEGER _ Probe number OVI 9 INTEGER _ Alarm number OVI 11 INTEGER Status offset request _OVI 12 INTEGER Additional error information on alarm output internal measurement evaluation 1 for measuring variants MVAR x1x1x9 only measure 3 spheres Parameter Data type Meaning _SETVAL REAL Setpoint sphere diameter _SETV 0 REAL Setpoint center abscissa 1st sphere _SETV 1 REAL Setpoint center ordinate 1st sphere _SETV 2 REAL Setpoint center applicate 1st sphere _SETV 3 REAL Setpoint center abscissa 2nd sphere _SETV 4 REAL Setpoint center ordinate 2nd sphere _SETV S5 REAL Setpoint center applicate 2nd sphere _SETV 6 REAL Setpoint center abscissa 3rd sphere _SETV 7 REAL Setpoint center ordinate 3rd sphere _SETV 8 REAL Setpoint center applicate 3rd sphere Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 9 CYCLE997 workpiece Measuring a sphere and ZO determination Parameter Data type Meaning _RF REAL Velocity for intermediate paths on circular path G2 or G3 for MVAR xx11x9 Measuring at an angle only _KNUM 0 gt 0 0 without automatic ZO compensation gt 0 with automatic ZO compensation Individual values see Parameter description section Description of
384. ng cycles SW 4 5 0 length relative to probe ball center 1 length relative to end GUD6 _CBIT 15 Transfer of workpiece probe data into the tool offset in CYCLE976 from measuring cycles SW 4 5 0 No transfer 1 result of probe ball calculation on calibration will be entered in the geometry memory of the workpiece probe radius Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 455 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters Channel oriented values Block Identifier Description As delivered value _EVMVNUM Number of empirical values and mean values GUD6 _EVMVNUM 0 Number of empirical values 20 GUD6 _EVMVNUM 1 Number of mean values 20 _SPEED Traversing velocities for intermediate positioning GUD6 _SPEED 0 Max rapid traverse in only active with collision 100 monitoring switched off max 100 GUD6 _SPEED 1 Positioning velocity in the plane with collision monitoring 1000 active GUD6 _SPEED 2 Positioning velocity applicate 1000 GUD6 _SPEED 3 Fast measuring feed 900 _EV Empirical values GUD5 _EV x Empirical value 0 _MV Mean values GUD5 _MV x Mean value 0 Channel specific values for measuring in JOG GUD7_MC Block Identifier Description As delivered value GUD7 E_MESS_IS_METRIC All dimensioned data are metric 1 E _MESS_IS_METRIC_SP EZ VAR 1
385. ng values in the data block GUD5 for tool measurement Parameters Data type Result _OVR 8 REAL Actual value length L1 _OVR 10 REAL Actual value radius R _OVR 9 REAL Difference length L1 OVR 11 REAL Difference radius R _OVR 27 REAL Zero offset area _OVR 28 REAL Safe area _OVR 29 REAL Permissible dimensional difference _OVR 30 REAL Empirical value OVI 0 INTEGER D number OVI 2 INTEGER _ Measuring cycle number OVI 3 INTEGER _ Measurement variant ovT 5 INTEGER Probe number OVI 7 INTEGER _ Number of empirical value memory _OVI 8 INTEGER T number _OvI 9 INTEGER Alarm number 94 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 2 CYCLE971 tool Measuring milling tools drills 5 2 2 Measurement and correction strategy 5 2 2 1 Measuring strategy Pre positioning the tool The tool must be aligned vertically with the probe before the measuring cycle is called Tool axis parallel to center line of probe It must be prepositioned in such as way that collision free approach to the probe is possible First the measuring cycle generates traverse paths to the position where measuring starts with a reduced rapid traverse velocity _SPEED 0 or with active collision monitoring at the position feedrate set in SPEED 1 or SPEED 2 Parallel alignment of
386. ngular position is corrected taking account of set angles in the specified frame ZO Note In this cycle only the rotation components of the frame are determined and corrected except for rotary table To complete correction of the ZO frame a further measuring cycle is required to determine the translation component e g CYCLE977 or CYCLE978 An empirical value _EV stored in the GUD5 data block can be included in the measurement result with the correct sign This is activated in EVNUM see Parameter description Section Description of the most important defining parameters A special measuring variant permits differential measurement with the axes of the plane The special procedure for this measurement permits use of an uncalibrated multidirectional probe Workpiece probe types that can be used e Multidirectional probe _PRNUM Oxy e Mono directional bi directional probe _PRNUM 1xy These probes should be used only with low accuracy requirements NOTICE A monodirectional or bi directional probe must always be calibrated These probes cannot be used for the differential measurement Measuring cycles 190 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 7 CYCLE998 workpiece Angle measurement and ZO determination Preconditions for differential measurement e Spindle can be positioned between 0 360 degrees at least every 90 de
387. ning probe length only Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 3 CYCLE9 6 calibrate workpiece probe 5 3 2 Calibrating a workpiece probe in a hole of known hole center point 5 3 2 1 General information Function Prerequisite Measuring cycles Using the measuring cycle and the _MVAR xxxx01 measuring variant it is possible to calibrate the probe in the axes of the plane G17 G18 or G19 in a calibration ring A hole that is perpendicular to the selected plane and with the same quality requirements regarding geometrical accuracy and surface roughness can also be used Calibrate paraxially Calibrate at an angle Example G17 plane Example G17 plane pera 3H _MVAR 0xxx01 hatin eves y _MVAR 1xxx01 for both directions ull N for both directions 3 i 4 x ER MP N MP TE f i d TE e Wh Start nd 4st Yoe angle 2 o meat 0 gt L E ou ae ee 9 za wO E N i y i Y N x 9 P d Y oe y a Wk 4th lt aS D gt l D gt X D and position of MP are known X D and position of MP are known The center point CP of the hole and its diameter D must be known for this calibration variant The calculated trigger points are automatically loaded in the relevant data area __WP of block GUD6 DEF if the calculated difference from the stored trigger points lies within the tolerance ba
388. ning tools The measuring cycle then calculates the approach position automatically First the length P1 in the abscissa Z axis for G18 and then P2 in the ordinate X axis for G18 is measured For turning tools the measuring probe travels round the measuring cube at distance _FA X1 M Starting position of a turning tool during automatic tool measurement depending on cutting edge position SL SL 4 SL 3 Measure in axis sequence Z X gt _FA SL lt For milling tools the measuring points on the tool are determined by entered lengths 1 and 2 please note SD 42950 If the radius value is not equal to zero this is also a determining factor The axial or radial position of the tool must be specified in _MVAR and the starting position approached accordingly First the values in the abscissa Z axis for G18 are measured Measurement with reversal can be selected separately with _MVAR The probe travels round the measuring cube at distance _FA or according to the starting point coordinate see figs Position after end of measuring cycle When the cycle is complete the tool nose is again located at the starting point A movement to this point is automatically generated in the cycle Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines Examples of measuring variants Measuring cycles 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and mill
389. not apply to automatic measurement Here all 4 points must be calibrated or values entered for automatic central positioning of the tool to be measured Programming example 306 Calibrate tool probe incrementally Tool probe 1 is in the machining area and is Calibrate in increments oriented parallel to the axis of the machine Movement only in measuring axis g Calibration is to be performed in the minus X SWiiching values of probe ee 9 i direction and incrementally a lt w X_ Requirement measurement axis _MA and measuring direction MD Z The calibration tool is inserted in the turret as tool T7 Values of the calibration tool T7 D1 Tool D hi ne ool probe machine relate Tool type DP1 500 2 iis n _TP data field trigger values Cutting edge position DP2 3 x1 for probe_ PRNUM i 1 in machine coordinates system Length 1 geometry DP3 L41 10 TPIi2 Length 2 geometry DP4 L2 40 Radius geometry DP6 R 5 _TPIi 3 M _TPH 1 _TP i 0 a Values of tool probe 1 in data block GUD6 before calibration _TP 0 0 _TP 0 1 _TP 0 2 _TP 0 3 N_INCR_CALIBRATE_MPF N10 T7 D1 G94 Calibration tool is active start position is taken up N20 _MVAR 100000 _MA 2 _MD 1 _FA 20 _PRNUM 1 Parameters for calibration cycle _VMS 0 _NMSP 1 N30 CYCLE982 Calibration in minus X direction N99 M2 Measuring cycles Programming Ma
390. nt _OVR 3 REAL Offset vector 11 TC_CARR3 n Z component _OVR 4 REAL Offset vector 12 TC_CARR4 n X component _OVR S REAL Offset vector 12 TC_CARR5 n Y component _OVR 6 REAL Offset vector 12 TC_CARR6 n Z component _OVR T REAL Rotary axis vector V1 TC_CARR7 n X component _OVR 8 REAL Rotary axis vector V1 TC_CARR8 n Y component _OVR 9 REAL Rotary axis vector V1 TC_CARRQJ n Z component _OVR 10 REAL Rotary axis vector V2 TC_CARR10 n X component _OVR 11 REAL Rotary axis vector V2 TC_CARR11 n Y component _OVR 12 REAL Rotary axis vector V2 TC_CARR12 n Z component _OVR 15 REAL Offset vector 13 TC_CARR15 n X component _OVR 16 REAL Offset vector 13 TC_CARR16 n Y component _OVR 17 REAL Offset vector 13 TC_CARR17 n Z component _OVR 18 REAL Offset vector 14 TC_CARR18 n X component _OVR 19 REAL Offset vector 14 TC_CARR19 n Y component _OVR 20 REAL Offset vector 14 TC_CARR20 n Z component _OVI 0 INT pare _OVI 1 INT eee _OVI 2 INT Measuring cycle number 996 _OVI 3 INT Measurement variant _MVAR _OVI 4 INT ae Measuring cycles 450 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters Result parameters measurement milling and machining centers CYCLE996 GUD5 Type Meaning OVI 5 INT ais OVI 6 INT aoe LOVT INT ad _OVI 8 INT Number of swivel data record _
391. nt Protection level Unit Data type REAL Applies as of SW SW 4 3 Significance Preset default _MFS 0 Speed 1st probing 0 _MFS 1 Feed 1st probing 0 MFS 2 Speed 2nd probing 0 _MFS 3 Feed 2nd probing 0 _MFS 4 Speed 3rd probing 0 _MFS 5 Feed 3rd probing 0 Measuring cycles 390 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Data description 9 2 Cycle data 9 2 4 Central bits 9 2 4 1 In data block GUD6 DEF _CBIT Central bits Min input limit 0 Max input limit 1 Changes valid after value assignment Protection level Units Data type BOOLEAN Significance Preset default _CBIT 0 Measurement repetition after violation of dimensional difference 0 and safe area 0 no measurement repetition 1 measurement repeat up to 4 _CBIT 1 Alarm and MO for measurement repeat with _CBIT O 1 0 0 no alarm no MO generated 1 MO and an alarm are generated before each repeat _CBIT 2 MO for tolerance alarms oversize undersize permissible 0 dimensional difference exceeded 0 no generation of MO for the above alarms 1 generation of MO for the above alarms _CBIT 3 currently not assigned 0 _CBIT 4 currently not assigned _CBIT 5 Tool measurement and calibration in the WCS in CYCLE982 0 0 machine related measurement and calibration 1 workpiece related measurement and calibration Note In both cases the _TP field of the probe is used A funct
392. nter point setpoint of the applicate and the 1st measurement is taken radially in the direction center point setpont abscissa ordinate Then P2 to P3 and P4 are measured on a circular path with feedrate _RF and measured in the same way as P1 The applicate is positioned from P4 or P3 to a distance _FA above the sphere and then approached in the abscissa and ordinate of the calculated actual value point P5 The last measurement is taken in the minus direction of the applicate After this measurement the applicate is positioned to safety height height as beginning of the cycle When 3 spheres are measured the abscissa and ordinate are positioned simultaneously toward measuring point P1 of the next sphere and continued as described above No sphere fixture or other obstacle must be located in this entire traversing range The sum of the starting angle _STA1 and all incremental angles _INCA may not exceed 360 degrees Position after end of measuring cycle At the end of the cycle the probe is located above the first calculated actual center point of the 3rd or only sphere at safety height height same as at beginning of cycle 5 9 3 Programming example CYCLE997 Determining positional deviations in space Three spheres each with a diameter of 50 mm are measured Sphere center points 1 to 3 are expected for X Y Z 100 100 100 600 100 100 and 1100 1100 100 ZO compensation of the active frame is to be performed in acco
393. nual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 207 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 7 CYCLE998 workpiece Angle measurement and ZO determination 5 7 3 4 Operational sequence Position before measuring cycle call Before the cycle is called the probe must be positioned over the 1st measuring point P1 in the plane and at the appropriate depth in the applicate The measuring axis is always the applicate Measuring point P1 must be selected in the plane such that _ID and _SETV 0 result in positive values M ordinate Definition of the o Ww aD ay abscissa X Z applicate Z position at start of cycle INCA _TSA H P2 _MVAR 106 Pe gt MVAR 100106 lq abscissa X Procedure for variant intermediate positioning at an angle MVAR 106 After completion of the measurement in P1 the probe is positioned at P2 in the abscissa and applicate X and Z in G17 taking angle _INCA and maximum deviation in _TSA into account After the measurement has been performed in P2 repositioning to P1 is performed by the same path Then the probe is positioned from P1 to P3 in the ordinate and applicate Y and Z in G17 taking account of angle _STA1 and maximum deviation in _TSA and then measured Procedure for variant intermediate positioning parallel to axis MVAR 100106 Positioning from P1 to P2 is performed in the abscissa from P1 to P3 in the ordinate It must also be po
394. nual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 405 Data description 9 2 Cycle data Suppression of the starting angle positioning _STA1 in CYCLE982 _CHBIT 20 0 For certain measuring variants the milling spindle is positioned with _STA1 _CHBIT 20 1 When measuring milling tools for basic measuring variants it is possible to suppress positioning of the milling spindle to the value of the starting angle _STA1 This is possible for the following measuring variants to measure milling tools _MVAR xxx001 with x 0 or 1 no other values ZO compensation mode in CYCLE974 CYCLE977 CYCLE978 CYCLE979 CYCLE997 _CHBIT 21 0 The offset is applied additively in FINE if MD 18600 MM_FRAME_FINE_TRANS 1 otherwise in COARSE _CHBIT 21 1 The offset is applied in COARSE FINE is taken into account and is then subsequently deleted Speed reduction in tool measurement in CYCLE971 _CHBIT 22 0 When measuring tools with rotating spindle and when the speed _CBIT 12 0 is calculated in the cycle for multiple measurements the last measurement is carried out at a reduced speed _CHBIT 22 1 For multiple measurements with the spindle rotating and calculation in the cycle the speed remains constant Recoding of tool point direction during tool measurement in CYCLE982 _CHBIT 23 0 Standard setting no recoding _CHBIT 23 1 Internal recoding tool point direction mirroring about X
395. nual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 415 Appendix A 1 Comparison of GUD parameters up to measuring cycles version 7 5 and GUD parameters as of measuring cycles version 2 6 with reference to measuring function 416 GUD up to Version 7 5 MD SD as of Version 2 6 _TP_CF SD54690 SNS_MEA_T_PROBE_MANUFACTURER _MT_COMP SD54691 SNS_MEA_T_PROBE_OFFSET _MT_EC_R 1 5 SD54695 SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD1 0 4 _MT_EC_R 2 5 SD54696 SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD2 0 4 _MT_EC_RJ3 5 SD54697 SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD3 0 4 _MT_EC_R 4 5 SD54698 SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD4 0 4 _MT_EC_RJ5 5 SD54699 SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD 5 0 4 _MT_EC_RJ 6 5 SD54700 SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD6 0 4 _MT_EC_L 1 5 D54705 SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN1 0 4 _MT_EC_L 2 5 SD54706 SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_ LEN2 0 4 _MT_EC_L 3 5 SD54707 SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_ LEN3 0 4 _MT_EC_L 4 5 SD54708 SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_ LEN4 0 4 _MT_EC_L 5 5 SD54709 SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_ LEN5 0 4 _MT_EC_L 6 5 D54710 SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_ LEN6 0 4 _MFS 0 5 Can be used but is not a new MD SD _MZ_MASK O 7 Can be used but is not a new MD SD _MVAR Can be used but is not a new MD SD _MA Can be used but is not a new MD SD _SETVA Can be used but is not a new MD SD _SETV
396. nual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters Result parameters measurement milling and machining centers CYCLE977 CYCLE978 CYCLE979 OVR 12 0 REAL Lower tolerance limit Hole ae Measuring Hole diameter width Shaft E axis Shaft Groove a Groove Web ie Web Lower tolerance limit Abscissa rectangle length _OVR 13 REAL Lower tolerance limit Ordinate rectangle length _OVR 14 REAL E _OVR 15 REAL oe ANIN oe ota _OVR 16 REAL Difference diameter width Hole Measuring Hole Shaft axis Shaft Groove Sa Groove Web cee Web Difference rectangle length Abscissa _OVR 17 REAL Difference center Abscissa Abscissa point center Difference rectangle length Ordinate _OVR 18 REAL Difference center Ordinate Ordinate point center Difference of rectangle Abscissa center point _OVR 19 REAL Difference of rectangle Ordinate center point _ OVR 20 REAL Compensation value 1 1 1 1 _ OVR 21 1 REAL _ OVR 22 1 REAL _OVR 23 REAL _ OVR 24 1 REAL _ OVR 25 REAL _OVR 26
397. nual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools Explanation of example 6 3 6 Function Measuring cycles Before the program is started the tip of the calibration tool T7 is in measuring axis X ina range 2 _FA 40 dimension with reference to radius in front of the probe In axis Z the probe tip center is centered with respect to the probe When CYCLE982 is started measurement starts in the negative X direction _MA 2 MD 1 with measuring velocity 300 mm min _VMS 0 _FA gt 1 The switching signal is expected by the probe 1 _PRNUM 1 within a distance of 2 _FA 40 mm Otherwise an alarm will be triggered Measurement is performed once _NMSP After successful measurement the tip of T7 is in the starting position again The calculated probe value is entered in _TP 0 2 Calibration with the measuring process has been completed in minus X Incremental measurement This cycle and its various measuring variants are for measuring tools incrementally _MVAR 100001 Turning tools machine related _MVAR 100011 Turning tools workpiece related _MVAR 1xxx01 Milling tools drills machine related _MVAR 1xxx11 Milling tools drills workpiece related Workpiece related or machine related measurement require an appropriately calibrated tool probe see Subsection Incremental calibrating With milling tools drills the measure
398. number of workpieces e The greater the value of k the slower the formula will respond when major deviations occur in computation or counter compensation At the same time however accidental scatter will be reduced as k increases e The lower the value of k the faster the formula will react when major deviations occur in computation or counter compensation However the effect of accidental variations will be that much greater e The mean value Mi is calculated starting at 0 over the number of workpieces i until the calculated mean value exceeds the range of zero compensation cycle parameter _TZL see Chapter 2 From this limit on the calculated mean value is applied as an offset e Once the mean value has been used for the offset it is deleted from the memory The next measurement then starts again with Miold 0 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 37 General 7 9 Measuring strategy for measuring workpieces with tool offset 38 Table 1 2 Example of mean value calculation and offset Lower limit 40 um _TZL 0 04 i Di Mi Mi k 3 k 2 um um um 1 30 10 15 Measurement Characteristics of mean values with two different weighting factors 2 50 23 3 32 5 i Measurement Mean values gt _TZL 3 60 355 46 2 H are executed as correction Measurement 4 Zero offset 4 20 30 3 10 3 _TZL Measurement 2 5 40 32 6 25 1
399. o as large a triangle as possible being clamped Rotary axis positions sufficiently far away Rotary axis positions poorly selected from one another large triangle clamped clamped triangle is too small Approaching the ball position First of all the probe must be positioned above the calibration ball at each of the three rotary axis positions defined by the user The position must only be approached by traversing the linear axes X Y Z The positions themselves must be entered set up by the user They should be determined manually using an active probe When selecting approach positions please bear in mind that within the context of automatic calibration ball scanning the probe always moves in its preferred direction Particularly where head and mixed kinematics are concerned the starting point should be selected in a way that ensures alignment of the probe with the center point of the calibration ball in the approach position Starting point selected directly above the Starting point selected laterally above the calibration ball calibration ball Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 241 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 10 CYCLE996 workpiece Measure kinematics Note If the machine does not proceed as expected when the calibration ball is being scanned the basic orientation and travel direction of the rotary axes should be checked has DIN con
400. o be used Z applicate The probe is already calibrated Arrays for workpiece probe 1 _WP O The following is entered under T9 D1 in the tool offset memory Tool type DP1 710 Length 1 geometry DP3 L1 50 000 Radius geometry DP6 R 3 000 W abscissa X Length 1 L1 must refer to the center of the probe ball _CBIT 14 0 as for f Definition of the measuring points calibration Y ordinate G17 plane Careful when positioning Radius R in length L1 is ignored abscissa X _N_INCLINEDMEAS MPF N10 G54 G17 G90 T9 D1 Select T No probe N20 M6 Activate offsets N30 X70 Y 10 Position probe in X Y plane above measuring point N40 240 Position Z axis at measuring point level zand select tool offset N60 MVAR 106 _SETV 0 30 _ID 40 7Set parameters for measuring cycle call KNUM 0 RA 0 STA1 8 INCA 12 _TSA 5 _ PRNUM 1 VMS 0 NMSP 1 FA 5 EVNUM 0 N520 CYCLE998 Measuring cycle for measuring the oblique plane N530 GO 2160 Traverse up Z axis N540 M30 7 End of program Explanation of example Both measured angles are entered in result field OVR A ZO correction is not applied _KNUM 0 Measuring cycles 204 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 7 CYCLE998 workpiece Angle measurement and ZO determination 5 7 3 3 Programming example 2 Orientation of an oblique workpiece s
401. o called offset axis can be performed between measurements in the measuring axis This must be defined in parameter MA with offset axis measuring axis on the fly measurement This method processes the probe signal directly in the NC Paraxial measurement A measuring variant used for paraxial measurement of a workpieces such as a drill hole shaft rectangle etc The measuring path is traveled paraxially Positional deviation The positional deviation skew describes the difference between the spindle center and the probe tip center ascertained by calibration It is compensated for by the measuring cycles Probe ball diameter The active diameter of the probe ball It is ascertained during calibration and stored in the measuring cycle data Probe type In order to measure tool and workpiece dimensions a touch trigger probe is required that supplies a constant signal rather than a pulse when deflected Measuring cycles 472 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Glossary Probes are therefore classified in three groups according to the number of directions in which they can be deflected e Multidirectional e Bidirectional e Monodirectional mono probe Reference groove A groove located in the working area permanent feature of the machine whose precise position is known and that can be used to calibrate workpiece probes Safe area The safe area _TSA does not affect the offset value it is used
402. o prevent excessively abrupt compensations Measuring cycles 40 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 General 7 10 Parameters for checking the measurement result and offset Weighting factor for mean value calculation _k _Kis active only workpiece measurement with automatic tool offset The weighting factor can be used to give a different weighting for each measurement A new measurement result thus has only a limited effect on the new tool offset as a function of _K Lower limit Zero compensation area _TZL _TZL active for e Workpiece measurement with automatic tool offset e Tool measurement and calibration for milling tools and tool probes This tolerance range corresponds to the amount of maximum accidental dimensional deviations It has to be determined for each machine No tool compensation is made within these limits In workpiece measurement with automatic tool offset however the mean value of this measuring point is updated and re stored with the measured actual set difference possibly compensated by an empirical value The tolerance bands range of permissible dimensional tolerance and the responses derived from them are as follows e For workpiece measurement with automatic tool offset Interrupt Safe area violated XX Vy _TSA _ Safe area _TDIF T Dimension difference check _TLL TUL 7 Workpiece tolerance _TMV 2 3 workpiece tolerance
403. oads them into the appropriate data area in data block GUD6 Values are corrected without empirical and mean values Calibrating tool Calibrating tool 4 Tool probe v Tooliprebe relative to workpiece M machine related e The approximate coordinates of the tool probe must be entered before calibration starts in array _TP _PRNUM 1 0 to_TP _PRNUM 1 9 machine related or TPW _PRNUM 1 0 to TPW _PRNUM 1 9 workpiece related e The precise length and radius of the calibration tool must be stored in a tool offset data block This tool offset must be active when the measuring cycle is called Tool type 120 can be entered There is no special calibration tool type e Machining plane G17 G18 or G19 must be defined before the cycle is called e All the necessary parameters have been assigned values Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 99 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 2 CYCLE971 tool Measuring milling tools drills Parameter See also 100 Parameter Datatype Meaning _MVAR 0 Calibrate tool probe machine related 10 Calibrate tool probe workpiece related 10000 Calibrate tool probes incrementally machine related 10010 Calibrate tool probe incrementally workpiece related _MA 1 3 Number of the measuring axis 103 203 Number of the offset and measuring axis 102 201 not for MVAR 10000 and _MVAR 10010
404. of the center is permitted This should be monitored with _TSA Clamping for workpiece Zero offset with settable ZO G55 NVx NVy values before the correction offset Actual center in X NVx Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 187 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 6 CYCLE979 workpiece Measure hole shaft groove rib at an angle N OFFSET GROOVE MPF 10 G55 G17 G90 T9 D1 20 M6 Zz 30 GO X150 Y130 N40 240 N60 TSA 0 8 PRNUM 1 VMS 0 _NMSP 1 N61 _MVAR 103 _SETVAL 130 _CPA 150 _CPO 130 _STA1 70 _KNUM 2 N70 CYCLE979 N80 GO 2160 4 90 G55 N100 M2 Explanation of example 188 7Z0 select tool as probe Insert probe yactivate tool offset Position probe in X Y plane in setpoint center Position probe at measuring height 7Set parameters for measuring cycle call Call measuring cycle for ZO determination in X Y plane Traverse up Z axis Repeat call of zero offset G55 The changes thereby take effect jEnd of program Automatic compensation is performed in G55 offset in X and Y by the calculated difference between the actual value and set position of the groove center point should it be less than 1 mm _TSA in both axes Otherwise alarm Safe area violated is output and program execution cannot be continued It must be interrupted with NC RESET The corrected ZO G55 is activated in block N90
405. of tool position measuring cycle release SW 6 3 and higher ccccsccceecceeeeeseeeeneeceeeeeeaeeeeaaeseeeeeseneeceeeesaeeesaesseneeesnees 6 3 9 1 Overview of the fUNCTIONS cccccccccccsecssecsecsseecesecsecsseceecsecsacsaecsecsecsacsascsscsecssesseesasecsecaseates 316 6 3 9 2 Measuring turning tools 90 multiples of the tool position 0 0 ee eeeeeee cette eeeeeteeeeeteeeeeeenaees 317 6 3 9 3 Measuring milling drilling tools 90 multiples of the tool POSitiON eee eeeeteeeeeeeees 319 6 4 CYCLE973 Calibrating workpiece probes ccccceeeeeeesecceceeeeesenneaeeeeeeesesncaeceeeeeeeseneaeeeeeeneees 322 6 4 1 AIAKO EIA CN A 322 6 4 2 Calibrating in the reference Groove scussisesecisiss cutest ekcacsiecssdecassaucetaseuntied ckatdunstevunrademiewiaedas sdaadis 325 6 4 2 1 General informati M i oi asninn aaa a aa aa Aa aa aaa aieia 325 6 4 2 2 Programming example sadist coxatatesvscetssusdavessearapandaauedsvantstaasanabiecanabstisivacedeanyesiniauecaieanisavnetaileats 327 6 4 2 3 Operational SEQUENCE cccccccceccssecseesecssecusecssesecssessecsssseessecsecssecaecsecsecsasesaceeessesieeaaseesecaseaees 328 6 4 3 Calibration on SUMAC esii a E i tee tSic evdedec dian E T 328 6 4 3 1 General information c5soias cus Seccsedssescasssecadiunn SastadesivosedahOeeseiaiiian nds adele ta diees blobs Ceunsantes VSedeaueselasads 328 6 4 3 2 Progr ammihg example scaled aE A unde E a a 330 6 4 3 3 Operational SEQUENC
406. offset additive in FINE 1 offset in COARSE delete FINE GUD6 _CHBIT 22 CYCLE971 only 0 with rotating spindle and multiple measurement with rotating spindle and multiple measurement 0 last measurement with reduced speed if _CBIT 12 0 1 no speed reduction GUD6 _CHBIT 23 From measuring cycles SW 6 3 CYCLE982 only 0 Recoding of tool point direction during tool measurement 0 no recoding 1 internal recoding tool point direction mirroring about X Measuring cycles 460 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 List of abbreviations ASUB Asynchronous subroutine Ul User interface CNC Computerized Numerical Control Computerized numerical control CPU Central Processing Unit Central processing unit DIN Deutsche Industrie Norm German Industry Standard DOS Disk Operating System DRF Differential Resolver Function Differential function for handwheel signaling I O Input Output FM NC Function module numerical control GUD Global User Data Global user data IBN Start up JOG JOGging Setup mode LUD Local User Data MD Machine data MCS Machine coordinate system MMC Man Machine Communication User interface on numerical control systems for operator control programming and simulation MS Microsoft software manufacturer NC Numerical Control Numerical Control NCK Numerical Control Kernel NC kernel with block preparation
407. ol offset Measure groove with tool offset Measure web with tool offset a wlhm Measure rectangle inside with tool offset Measure rectangle outside with tool offset 101 ZO calculation in hole with ZO compensation 102 ZO calculation on shaft with ZO compensation 103 ZO calculation in groove with ZO compensation 104 ZO calculation on web with ZO compensation 105 ZO determination in inside rectangle with ZO correction 106 ZO determination in outside rectangle with ZO correction 1001 Measure hole traveling around a safety zone and tool offset 1002 Measure shaft taking account of a safety zone and tool offset 1003 Measure groove traveling around a safety zone and tool offset 1004 Measure web taking account of a safety zone and tool offset 1005 Measure inside rectangle with safety zone and tool offset 1006 Measure outside rectangle with safety zone and tool offset 1101 ZO determination hole traveling around a safety zone with ZO correction 1102 ZO determination shaft taking account of a safety zone with ZO correction 1103 ZO determination groove traveling around a safety zone with ZO correction 1104 ZO determination web taking account of a safety zone with ZO correction 1105 ZO determination inside rectangle with safety zone with ZO correction Measuring cycles Programming Manual
408. ole shaft groove web _SETV 0 REAL gt 0 Setpoint value rectangle length in the abscissa ETV 1 ae ie Setpoint for rectangle length in the ordinate only for measuring rectangle _1D REAL Incremental infeed of applicate with sign only for measuring shaft web or rectangle and for measuring hole groove shaft web traveling around or taking account of a safety zone _SZA REAL gt 0 e Diameter width of the protection zone inside for hole groove outside for shaft web e Length of the safety zone in the abscissa only for measuring rectangle _SZO REAL gt 0 Length of the protection zone in the ordinate only for measuring rectangle _MA 1 2 Number of measuring axis only for measuring a groove or a web _KNUM 0 gt 0 0 without automatic tool offset gt 0 with automatic tool offset Individual values Parameter _KNUM The following additional parameters are also valid _VMS _CORA _TSA _FA _PRNUM and _NMSP _ CORA only relevant for monodirectional probe With _TSA the center is monitored with ZO determination Measuring cycles 156 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 4 CYCLE9 7 workpiece Measure hole shafY groove web rectangle parallel to axes See also Offset number _KNUM Page 69 Variable measuring velocity VMS Page 76 Offset angle position CORA Page 76 Tolerance parameters _TZL TMV TUL TLL
409. ols at lathes Tool probe Tool calibration turning tools Length 1 length 2 The tool probes have dedicated data fields _TP and _TPW in data block GUD6 DEF The triggering points switching points are entered here Approximate values must be entered here before calibration if cycles are used in automatic mode The cycle will then recognize the position of the probe The default setting has data fields for 3 probes Up to 99 are possible In addition to turning tools drills and mills can also be measured Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 29 General 1 7 Probe calibration body calibration tool Calibration gauging block A probe must be calibrated before it can be used Calibration involves precisely determining the triggering points switching points of the tool probe and entering them in special data fields Calibration is performed with a calibration tool The precise dimensions of the tool are known Use the same measuring velocity for calibrating and measuring A special measuring variant in a cycle is available for calibration On turning machines the calibration tool is treated like a turning tool with cutting edge position 3 The lengths refer to the ball circumference not to the ball center Entry in tool memory Tool type DP1 5xy Cutting edge position DP2 3 Length 1 geometry L1 Length 2 geometry L
410. onal tool carrier kinematics type T with reference to the special carrier positions 0 90 180 and 270 Offset for mono probe setting _CBIT 8 0 No compensation _CBIT 8 1 If the workpiece measuring probe is a mono probe its position spindle position is corrected by the angular value in CORA Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC539 8 4BP10 2BA0 393 Data description 9 2 Cycle data Selection of log header for logging _CBIT 11 0 The standard log header is used _CBIT 11 1 A user defined log header is used Feed and speed in CYCLE971 _CBIT 12 0 When measuring milling tools with the spindle rotating the measuring cycle calculates the feed and speed _CBIT 12 1 The user enters the feed and speed in data field data array MFS Deletion of values from the measuring cycle arrays in GUD6 _CBIT 13 0 No deletion _CBIT 13 1 For the following measuring cycle call the data fields data arrays TP TPW WP _KB _EV _MV and _CBIT 13 are set to zero Length reference of the workpiece probe in milling measuring cycles _CBIT 14 0 The length 1 of the measuring probe referred to the center of the probe sphere ball should be entered into the tool offset _CBIT 14 1 The length 1 of the measuring probe referred to the circumference of the probe sphere ball should
411. only relevant for monodirectional probe Variable measuring velocity VMS Page 76 Offset angle position CORA Page 76 Tolerance parameters _TZL TMV TUL TLL _TDIF and _TSA Page 77 Measurement path _FA Page 78 Probe type probe number _PRNUM Page 79 Empirical value mean value _EVNUM Page 80 Multiple measurement at the same location _NMSP Page 81 Programming example Measuring a web paraxial Measuring cycles In the G17 plane a web is to be measured with a setpoint width of 132 mm The assumed center is X 220 The maximum possible deviation of the center is taken as 2 mm the width 1 mm To obtain a minimum measuring path of 1 mm the measuring path is programmed as _FA 2 1 1 4 mm max measuring path _FA 8 mm A measured variance of web center of gt 1 2 mm is not however permissible Clamping for workpiece Zero offset with settable ZO G54 NVx NVy Workpiece probe 1 used as tool T9 D1 is to be used Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 145 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers The probe is already calibrated Arrays for workpiece probe 1 _WP O The following is entered under T9 D1 in the tool offset memory Tool type DP1 710 Length 1 geometry DP3 L1 50 000 Radius geometry DP6 R 3 000 Length 1 L1 must refer to the center of the probe ball _CBIT 14 0 as for calibration Careful when positioning Radius R in
412. orage installation assembly commissioning operation and maintenance are required to ensure that the products operate safely and without any problems The permissible ambient conditions must be adhered to The information in the relevant documentation must be observed All names identified by are registered trademarks of the Siemens AG The remaining trademarks in this publication may be trademarks whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owner Disclaimer of Liability We have reviewed the contents of this publication to ensure consistency with the hardware and software described Since variance cannot be precluded entirely we cannot guarantee full consistency However the information in this publication is reviewed regularly and any necessary corrections are included in subsequent editions Siemens AG Ordernumber 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Copyright Siemens AG 2008 Industry Sector 07 2009 Technical data subject to change Postfach 48 48 90026 NURNBERG GERMANY Preface Structure of the documentation Target group Benefits Standard scope Measuring cycles The SINUMERIK documentation is organized in 3 parts e General Documentation e User documentation e Manufacturer service documentation Information on the following topics is available at http www siemens com motioncontrol docu e Ordering documentation Here you can find an up to date overview of publication
413. orkpiece The set diameters have the dimensions shown in the figure If the absolute value of the difference determined is gt 0 002 mm the length in measuring axis _MA of the tool is to be automatically offset in the wear The maximum permissible deviation is taken as max 0 5 mm Max 0 04 mm is permissible To obtain a minimum measuring path of 0 5 mm the measuring path is programmed as _FA 0 5 0 5 1 mm max total measuring path 2 mm The offset must take the empirical value in memory _EV 2 into consideration for T 8 or _EV 3 for T 9 Mean value calculation _MV 2 or _MV 3 and inclusion in calculation are also to be used This tool offsets will therefore affect the production of the next workpieces or possible remachining Clamping for workpiece Zero offset with settable ZO G54 NVz Workpiece probe 1 used as tool T1 D1 is to be used The probe is already calibrated Arrays for workpiece probe 1 _WP O The following is entered under T1 D1 in the tool offset memory Tool type DP 1 580 N External and internal measurement F Cutting edge position DP2 7 Length 1 geometry DP3 L1 40 123 x4 Length 2 geometry DP4 L2 ne 100 456 l 2 Radius geometry DP6 3 000 r n Z Z1 _SETVAL 0 Outer diameter 45 0 01 0 015 Inner diameter 35 0 01 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turnin
414. orrection of L1 Correction of L2 Correction of L3 Radius correction PN O Correction in length and or radius Correction in setup additive correction Correction in length and or radius according to TENV Correction in setup additive correction according to TENV As of measuring cycles version SW 6 3 ona In the default setting the D number has values between 0 and 9 Depending on MD 18102 MM_TYPE_OF_CUTTING_EDGE 0 and MD 18105 MM_MAX_CUTTING_EDGE_NO and a value of this MD of between 10 999 the last three digits are read as a D number With a value 21000 _KNUM is evaluated as a 5 digit D number unique D number as in flat D number structure see next Section Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 69 Parameter description 2 3 Description of the most important defining parameters Example of KNUM 12003 D3 is correct calculated as a radius offset inverted sign inverted 2 Specification _KNUM for zero offset e _KNUM 0 No automatic ZO correction e _KNUM 1 99 Automatic ZO correction in settable frame NV G54 G57 G505 G599 e _KNUM 1000 Automatic ZO correction in the last active channel basic frame according to MD 28081 MM_NUM_BASE_FRAMES The offset is calculated to have the right effect when G500 is activated The corresponding basic frame must then also be active relevant bit in P_CHBFRMASK must be set e _KNUM 1011 1026 a
415. osition only active if mono probe _CPA REAL _CPO REAL _EVNUM INT Empirical value memory number number of data field GUD5 _EV _EVNUM 1 Mean value memory number number of data field GUD5 _MV _EVNUM 1 Only active if GUD6 _CHBIT 4 1 _FA REAL Measurement path in mm gt 0 _ID REAL Infeed applicate _ INCA REAL Soe nean pon pane pem paes mena whe 0 360 degrees Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 431 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters CYCLE977 Workpiece measurements _KNUM INT without with automatic tool offset without with automatic offset of gt 0 D number the ZO memory O without tool offset 0 without offset Normal Flat D number structure D number structure 1654321 387654321 l i i EEL D number i i LLL D number 1 99 Lr 0 1 Ly h ion in th u _ 0 1 Length tion in th i i i i i i ean ea ap i i i moak dri arie or ects automatic correction in ZO i i and or additive correction i l l and or additive correction G54 G57 G505 G599 til 2 Radius correction or rit 2 Radius correction or 1 000 i correction and or additive i l correction and or additive i Ei correction 11 correction automatic correction in basic
416. outside corner The measuring points are derived from the specified angle and distances Measurement is performed paraxially to the existing workpiece coordinate system WCS Note When setting up the internal corner the cycle only traverses in the plane at measuring height When setting up the external corner the corner can either be passed over using the shortest path lift in applicate or traveled around in the plane Parameter Parameter Data type Meaning _MVAR 105 Set up internal corner of a rectangle geometry known 3 measuring points 106 Set up external corner of a rectangle geometry known 3 measuring points 107 Set up internal corner geometry unknown 4 measuring points 108 Set up external corner geometry unknown 4 measuring points _FA REAL Measuring path only included if _FA larger than internally calculated _KNUM 0 gt 0 0 without automatic ZO correction gt 0 with automatic ZO correction Individual values see Parameter description section Description of the most important defining parameters Parameter KNUM _STAL REAL Approx angle of posit direction of the abscissa with respect to reference edge of the workpiece in MCS accuracy lt 10 degrees e Negative value in clockwise direction e Positive value in counterclockwise direction _INCA REAL Approximate angle between reference edge and 2nd edge of workpiece precision lt 10 degrees e
417. pace Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 51 General 7 12 Overview of measuring cycle functions for milling technology Workpiece measurement Angle measurement Angle measurement Example Turning table as C axis CO Result e Actual dimension Angle e Deviation Zero point offset Workpiece measurement Two angle measurement Measure oblique plane Example G17 Result e Actual dimension 2 angle e Deviation Zero point offset Measuring cycles 52 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 General 1 12 Overview of measuring cycle functions for milling technology 1 12 7 Measuring spheres CYCLE997 permits correction of the zero offset after measurement of a sphere or of three identically sized spheres on a common base workpiece Either paraxial measurement or measurement at an angle can be selected Workpiece measurement sphere Measure sphere paraxially ap Measure 3 spheres on pi a Lo y Z i i y _ ea 4 Es Ww Cee a em X Result e Actual dimension Actual position of center diameter e Deviation Zero offset for one sphere translation only for three spheres also rotation in space Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 53 General 7 12 Overview of measuring cycle functions for milling technology 1 12 8 Workpiece measurement Sett
418. per precautions are not taken NCAUTION with a safety alert symbol indicates that minor personal injury can result if proper precautions are not taken CAUTION without a safety alert symbol indicates that property damage can result if proper precautions are not taken NOTICE indicates that an unintended result or situation can occur if the corresponding information is not taken into account If more than one degree of danger is present the warning notice representing the highest degree of danger will be used A notice warning of injury to persons with a safety alert symbol may also include a warning relating to property damage Qualified Personnel The device system may only be set up and used in conjunction with this documentation Commissioning and operation of a device system may only be performed by qualified personnel Within the context of the safety notes in this documentation qualified persons are defined as persons who are authorized to commission ground and label devices systems and circuits in accordance with established safety practices and standards Proper use of Siemens products Trademarks Note the following WARNING Siemens products may only be used for the applications described in the catalog and in the relevant technical documentation If products and components from other manufacturers are used these must be recommended or approved by Siemens Proper transport st
419. performed in the cycle It is only 7 possible to determine the switching x Specification of measurement axis _MA position that is in the measuring axis MA Mavemontiinimeasuring ANOTE LARES and measuring direction according to 7 Switching values of probe known roughly starting position Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 277 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools 278 e Calibrate in increments as preparation for incremental measurement The switching positions of the probe are not known The calibration tool must have been positioned in front of the probe manually in JOG mode before the cycle is called It is only possible to determine the switching position that is in the measuring axis _MA and the stated measuring direction MD Only the probe switching position in which the axis and direction will subsequently be measured incrementally have to be calibrated Measuring Only measured values that are in the measurement axis _MA can be calculated The geometry of the tool to be measured is roughly known and entered in the tool offset Positioning of the tool with respect to the calibrated probe is performed in the cycle The geometry must be determined precisely or wear initial measurement or remeasurement of a tool Incremental measurement The geometry of the tool to be measured is not known The tool must have been positioned in front of the
420. pindle by 180 degrees if measurement is performed with a stationary spindle L1 L2 R L1 R L1 P1 P2 2 R ABS P1 P2 2 4 X1 Measuring Pi point f PiyA i PZA Soe gt M Zi Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 293 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools 294 Measuring variant Specified Offset applied in Milling tools drills geometry Example L1 L2 Radial position L2 R R 0 R L2 P1 P2 2 F Measurement with R x L2 reversal at each ABS P1 P2 2 2 measuring point Dem SR M F 7 calculate length and aie ra Seine ae radius es HER 2 measuring points necessary 4 measurements l pal Act _MVAR 12101 _ N _MA 1 M Z1 Example L1 L2 Axial position L2 R 0 R 0 Measuring without reversal calculate length only _MVAR 1 _MA 1 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools Programming example Measure milling tool in the radial position machine related For the end miller T3 D1 should be determined in the radial position when first measuring length L2 and radius R Measurements will be withou
421. pindle position is generally not executed e Rotations around abscissa or ordinates between calibrating and measuring are not identical e There is no position controlled machining spindle e Monoprobes are used _PRNUM x1xx Adapt spindle positioning if CHBIT 13 1 _CHBIT 14 0 Spindle positioning is undertaken acc to the default Angle of coordinate rotation in the plane 0 Spindle positioning 0 Angle of coordinate rotation in the plane 90 Spindle positioning 270 _CHBIT 14 1 Spindle positioning is undertaken in reverse Angle of coordinate rotation in the plane 0 Spindle positioning 0 Angle of coordinate rotation in the plane 90 Spindle positioning 90 Note A coordinate rotation in the active plane is e one rotation around the Z axis with G17 e one rotation around the Y axis with G18 or e one rotation around the X axis with G19 Measuring cycles 404 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Data description 9 2 Cycle data Number of measurements on failure to switch _CHBIT 15 0 A max of 5 measuring attempts are undertaken before the fault measuring sensor does not switch is generated _CHBIT 15 1 After one unsuccessful measurement attempt the fault measuring sensor does not switch is generated Retraction velocity from the measuring point _CHBIT 16 0 The retraction from the measuring point is realized with the same ve
422. plicate _OVR 20 REAL Compensation value _OVR 21 REAL Gece eZ Sees _OVR 22 REAL ose sacs sede _OVR 23 REAL ae ae _OVR 24 REAL 2 ano co _OVR 25 REAL reek ents Pee _OVR 26 REAL pases Lond ee _OVR 27 REAL Zero offset range _OVR 28 REAL Safe area _OVR 29 REAL Permissible dimension difference OVR 30 REAL Empirical value OVR 31 REAL Mean value _OVI 0 INT D number ZO number _OVI 1 INT arti Eana ane _OVI 2 INT Measuring cycle number OVI 3 INT Measurement variant _OVI 4 INT Weighting factor OVI 5 INT Probe number _OVI 6 INT Mean value memory no OVI 7 INT Empirical value memory no _OVI 8 INT Tool number OVI 9 INT Alarm number OVI 11 INT Status offset request OVI 12 INT Internal error number 1 for automatic tool offset only 2 for automatic ZO correction only Result parameters measurement milling and machining centers GUD5 Type Meaning CYCLE961 CYCLE997 CYCLE998 1 angle 2 angle _OVR 0 REAL Setpoint Sphere diameter Angle Angle about 1st sphere abscissa _OVR 1 REAL Setpoint Center point coordinates Angle about for abscissa 1st sphere ordinate Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 445 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters Result parameters measurement milling and machining centers
423. plus direction abscissa 0 GUD6 _TP k 2 Trigger point in minus direction ordinate 0 GUD6 _TP k 3 Trigger point in plus direction ordinate 0 GUD6 _TP k 4 irrelevant 0 to GUD6 _TP k 9 irrelevant 0 _TPW Tool probe workpiece related Measuring cycles 452 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters Cycle data The measuring cycle data are stored in blocks GUD5 and GUD6 Central values Block Identifier Description As delivered value Assignment for milling GUD6 _TPWIk 0 Trigger point in minus direction X 1st geometry axis 0 GUD6 _TPWIk 1 Trigger point in plus direction X 1st geometry axis 0 GUD6 _TPWIk 2 Trigger point in minus direction Y 2nd geometry axis 0 GUD6 _TPWIk 3 Trigger point in plus direction Y 2nd geometry axis 0 GUD6 _TPWIk 4 Trigger point in minus direction Z 3rd geometry axis 0 GUD6 _TPWIk 5 Trigger point in plus direction Z 3rd geometry axis 0 GUD6 _TPWIk 6 Edge length disk diameter 0 GUD6 _TPWIk 7 Assigned internally 133 GUD6 _TPWIk 8 Probe type 0 0 Cube 101 Disk in XY 201 Disk in ZX 301 disk in YZ GUD6 _TPW k 9 Distance between upper edge of tool probe and lower 2 edge of tool Assignment for turning GUD6 _TPW k 0 Trigger point in minus direction abscissa 0 GUD6 _TPWIk 1 Trigger point in plus direction abscissa 0 GUD6 _TPW k 2
424. point _SETV 9 Measure setpoints for square rectangle _ST 3 System information System information _SPEED 4 Field Feed values _STAL Starting angle Start angle _SZA Safety zone on workpiece abscissa Protection zone in abscissa _SZO Safety zone on workpiece ordinate Protection zone in ordinate _TDIF Tolerance dimensional difference check Dimension difference check _TENV Name of tool environment _TLL Tolerance lower limit Tolerance lower limit _TMV Mean value generation with compensation _TNAME Tool name Tool name when using tool manager _TNUM Tnumber for automatic tool offset T number _TNVL Limit value for distortion of triangle _TP 3 10 Field Tool measuring probe data each with 6 elements _TPW 3 10 3 data arrays for tool probes machine related _TSA Tolerance safe area Safe area _TUL Tolerance upper limit Tolerance upper limit _TZL Tolerance zero offset range Zero offset _VMS Variable measuring speed Variable measuring speed _WP 3 11 Field Workpiece measuring probe data each with 9 elements Measuring cycles 464 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Feedback on the documentation D This document will be continuously improved with regard to its quality and ease of use Please help us with this task by sending your comments and suggestions for improvement via e mail or fax to E mail mailto docu motioncontrol siemens com Fax 49 9131 98 2176 Please use the fax form on the ba
425. pplicate tool offset axis of the current plane G17 to G19 This also characterizes the position of the tool The usual position definition in MVAR 5th digit is no longer relevant and is ignored G17 L1 in Z axis corresponds to axial position G18 L1 in Y axis no turning machine application G19 L1 in X axis corresponds to radial position Measure drill length L1 for G17 SD 42950 TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE 0 X1 L1 Example _MVAR 1 Measure drill length L1 for G19 SD 42950 TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE 0 X1 L Example _MVAR 1 Length L1 is determined if the following conditions are satisfied e the active tool is of type 2xy drill e SD 42950 TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE 0 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 315 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools e G17 or G19 are active and e A measuring variant is set _MVAR 1 Measuring relative to the machine _MVAR 11 Measuring relative to the workpiece _MVAR 1000x1 Incremental measuring relative to the machine or workpiece A measuring axis specified in MA is ignored The 3rd axis applicate is used within the cycle Otherwise the description of the measuring variant applies 6 3 9 Measuring a tool with orientational tool carriers 90 multiples of tool position measuring cycle release SW 6 3 and higher 6 3 9 1 Overvie
426. programmed to avoid alarm Safe area violated Variable measuring velocity _VMS Page 76 Offset angle position CORA Page 76 Tolerance parameters _TZL TMV _TUL _TLL _TDIF and _TSA Page 77 Measurement path _FA Page 78 Multiple measurement at the same location _NMSP Page 81 5 3 4 2 Programming example Calibrating a workpiece probe on the workpiece 132 Workpiece probe 1 is to be calibrated in the Z axis on the surface at position Z 20 000 mm of a clamped workpiece Determine trigger value in minus direction _WP 0 5 Clamping for workpiece Zero offset with settable ZO G54 NVx NVy Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 3 CYCLE9 6 calibrate workpiece probe The workpiece probe is to be inserted as tool T9 with offset D1 The radius of the probe ball and length 1 must be entered in the tool offset memory Calibrate on surface in the minus Z direction under T9 D1 before the cycle is called Z1 Tool type DP1 710 Length 1 geometry DP3 L41 50 000 Radius geometry DP6 R 3 000 Z 1 applicate Start position l in cycle at start of i calibration and position at end Length 1 L1 must refer to the center of the probe ball _CBIT 14 0 Careful when positioning Radius R in length L1 is ignored But the desired calibration height can be entered directly when ca
427. ption 2 3 Description of the most important defining parameters 2 3 12 Measurement path FA Parameter Example Workpiece measurements Start position max measurement for measurement position procedure Ss Reference position Meas path Meas path _FA _FA lt gt lt gt Actual position l J Workpiece expected contour actual contour Measurement path _FA defines the distance between the starting position and the expected switching position setpoint of the probe FA is data type REAL with values gt 0 Values lt 0 can only be programmed in CYCLE971 Always specify _FA in mm The measuring cycles automatically generate a total measuring distance 2 _FA in mm The maximum measuring position is therefore _FA behind the set position Note See also Chapter 1 General section measuring principle Example The default setting is _FA 2 0 In the measuring cycle a total measuring distance of 4 mm is therefore generated starting 2 mm in front of and 2 mm behind the defined set position _FA is also used as a distance for traveling around workpieces or tool probes Measuring cycles 78 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Parameter description 2 3 13 General Measuring cycles 2 3 Description of the most important defining parameters CAUTION Even if inches is selected as the measuring system measurement distance _FA is always specified in mm
428. r calibration cycle _TZL 0 Calibrate probe 2 in N61 MVAR 010108 SETVAL 110 246 74 axis directions with calculation of FA SETVAL 2 E positional deviation and calculation of a diameter of probe ball N70 CYCLE976 Measuring cycle call calibrate paraxially N80 240 Position probe above workpiece N100 M2 7End of program Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 129 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 3 CYCLE976 calibrate workpiece probe Explanation of example The hole center is determined twice the spindle with the probe being rotated through 180 between each measurement if a multi probe is used in order to record any positional deviation skew of the measuring probe Triggering is then determined in all 4 axis directions The new trigger values in X X Y and Y are stored in the global data of probe 2_WP 1 1 4 the positional deviation in the X and Y direction in _WP 1 7 _WP 1 8 the active probe ball diameter in _WP 1 0 The calculated hole center is entered in OVR 6 OVR 7 Operational sequence Position before measuring cycle call The probe must be positioned near the hole center in the abscissa and the ordinate of the selected measuring plane and at the calibration height in the hole Start position In the hole at the selected calibration height Example G17 CBIT 14 0 applicate Calibration height _MVAR 010108 Example of
429. r measuring result Only when the tolerance of the offset vectors has not been exceeded in the calculation _CHBIT 26 e 0 Measurement with the calibration ball parallel to the axis e 1 Measurement with the calibration ball at an angle With this variant the kinematics can be measured e g at 90 degree positions without the shank of the calibration ball mechanically preventing the measurement The starting angle parameter STA1 must be specified externally in the main program Value range of the starting angle _STA1 0 to 360 degrees The leading angle _INCA is equal to 90 degrees Parameter _SPEED 1 is used as feedrate on the circular path See also Programming Manual Measuring cycles Measure ball CYCLE997 Measuring cycles 258 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers _TNVL 5 10 CYCLE996 workpiece Measure kinematics Limit angle distortion of triangle when calculating kinematics degrees Parameter _TNVL is used to monitor the distortion of the measurement triangle Suitable values for parameter _TNVL are 20 to 45 degrees If the distortion of the triangle is outside of parameter _TNVL error 61430 Calculation of the kinematics vectors not performed gt Error code 4 is displayed Programming example 5 10 9 Measuring cycles _CHBIT 25 0 _CHBIT 26 1 _STA1 45 _TNVL 20 CYCLE996 Programming example N HEAD BC MPF
430. radius in abscissa gt only when _MA 1 _OVR 18 REAL Difference for diameter radius in ordinate gt only when _MA 2 _OVR 19 REAL Difference for diameter radius in applicate gt only when _MA 3 _OVR 20 REAL Compensation value _OVR 27 REAL Zero offset area _OVR 28 REAL Safe area _OVR 29 REAL Dimensional difference _OVR 30 REAL Empirical value OVR 31 REAL Mean value Ovi 0 INTEGER D number OVI 2 INTEGER Measuring cycle number OVI 4 INTEGER Weighting factor Ovi 5 INTEGER __ Probe number _OVI 6 INTEGER Mean value memory number OVI 7 INTEGER Empirical value memory number OVI 8 INTEGER Tool number OVI 9 INTEGER Alarm number 1 For tool offset the offset value always appears in OVR 20 as a radius dimension regardless of DIAMON or DIAMOF When measuring in the traverse axis and for diameter programming DIAMON all of the dimensioned parameters are diameter dimensions otherwise radius dimensions Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 349 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 6 CYCLE 994 workpiece 2 point measurement Parameter 350 Parameter Data type Meaning _MVAR 1 or2 1 Inside measurement 2 point measurement with safety zone 2 2 point measurement safety zone only for outside measurement _SETVAL REAL Setpoint If measurement is made in the transverse axis and diameter programming DIA
431. rameter description Parameter Example 2 3 15 Parameter 2 3 16 Parameter Measuring cycles 2 3 Description of the most important defining parameters Values of EVNUM 0 without empirical value without mean value memory gt 0to 9999 Empirical value memory number mean value memory number gt 9999 The top 4 digits of EEVNUM are interpreted as the mean value memory number the lower 4 digits as the empirical value memory number The array index for EV and _MV is formed from the value in _EVNUM _EVNUM 11 gt EV memory 11 gt _EV 10 gt MV memory 11 gt _MV 10 _EVNUM 90012 gt EV memory 12 gt _EV 11 gt MV memory 9 gt _MV 8 Multiple measurement at the same location LNMSP Parameter _NMSP can be used to determine the number of measurements at the same location The measured values or distances to go Si i 1 n are averaged That results for example in distance to go D D S1 S2 Sn N n Number of measurements Weighting factor for mean value calculation _K The parameter for weighting factor _K can be applied to allow different weighting to be given to an individual measurement Note A detailed description is given in the chapter General section measuring strategy and compensation value definition Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 81 Parameter description 2 3 Description of
432. rated in one axis and one direction on a known surface with sufficiently good surface roughness and which is perpendicular to the measuring axis This can be done on a workpiece for example The trigger point of the relevant axis and axis direction is calculated and entered in the workpiece probe array _WP i 1 to _WPIi 5 provided Measurem axis _MA Calibration on surface F measuring direct _MD gt Example G17 _CBIT 14 0 Different measuring directions Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 131 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 3 CYCLE9 6 calibrate workpiece probe Prerequisite Parameter See also The probe must be called as a tool with a tool length offset Tool type preferably 710 When using the cycle on a turning machine set type 5xy and _CBIT 14 0 Parameter Data type Meaning _MVAR 0 Calibration variant Calibration on surface _SETVAL REAL Calibration setpoint position of surface _MA 1 20r3 Measuring axis _MD 0 positive axis direction Measuring direction 1 negative axis direction _PRNUM INT gt 0 Probe number The following additional parameters are also valid _VMS _CORA TZL _TSA _FAand NMSP _ CORA only relevant for monodirectional probe NOTICE The first time calibration is performed the default setting in the array of the probe is still 0 For that reason _TSA gt probe ball radius must be
433. raversal in JOG The tip of the calibration tool in the measuring axis _MA within distance 2 _FA in front of the measuring surface The center of the cutting edge radius on the turning tool in the other axisis in the center of the probe If the cutting edge radius 0 it is the tool nose For milling tools the axial or radial position of the tool must be specified in MVAR as with Measure with reversal First the measuring point is measured in the selected axis and in a milling spindle position according to starting angle _STA1 The tool milling spindle is then rotated through 180 degrees plus the value in CORA and measured again The average value is the measured value If the milling spindle is activated when the cycle is started measurement will be performed with a rotating spindle In that case the user must exercise special care when selecting the speed direction of rotation and feedrate If CHBIT 20 1 selected measuring variants are possible for a milling cutter without taking the starting angle _STA1 into account see Subsection Milling cutter Suppression of start angle positioning _STA1 Position after end of measuring cycle When the cycle is complete the tool nose is again located at the starting position Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 309 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools Examples of measuring variant M
434. rdance with the measured values The exact diameter of the sphere is known A measured sphere lateral surface with a maximum deviation of 5 mm is expected gt _FA 5 Fixture of workpiece ZO with G54 NVx NVy NVz Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 233 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 9 CYCLE997 workpiece Measuring a sphere and ZO determination Workpiece probe 1 used as tool T9 D1 is to be used The probe is already calibrated Arrays for workpiece probe 1 _WP O The following is entered under T9 D1 in the tool offset memory Tool type DP1 710 Length 1 geometry DP3 L1 50 000 jj Radius geometry DP6 R 3 000 Length 1 L1 must refer to the center of the probe ball _CBIT 14 0 as for calibration Careful when positioning Radius R in length L1 is ignored Z applicate Zi Start position Safety height o oO Q sphere Ww 100 600 1100 X abscissa X1 GEE Workpiece i l i Sphere Sphere 1 2 es 1100 X abscissa Illustration of setpoints In its actual position the workpiece with 3 spheres clamped in a spatially offset and turned position The variances are measured and the ZO corrected N_ DETERMINE KS MPF N10 G17 G54 X Y plane active ZO N20 T20 D1 Select and activate probe with tool offset D1 M6 N30 GO G90 2200 Approach pos
435. re measuring cycle call The calibration tool must be prepositioned as shown in the figure The measuring cycle calculates the center of the probe and the approach paths automatically and generates the necessary traverse blocks Position after measuring cycle call On completion of calibration the calibration tool is _FA from the measuring surface Calibrate tool probe with calibration tool with the corresponding basic positions for both axes machine related Calibrate machine related ible start iti possible start positions Example Z axis Recommended minimum distance F FA omm p O MA1 Direction of measurement X1 _MA 1 iL Direction of measurement unautho rized area Wi _TPIi 14 _TP 0 Z1 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 2 CYCLE982 Tool Measure turning tools Programming example Calibrate tool probe machine related Tool probe 1 is stationary but provides a switching signal The calibration tool is inserted in the turret as tool T7 Values of the calibration tool T7 D1 Calibrate all 4 sides of tool probe 1 Tool type DP1 500 machine related Cutting edge length DP2 3 Calibrating tool _ X11 ordinate always SL 3 Length 1 geometry DP3 L1 10 Length 2 geometry DP4 L2 40 ee Radius geometry DP6 R 5 This radius mus
436. rectangle lengths The procedure is the same as for hole and shaft The results are entered in array _OVR The positive direction of an axis is measured first Procedure for specifying a safety zone Measure paraxially with protection zone Example Outside rectangle Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 143 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 4 CYCLE9 7 workpiece Measure hole shaft groove web rectangle parallel to axes If required _MVAR 1xxx can take account of a safety zone _SZA _SZO in the travel movement The safety zone refers to the center point or center line of the hole shaft groove web and rectangle The starting point in the height is always above the hole shaft groove web or rectangle Supplementary functions for hole and shaft diameter groove or web width and tool compensation e An empirical value from data block GUD5 can be included with the correct sign e A mean value can be derived from several workpieces measurement calls Prerequisite The probe must be called as a tool with a tool length offset Tool type preferably 710 When using the cycle on a turning machine set type 5xy and _CBIT 14 0 Parameter Parameters Data type Meaning _MVAR xxx1 Measure hole XXX2 Measure shaft XXX3 Measure groove XXX4 Measuring a web Xxx5 Measure rectangle inside XXX6 Measure rectangle outsi
437. reen form for CYCLE971 Gauge milling tools on milling machines ea Back Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 365 Miscellaneous functions 7 2 Measuring cycle support in the program editor Vertical softkey menu for workpiece measuring milling Hole shaft Groove web Area Angle Corner gt gt 366 _ int NC MEASURE MILL_HOLE NOS G1 G17 G54 G90 F2000f N10 T 3D_PROBE T N15 MOo6 N20 5P0S 0f N25 X30 2507 N30 2407 ul 1 N90 GO 2100 N95 M30 Call screen form for workpiece measurement for milling machines CYCLE977 CYCLE979 hole shaft Hole shaft and paraxial at an angle switchover are performed in the screen form Call screen form for workpiece measurement for milling machines CYCLE977 CYCLE979 groove web Slot web and paraxial at an angle switchover are performed in the screen form Call screen form for workpiece measurement for milling machines CYCLE978 1 point measurement Call screen form for zero measurement for milling machines CYCLE998 angle measurement 1 angle 2 angle switchover is performed in the screen form Call screen form automatic setup corner internal external CYCLE961 Switchover between corner setup specifying distances and angle or points is performed within the form Call vertical advancement menu Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 20
438. rence gt 2 3 tol of workpiece_TMV of workpiece_TMV l Calculate correction value Calculate mean correction l with consideration of value with consideration of weighting factor_K weighting factor_K l No Correction value gt No Mean correction lower limit TZL value gt lower limit _TZL Yes z Correction by correction Correction by l Correction by correction value Correction by difference Save correction mean value reduced difference 100 l reduced compensation 100 correction mean value compensation correction l A Measurement repeat Delete correction Delete correction Delete correction Delete correction l CBIT O p mean value mean value mean value mean value _ l D Sree are One No Safe area exceeded _TSA Yes Only terminate program with RESET End Measuring cycles 44 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 General 7 12 Overview of measuring cycle functions for milling technology 1 12 Overview of measuring cycle functions for milling technology 1 12 1 Tool measurement on milling machines machining centers Measuring cycle CYCLE971 can be used to calibrate a tool probe and measure the tool length and or radius for milling tools Calibrating tool probes Calibrating tool Ye Tool probe Result Probe switching point with reference to machine or workpiece zero Measuring tool M
439. rkpiece zero in the selected measuring axis An offset can also be determined for a tool depending on that This tool is specified in _TNUM and _TNAME The D number and type of offset are specified in coded form in variable KNUM Extended tool offset is also possible With this function a tool from a particular stored tool environment _TENV and additive setup offsets can be corrected by specifying the DL number in _DLNUM Detailed information on the parameters see section Description of the most important defining parameters Empirical values and mean values 338 An empirical value stored in data block GUD5 in array _EV can be included in calculation of the result after measurement is completed Optionally averaging is performed over a number of parts array _MV and the tolerance bands are checked Both are activated in EVNUM see Section Description of the most important defining parameters Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines Prerequisite Parameter See also Measuring cycles 6 5 CYCLE9 4 workpiece 1 point measurement If necessary the workpiece must be positioned in the correct angular spindle position with SPOS before the cycle is called Parameters Data type Meaning _MVAR 0 1 point measurement and tool offset _SETVAL REAL Setpoint according to drawing in the cas
440. rom e name of log file _HEADLINE 10 STRING 80 Strings for log header _PROTFORM 6 60 80 INTEGER Log formatting 1 3 1 12 e 60 lines per page e 80 characters per line e first page number is 1 e number of header lines is 3 e number of value lines in the log is 1 e number of characters per column is 12 _PROTSYM 2 CHAR e Separator in the log is Special character for identification of tolerance limits being exceeded is _PROTVAL 13 STRING 100 Values Title line in log Specification of the values to be logged 0 1 two title lines 2 5 up to 4 value lines 6 12 internal fields _PMI 4 INTEGER Field for internal flags for logging _SP_B 20 INTEGER Variable column width _TXT 100 STRING 12 Field for formatted strings _DIGIT 3 INTEGER Number of decimal places is 3 _MZ_MASK 20 INTEGER Setting data for measuring cycle support 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 generation of a direct measuring cycle call without extended ZO tool offset without input field for measuring speed and measuring feed without empirical values without mean value calculation workpiece probe is a multidirectional probe Internal data item cycle internal calculation of feedrate and spindle rotation for tool measurement with rotating spindle CYCLE971 380 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Data description
441. rray OVR If the difference in the position of the web center is gt 1 2 mm _TSA 1 2 an alarm is output Only cancellation with NC RESET is then possible The setpoint of the web center is the position of the probe in the workpiece coordinate system at the beginning of the cycle in the X axis 5 4 2 3 Operational sequence Specification of setpoints e For diameter and or with using SETVAL e For the lengths of the rectangle using SETV 0 SETV 1 Setpoint details SETVAL Setpoint details for inside and outside rectangle Hole Diameter Shaft Diameter Groove Groove width Web Web width Y ordinate Example G17 Start position for cycle Example G17 9 _SETVAL _SETVAL applicate N Start position Meas input setpoint for center point SS j abscissa Setpoint center Setpoint center W _ SETVIO _ abscissa The position of the probe in the abscissa ordinate at the beginning of a cycle is evaluated for the setpoint of the center point of a hole shaft or rectangle or for the center of a groove web This value is also entered in the following result array e _OVR 1 OVR 2 for hole shaft groove web e _OVR 2 OVR 3 for rectangle Specification of measuring axis Measuring cycles The measuring axis in _MA only has to be specified for web or groove e _MA 1 measurement in abscissa e _MA 2 measurement in ordinate For the
442. rs Start position Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 5 10 CYCLE996 workpiece Measure kinematics The starting position of the probe must be approached by the user or from the user ORI program see example program The probe must be prepositioned in the direction of the tool orientation ORI above the highest point of the calibration ball probe aligned with ball center point After approaching the starting position the distance D from the calibration ball should be as short as possible Note Measure kinematics is also possible with active 5 axis transformation TRAORI As a prerequisite for Measure kinematics with active TRAORI the vectors of the 5 axis transformation must be roughly set The positions for measuring the kinematics are approached in the user program with active transformation During the actual measurement with the calibration ball CYCLE996 switches off the transformation and switches it on again after the measurement 247 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 10 CYCLE996 workpiece Measure kinematics 5 10 6 2 Parameters of 1st 2nd 3rd measurement screen form Screen form WKS DIR MEAS_KIN_DOKU WPD Program TRSL3 Auto CYCLE996_DOKU MPF Ch i t Pi borted 4 annel resel rogram aborte Sara ROY data Alter Kinematics 7 CYCLE996 Name of swivel data record native Name MIXED_BC 1 Rot axis 1 A Calibrat bal
443. rsion 2 6 is included in appendices A1 A2 and A3 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 377 Data description 9 2 Cycle data 9 2 Cycle data 9 2 1 Data blocks for measuring cycles 9 2 1 1 General information The measuring cycle data are stored in two separate definition blocks e GUD5 DEF Data block for measuring cycle users e GUD6 DEF Data module for machine manufacturers Note As of HMI sl software version 2 6 The GUD parameters are stored in the machine or setting data A correspondence assignment list of the measuring cycle GUD parameters GUD modules and measuring programs used up to and including measuring cycles version 7 5 compared to the machine and setting data as of measuring cycles version 2 6 is included in appendices A1 A2 and A3 9 2 1 2 Data block GUD5 DEF The input and output parameters for measuring cycles are stored in the data block GUD5 DEF their status flags and arrays for the empirical and mean values are also defined here The sizes of the fields for the empirical and mean values must also be configured by the machine manufacturer at measuring cycle start up The preset values however are defined by the measuring cycle operator In the as delivered state for example the following settings are active Data arrays Data type Meaning _EV 20 REAL Number of empirical values _MV 20 REAL Number of mean values 9 2 1 3 Data block GUD6 DEF
444. ry The actual set difference determined by the measuring cycle is corrected by this valuebefore any further correction measures are taken This is the case e for workpiece measurement with automatic tool offset e for single point measurement with automatic zero offset e tool measurement Mean value _EVNUM is active only for workpiece measurement with automatic tool offset When calculating the mean value in a series of machining operations the mean value determined by the measurement at the same measurement location on the previous workpiece can be taken into account _CHBIT 4 1 The mean values are stored in data block GUDS in field _MV Mean value EVNUM specifies the number of the mean value memory in this field The safe area is effective for almost all measuring variants and does not affect the offset value it is used for diagnostics If this limit is reached then the following can be assumed e a probe defect or e an incorrect setpoint position or e an illegal deviation from the setpoint position can be assumed Note AUTOMATIC mode AUTOMATIC operation is interrupted and the program cannot continue An alarm text appears to warn the user Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 39 General 7 10 Parameters for checking the measurement result and offset Dimensional difference check _TDIF _TDIF is active only for workpiece measurement with automatic tool offset and for tool measur
445. s 3 2 Measuring cycle subroutines 3 2 2 CYCLE116 Calculation of center point and radius of a circle Function This cycle calculates from three or four points positioned on one plane the circle they inscribe with center point and radius To allow this cycle to be used as universally as possible its data are transferred via a parameter list An array of REAL variables of length 13 must be transferred as the parameter Calculation of circle data from 4 points Programming CYCLE116 _ DATE _ALM Parameter e Input data Parameter Data type Meaning _DATE 0 REAL Number of points for calculation 3 or 4 _DATE 1 REAL Abscissa of first point _DATE 2 REAL Ordinate of first point _DATE 3 REAL Abscissa of second point _DATE 4 REAL Ordinate of second point _DATE 5 REAL Abscissa of third point _DATE 6 REAL Ordinate of third point _DATE 7 REAL Abscissa of fourth point _DATE 8 REAL Ordinate of fourth point Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 85 Measuring cycle help programs 3 2 Measuring cycle subroutines Example 86 e Output data Parameter Data type Meaning _DATE 9 REAL Abscissa of circle center point _DATE 10 REAL Ordinate of circle center point _DATE 11 REAL Circle radius _DATE 12 REAL Status for calculation 0 Calculation in progress 1 Error occurred _AL
446. s e Downloading documentation Links to more information for downloading files from Service amp Support e Researching documentation online Information on DOConCD and direct access to the publications in DOConWEB e Compiling individual documentation on the basis of Siemens contents with the My Documentation Manager MDM refer to http www siemens com mdm My Documentation Manager provides you with a range of features for generating your own machine documentation e Training and FAQs Information on our range of training courses and FAQs frequently asked questions are available via the page navigation This documentation is intended for machine tool programmers using the HMI sl software With the user manual the target group can develop write test and debug programs This documentation only describes the functionality of the standard version of the measuring cycles The machinery construction OEM documents supplements or changes that he makes the machinery construction OEM Other functions not described in this documentation might be executable in the control However no claim can be made regarding the availability of these functions when the equipment is first supplied or in the event of servicing Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 3 Preface For the sake of simplicity this documentation does not contain all detailed information about all types of the product and cannot cover every conceivable
447. s deleted Differential measurement Differential measurement means that the 1st measuring point is measured twice once with a 180 degree spindle reversal rotation of the probe i e opposite the cycle start position and once with the spindle position assumed at the start of the cycle This procedure allows uncalibrated probes to be used without imposing less stringent precision requirements Dimension difference check Empirical value Is a tolerance window On reaching a limit _TDIF the tool will probably be worn and have to be replaced The dimension difference check has no effect on generation of the compensation value The empirical values are used to suppress constant dimensional deviations that are not subject to a trend Log measurement results Mean value Measurement results can optionally be logged in a file located in the part program memory The log can be output from the control either via RS 232 C or on a diskette The mean value calculation takes account of the trend of the dimensional deviations of a machining series The gt weighting factor k from which the mean value is derived is selectable Mean value calculation alone is not enough to ensure constant machining quality The measured dimensional deviation can be corrected for constant deviations without a trend by an gt empirical value Measure workpiece For workpiece measurement a measuring probe is moved up to the clamped workpiece in the same way
448. s not contained in _MA neither measurement nor offset axis e RA gt 0 Channel axis number of the rotary table The angular offset is undertaken in the translation component of the channel axis _RA Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 193 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 7 CYCLE998 workpiece Angle measurement and ZO determination Parameter for 1 angle measurement Parameter Data type Meaning _MVAR 105 Angle measurement and ZO determination positioning at an angle from measuring point to measuring point 1105 Angle measurement with differential measurement and ZO determination positioning at an angle from measuring point to measuring point 1001105 Angle measurement and ZO determination paraxial positioning from measuring point to measuring point in the offset axis _SETVAL REAL gt 0 Setpoint axis position at measuring point 1 in the meas axis for MVAR 105 and MVAR 1105 only _STAL REAL Setpoint angle 45 to 45 degrees _ MA 201 Measuring axis 1 abscissa offset axis 2 ordinate 102 Measuring axis 2 ordinate offset axis 1 abscissa 301 Measuring axis 1 abscissa offset axis 3 applicate 302 Measuring axis 2 ordinate offset axis 1 applicate 203 Measuring axis 3 applicate offset axis 2 ordinate 103 Measuring axis 3 applicate offset axis 1 abscissa _1D REAL gt 0
449. same location NMSP Page 81 Weighting factor for mean value calculation _K Page 81 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 339 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 5 CYCLE974 workpiece 1 point measurement 6 5 3 2 Programming example 1 point measurements at outside and inside diameters with tool offsets 340 An outside diameter with tool T7 D1 and an inside diameter with tool T8 D1 has been machines on a workpiece The set diameters have the dimensions shown in the figure If the absolute value of the difference determined is gt 0 002 mm the length in measuring axis _MA of the tool is to be automatically offset in the wear The maximum permissible deviation is taken as max 0 5 mm Max 0 04 mm is permissible To obtain a minimum measuring path of 0 5 mm the measuring path is programmed as _FA 0 5 0 5 1 mm max total measuring path 2 mm The offset must take the empirical value in memory _EV 12 into consideration for T 7 or _EV 13 for T 8 Mean value calculation _MV 12 or _MV 13 and inclusion in calculation are also to be used This tool offset will therefore affect the production of the next workpieces or possible remachining Clamping for workpiece Zero offset with settable ZO G54 NVz Workpiece probe 1 used as tool T9 D1 is to be used The probe is already calibrated Arrays for workpiece probe 1 _WP O The following is entered under T9 D1 in the tool offset memory
450. set with and without saved tool environment in workpiece measuring cycles General information 74 During workpiece machining if the tool environment was saved with TOOLENV NAME it is possible to subsequently correct a tool under these stored conditions while measuring a workpiece First the name of the tool environment _TENV name must be specified in the offset _TENV is evaluated if the corresponding position in KNUM has value 2 or 3 offset according to __TENV To correct tool T stored in tool environment NAME _TNUM 0 must be set Otherwise the programmed _TNUM TNAME D contained in _KNUM DLNUM is corrected with the conditions of the specified tool environment NAME Further alternatives See examples In flat D number structure _TNUM has no significance Here only KNUM for D and _DLNUM are relevant Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Parameter description 2 3 Description of the most important defining parameters Example 1 without _TENV The wear of length 1 is to be corrected additively for tool T7 with D2 The tool environment is to be the environment currently active measuring environment Relevant data _TNUM 7 _KNUM 0100002 _CHBIT 6 0 Example 2 without _TENV For tool T8 with D3 the wear of the length assigned to measuring axis _MA for this tool type and setting G17 G18 or G19 etc is to be corrected additively The tool environment is
451. sites See also Comparison of GUD parameters up to measuring cycles version 7 5 and GUD parameters as of measuring cycles version 2 6 with reference to measuring function Page 413 GUD variables that can no longer be used Page 418 Changes to names of cycle programs and GUD modules Page 420 6 1 4 Call and return conditions e D compensation with the data of the calibration tool or the workpiece probe or the tool to be measured must be activated in accordance with the measuring variant before a measuring cycle is called e The permissible tool type for the workpiece probe is type 5xy with cutting edge positions SL 5 to 8 Lengths refer to the center of the probe ball e No scaling factors lt gt 1 must be active in the frames Mirroring is permissible in the workpiece measuring cycles except for calibration condition MD 10610 MIRROR_REF_AX 0 e The G functions active before the measuring cycle call are reactivated at the end of the cycle Turning machine with G18 plane Axes Z X Example Workpiece probe where SL 7 F ordinate Workpiece 4 abscissa i e a M w ZNEZ Plane definition The measuring cycles work internally with the abscissa and ordinate of the current plane G17 to G19 The default setting for turning machines is G18 Note Spindle Spindle commands in the measuring cycles always refer to the active master spindle of the control When using measuring cy
452. sition Distance to go lt lt Position at axis standstill probe deflected Measuring input Workpiece expected contour actual contour The procedure is described using the workpiece measurement The procedure is the same for tool measurement In this case however the tool is moved and the probe is fixed Depending on its design the actual movements of a machine may be different anyway Workpiece measurement is described as follows The workpiece is stationary and the probe moves The starting position for the measuring procedure is a position _FA in front of the specified set position expected contour The starting position is calculated in the cycle based on parameter entries and probe data The starting position is approached either with rapid traverse GO or with positioning velocity G1 then from the starting position with measuring velocity The switching signal is expected along path 2 _FA as from the starting position Otherwise an alarm will be triggered or the measurement repeated The resulting maximum measuring position is in the measuring block of the cycle At the instant the switching signal is output by the probe the current actual position is stored internally on the fly as the actual value the measuring axis is stopped and then the Delete distance to go function is executed The distance to go is the path not yet covered in the measuring block After deletion the nex
453. sition corresponding to the center of the probing surface of the tool probe in this axis The Y axis is not positioned in the cycle itself Measuring cycles 280 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines Measuring variants Measuring cycles 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools Measuring cycle CYCLE982 permits the following measuring variants which are specified via parameter _MVAR Digit 8 7 Meaning oO Calibrating tool probes With calibration tool with turning tool Measure turning and milling tool drill Measurement axis in _MA is specified for Turning tools Cutting edge position 1 8 Milling tools Points 3 to 5 in _MVAR Automatic measurement determine both lengths for milling cutter the radius tool The following is specified Turning tools Of edge positions 1 8 Milling tools Points 3 to 5 in MVAR Machine related Workpiece related Significance for measuring milling tools only also automatically Measurement without reversal Measurement with reversal Significance for measuring milling tools only also automatically Only correct length for measuring only or Measure milling cutter automatically Only correct radius for measuring only NIJ gt Jo o e jali N Only length and radius for measuring only not for measuring
454. sitions SL 4 SL 3 X1 a S Tessas P SEA A a 7 HA H _MA 1 SIPS eo ra aoe Vv mn gt SS ee aa SL lt le Wa The lateral surfaces of the probe cube must be aligned parallel to the machine axes Z1 X1 abscissa and ordinate The approximate coordinates of the tool probe PRNUM with respect to the machine zero must be entered in array _TP _PRNUM 1 0 to _TP _PRNUM 1 3 These values are used for automatic approach of the probe with the calibration tool and their absolute value must not deviate from the actual value by more than the value in parameter _TSA The probe must also be reached within the total measurement path 2 _FA parameters Value datatype Description _MVAR 0 Calibrate tool probe machine related with calibration tool Calibrate tool probe machine related with turning tool 10000000 _MA 1 2 Measuring axis _PRNUM INTEGER Probe number Additional parameters VMS TZL Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 FA and NMSP also apply 267 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 2 CYCLE982 Tool Measure turning tools See also Sequence 268 Defining parameters Page 63 Result parameters Page 65 Variable measuring velocity _VMS Page 76 Tolerance parameters TZL TMV _TUL _TLL _TDIF and _TSA Page 77 Measurement path _FA Page 78 Multiple measurement at the same location _NMSP Page 81 Position befo
455. so Variable measuring velocity _VMS Page 76 Probe type probe number _PRNUM Page 79 Multiple measurement at the same location _NMSP Page 81 Measuring cycles 214 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 8 CYCLE9671 workpiece Setup inside and outside corner 5 8 2 2 Programming example Determination of the coordinates of an external corner of a workpiece The coordinates of the external corner of a workpiece with unknown geometry are to be determined Zero offset G55 is to be corrected in such a way that this corner is workpiece zero for G55 The reference edge lies approximately at__STA1 35 and the 2nd edge approximately at _INCA 80 degrees in addition The distance to measuring points 2 and 4 is 100 mm The corner is to be passed over from P1 to P3 at distance _ID 30 mm above measuring height The starting point opposite the corner that is to be set up is reached before the measuring cycle is called Workpiece probe 1 used as tool T9 D1 is Set up external corner with 4 point measurement to be used v1 y Cross _ID gt 0 from P1 to P3 The probe is already calibrated Arrays for workpiece probe 1 _WP 0 Actual position The following is entered under T9 D1 in i the tool offset memory A Tool type DP1 710 Length 1 geometry DP3 L1 50 000 Radius geometry DP6 R 3 000 X1 Length
456. spindle workpiece related 12 Measure with rotating spindle workpiece related _MA Number of the measuring axis Measure radius in abscissa direction milling tool Measure radius in ordinate direction milling tool 3 Measure length at center point of the tool probe drill or milling tool 103 Measure length offset by radius in abscissa direction milling tool 203 Measure length offset by radius in ordinate direction milling tool _1D REAL 20 Offset Parameter is usually set to 0 With multiple cutters the offset of tool length and the highest point of the tool edge must be specified in _ID for radius measurement and the offset from the tool radius to the highest point of the tool edge must be specified for length measurement _MFS 0 REAL Speed 3rd probing only with _CBIT 12 1 _MFS 1 Feed 1st probing _MFS 2 Speed 2nd probing 0 Measurement terminated after 1st probing _MFS 3 Feed 2nd probing _MFS 4 Speed 3rd probing 0 Measurement terminated after 2nd probing _MFS 5 Feed 3rd probing The following additional parameters are also valid VMS _TZL TDIF TSA _FA _PRNUM _EVNUMand_NMSP Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 2 CYCLE971 tool Measuring milling tools drills See also Variable measuring velocity _VMS Page 76 Tolerance paramet
457. ssible to reach P2 and P3 from starting position P1 in the applicate in Z in G17 without collision Position after end of measuring cycle After completion of the measuring operation the probe will always be amount __FA MVAR 106 above the 3rd measuring point in the applicate or if _MVAR 100106 at the initial height positioning height Measuring cycles 208 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 8 CYCLE9671 workpiece Setup inside and outside corner 5 8 CYCLE961 workpiece Setup inside and outside corner 5 8 1 Function overview Function The cycle can measure the position of an internal or external corner of a workpiece in the selected plane with different measuring variants The position of this corner can also be used as the workpiece zero in a defined zero offset ZO Set up a corner New workpiece zero Coordinates syst for measurement X M Example G17 x1 In certain measuring variants an additional offset can be defined The measurements are performed with different specified values depending on the measuring variant used Specification of distances and angles e The workpiece is a rectangle 3 point measurement e Unknown workpiece geometry 4 point measurement Specification of 4 points e Unknown workpiece geometry 4 point measurement Prerequisite The probe must be called as a tool with a tool length offset Too
458. suring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 11 Table of contents 10 11 modo DW 12 2A3 Softkey bars for Millis secescsslechecve ewes eece bey ceeded sseadeb secede AEAEE NEEE EAEE EE EEE 365 7 2 1 4 Programming example ese eens saa aces 3 dened cae Sctich ip sduseeraace dag Steel Sedans diniase esednceubes 368 7 2 2 Presetting measuring cycle support in HMI Sl aassssesessssesssrnasnnasssnnansnnnernnnaannnnaannnannnnnaanannanenn 369 7 3 Measuring result SChEONS sssrin ana desheh acs vated ANEAN AAAA 370 FlardWare SOMWANG sinner enai E ARAK EE AAAS aA ANEA AEAEE E ENT E E 373 8 1 Hardware prerequisites for HMI Sl esecceceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeseceacaeeeeeeseeaaaeceeeesesensiaeeeeeeens 373 8 2 Software prerequisites for HMI Sl c cccccesecesececceceeeeeseeaeeeceeeeeseeaeaeceeeeeeeseeaeeeseeeensennee mnnn 374 8 3 FUNGHON CHECK for HMI Sloanina aaa te aa a a A E 375 Data descriptions suiriri ale aeaiia aa enaa IEKE aaa a Eara aiad aaa iaaa a ELA a 377 9 1 Machine data for machine cycle runs ssseecssiersrreneseeircerrrnerirnaerrunesttndairnndetdanaerndastannddennnataa 377 9 2 Cycle dalan E ETE E 378 9 2 1 Data blocks for measuring cycles its siaistddeicnsSucura nesters danesdad ethan Siaseilalnssiidyeaaisdutaatiudsauasdbaincsatenid 378 AMM G netal UVR IMAI silts hh atc ihe ie Selah le ae bind ginal 378 9 2 1 2 Data block GUD5 DEF 20 0 0 cccccccccseseeeeeecseeeeeeseeeeece
459. suring errors Measuring cycles 176 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 6 CYCLE979 workpiece Measure hole shatt groove rib at an angle 5 6 2 2 Operational sequence Specification of setpoints Setpoints using Web example Vf ordinate _CPO abscissa X _CPA Example G17 The setpoint for diameter or width is specified in _SETVAL The setpoint for the center point of the hole shaft or for the measured center of the groove web is specified by e _CPA for the abscissa and e _CPO for the ordinate Measuring axes Measuring axes are not specified As a rule both axes of the plane are included in the measurements depending on the angle Position before measuring cycle call Starting position for cycle call In the hole groove at the selected measuring height Z4 applicate Example G17 _CBIT 14 0 Measuring height ras W abscissa X Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 177 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 6 CYCLE979 workpiece Measure hole shaft groove rib at an angle In all measuring variants the probe must be positioned at the required measuring height in the applicate tool axis close to the first measuring point P1 It must be possible to approach the first measuring point P1 via intermediate point P1 from
460. suring variants the position of a paraxial surface can be determined in the workpiece coordinate system The zero offset ZO of the associated workpiece can also be determined and corrected The offset is corrected in such a way that the real position of the surface actual value adopts the required set angle _SETVAL in the workpiece coordinate system when the corrected ZO frame is used Mirroring can be active in a frame of the frame sequence Dimension factors must never be active The ZO to be corrected is specified in coded form with variable _KNUM gt 0 The ZO can be specified and corrected by various methods e g in various settable frames in various basic frames system frames fine offset or coarse offset etc If _KNUM 0 there is no ZO correction For detailed information on specifying _KNUM for the zero offset see Parameter description section Description of the most important defining parameters An empirical value stored in data block GUD5 in array _EV can be included in calculation of the result after measurement is completed This is activated in EVNUM see Parameter description Section Description of the most important defining parameters Parameter Data type Meaning _MVAR 100 ZO determination on surface and ZO correction 1100 ZO determination on surface with differential measurement and ZO correction _SETVAL REAL gt 0 Setpoint with respect to workpiece zero _MA 1 3 Number of
461. t 6 5 1 Function overview Function This measuring cycle can be used in various measurement variants to determine workpiece dimensions in a 1 point measurement It is also possible to determine a zero offset ZO or an automatic tool offset e 1 point measurement and ZO determination e 1 point measurement and tool offset e 1 point measurement with reversal and tool offset Measurement Measurement external external fod 2nd measurement Measure with reversal after turning 180 degr Measurement internal Measurement x internal The measuring cycle determines the actual value of the workpiece with respect to the workpiece zero in the selected measuring axis _MA and calculates the difference from a defined setpoint setpoint actual value An empirical value stored in data block GUD5 can be included For variants with tool offset it is also possible to calculate a mean value over several parts The cycle checks that a set tolerance range for the measured deviation is not violated and automatically corrects the ZO memory or tool offset memory selected in _KNUM If KNUM 0 there is no offset Measuring cycles 332 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines Programming Prerequisite 6 5 CYCLE9 4 workpiece 1 point measurement CYCLE974 Note Tolerance parameters TSA TDIF TZL TMV TLL and _TUL must be entered t
462. t 5 Measure rectangle inside with tool offset 6 Measure rectangle outside with tool offset 1001 Measure hole by contouring a protection zone with tool offset 1002 Measure shaft by including a protection zone with tool offset 1003 Measure groove by contouring a protection zone with tool offset 1004 Measure web by including a protection zone with tool offset 1005 Measure rectangle inside with protection zone with tool offset 1006 Measure rectangle outside with protection zone with tool offset _SETVAL REAL gt 0 Setpoint acc to drawing only for hole shaft groove web _SETV 0 REAL gt 0 Setpoint value rectangle length in the abscissa appre Setpoint for rectangle length in the ordinate only for measuring rectangle ID REAL Incremental infeed of applicate with sign only for measuring shaft web or rectangle and for measuring hole groove shaft web traveling around or taking account of a safety zone _SZA REAL gt 0 e Diameter width of the protection zone inside for hole groove outside for shaft web e Length of the safety zone in the abscissa only for measuring rectangle Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 151 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 4 CYCLE9 7 workpiece Measure hole shatt groove web rectangle parallel to axes See also 152 Parameters Data type Meaning _SZO REAL gt 0 Length of the protection zone in the ordin
463. t with settable ZO G54 NVx NVy The workpiece probe is inserted as tool T9 with offset D1 The radius of the probe ball and length 1 must be entered in the tool offset memory under T9 D1 before the cycle is called Tool type DP1 710 Length 1 geometry DP3 L1 Radius geometry DP6 R 3 000 Length 1 L1 must refer to the center of the probe ball _CBIT 14 0 Careful when positioning Radius R in length L1 is ignored But the desired calibration height can be entered directly when calibrating in the abscissa or ordinate _MA 1 2 Arrays for workpiece probe 1 _WP O N CALIBRATE Z L MPF N10 G54 G90 G17 T9 D1 N20 M6 N50 _CBIT 14 0 N60 TSA 25 TZL 0 _PRNUM 1 _VMS 0 _NMSP 1 _FA 12 N61 MVAR 10000 _SETVAL 20 MA 3 _MD 1 N70 CYCLE976 N100 M2 Calibrate on surface in the minus Z direction with specification of length L1 _CBIT 14 0 Zi applicate abscissa X X1 ZO selection select probe as tool and operating plane Insert probe and activate tool offset The probe is prepositioned in front of the calibration surface within a distance of 2 x FA Length 1 relative to probe ball center Define parameter for calibration cycle calibrate probe 1 in minus Z axis with determination of length 1 Measuring cycle call determine calibration in minus Z and Ll jEnd of program Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4B
464. t 0 Measuring variant 100 0 1000 1 2 _NMSP INT gt 0 Number of measurements at the same location _PRNUM INT gt 0 Workpiece probe number number of the data field assigned to the workpiece probe GUD6 _WP _PRNUM 1 _RA INT _RF REAL _SETVAL REAL Setpoint Setpoint according to drawing _SETV 8 REAL ee Beer pone aes _STA1 REAL TAIE Start angle _SZA REAL Measuring cycles 428 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters CYCLE974 Workpiece measurements CYCLE994 _SZO REAL _TDIF REAL Dimension difference check _TMV REAL Tool name alternative for _TNUM if tool management active _TNAME STRING Name of tool environment for automatic tool compensation from 32 measuring cycles SW 6 3 _TNUM INT Tool number for automatic tool offset _TUL REAL Offset range with mean value calculation only active if GUD6 _CHBIT 4 1 REAL Upper tolerance limit according to drawing _TSA REAL Safe area _TZL REAL Zero offset area _VMS REAL Variable measuring velocity gt 0 for _VMS 0 150 mm min if _FA 1 300 mm min if _FA gt 1 CYCLE976 Workpiece measurements Parameter Type Possible axes GUD5 Abscissa _MA 1 ordinate _MA 2
465. t area _VMS REAL Variable measuring velocity gt 0 for _VMS 0 150 mm min if _FA 1 300 mm min if _FA gt 1 CYCLE978 Workpiece measurements Parameter Type Possible measuring axes GUD5 Abscissa _MA 1 ordinate _MA 2 for G17 X 1 Y 2 for G18 Z 1 X 2 for G19 Y 1 Z 2 Measuring with automatic tool offset Measuring with automatic ZO correction _CALNUM INT pee niai _CORA REAL Offset angular position 0 359 5 only active if mono probe _CPA REAL _CPO REAL _EVNUM INT Empirical value memory number gt 0 number of data field GUD5 _EV _EVNUM 1 Mean value memory number number of data field GUD5 _MV _EVNUM 1 Only active if GUD6 _CHBIT 4 1 _PA REAL Measurement path in mm gt 0 _ID REAL _INCA REAL _K INT Weighting factor k for mean value calculation Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 433 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters CYCLE978 Workpiece measurements INT without with automatic tool offset D number without with automatic offset of 0 without tool offset the ZO memory Normal D number structure Flat D number structure 0 without offset 4654321 987654321 Ul D number i l l LLLIL D number 1 99 LL 0 1 Length correction in the LL 0 1 Length correction in the automatic corr
466. t be taken into account in selecting the starting position for calibration of _TP 0 1 _TP 0 3 increase distance from probe by 2 x R Values of tool probe 1 in data block GUD6 which were determined manually to 5 mm accuracy beforehand relative to the TP 0 1 abscissa Z1 machine zero z _TP 0 0 _TP 0 0 50 _TP 0 1 20 _TP 0 2 70 _TP 0 3 40 To obtain a minimum measurement path of 1 mm the measurement path is programmed with FA 1 5 6 mm max total measurement path 12 mm _N CALIBRATE MTT MPF NO5 G94 G90 DIAMOF N10 T7 D1 Calibration tool N15 GO SUPA 2300 X240 Starting position in minus X direction procedure when ZO is deactivated N20 _TZL 0 001 _PRNUM 1 _VMS 0 _NMSP 1 Parameters for calibration cycle N21 MVAR 0 MA 2 TSA 5 FA 6 N30 CYCLE982 Calibration in minus X direction N35 GO SUPA 260 Approach new starting position N38 MA 1 Select another measuring axis N40 CYCLE982 Calibration in minus Z direction N45 GO SUPA X20 Approach new starting position N48 MA 2 N50 CYCLE982 7 Calibration in plus X direction N55 GO SUPA Z0 Approach new starting position N58 MA 1 N60 CYCLE982 Calibration in plus Z direction N65 GO SUPA X240 Approach change position in each axis N70 SUPA Z300 N99 M2 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 269 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 2 CYCLE982 Tool Measure t
467. t block in the cycle can be processed The measuring axis travels back to the starting position Any measurement repetitions selected are restarted from this point Measurement path _FA Measurement path _FA defines the distance between the starting position and the expected switching position setpoint of the probe see section 2 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 General 1 8 Measurement principle Measuring velocity The measuring velocity is dependent on the measurement path _FA and its default setting is 150 mm min if _FA 1 if FA gt 1 300 mm min Cycles parameter _VMS is then 0 Other measuring velocities can be set by the user to a value of gt 0 in __VMS see Chapter 2 The maximum permissible measuring velocity is derived from e the deceleration behavior of the axis e the permissible deflection of the probe e the signal processing delay Deceleration distance deflection of probe Measuring cycles CAUTION Safe deceleration of the measuring axis to standstill within the permissible deflection path of the probe must always be ensured Otherwise damage will occur A delay t typical of the control is taken into account in signal processing IPO cycle for the time between detection of the switching signal and output of the deceleration command to the measuring axis MD 10050 SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME and MD 10070 IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO This results in th
468. t measurement with the located sphere center point MVAR xxx119 Repeating measurement improves the measuring result It is also possible to calculate the sphere diameter _MVAR 10xx1x9 In this case an additional measurement is taken parallel to the axis in the plus direction of the abscissa at the height of the sphere center calculated in the first measurement Calculation of the sphere diameter and measurement repetition can be combined _MVAR 10xx119 Here the diameter is calculated after each position measurement Safe area All setpoint actual differences are checked for compliance with the safe area parameter _TSA If this value is exceeded alarm message 61303 safe area exceeded appears and an NC RESET is needed Measurement is then canceled If CBIT 0 1 the measurement is first repeated ZO compensation during measurement of one sphere only _MVAR x0x1x9 Principle of ZO correction with 1 sphere Position of center point MP determines offset Actual position spatially offset zA MPz1 MPz G ee Se pene apanum W cori wips 7 applicate Setpoints X abscissa W measure MPx1 X1 Example G17 X Z plane An existing spatial rotation remains unchanged The actual value setpoint differences of the center point coordinates are included the calculation of the translatory component of the ZO The offset acts such that the calculated sphere center point in the offset ZO includes th
469. t reversal The cutting edge to be measured is in the milling spindle position 15 degrees The lengths and radius of tool T3 to be measured are roughly known and entered in offset field D1 Tool type DP1 120 Cutting edge position DP2 Length 1 geometry DP3 Length 2 geometry DP4 Radius geometry DP6 End miller radial position Establish L2 and R machine related L1 60 E L2 10 Xi R 14 i l 1 i i i Measuring point l on tool I 1 M _TP 0 1 _TP 0 0 Z1 Deviations from this value of less then 2 5 mm are expected The probe to be used is tool probe 1 This probe has already been completely calibrated machine related The precise values are entered in array _TP 0 and are approximately _TP 0 0 220 _TP 0 1 200 _TP 0 2 400 _TP 0 3 380 N_T3 MEAS FR MPF N1 GO G18 G90 G94 DIAMOF N100 T3 D1 Selection of the tool to be measured Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 N110 GO SUPA Z285 X450 N120 _TZL 0 001 _TSA 3 _VMS 0 _NMSP 1 _FA 3 _PRNUM 1 21 MA 1 TDIF 2 5 MVAR 12001 _STA1 15 30 _CHBIT 3 0 31 _CHBIT 20 0 40 CYCLE982 80 GO SUPA X450 N N N N N N 90 SUPA 2285 N200 M2 Start position for measuring procedure without ZO Change of parameter definition for measurement otherwise calibration Offset in the geometry Do not suppress _STA1 Tool measurement L2 R
470. t screens e Positional deviation during calibration in the plane e Probe number e Safe area Workpiece measurement e Measuring cycle and measuring variant e Setpoints actual values and their differences e Tolerance upper and lower limits for tool offset e Compensation value e Probe number e Safe area and permissible dimensional difference e T number D number and DL number or ZO memory number for automatic offset Example of measurement result display WO calculation shaft Meas variant Setpt value Act val Difference x 30 000 29 979 0 021 mm Y 0 125 0 146 0 022 mm Shaft 30 000 9 499 20 501 mm F WO memory no 2 Probe number 1 Safe area Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 371 Miscellaneous functions 7 3 Measuring result screens Measuring cycles 372 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Hardware software 8 8 1 Hardware prerequisites for HMI sl For descriptions of the hardware prerequisites for measuring cycles for HMI as of software version 2 6 see References Commissioning Manual SINUMERIK 840d HMI sl base software and HMI sl Book HMI sl IM9 Chapter on measuring cycles Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 373 Hardware software 8 2 Software prerequisites for HMI sl 8 2 Software prerequisites for HMI sl For descriptions of the software prerequisites for measuring c
471. taken into account One cutting edge is taken into account With multiple cutters the longest edge is used for the measuring result The following connections have to be taken into account n S 27 re 0 001 F neA Where Basic system Metric inch n Spindle speed rom rom Max permissible peripheral speed m min feet min r Tool radius mm inch F Measuring feedrate mm min inch min A Measuring accuracy mm inch Given a peripheral speed of S 90 m min speeds of n 2865 to 143 rpm will result for milling tools with a radius of r 5 to 100 mm Given a specified measuring accuracy of A 0 005 mm measuring feedrates of F 14 mm min to F 0 7 mm min will result Compensation strategy The tool measuring cycle is provided for various applications e First time measurement of a tool _CHBIT 3 0 The tool offset values in geometry and wear are replaced Compensation is written in the geometry component of length or radius The wear component is reset e Remeasurement of a tool _CHBIT 3 1 The resulting difference is calculated into the wear component radius or length Further for tool measurement the measured values can be corrected by empirical values Compensation of length 1 or the tool radius only occurs in tool measurement if the measured difference lies in the tolerance band between _TZL and _TDIF Compensation of the tool probe trigger points _TP and _TPWT only occurs when the tool probe is calibrated if the
472. te gt only when _MA 2 OVR 7 REAL Actual value in applicate gt only when __MA 3 _OVR 8 REAL Upper tolerance limit for measuring axis _OVR 12 REAL Lower tolerance limit for measuring axis _OVR 16 REAL Difference for measuring axis _OVR 17 REAL Difference in abscissa gt only when _MA 1 _OVR 18 REAL Difference in ordinate gt only when _MA 2 _OVR 19 REAL Difference in applicate gt only when __MA 3 OVR 20 9 REAL Compensation value _OVR 27 REAL Zero offset area _OVR 28 REAL Safe area _OVR 29 REAL Dimensional difference _OVR 30 REAL Empirical value _OVR 31 REAL Mean value OVI 0 INTEGER D number or ZO number OVI 2 INTEGER Measuring cycle number _OVI 4 INTEGER _ Weighting factor Ovi gt INTEGER __ Probe number _OVI 6 INTEGER _ Mean value memory number OVI 7 INTEGER Empirical value memory number OVI 8 INTEGER _ Tool number Ovi 9 INTEGER __ Alarm number _OVI 11 INTEGER Status offset request 1 for workpiece measurement with tool offset only 2 For ZO correction only 3 For tool offset the offset value always appears as a radius dimension in __OVR 20 Measuring cycles 334 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 5 CYCLE9 4 workpiece 1 point measurement Starting positions for various measuring tasks 6 5 2 6 5 2 1 Function Measuring cycles The starting positions before cycle call depend on
473. te tool probe machine related with turning tool 10000000 Calibrate tool probe workpiece related with calibration tool a Calibrate tool probe workpiece related with turning tool 10000010 _MA 1 2 Measuring axis _PRNUM INTEGER Probe number Additional parameters VMS TZL TSA FA and NMSP also apply Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools See also Defining parameters Page 63 Result parameters Page 65 Variable measuring velocity _VMS Page 76 Tolerance parameters _TZL TMV TUL TLL _TDIF and _TSA Page 77 Measurement path _FA Page 78 Multiple measurement at the same location NMSP Page 81 Programming example Calibrate tool probe workpiece related Tool probe 1 is in the machining area and is oriented parallel to the axis of the workpiece coordinate system The calibration tool is inserted in the turret as tool T7 Values of the calibration tool T7 D1 Tool type DP1 500 Cutting edge position DP2 3 Calibrate all 4 sides of tool probe 1 relative to workpiece X1 Calibrating tool Length 1 geometry DP3 L1 10 ways S3 X ordinate L2 40 Length 2 geometry DP4 L2 40 Radius geometry DP6 R 5 ee a F Ji This radius must be taken into account i i when selecting the starting position for calibration of _TPW 0 1
474. ted _CHBIT 3I 1 Remeasurement The difference that is determined is entered into the appropriate wear data of the tool The geometry data remains unchanged Mean value for workpiece measurement with automatic tool correction _EVNUM gt 0 _CHBIT 4 0 no mean value derivation over several parts For the formula used to calculate the mean value 0 is used as the old mean value The calculated mean value is not saved _CHBIT 4 1 When calculating the mean value the value from the mean value memory _MV programmed using _EVNUM is used for the calculation and then the new mean value is saved in this mean value memory Inclusion of empirical value _EVNUM gt 0 _CHBIT 5 0 The empirical value _EV is subtracted from the measured actual value _CHBIT 5 1 The empirical value _EV is added to the measured actual value Tool offset mode for workpiece measurement with automatic tool offset _CHBIT 6 0 The determined offset value is added in the wear memory length and radius of the specified tool and is incorporated in the D number specified using _KNUM _CHBIT 6 1 The length and the radius of the specified tool is corrected by the determined offset value and entered into the appropriate geometry memory The corresponding wear memory is calculated and then set to zero An offset in the set up additive offset can also be programmed if these are
475. ted is specified in coded form with variable KNUM gt 0 The ZO can be specified and corrected by various methods e g in various settable frames in various basic frames system frames fine offset or coarse offset etc For detailed information on specifying _KNUM for the zero offset see section Description of the most important defining parameters Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 335 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 5 CYCLE9 4 workpiece 1 point measurement Prerequisite If necessary the workpiece must be positioned in the correct angular spindle position with SPOS before the cycle is called Parameter Parameter Data type Meaning _MVAR 100 1 point measurement and ZO determination _SETVAL REAL Setpoint with reference to the workpiece zero _MA 1 2 31 Measuring axis _KNUM 0 gt 0 0 No automatic ZO correction gt 0 With automatic ZO correction individual values see section Description of the most important defining parameters Parameter KNUM 1 Measurement in the 3rd axis of the plane with G18 in Y is also possible provided this axis exists Moreover for measurement in the 3rd axis of the plane with active G18 measurement in the Y axis the same setpoint parameterization can be used as for measurement in the X axis facing axis if _CHBIT 19 1 is set in block GUD6 The offset is then stored in the X component of the selected ZO memory Ad
476. ter description 2 3 Description of the most important defining parameters Parameters Value of _PRNUM gt 0 integer _PRNUM can only have three digits in workpiece measurement In that case the most significant digit is evaluated as the probe type The two least significant digits represent the probe number Digit Meaning 3 2 1 Probe number two digits 0 Multi probe 1 Mono probe Example of workpiece measurement _PRNUM 102 gt Probe type Mono probe gt Probe number 2 Array index _WP 1 n Example of tool measurement _PRNUM 3 gt Probe number 3 Array index _TP 2 n 2 3 14 Empirical value mean value _EVNUM General information The effect of empirical and mean values is described in the chapter General section measuring principle and measurement strategy The empirical values and mean values are stored in data block GUDS in arrays e _EV empirical values and e _MV mean values The unit of measurement is mm in the metric basic system and inch in the inch basic system irrespective of the active system of units The number of existing empirical and mean values is entered in data block GUD6 _EVMVNUM m n e m array dimension _EV m e n array dimension _MV n The default setting provides 20 values each array index _EV MV 0 19 Measuring cycles 80 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Pa
477. ternative to length only to determine the cutter radius For length and radius two measuring points are required These are approached from different sides of the measuring probe First the measuring point facing the measuring probe at the starting point is approached Then after travel round the probe in the direction of the starting point the 2nd measuring point is measured in the opposite direction If the spindle is stationary M5 and measurement without reversal is selected the 2nd measurement is performed with a spindle rotation of 180 degrees The same cutting edge used for the 1st measurement is now used The L1 or L2 offset values and the cutter radius are calculated from these two measurements Measurement with reversal can be selected separately with _MVAR First the measuring point is measured in the selected axis and in a milling spindle position according to starting angle _STA1 Then the tool spindle is turned 180 degrees and measured again The average value is the measured value Measurement with reversal causes a second measurement at each measuring point P with a spindle rotation through 180 degrees from the starting angle The offset angle entered in CORA is summated to these 180 degrees That enables selection of a certain 2nd milling cutting edge that is offset from the 1st cutting edge by precisely 180 degrees Measurement with reversal permits measurement of two cutting edges of one tool The mean value is the offset
478. th orientation capability If a dynamic 5 axis transformation is to be supported it is preferable to use transformation type 72 vectors from TCARR data The linear and rotary axes must be prepositioned on the starting positions P1 to P3 see programming example before measuring cycle CYCLE996 is called in the NC program The starting position is automatically accepted in CYCLE996 as the position setpoint for the Measure ball function In each of the ball rotary axis positions selected measuring is performed in accordance with the parameters and by calling CYCLE996 The kinematics are calculated via a separate parameterized call of CYCLE996 The measuring results are written to the result parameter OVR parameter after the 3rd measurement has been completed and the CYCLE996 setting Calculate kinematics refer to _MVAR When the Enter vectors function is selected refer to _MVAR _TNUM then data is output to the swivel data record that has been set up TCARR TRAORI 1 A protocol file with the measurement results in an appropriate data format machine data or TCARR data can be optionally output Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 10 CYCLE996 workpiece Measure kinematics 5 10 6 Programming via a screen form 5 10 6 1 General Call Measure kinematics function CYCLE996 Enter Program operating area in the part program ed
479. th percentage of rapid traverse velocity _SPEED 0 only active with collision monitoring ON _CHBIT 2 1 GUD6 _CHBIT 17 Feed during measurement 0 0 with feed in VMS 1 During 1st measurement feed in SPEED 3 During 2nd measurement with feed in VMS GUD6 _CHBIT 18 Static measurement result display 0 0 effect as set in_CHBIT 11 1 only active if CHBIT 11 0 Measuring result display remains until next measuring cycle is called GUD6 _CHBIT 19 CYCLE974 and CYCLE994 only 0 Special treatment of Y axis with G18 0 no special treatment 1 setpoint setting and parameterization _SETVAL _TUL _TLL SZO for the Y axis applicate as for the parameterization of the ordinate X axis The tool offset is applied in the length that is active in the ordinate X axis usually L1 as long as no other length has been set in _KNUM The ZO compensation is applied in the specified ZO memory in the ordinate component X axis GUD6 _CHBIT 20 CYCLE982 only 0 Suppression of the starting angle positioning _STA1 0 suppression OFF 1 suppression ON Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 459 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters Channel oriented bits Block Identifier Description As delivered value _CHBIT Channel bits GUD6 _CHBIT 21 CYCLE974 CYCLE977 CYCLE978 CYCLE979 CYCLE9997 only 0 Mode of ZO compensation 0
480. that the correction value contains the correct sign of MC_SIMDIFF This depends on the measurement or calibration task and the direction of measurement The sign is influenced in such a way that the overall result makes sense e g Measure hole Changing the sign always causes the sign of the result to change Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 General 1 4 Reference points on the machine and workpiece 1 4 Reference points on the machine and workpiece General information Depending on the measuring task measured values may be required in the machine coordinate system or in the workpiece coordinate system e g It may be easier to ascertain the tool length in the machine coordinate system Workpiece dimensions are measured in the workpiece coordinate system Where e M Machine zero e W Workpiece zero e F Tool reference point Reference points Example Turning machine Example Milling machine be The position of tool reference point F in the machine coordinate system is displayed with machine zero M as the machine actual value The position of the tool tip active tool in the workpiece coordinate system is displayed with workpiece zero W as the workpiece actual value If a workpiece probe is active the position usually refers to the center point of the probe ball The zero offset ZO characterizes the position of the workpiece on the machine
481. the dynamic 5 axis transformation TRAORI is also to be set or is the only function to be set MD 24x00 MC_TRAFO_TYPE_x 72 x 1 8 should ideally be set as should the number of the TOOLCARR swivel data record to be used in MD 24582 TRAFOS5_TCARR_NO_1 The following basic kinematics data must be known at the start of CYCLE996 It is entered in either the Swivel cycle startup menu CYCLE800 or in the screen form for the 1st measurement SK swivel data record Kinematics type Swivel head T swivel table P or mixed kinematics M Name of swivel data record Approximate rotary axis vector V1xyz of rotary axis 1 e g axis B swivels around Y V1 0 1 0 Approximate rotary axis vector V2xyz of rotary axis 2 if this exists e g axis C swivels around Z V2 0 0 1 Name of rotary axes Mode of rotary axes automatic NC rotary axes manual or semi automatic Travel range of rotary axes 1st 2nd 3rd measurement parameters Parameter Value data type Meaning _MVAR Decimal 1 9 Measure kinematics mode see the following measurement variants _TNUM INTEGER Number of swivel data record _SETVAL REAL Diameter of the calibration ball _FA REAL Measurement path factor _TSA REAL Safe area _VMS REAL Measuring feedrate _PRNUM INTEGER Number of probe probe field _SETV 3 REAL Position value of rotary axis 1 manual or semi automatic _SETV 4 REAL Position value of
482. the measuring axis _KNUM 0 gt 0 0 without automatic ZO correction gt 0 with automatic ZO correction individual values see Parameter description section Description of the most important defining parameters Parameter KNUM The following additional parameters are also valid VMS CORA TSA FA _PRNUM _EVNUM and NMSP _CORA only relevant for monodirectional probe Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 5 CYCLE978 workpiece Measuring a surface parallel to the axis See also Variable measuring velocity VMS Page 76 Offset angle position CORA Page 76 Tolerance parameters _TZL TMV TUL TLL _TDIF and _TSA Page 77 Measurement path _FA Page 78 Probe type probe number _PRNUM Page 79 Empirical value mean value _EVNUM Page 80 Multiple measurement at the same location _NMSP Page 81 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 165 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 5 CYCLE978 workpiece Measuring a surface parallel to the axis 5 5 3 2 Programming example ZO calculation at a workpiece with CYCLE978 166 A rectangular workpiece is clamped in the G17 plane The ZO in axes X and Y is to be checked Any deviation from the active values should be automatically corrected in settable ZO G54 The corrected ZO should also be activated so that
483. the measuring task the value of the setpoint SETVAL the measuring axes and the cutting edge position SL of the workpiece probe The probe must be positioned facing the point to be measured and is reached by traversing measuring axis _MA in the setpoint direction in the measuring cycle The setpoint position of the point is defined by parameter SETVAL Measurement is possible parallel to and in the direction of the axes permitted by the cutting edge position of the workpiece probe inserted Example Probe where p SL 7 and or SL 8 Start position X outer diameter X inner diameter X outer diameter calibrate and measure below turning center Setpoint negative Measure length Z Measure length Z left of workpiece zero point in Z direction setpoint negative WN oe 1 point measurement and ZO determination General information With this measuring cycle and the MVAR 100 measuring variant the actual value of a workpiece is determined with reference to the workpiece zero in the selected measuring axis _MA An empirical value from data block GUD5 can be included with the correct sign The zero offset ZO is applied in such a way that the actual value adopts the required setpoint _SETVAL in the workpiece coordinate system when the corrected ZO frame is used Mirroring can be active in a frame of the frame sequence Dimension factors must never be active The ZO to be correc
484. til 0 Correction normal iil 0 Correction normal i 1 Correction inverted i i 14 Correction inverted frame G500 I L 0 Correction relates to eh 0 Correction relates to 1 01 1 ewe 1 026 4th position 6th position ic ZO ti I 1 Correction of L1 1 1 Correction of L1 automatic correction In 2 Correction of L2 2 Correction of L2 1st to 16th channel basic frame 3 Correction of L3 3 Correction of L3 i 4 Radius correction 4 Radius correction 1 051 aes 1 066 I l 0 Correction in length radius 0 Correction in length radius automatic ZO correction In 1 Correction in setup and or 1 Correction in setup and or 1 st to 1 6th global basic frame additive correction additive correction 2 Correction in length and or 2 Correction in length and or 2000 radius acc to _TENV radius acc to TENV automatic ZO correction in system 3 Correction in setup and or 3 Correction in setup and or additive correction acc to additive correction acc to frame _TENV _TENV 1 if MD 18105 lt 9 single digit 2 if MD 18105 gt 999 also valid 9999 gt 9 lt 1000 three digit D number for normal D number structure automatic ZO correction in active frame G54 G57 G505 G599 or with active G500 in the last active channel specific basic frame _MA INT Measuring axis 1 2 Measuring axis 1 2 _MD INT ee ee m as a _MVAR INT Measuring variant gt 0 1xxx measurement traveling around or taking account of a safety zone 1 2 3 4 101 102 103 104 _NMS
485. tion 11 2 Error rectification in the measuring cycles Alarms with numbers between 61000 and 62999 are generated in the measuring cycles This range of numbers in turn is divided again with regard to alarm responses and cancel criteria The error text that is displayed together with the alarm number gives you more detailed information on the error cause Alarm number 61000 61999 Clearing criterion NC_RESET Alarm Response Block preparation in the NC is aborted 62000 62999 Clear key Program execution is not interrupted display only 11 3 Overview of measuring cycle alarms The measuring cycle alarms are listed below References DA Diagnostics Manual Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 411 Alarm error and system messages 11 3 Overview of measuring cycle alarms Measuring cycles 412 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Appendix A A 1 Comparison of GUD parameters up to measuring cycles version 7 5 and GUD parameters as of measuring cycles version 2 6 with reference to measuring function You can make specific machine and setting data for each item of cycle data machine data or setting data The following prefixes are defined e SNS_ Generally applicable setting data e SCS_ Channel specific setting data e MNS_ Generally applicable machine data e MCS_ Channel specific machine
486. tion 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 49 General 7 12 Overview of measuring cycle functions for milling technology Workpiece measurement Outside rectangle Result e Actual dimension Rectangle length and width rectangle center e Deviation Rectangle length and width rectangle center e Deviation Tool offset of the zero offset 1 12 5 Measuring a workpiece at an angle The following measuring variants are provided for the measurement of a hole shaft groove or web at an angle They are executed by CYCLE979 Three or four point measurement at an angle Measure hole at an angle Measure shaft at an angle a eS Example G17 ee Example G17 y oS P T a N x Paai p Start j a ande i i NOA i e8 A X i a Result e Actual dimension deviation Diameter center point e Deviation Tool offset of the zero offset Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 50 General 7 12 Overview of measuring cycle functions for milling technology Two point measurement at an angle Measure groove web at an angle Example G17 Result e Actual dimension deviation Groove web width groove web center e Deviation Zero point offset 1 12 6 Measuring a surface at an angle CYCLE998 permits correction of the zero offset after measurement of a surface at an angle It is still possible to determine the angles on an oblique surface in s
487. tion begins machine related S _TP 0 0 50 _TP 0 1 28 7 _TP 0 2 42 v1 70 _TP 0 3 20 90 ee TP 0 4 80 TP 0 2 cia e _TP 0 6 20 upper diameter Rie eal i i _TP O 9 4 _TP 0 0 50 M _TP 0 1 _TP 0 0 70 Xt Example G17 characteristics when _MA 102 N CALIBRATE MTT MPF NO5 GO G17 G94 G90 Machining plane define feedrate type N10 T7 DL Select calibration tool N15 M6 Change calibration tool and activate compensation N30 SUPA GO 2100 Position infeed axis over tool N35 SUPA X70 Y90 Position in plane on tool N40 TZL 0 005 TSA 5 VMS 0 _NMSP 1 Parameter for calibrating in the Y axis _PRNUM 1 _FA 6 with prior determination of probe N41 MVAR 0 MA 102 center in X The data array of tool probe 1 is effective TP 0 i N50 CYCLE971 Calibration in minus Y direction N55 SUPA 2100 Traverse up in infeed axis in rapid traverse N60 SUPA YO Move in plane to position from which N65 MA 2 plus Y direction can be calibrated N70 CYCLE971 Calibration in plus Y direction probe jat center in X Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 101 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 2 CYCLE971 tool Measuring milling tools drills N80 SUPA X70 Z100 N85 _MA 1 N90 CYCLE971 N100 SUPA 2100 N110 SUPA X10 2 3 40 _MA 3 CYCLE971 jo SUPA Z100 5 oO CYCLE971 2242242 2 24 60 M2 Explanation of example 1 5 2 3 3
488. to be the environment currently active measuring environment Relevant data _TNUM 8 _KNUM 3 _CHBIT 6 0 _MA 1 Example 3 without _TENV For tool T5 with D2 the additive offset of DL 3 active in the length as defined for measuring axis _MA is to be corrected additively The tool environment is to be the environment currently active measuring environment Relevant data _TNUM 5 _KNUM 1001002 or 1000002 _DLNUM 3 _CHBIT 6 0 _CHBIT 8 0 _MA 1 Example 4 with TENV The wear of length 1 or the tool and D number stored in tool environment WZUMG1 is to be corrected additively T and D not directly known Relevant data _TNUM 0 _TENV WZUMG1 _KNUM 2100000 _CHBIT 6 0 Example 5 with TENV For tool T stored in tool environment WZUMG2 but specific D number D2 the wear of the length assigned to measuring axis _MA for the stored tool type and stored setting G17 G18 or G19 is to be corrected additively Relevant data _TNUM 0 _TENV WZUMG2 _KNUM 2001002 or KNUM 2000002 CHBIT 6 0 _MA 2 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 75 Parameter description 2 3 Description of the most important defining parameters Example 6 with TENV 2 3 9 Parameter 2 3 10 Parameter 76 Tool environment is to be the tool environment stored in WZUMG3 However the following is to be corrected irrespective of T D DL stored in it For tool T6 with D2 the additive offset o
489. to be used for measurement in the 3rd axis measurement in the Y axis with active G18 as for measurement in the X axis facing axis The tool offset is then also in L1 if not specified differently in KNUM Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 6 CYCLE994 workpiece 2 point measurement Machine with Y axis Measure with _MA 3 Y axis for G18 Example G18 DIAMON External measurement with protection zone _MVAR 2 y _SZO impacts here in Y axis _SZA still in Z axis Additional parameters VMS _TZL TMV TUL TLL _TDIF TSA FA _PRNUM _EVNUM _NMSP and _K also apply See also Defining parameters Page 63 Result parameters Page 65 Variable measuring velocity _VMS Page 76 Tolerance parameters TZL TMV TUL TLL TDIF and _TSA Page 77 Measurement path _FA Page 78 Probe type probe number _PRNUM Page 79 Empirical value mean value EVNUM Page 80 Multiple measurement at the same location _NMSP Page 81 Weighting factor for mean value calculation _K Page 81 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 351 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 6 CYCLE 994 workpiece 2 point measurement 6 6 1 2 Programming example Two point measurement outside and inside 352 An outside diameter with tool T8 D1 and an inside diameter with tool T9 D1 has been machines on a w
490. tool must be known exactly and stored in a tool offset data block This tool offset must be active when the measuring cycle is called A turning tool must be specified as the tool type type 5xy Calibration is possible with cutting edge positions SL1 SL2 SL3 or SL4 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 265 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 2 CYCLE 982 Tool Measure turning tools 266 1 Calibrate with calibration tool Calibration tool for tool probe on turning machine Tool type 5xy cutting edge position SL 3 Calibration tool for tool probe on turning machine Tool type 5xy cutting edge position SL 4 L1 Calibration tool for tool probe on turning machine Tool type 5xy cutting edge position SL 2 Calibration tool for tool probe on turning machine Tool type 5xy cutting edge position SL 1 L2 The calibration tool is shaped bent in such a way that the probe can be calibrated on all 4 sides with it Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines Requirement parameters Measuring cycles 2 Calibrate with turning tool 6 2 CYCLE982 Tool Measure turning tools When a turning tool is used for calibration the probe can only be calibrated on 2 sides see figure below Calibrate using turning tool with SL 1 4 and corresponding approach po
491. try axis 0 _TPWIk 4 Trigger point in minus direction Z 3rd geometry axis 0 _TPWIk 5 Trigger point in plus direction Z 3rd geometry axis 0 _TPWIk 6 Edge length disk diameter 0 _TPWIk 7 Axes and directions for automatic calibration 133 _TPWI k 8 Probe type 0 Cube 0 101 disk in XY 201 disk in ZX 301 disk in YZ _TPWI k 9 Distance between upper edge of tool probe and lower edge 2 of tool probe depth of calibration depth of measuring for milling cutter radius Assignment for turning probe type primarily cube _TPWIk 0 Trigger point in minus direction of abscissa 0 _TPWIk 1 Trigger point in plus direction of abscissa 0 _TPWIk 2 Trigger point in minus direction of ordinate 0 _TPWIk 3 Trigger point in plus direction of ordinate 0 _TPWIk 4 to irrelevant 0 _TPWIk 9 For illustration see analogous explanation of _TP Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 385 Data description 9 2 Cycle data Tool probe types Disk Cube mainly with turning machines _WPT Workpiece probe Min input limit Max input limit Changes valid after value assignment Protection level Units Data type REAL Applies as of SW SW 3 2 Significance Index k stands for the number of the current data field _PRNUM 1 Preset default _WP k 0 active ball diameter of the workpiece probe 0 _WPIk 1 Trigger point in min
492. tuwrgiteaiiostnid davdisGess iaskidaienedapitedancestessebesanetiesnssanidedticuds 202 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 9 Table of contents 10 5 F 321 General informatio sinade aa aE aA E Aa ES AAA O E a ai E 202 57 32 Programming example Taesicirsrereserisnii niiin nE ETE E 203 J33 Programming example 2s E A N A a 205 5 7 3 4 Operational Sequence cccccecececeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeececaeceeeeeseseaaeaeceeeeesccanaeeeeseesesecaeeeesaaaeeeeeeeess 208 5 8 CYCLE961 workpiece Setup inside and outside COrner ccceceeecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetseeeeeees 209 5 8 1 Function OVEIVICW cccccesccsccsecssecseeseesecusescesecsessecusescaescsessecusesaescsassaeesecsacsaecaecsecsacsaseaeseeaseasenees 209 5 8 2 Setting up a corner with definition of distances and ANGIES cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeateeeeeaas 212 5 8 21 General informations resna kenai E EEr a a EE E ES PE E E a EAEra 212 30 22 Programming example anssinda aia AE EAE N 215 5 8 2 3 Operational Sequence c cccececeeeeeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeesecenaeceeeeeeeseaaeaeceeeedeccacaeeeeeeesesscaeeeesaaeeeeeeeess 216 5 8 3 Setting up a corner with 4 POints cccceceeeceeeeeeneececee eee ceaeaeeeeeeseeeaeaeeeeeeseceeaeeeeeeseneeneeeeteees 218 5 8 31 Generalinformation sesser a a S i adv a E 218 5 8 32 Programming GxaMple cssc cccecccecceeecvsceetcnaeeecestcneeccaecndeectctacdectascecsncuadecebnadecshenacecatnacec
493. ues _EVNUM Number of empirical value memory _FA Factor for multipl of measurem path Measurement path in mm HEADLINE 10 10 strings for protocol headers _ID Infeed in applicate Incremental infeed depth offset _INCA Indexing angle Following angle _K Weighting factor for averaging Weighting factor KB 3 7 Field Gauging block data each with 7 elements KNUM Compensation number _MA Number of measuring axis Measuring axis _MD Measuring direction Measuring direction _MFST Field Feeds and speeds with measuring tools with rotating spindles each with 6 elements MV 20 20 mean value memories _MVAR Measuring variant Measuring variant _NMSP Number of measurements at same spot Number of measurements at the same location OVI 20 Field Output values INT _OVR 32 Field Output values REAL _ PRNUM Probe type and probe number Probe number PROTFORM 6 Log formatting PROTNAME 2 Name of log file PROTSYM 2 Separator in the log PROTVAL 13 Log header line RA Number of rotary axis Number Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 463 Parameter Name Meaning in English Meaning in German _RF Feedrate for circular interpolation Feedrate in circular path programming _SETVAL Setpoint value Set
494. up to the probe which is either permanently fixed or swiveled into the working range The automatically derived tool geometry is entered in the relevant tool offset data record Measuring variant The measuring variant of each measuring cycle is defined in parameter MVAR The parameter can have certain integer values for each measuring cycle which are checked for validity within the cycle Measuring velocity The measuring speed can be freely selected by means of parameter __VMS The maximum measuring velocity must be selected to ensure safe deceleration within the measuring probe deflecting path Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 471 Glossary Mono probe A mono directional probe is a probe that can only deflect in one direction It can only be used for workpiece measurement on milling machines and machining centers with slight limitations Multi probe A multi directional probe is one that can deflect in three dimensions Multiple measurement at the same location Parameter NMSP can be used to determine the number of measurements at the same location The actual set difference is determined arithmetically Offset angle position If a gt mono probe is used the position of the probe can also be corrected for machine specific reasons using the parameter CORA Offset axis With some measuring variants for example in CYCLE998 positioning in another axis that must be defined als
495. upper cutting edge automatically the cutting mill must have suitable geometric dimension end mill cutter radius for approaching the center of the probe with the cutting edge without collision No check is made for suitability of the milling cutter for this measuring variant It is up to the user to ensure this Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines Measuring cycles 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools Measuring variant Example 5 Axial position R 0 Measuring without reversal 4 measurements necessary _MVAR 4002 Direction of measurement for determining length L2 opposite to traversing direction measuring procedure as for _MVAR x3002 but with different traversing motion Notes Length measurements for L2 P1 P2 are performed here at the same measuring point without rotating the spindle by 180 degrees The same cutting edge is always measured starting angle _STA1 The width of the milling tool must be considered when selecting the starting position or dimension a Specified geometry L1 L2 R Offset applied in L1 L2 R L1 P3x P4x 2 L2 P1z P2z 2 R ABS P3x P4x 2 Milling tools Start position of too at start of cycle to the right of the measuring probe E2 4 ag x1 X W ka Measuring ae point FA yP4 aia i Pal a 7 ve
496. urement _MVAR x01x9 Z applicate Z P2 Sphere actual Sphere setpoint _SETV 0 d X abscissa _SETV 0 X abscissa NVy 1 SSETVAL Example G17 Setpoint sphere diameter All intermediate positioning actions and measurement movements are paraxial with the active workpiece coordinate system The measuring points are approached at distance _FA from the sphere lateral surface setpoint sphere diameter Measuring point P1 is approached first After positioning in the abscissa ordinate the applicate is lowered to the Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 231 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 9 CYCLE997 workpiece Measuring a sphere and ZO determination height of the center point setpoint and the 1st measurement is taken Then P2 to P4 are approached and measured parallel to the axis P2 is approached via positioning of the applicate at distance _FA above the sphere setpoint diameter and lowering to measuring height again setpoint center point of applicate P3 and P4 are approached in the same way P3 and P4 lie at the center derived from P1 and P2 actual value center point of abscissa The applicate is positioned from P4 to a distance _FA above the sphere and then approached in the abscissa ordinate of the calculated actual value point P5 The last measurement is taken in the minus direction of the applicate
497. urface for remachining using CYCLE800 Initial state e The workpiece is clamped on the swivel table swiveling workpiece holder and aligned roughly paraxially to the machine axes e The swivel table is in its home position e The probe is in inserted as T9 and positioned in JOG approximately 20 mm above the front left corner of the workpiece to be set up e The scratch function is used to define the zero point of the ZO G56 at which the 2 angle measurement is to be performed and the G17 machining plane is defined as X0 YO Z20 Y ordinate Definition of the measuring points G17 plane Z applicate abscissa 35 SETV 0 abscissa X Exercise Remachining will be performed with G57 active The workpiece should be aligned so that for G17 the tool is located vertically on the previously inclined surface the workpiece zero G57 is the left hand corner and the workpiece edges run in parallel to axes X and Y G57 CYCLE978 should be used to set the 3 edges To determine the angle CYCLE998 1 and 2 angle measurement N PLANE SETUP MPF N500 G56 G17 G90 Select ZO and machining plane N505 T9 Dl Select probe N506 M6 Activate tool compensation for probe N510 Align swivel table CYCLE800 1 0 57 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Opa 1 N520 P_UIFR 4 P_UIFR 3 Copy the data of ZO memory G56 to G57 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4B
498. urning tools 6 2 3 Function 270 Determining dimensions of calibration If no special calibration tool is available a turning tool with cutting edge position SL 3 can be used instead for calibration of two sides of the probe _TP i O _TP i 2 With the following procedure it is possible to determine the dimensions as the calibration tool Example X axis probe PRNUM 1 _TP 0 2 1 2 3 Approximate probe data in the data block GUD6 Parameters _TP 0 0 _TP 0 3 Measure the turning tool at the presetting location Enter all tool data in the tool offset incl e g L1 60 000 and use the tool in the revolver Machine a test part turn to X dimension e g setpoint diameter 200 000 mm Actual diameter 200 100 mm 5 Adapting tool correction L1 59 950 6 Finish turn the test part again e g setpoint diameter 195 000 mm Actual diameter 195 000 mm setpoint must be equal to the actual value then Calibrate tool probe in X axis see sample program in section Calibrate tool probe machine related Measure tool see section Measure turning tool machine related The aim is to determine value L1 59 950 see Item 5 Another tool can then be measured and used as the calibration tool Calibrate the probe the subsequent tool measurement must result in the same tool length Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Measuring Cycles for Turning M
499. us direction of abscissa 0 _WPIk 2 Trigger point in plus direction of abscissa 0 _WP k 3 Trigger point in minus direction of ordinate 0 _WPIk 4 Trigger point in plus direction of ordinate 0 _WPIk 5 Trigger point in minus direction of applicate 0 _WPIk 6 Trigger point in plus direction of applicate 0 _WPIk 7 Positional deviation abscissa skew 0 _WPIk 8 Positional deviation ordinate skew 0 _WPIk 9 Calibration status coded 0 _WPIk 10 Calibration status coded 0 Measuring cycles 386 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Data description 9 2 Cycle data Overview of workpiece probe data Example G17 milling CBIT 14 0 Position deviation of a real probe in rest position and trigger point Tp in Z F applicate abscissa _WPIk 7 x Position deviation and trigger points Tp in X and Y magnified illustration Y 4 ordinate gt Qa o 5 D al g a oy a 3JE SSS Ea E x gt Z 2E a A l A ne WPIk 1 _WPIk 2 Tp trigger point Tp X Tp X _WPIk 7 W r Slope X abscissa Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 387 Data description 9 2 Cycle data _KB Gauging block pair of reference grooves Min input limit Max input limit Changes valid after value assignment Protection level Unit Data type REAL Appl
500. utomatic ZO in 1st to 16th channel basic frame P_CHBFR 0 6P_CHBFR 15 e _KNUM 1051 1066 automatic ZO in 1st to 16th basic frame NCU global 6P_NCBFR 0 6P_NCBFR 15 e _KNUM 2000 automatic ZO in system frame scratch system frame P_SETFR e _KNUM 9999 automatic ZO in active frame active settable frame G54 G57 G505 G599 or If G500 active last active basic frame acc to P_CHBFRMASK highest set bit The modified frame is only activated immediately in the cycle if KNUM 9999 otherwise by the user by writing G500 G54 G5xy Note The remaining active frame chain must be retained With NCU global frames correction for rotation is not possible Measuring cycles 70 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Parameter description 2 3 Description of the most important defining parameters Start up The following must be set during installation default setting e MD 28082 MM_SYSTEM_FRAME_MASK Bit 5 1 system frame for cycles and bit 0 1 system frame for scratching recommended e Additionally the MDs for the required basic frames Note Regarding 1 If bit O 0 then corrections cannot be made in the basic frame in Measuring in JOG and the parameterization variant KNUM 2000 cannot be used when measuring in automatic mode AUTOMATIC mode In the measuring cycles in AUTOMATIC mode the offset for the default setting is corrected additively with fine offset
501. ve frame G54 G57 G505 G599 or with active G500 in the last active channel specific basic frame _MA INT Measuring axis 1 3 _MD INT _MVAR INT Measuring variant gt 0 0 100 1000 1100 Difference measurement Difference measurement not with mono probe not with mono probe _NMSP INT Number of measurements at the same location _ PRNUM INT Probe type workpiece probe number gt 0 321 i 2 digit number I Calibrate 2 digit number in hole with unknown center l 1 Mono probe 0 Multi probe number of the data field assigned to the tool probe GUD6 _WPL_PRNUM 2 digit 1 _RA INT n _RF REAL _SETVAL REAL Setpoint acc to drawing Setpoint _STA1 REAL _SZA REAL _SZO REAL _TDIF REAL Dimension difference check Measuring cycles 434 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Appendix A 4 Overview of measuring cycle parameters CYCLE978 Workpiece measurements _TMV REAL Offset range with mean value calculation only active if GUD6 _CHBIT 4 1 _TNAME STRING Tool name alternative for _TNUM if tool management active _TENV STRING Name of tool surroundings for automatic tool offset _TNUM INT Tool number for automatic tool offset _TUL REAL Upper tolerance limit according to drawing z REAL Lower toleranc
502. velocity are the same for both measurement and calibration Deviations can cause additional measuring errors Prerequisite The probe must be called as a tool with a tool length offset Tool type preferably 710 When using the cycle on a turning machine set type 5xy and _CBIT 14 0 Special procedure for differential measurement The measuring point is measured twice during differential measurement 1 With spindle rotated through 180 degrees compared with the position at the beginning of the cycle rotation of the probe by 180 degrees 2 With the spindle position that applied at the beginning of the cycle The tool radius of the probe R or R is defined as the trigger point defined for the axis direction A multidirectional probe does not have to be calibrated at the beginning of the cycle for measuring variants _MVAR 1000 or _MVAR 1100 However with these measuring variants only the measuring axes _MA 1 or MA 2 are of any use NOTICE In the case of great measurement accuracy demands differential measurement is not recommended Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 163 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 5 CYCLE978 workpiece Measuring a surface parallel to the axis 5 5 3 5 5 3 1 Function Parameter 164 Measurement and ZO determination General information Using this measuring cycle and the MVAR 100 _MVAR 1100 mea
503. w of the functions Requirement Function 316 The functionality is designed for a specific configuration on turning machines turning milling machines As well as the linear axes Z and X and main spindle the turning machines must have swivel axis about Y with accompanying tool spindle The swivel axis can be used to align the tool on the X Z level e The lateral surfaces of the tool probe must be aligned parallel to the relevant axes machine or workpiece coordinate system in abscissa and ordinate The tool probe must be calibrated in the measuring axis and direction in which measuring will be performed e The tool to be measured must be called with tool offset e When measuring drilling and milling tools the setting data D42950 TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE must 2 i e lengths are assigned to the axes in the same way as on turning tools The active level must be G18 For the orientational tool carrier to be taken into account in measuring cycle CYCLE982 the _CBIT 7 must be set _CBIT 7 1 Support by means of orientational tool carrier positioned probes tools It is possible to measure a tool turning milling and drilling tools with orientational tool carriers for 90 multiples of the tool positions This is monitored within the cycle The measuring variants Measure Automatic Measure and Incremental Measure are supported for turning milling and drilling tools Tools can be measured in relation to the workpiece and in relat
504. xxx13 measuring variant it is possible to calibrate a workpiece probe with cutting edge position SL 7 or SL 8 in a reference groove machine related in the axes of the plane abscissa ordinate Calibration is possible in one direction MVAR x1x13 or in both directions of an axis _MVAR x2x13 Calibrate in the reference groove always machine related AN SL 8 Lengths of cutting edges SL 7 or SL 8 ordinate gt lt Zi abscissa Active plane G18 _KBii 0 _KBii 1 Calibrate workpiece probe in reference groove machine related Details of MA measuring axis and _MD measuring direction for MVAR x1x13 _MA 2 _MD 0 Example Edge position SL 7 _KBIi 2 Slope of a real workpiece probe in idle position L2 Example Edge position SL 8 _WPii 7 abscissa Z Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 It is also possible to calibrate the position deviation of the probe and the active diameter of the probe ball in both directions 325 Measuring Cycles for Turning Machines 6 4 CYCLE973 Calibrating workpiece probes Prerequisite Parameter 326 The workpiece probe calibrated is selected with PRNUM The associated array _WP in data block GUD6 DEF is WP _PRNUM 1 for a detailed description of the array refer to Chapter Data description Central values The reference groove is selected with C
505. xxx5 to _MVAR xxx6 _MVAR xxx4 _OVR 0 REAL Setpoint Hole ches Measuring Hole Shaft ans Shaft Groove ai Groove Web m Web Setpoint rectangle length Abscissa _OVR 1 REAL Setpoint center point center Abscissa Abscissa Abscissa Setpoint rectangle length Ordinate _OVR 2 REAL Setpoint center point center Ordinate Ordinate Ordinate Setpoint for rectangle Abscissa center point OVR 3 REAL Setpoint paar Applicate Setpoint for rectangle Ordinate a center point _OVR 4 REAL Actual value for Hole Measuring Hole diameter width Shaft can axis Shaft Groove one Groove Web nEs Web Actual value rectangle Abscissa length _OVR 5 REAL Actual value center Abscissa Abscissa point center Actual value rectangle Ordinate length _OVR 6 REAL Actual value Ordinate Ordinate Actual value rectangle Abscissa center point _OVR 7 REAL Actual value Actual value rectangle Ordinate center point _ OVR 8 REAL Upper tolerance limit Hole Measuring Hole diameter width Shaft meer axis Shaft Groove eae Groove Web SA Web Upper tolerance limit Abscissa rectangle length _ OVR 9 REAL Upper tolerance limit Ordinate rectangle length _OVR 10 REAL a _OVR 11 REAL T Measuring cycles 448 Programming Ma
506. y Measurement 12s 4 Seay 80 9 100 6 50 38 4 37 5 Number of mean value formations Measurement a K 2 number of workpieces 7 50 42 3 43 75 k 3 Measurement 8 30 10 15 Measurement 9 70 30 42 5 Measurement 10 70 43 3 35 Measurement In the measurements with marked fields tool compensation is performed with the mean value calculated mean value gt _TZL e If k 3 in the 7th and 10th measurement and e If k 2 in the 3rd 7th and 9th meas and Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 General 7 10 Parameters for checking the measurement result and offset 1 10 Parameters for checking the measurement result and offset For constant deviations not subject to a trend the dimensional deviation measured can be compensated by an empirical value in certain measuring variants For other compensations resulting from dimensional deviations symmetrical tolerance bands are assigned to the set dimension which result in different responses Empirical value mean value _EVNUM Safe area_TSA Measuring cycles The empirical values are used to suppress dimensional deviations that are not subject to a trend Note If you do not want to apply any empirical values EVNUM 0 must be set The empirical values themselves are stored in data block GUDS5 in field _EV empirical value _EVNUM specifies the number of the empirical value memo
507. y delete wear For additive and setup offset and _CHBIT 8 0 0 Offset in additive offset 1 offset in set up offset delete additive offset _CHBIT 7 Measured value offset in CYCLE994 0 0 use of trigger values of the probe _WPIk 1 1 use of the active ball diameter of the probe _WP k 0 _CHBIT 8 Offset mode for workpiece measurement with automatic tool 0 offset 0 additive setup offset according to _CHBIT 6 1 offset additive in set up offset irrespective of _CHBIT 6 _CHBIT 9 currently not assigned 0 Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 399 Data description 9 2 Cycle data _CHBIT Channel bits _CHBIT 10 Measuring result display 0 OFF 1 ON _CHBIT 11 Acknowledgment measurement result screen with NC start 0 OFF If CHBIT 18 0 the display is automatically deselected at end of cycle 1 ON MO is generated in the cycle _CHBIT 12 currently not assigned _CHBIT 13 Coupling spindle position with coordinate rotation in active plane for workpiece measurement with multi probe 0 OFF 1 ON _CHBIT 14 Adapt spindle positioning if CHBIT 13 1 0 Following standard 1 adapted angle values _CHBIT 15 Number of measurements on failure to switch 0 up to 5 measurements 1 only 1 measurement _CHBIT 16 Retraction velocity from the measuring point 0 velocity as for intermediat
508. ycles for HMI as of software version 2 6 see References Commissioning Manual SINUMERIK 840d HMI sl base software and HMI sl Book HMI sl IM9 Chapter on measuring cycles Measuring cycles 374 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 Hardware software 8 3 Function check for HMI sl 8 3 Function check for HMI sl For descriptions of the function check for measuring cycles for HMI as of software version 2 6 see References Commissioning Manual SINUMERIK 840d HMI sl base software and HMI sl Book HMI sl IM9 Chapter on measuring cycles Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6 C5398 4BP10 2BA0 375 Hardware software 8 3 Function check for HMI s Measuring cycles 376 Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 Data description 9 9 1 Machine data for machine cycle runs Measuring cycles For descriptions of the machine data for the sequence of measuring cycles for HMI as of software version 2 6 see References Commissioning Manual SINUMERIK 840d HMI sl base software and HMI sl Book HMI sl IM9 Chapter on measuring cycles Note As of HMI sl software version 2 6 The GUD parameters are stored in the machine or setting data A correspondence assignment list of the measuring cycle GUD parameters GUD modules and measuring programs used up to and including measuring cycles version 7 5 compared to the machine and setting data as of measuring cycles ve
509. ycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 2 CYCLE971 tool Measuring milling tools drills 5 2 CYCLE971 tool Measuring milling tools drills 5 2 1 Function overview Function Measuring cycle CYCLE971 implements Calibration Tool measurements e Calibration of a tool probe a Drill Milling tool e Measurement of the tool length with motionless or rotating spindle for drills and milling tools N gt e Measure tool radius with motionless and aa rotating spindle for milling tools i cet Ser Programming CYCLE971 Measuring variants Measuring cycle CYCLE971 permits the following measuring variants which are specified via parameter MVAR Value Measuring variant 0 Calibrate tool probe machine related 1 Measure tool with motionless spindle length or radius machine related 2 Measure tool with rotating spindle length or radius machine related 10000 Calibrate tool probes incrementally machine related 10 Calibrate tool probe workpiece related 11 Measure tool with motionless spindle length or radius workpiece related 12 Measure tool with rotating spindle length or radius workpiece related 10010 Calibrate tool probe incrementally workpiece related Measuring cycles Programming Manual 03 2009 Edition 6FC5398 4BP10 2BA0 93 Measuring Cycles for Milling and Machining Centers 5 2 CYCLE971 tool Measuring milling tools drills Result par
510. ycles for Turning Machines 6 3 CYCLE982 tool Measure turning and milling tools Measuring variant Example 3 Axial position R 0 Measuring without reversal 4 measurements necessary _MVAR 3002 The probe travels around the measuring cube opposite the starting position side Specified geometry L1 L2 R Offset applied in L1 L2 R L1 P3x P4x 2 L2 P1z P2z 2 R ABS P3x P4x 2 Milling tools x1 Measurements P1 to P4 L2 a distance to start position Note on example 3 Length measurements for L2 P1 P2 are performed here at the same measuring point 1 without rotating the spindle by 180 degrees The same cutting edge is always measured starting angle _STA1 Example 4 L1 L1 Radial position L2 L2 Start position of tool R 0 R R at start of cycle Measuring without L1 X1 reversal P3x P4x 2 4 measurements L2 necessary P1z P2z 2 _MVAR 13002 R ABS P1z The probe travels around P2z 2 the measuring cube opposite the starting position side M Z1 Note on example 4 Length measurements for L1 P3 P4 are performed here at the same measuring point 1 without rotating the spindle by 180 degrees The same cutting edge is always measured starting angle _STA For measuring variants _MVAR 0x3xx2 and _MVAR 0x4xx2 measure
511. ze permissible dimensional difference exceeded 0 no generation of MO for the above alarms 1 generation of MO for the above alarms As delivered value 0 GUD6 _CBIT 3 currently not assigned GUD6 _CBIT 4 currently not assigned GUD6 _CBIT 5 Tool measurement and calibration in the WCS in CYCLE982 from measuring cycles SW 5 4 0 machine related measurement and calibration 1 workpiece related measurement and calibration Note In both cases the _TP field of the probe is used From measuring cycles SW 6 3 function switchover via _MVAR is available GUD6 _CBIT 6 Logging without output of the measuring cycle name and measuring variant from measuring cycles SW 6 2 0 Measuring cycle name and measuring variant will be output 1 These outputs will be suppressed GUD6 _CBIT 7 currently not assigned GUD6 _CBIT 8 Offset of the mono probe setting 0 No compensation 1 offset of spindle by angle CORA GUD6 _CBIT 9 Assigned internally GUD6 _CBIT 10 currently not assigned GUD6 _CBIT 11 Selection of log header for logging 0 Standard 1 user defined GUD6 _CBIT 12 Feed and speed in CYCLE971 0 calculation by measuring cycle itself 1 set by user in array MFS GUD6 _CBIT 13 currently not assigned GUD6 _CBIT 14 Length reference of the workpiece probe in milling measuring cycles from measuri

Programming Manual Measuring cycles HMI sl

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents